As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 11, 2013
Registration No. 333-


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
_____________________

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
_____________________
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Delaware
2080
46-1561499
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
(707) 433-9545
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
 
Phillip L. Hurst
President and Chief Executive Officer
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
(707) 433-9545
 
 (Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)
Copies to:
Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
James R. Tanenbaum, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10104
Tel: (212) 468-8000
 
Michael A. Hedge, Esq.
Gary J. Kocher, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
925 Fourth Avenue, Suite 2900
Seattle, Washington 98104
Tel: (206) 623-7580

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   o
 
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer  o
Accelerated filer     o
Non-accelerated filer     o    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company      x
_____________________
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered
Amount to be
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
Amount of
Registration Fee
Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
2,902,557
$43,538,355.00
$5,939.00
(1)
Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 
 

 
 
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 11, 2013.
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.

2,902,557 Shares of
Class A Common Stock
This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We are selling 2,250,000 shares of our Class A common stock, and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are selling 652,557 shares of our Class A common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $11.00 and $15.00 per share. Immediately following this offering, the holders of our Class A common stock will collectively own 100% of the economic interests in Truett-Hurst, Inc. and have approximately 43.9% of the voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc. The holders of our Class B common stock will have approximately 52.2% of the voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market.
  
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements after this offering.
  
OpenIPO ®  and Best Efforts Offering : The method of distribution being used by the underwriters in this offering differs somewhat from that traditionally employed in underwritten public offerings. T he public offering price and allocation of shares will be determined primarily by an auction process conducted by the underwriters participating in this offering. In addition, we and the selling stockholders are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of Class A common stock, but the underwriters have agreed to use their best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus. 
   
The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares.
    
A more detailed description of this process is included in “The OpenIPO Auction Process” beginning on page 25 and in “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 112.
THE OFFERING
PER SHARE
TOTAL
Initial Public Offering Price
$
$
Placement Agents Fee
$
$
Proceeds to Truett-Hurst, Inc.
$
$
Proceeds to the Selling Stockholders
$
$
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock on                        , 2013.
 
Proposed Nasdaq Symbol: THST

Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12.
 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
 
 
Sidoti & Company, LLC CSCA
 
 
The date of this prospectus is                        , 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
Prospectus Summary
1
   
Risk Factors
12
   
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
24
   
Industry Data
24
   
The OpenIPO Auction Process
25
   
Use of Proceeds
34
   
Dividend Policy
35
   
Capitalization
36
   
Dilution
38
   
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
51
   
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
52
   
Business
61
   
History and Formation Transactions
80
   
Directors and Executive Officers
85
   
Executive Compensation
89
   
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions
92
   
Principal and Selling Stockholders
98
   
Description of Capital Stock
101
   
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
105
   
Material U.S. Federal Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
108
   
Plan of Distribution
112
   
Conflicts of Interest
114
   
Legal Matters
115
   
Experts
115
   
Where You Can Find Additional Information
115
   
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
                                                
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document. Our business and financial condition may have changed since that date.
 
Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our Class A common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of Class A common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
 
 
i

 
 
Unless the context suggests otherwise, references in this prospectus to "Truett-Hurst," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our" refer (1) prior to the consummation of the offering transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," to H.D.D. LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the offering transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," to Truett-Hurst, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. We refer to the owners of membership interests in H.D.D. LLC prior to the offering transactions, collectively, as our "existing owners."
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.  Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you.  Before investing in our Class A common stock, you should read this entire prospectus, including the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and the notes thereto.
 
Truett-Hurst is an innovative and fast-growing Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine sales, marketing and production company based in the acclaimed Dry Creek and Russian River Valleys of Sonoma County, California.  The core of our business is a combination of direct to consumer sales, traditional brand sales and “custom label” partnerships with major retailers, such as Trader Joe’s and Safeway.  We work closely with our retail partners to develop tailored brands to be sold to the discovery-oriented wine consumer.  We offer a top quality product at a reasonable price, a result of our competitive grape sourcing, high-quality wine making and world-class packaging and label design.  Our “custom label” model allows us to own the brands that we create, which we believe differentiates us from the traditional private label model and allows us to potentially expand the brands into the broad market, further building brand equity.  Our retail partners value their relationships with us because they collaborate in the development of the products and ultimately benefit from the higher margins that we offer them.   We believe that we have attracted these partners as a result of our rapid brand development cycles, our ability to quickly adjust to market demand and because we can bypass many traditional distribution layers to offer higher margin products for our partners’ key target customers.
 
We have experienced rapid sales growth in the last few years.  Nielsen estimates that 22% of consumer products sold by food and drug retailers in the United States are private label.  However, in the U.S. wine sector, only 3.7% of sales are made through private labels.  Other more mature wine markets, such as the U.K. and Australia, have much higher penetration of private label wine sales (19% and 16%, respectively).  Given the $33 billion market for wine sales in the United States, the private label business represents a market opportunity of many billions of dollars.
 
The California wine industry , which accounts for 89.5% of total U.S. wine production, is dominated by a few producers who make up the vast majority of sales. The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.   Our business approach seeks to disrupt this oligopoly by providing high quality wine at a reasonable cost, in part by avoiding an expensive and competitive distribution system.  Likewise, our large chain partners have turned to private label and custom label as a way to gain margin, customer loyalty and differentiation that allows them to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing market.
 
In addition to our focus on our custom label business model, we also have business operations in the direct to consumer and traditional three-tier distribution channels.  Our direct to consumer channel consists of sales through our tasting rooms and wine clubs, which serve as strong tools for increasing brand visibility and loyalty, and through our ownership interest in The Wine Spies, LLC (“The Wine Spies”), an internet wine retailer specializing in short-lived “flash” sales.  Our more traditional three-tier distribution business consists of sales of our wine under four fully-owned labels, Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain, through a variety of distributor channels.
 
Market Opportunity
 
A combination of fundamental market changes in the United States created an opportunity for us, including:
 
 
·
Steady growth in the U.S. wine market:   The U.S. wine market has grown at an average annual rate of 5% over the past decade and is now the largest in the world (although per capita consumption remains relatively low).  In the recent past, growth in wine sales has been focused in domestic brands; from 2007 to 2011, wine imports have only grown by 1.6% per year. According to the 2011 Gomberg-Fredrikson & Associates Annual Wine Industry Review for the twelve months ended December 2011, two of the three fastest growing price points are the $7-$14 (“Super-premium”) and over-$14 (“Ultra-premium”) segments.  We have focused on the higher end of the Super-premium segment and also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment, which together accounted for 66% of industry-wide revenue in 2011.
 
 
 
1

 
 
 
 
·
Market ripe for disruption:   Food retailers account for roughly 65% of wine sales, with a high concentration of market share among only a handful of major wine producers and distributors.  The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.  In order to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing profit pool, food and grocery retailers have turned to private label programs as a way of gaining margin, customer loyalty, category growth and differentiation.
 
 
·
Retailer focus on innovation:   Increased market competition has heightened for retailers the emphasis on increasing consumer traffic to grow same store sales year over year.  In order to create excitement in their stores, major global retail chains and top wine retailers in the United States have made wine and packaging innovations, including “earth-friendly” elements, a key strategic initiative for 2013 and beyond.   Our core values are aligned with our retail partners’ initiatives and consumer consciousness as we strive to make our products in a way that minimizes waste and fossil fuel usage and increases recyclability.
 
 
·
Private label model remains in its infancy:   Nielsen estimates that, in the United States, only 3.7% of wines, by dollar value, were sold through private labels in the year to date, as of August 2010, which was a 20% increase compared to the prior year.  Other mature wine markets have experienced considerably higher penetration; for example, private label wine sales make up 19% and 16% of total wine sales in the U.K. and Australia, respectively. The U.S. market appears poised for growth in this segment.
 
 
·
Declining brand loyalty :  Along with robust growth, the U.S. wine market has also witnessed a proliferation of new brands.  In 2010 alone, the United States approved 120,000 new wine labels.   Consumers have shown an increasing appetite to sample new labels and varietals, which can be promoted cost-effectively on an in-store basis.  For example, relatively new brands like Cupcake, Ménage à Trois and E.&J. Gallo Winery’s Apothic grew by 55%, 18% and 258%, respectively, in 2011.  Food retailers are well-positioned to manage this promotion as they control the shelf space and brand positioning in their stores.  In an ever more crowded market, this advantage has become increasingly valuable.
 
 
·
Rapid growth of internet retailing: Small but rapidly growing, we expect the internet segment to continue to outpace brick and mortar retailer sales, and we believe it is poised to surpass winery direct sales.
 
 
·
“Premiumization” of the market : Following years of explosive growth in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the U.S. market experienced a supply glut which resulted in severe pricing pressure from so-called “value brands.”  Due to significant consumption growth of California wines and the reduction of imported wines, as well as changes in exchange rates and taste preferences, this trend has reversed in the current cycle, with the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments among those experiencing the highest growth.
 
 
·
Significant direct to consumer sales growth : Tasting room and wine club sales are typically the highest gross margin sales for a winery.  Our direct to consumer net sales increased 54% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the prior fiscal year and 55% for the six months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior-year period, with gross margins   averaging approximately 60%, which we believe is generally consistent with industry averages.
 
 
 
2

 
 

Our Strategy
 
Recognizing the opportunity created by these trends, our founders developed a strategy focused on the following key elements:
 
 
·
Model scalability will drive growth :  We combine the best of deep experience in the wine industry and the speed and agility of a start-up to work with both retailers and distributors to develop and market new brands.  Because we are smaller, more agile and less prone to layers of decision making and because we have a world-class brand development/creative team in house, we are able to launch innovative new brands faster and more cost-effectively.  This allows us and our partners to respond rapidly to market opportunities.
 
 
·
Highly collaborative channel partnerships:   Our management believes that it is critical to support multiple players in the distribution system in order for a young company to defend a sustainable market position.  This includes a strong collaboration with well-known and reputable retailers who are looking for innovative, higher-margin brands to market.  Our reputation has been enhanced by our success with these channel partners, leading to new opportunities in brand development, including selling some of our brands via traditional three-tier distribution at a reduced cost.

Currently, we have a small share of this sizeable market.  For example, for the first six months of fiscal year 2013, our sales to Safeway were less than $5 million, which is less than 1% of Safeway’s 2011 annual wine sales.   Our goal is to expand our sales with our existing retailer partners, including large businesses such as Trader Joe’s, Safeway and Total Wine & More, as well as increase the number of new major retailers that we partner with, including The Kroger Company, Publix and Wal-Mart.
 
 
·
Collaborative and rapid brand development:   Our development process with our partners is highly collaborative and our products are developed based on our partners’ market data and understanding of what their customers want.  Instead of developing a brand and bringing it to market based on consultants’ input and wine maker reputation, we exploit our retail partners’ quantitative data about brands, price points, packaging and varietals that its customers are buying.  When we initiate a partnership, we approach a retailer with numerous concepts; an agreement to move forward typically includes multiple brands, varietals and price points that are launched in tandem.  This allows the retailer to test various concepts, with the expectation that about half of the brands will be successful and further developed, while the other half will be scaled back or discontinued.   Typically, it takes six months from the initial conversations with a retailer until the product is on their shelves.
 
 
·
Quality focused on the robust premium sector: The private label business has historically focused on the generic, Sub-premium category (below $7 per bottle retail price), with wine quality consistent with the price points.  However, recognizing the opportunity for growth, we have positioned ourselves in the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments.  In order to support our premium strategy, we have identified and contracted premium grape sources from Paso Robles, Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  Our founders’ diverse and extensive experience in the industry allows us to leverage longstanding relationships with California growers, an increasingly important asset as grape supplies tighten globally.  We are also able to source grapes on a priority basis from our founders and members of our management team, who collectively control 500 acres of vineyards in Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  In addition, we have hired a top-quality winemaking staff and invested in state of the art systems and equipment.
 
While we have focused primarily on the higher end of the Super-premium segment, we also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment of the industry.
   
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
·
Innovative packaging and label design:   Given the proliferation of brands and the need to “rise above the noise” in wine displays, innovative labeling and packaging is increasingly important to success in launching new wine brands.  Our founders and Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, have world-class experience in this area and are establishing a reputation as market leaders with novel packaging, such as evocative paper-wrapping, unique bottle shapes and the world’s first paper-based bottles.
 
 
o
Evocative wine wraps: We have developed, produced and sold one of the world’s first “wine wrap” packaging concepts to Safeway, one of the country’s largest wine retailers.  We have applied for trademarks on the wine wrap brands and a patent on the unique packaging.
 
 
o
The world’s first paper bottle: I n 2013, we entered into a seven-year exclusive agreement with the producer of what we believe to be the first ever paper wine bottle.  We intend to begin selling wine in the paper bottle in the second half of 2013 and are in discussions with several of the top U.S. retailers and distributors, including Safeway, The Kroger Company, Young’s Market Company and Southern Wines and Spirits, to sell the product.
 
 
o
Proprietary square bottle: We have designed a unique square-shaped glass bottle and created a brand that will “own” this concept.  We have applied for a trademark on the brand and a patent on the design.  Five of the top U.S. wine retailers are vying for the product, and we anticipate establishing a partnership for launch in spring 2013. We have partnered with one of the country’s fastest growing and most important wine retail chains, Total Wine & More, to produce and sell 40,000 cases (generating approximately $3.5 million in sales) in the first 12-month period beginning spring 2013.
 
 
·
Management team and key personnel : The founding team of Phil Hurst and Paul Dolan represents decades of experience in the wine industry and success at building businesses to scale, typically only seen in much larger, global players in the wine and spirits industry.
 
 
o
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer: co-founded and helped build Winery Exchange Inc. into a global private label beer, spirits and wine company with more than $100 million in sales.
 
 
o
Paul E. Dolan, III, Co-Founder: worked at Fetzer Vineyards for 27 years, initially as wine maker and later as President, and scaled the business from 30,000 cases to over 4 million cases sold per year.
 
 
o
Virginia Marie Lambrix, Director of Winemaking: experience making wine for such leading producers as De Loach Vineyards, La Follette and Hendry Ranch.
 
 
o
Heath E. Dolan, Co-Founder, Director of Vineyard Operations: has 16 years of experience in the wine business, including managing cellar operations for Fetzer Vineyards.
 
 
o
Kevin Shaw, Independent Contractor/Creative Director: has nearly 20 years of experience as a designer.  As proprietor and founder of Stranger and Stranger design agency, he received the 2012 Harpers Wine & Spirits Magazine Design Award for “Best Design Agency.”  Kevin designs over 100 beverage brands every year in markets all around the world, including Jack Daniels, Avion Tequila, Lillet and The Kraken Spiced Rum.  Collectively, his brands sell over a billion bottles a year.
 
 
o
James D. Bielenberg, Chief Financial Officer: has more than 30 years of public and private accounting experience.  After gaining public accounting experience with Arthur Young (now Ernst & Young), he has spent the last 25 years working in wine-making operations with such well known firms as Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates, Francis Ford Coppola Winery, Ascentia Wine Estates, LLC and Rodney Strong Vineyards.
  
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
o
Daniel A. Carroll, Director: retired partner of TPG Capital, where he was a founder of the firm's Asian operations (formerly Newbridge Capital). Prior to 1995, he spent nine years with Hambrecht & Quist Group.
 
 
o
William R. Hambrecht, Director: after selling Hambrecht & Quist Group in 1998, Bill founded WR Hambrecht + Co, LLC (“WR Hambrecht + Co”) where he is now Chairman and Co-CEO.  He has been actively involved in the wine business for 40 years as an owner and operator of vineyards and wineries.
 
Our Structure
 
The net proceeds from this offering will be used by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to purchase 2,250,000 newly-issued LLC units (“LLC Units”) from H.D.D. LLC (the “LLC”) at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering, as described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions." The LLC will use these proceeds to pay down amounts owed on our credit facility, for working capital, capital expenditures, hiring additional personnel, and other general corporate purposes, as further described under “Use of Proceeds.” Truett-Hurst, Inc. will also exchange, pursuant to the exchange agreement discussed below, 652,557 LLC Units held by the selling stockholders in this offering for newly-issued Class A common shares.  After the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units, representing a 45.7% equity interest in the LLC.  Truett-Hurst, Inc. will not purchase for cash in this offering any LLC Units held by members of the LLC.
 
Following this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole asset will be this equity interest in the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC, will operate and control all of its business and affairs and consolidate its financial results. The limited liability company agreement of the LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners with a single new class of LLC Units and to provide that the conduct, control and management of the LLC shall be vested exclusively in Truett-Hurst, Inc, as sole managing member. The other members of the LLC will not have the right to remove the sole managing member for any reason.
 
We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election.  See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— Exchange Agreement."
 
In connection with the offering, one share of Class B common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be distributed to each existing holder of LLC Units, each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. for each LLC Unit held by such holder, as described in "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights." Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
 
Immediately following this offering and the application of net proceeds from this offering, our existing owners will control approximately 56.1% of the combined voting power of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock. Accordingly, our existing owners will have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs.
 
As a result of these transactions:
 
 
·
The investors in this offering will collectively own 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock and Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units;
 
·
Our existing owners will hold 3,450,087 LLC Units;
 
·
The investors in this offering will collectively have approximately 43.9% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.;
 
·
Our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have 52.2% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.; and
 
·
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will own approximately 45.7% of the economic interest in the LLC and will exercise exclusive control over the LLC, as its sole managing member .
   
 
 
5

 
 
 
In connection with the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment from time to time by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to our existing owners of 90% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that Truett-Hurst, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis r esulting from our exchange of LLC Units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, and the amount and timing of our income. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”
    
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:
Summary of Risk Factors
 
Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary on page 12. You should carefully consider these risks before making an investment. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our growth strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:
 
 
·
A reduction in the supply of grapes and bulk wine available to us from the independent grape growers and bulk wine suppliers could reduce our annual production of wine.
 
 
·
We face significant competition which could adversely affect our profitability.
 
 
·
Because a significant amount of our business is made through our direct to retailer partnerships, any change in our relationships with them could harm our business.
 
 
·
The loss of Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bielenberg, Ms. Lambrix, Mr. Dolan or other key employees would damage our reputation and business.
 
 
·
A reduction in our access to, or an increase in the cost of, the third-party services we use to produce our wine could harm our business.
 
 
·
Because our existing owners will retain significant control over Truett-Hurst after this offering, new investors will not have as much influence on corporate decisions as they would if control were less concentrated.
 
 
·
Many of our transactions are with related parties, including our founders, executive officers, principal stockholders and other related parties, and present conflicts of interest.
 
 
·
Several of our executive officers and key team members have outside business interests which may create conflicts of interest.
  
 
 
6

 
 
 
 
·
We depend upon our trademarks and proprietary rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property rights or any claims that we are infringing upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity.
 
 
·
We are controlled by our existing owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.
 
 
·
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
Emerging Growth Company Status
 
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, enacted on April 5, 2012 (“JOBS Act”).  For as long as we are an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding stockholder advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.
 
Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:
 
 
·
the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more;
 
 
·
the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering;
 
 
·
the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt; and
 
 
·
the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ) (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).
 
The JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can utilize the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. However, we are choosing to “opt out” of such extended transition period, and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
 
Corporate Information
 
We were originally formed as a limited liability company in the State of California in 2007. Following this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole asset will be its equity interest in the LLC. Our principal executive offices are located at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448.  Our telephone number is (707) 433-9545. Our website address is www.truetthurst.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only, the information that can be accessed through our website is not part of this prospectus, and investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our Class A common stock.
  
 
 
7

 
 
 
Trade Names
 
We sell our products under a number of trademarks that we own.  As of March 6, 2013, we had 16 registered, 15 published and nine pending material trademarks.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8

 
 
 
THE OFFERING
 
Class A common stock offered
by us
2,250,000 shares.
   
Class A common stock
offered by the selling stockholders
652,557 shares.
   
Class A common stock to be
outstanding after the offering
2,902,557 shares (or 6,352,644 shares if all outstanding LLC Units held by our existing owners were exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).
   
Class B common stock
outstanding after the offering
Nine shares, or one share for every holder of LLC Units.
   
Price per share
$
   
Use of proceeds
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering  to purchase LLC Units from the LLC, and we will cause the LLC to use these proceeds to pay down amounts owed on our credit facility and for working capital, capital expenditures, hiring additional personnel and other general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.  See “Use of Proceeds.”
   
Voting rights
Each share of our Class A common stock, including any share of restricted Class A common stock granted pursuant to our 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”),  entitles its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally.
 
After the offering, each existing owner of the LLC will hold one share of Class B common stock. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights but entitle the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held, to a number of votes on matters presented to stockholders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units held by such holder. See "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights."
 
Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
   
Exchange rights of holders of
LLC Units
Prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners so that they may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election.
    
 
 
9

 
 
 
Underwriters
WR Hambrecht + Co
Sidoti & Company, LLC
CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC
   
Risk Factors
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of material risks of investing in our Class A common stock in “Risk factors” beginning on page 12.
   
Conflicts of Interest
Certain affiliates of WR Hambrecht + Co, an underwriter in this offering, beneficially own a 20.0% interest in the LLC, and therefore will control 10.9% of the combined voting power of our outstanding Class A and Class B common stock after the offering. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. ( “FINRA ”). Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto.  CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC h as agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. WR Hambrecht + Co will not confirm sales of the shares to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.
   
Proposed Nasdaq Symbol
THST
 
In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding and the other information based thereon reflects a 1-for-14 stock split to be effected immediately prior to the offering and does not reflect:
               
 
·
3,450,087 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange of 3,450,087 LLC Units;
 
·
42,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, and 210,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who acts as our creative director, in each case pursuant to the 2012 Plan; these shares of restricted Class A common stock were granted in December 2012 and February 2013, respectively, and vest over a three-year period;
 
·
shares available for future grant under the 2012 Plan; and
 
·
shares available for grant under the automatic increase provisions of the 2012 Plan (see “Executive Compensation— Employee Benefit and Stock Plans —2012 Stock Incentive Plan”).
   
 
 
10

 
 
 
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The following summary historical consolidated financial and other data of the LLC should be read together with “History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Financial Statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.  We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
   
Fiscal Year Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
 
 
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
          (unaudited)  
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
                                 
Net sales
  $ 5,402,045     $ 12,693,395     $
8,378,109
    $
8,570,316
 
Cost of sales
    3,900,942       9,618,065      
6,573,563
     
5,850,463
 
Gross profit
    1,501,103       3,075,330      
1,804,546
     
2,719,853
 
Operating expenses:
                               
Sales and marketing
    595,226       1,387,321      
782,142
     
1,146,316
 
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )     -       -  
General and administrative
    1,435,908       1,194,353      
428,318
     
1,581,239
 
Total operating expenses
    1,919,984       2,574,729      
1,210,460
     
2,727,555
 
Income (loss) from operations
    (418,881 )     500,601      
594,086
     
(7,702
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest expense
    (401,134 )     (463,339 )    
(198,618
   
(179,762
Warrant re-valuation
    -       (10,000 )     -      
(4,000
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       (70,830 )
Total other expense
    (401,134 )     (473,339 )    
(198,618
   
(254,592
Income (loss) before provision for
income taxes
    (820,015 )     27,262      
395,468
     
(262,294
Provision for income taxes
    800       800      
800
     
1,600
 
Net income (loss) before
noncontrolling interest
    (820,815 )     26,462      
394,668
     
(263,894
Loss attributable to noncontrolling
interest
    -       -       -      
(47,877
)
Net income (loss) attributable to
H.D.D. LLC members
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $
394,668
    $
(216,017
)

             
Consolidated Balance
 
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
Sheet Data:
 
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $
116,472
 
Total assets
    10,099,873       14,082,617      
18,008,377
 
Total liabilities
    7,394,347       8,823,364      
12,652,532
 
Total members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )    
5,355,845
 
 
 
 
11

 
 
RISK FACTORS
 
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. The occurrence of any of the events described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the trading price of our Class A common stock may decline and you may lose all or part of your investment.
 
Risks Related to our Business and Strategy
 
A reduction in the supply of grapes and bulk wine available to us from the independent grape growers and bulk wine suppliers could reduce our annual production of wine.
 
We rely on annual contracts with over 20 independent growers to purchase substantially all of the grapes used in our wine production.  Our business would be harmed if we are unable to contract for the purchase of grapes at acceptable prices from these or other suppliers in the future. The terms of many of our purchase agreements also constrain our ability to discontinue purchasing grapes in circumstances where we might want to do so.
 
Some of these agreements provide that either party may terminate the agreement prior to the beginning of each harvest year.
 
We depend on bulk wine suppliers for the production of several of our wines, particularly our direct to retailer designated labels.  We have contracts with some wineries to provide us with bulk wine for a four-year term at specified prices and terms. These contracts will provide us with limited growth opportunities for the next two years. Further growth beyond our grape and wine contracts depends on the availability of bulk wine at the right price and quality for our labels.
 
The price, quality and available quantity of bulk wine has fluctuated in the past. It is possible that we will not be able to purchase bulk wine of acceptable quality at acceptable prices and quantities in the future, which could increase the cost or reduce the amount of wine we produce for sale. This could reduce our sales and profits.
 
In fiscal year 2012, E&J Gallo Winery and Robert Hall Winery were our largest suppliers of bulk wine.  It is possible that we will not be able to source wine from these or comparable suppliers in the future, which could reduce our annual production of wine and harm our sales and profits.
 
We face significant competition which could adversely affect our profitability.
 
The wine industry is intensely competitive. Our wines compete in several Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine market segments with many other Super-premium and Ultra-premium domestic and foreign wines, with imported wines coming from the Burgundy and Bordeaux regions of France, as well as Italy, Chile, Argentina, South Africa and Australia. Our wines also compete with popularly-priced generic wines and with other alcoholic and, to a lesser degree, non-alcoholic beverages, for shelf space in retail stores and for marketing focus by our independent distributors, many of which carry extensive brand portfolios. A result of this intense competition has been and may continue to be upward pressure on our selling and promotional expenses. In addition, the wine industry has experienced significant consolidation. Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and public relations resources than we do. Our sales may be harmed to the extent we are not able to compete successfully against such wine or alternative beverage producers’ costs. There can be no assurance that in the future we will be able to successfully compete with our current competitors or that we will not face greater competition from other wineries and beverage manufacturers.
 
 
12

 
 
Because a significant amount of our business is made through our direct to retailer partnerships, any change in our relationship with them could harm our business.
 
In fiscal year 2011, approximately 82% of our gross wholesale sales were made through our direct retailer relationships to Trader Joe’s and Total Wine & More.  In fiscal year 2012, 88% was concentrated in these two accounts.  For the first six months of fiscal year 2013, 93% was concentrated in Trader Joe’s, Safeway, Inc. and Total Wine & More.
 
Our agreements with our direct retail partners are informal and therefore subject to change.  If one or more of our direct retail partners chose to purchase fewer of our products, or we were forced to reduce the prices at which we sell our products to these partners, our sales and profits would be reduced and our business would be harmed.
 
The loss of Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bielenberg, Ms. Lambrix, Mr. Dolan or other key employees or personnel would damage our reputation and business.
 
We believe that our success largely depends on the continued employment of a number of our key employees, including Phil Hurst, our Chief Executive Officer, James Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, Virginia Lambrix, our Winemaker, Paul Dolan, one of our co-founders a nd Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director .  Any inability or unwillingness of Mr. Hurst, Mr. Bielenberg, Ms. Lambrix, Mr. Dolan, Mr. Shaw or other key management team members to continue in their present capacities could harm our business and our reputation.
 
A reduction in our access to, or an increase in the cost of, the third-party services we use to produce our wine could harm our business.
 
We utilize several third-party facilities, of which there is a limited supply, for the production of our wines.  Our inability in the future to use these or alternative facilities, at reasonable prices or at all, could increase the cost or reduce the amount of our production, which could reduce our sales and our profits.  We do not have long-term agreements with any of these facilities, and they may provide services to our competitors at a price above what we are willing to pay . The activities conducted at outside facilities include crushing, fermentation, storage, blending and bottling.  Our reliance on these third parties varies according to the type of production activity.  As production increases, we must increasingly rely upon these third-party production facilities.  Reliance on third parties will also vary with annual harvest volumes.
 
In addition, we have limited control over the quality control and quality assurance of these third-party manufacturers.  If our suppliers are not able to deliver products that satisfy our requirements, we may be forced to seek alternative providers for these goods and services, which may not be available at the same price, or at all, which would harm our financial results.
 
Because our existing owners will retain significant control over Truett-Hurst after this offering, new investors will not have as much influence on corporate decisions as they would if control were less concentrated.
 
Following this offering and assuming that all LLC Units held by our existing owners and their respective affiliates, if any, have been converted, our directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own 3,424,481 shares of our outstanding Class A common stock, or approximately 51.85% of our outstanding Class A common stock.  Prior to conversion of their LLC Units, each holder of LLC Units will hold a single share of our Class B common stock. Although these shares have no economic rights, they will allow our existing owners to exercise voting power over Truett-Hurst, Inc., the managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. As a result, our existing owners and their respective affiliates have significant influence in the election of directors and the approval of corporate actions that must be submitted for a vote of stockholders.
 
In addition, certain existing owners, as well as certain trusts and other entities under their control, have entered into guarantee agreements in connection with our credit facility with Bank of the West. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources Indebtedness.”
 
The interests of these affiliates may conflict with the interests of other stockholders, and the actions they take or approve may be contrary to those desired by the other stockholders.  This concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring an acquisition of Truett-Hurst by a third party.
 
Many of our transactions are with related parties, including our founders, executive officers and other related parties, and present conflicts of interest.
 
We routinely source bulk wine and grapes for our products from vineyards owned by our founders, executive officers, and principal stockholders.  We also engage in other transactions with affiliates.  The interests of these affiliates in such transactions may be contrary to those desired by stockholders.  Although we intend to put in place policies related to mitigating the risk associated with such transactions, stockholders may be harmed by self-dealing with affiliates and our loss of corporate opportunity. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
       
In addition, from time to time we enter into transactions for goods and services with entities in which our executive officers, directors and/or affiliates have interests, as further described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”  For example, we lease our VML Winery facility, including all of the buildings, grounds, parking areas and other facilities and equipment located at VML Winery, from Hambrecht Wine Group, a member of the LLC.

We also enter into grape and bulk wine purchase agreements from time to time with entities in which our executives and/or founders have financial interests.  We have entered into such arrangements with:

 
·
Hambrecht Vineyards, which is owned by the Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust (the “Hambrecht Trust”), of which William R. Hambrecht, a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc., serves as trustee. The manager of Hambrecht Vineyards is Forrester R. Hambrecht, a member of the LLC and the grandson of William R. Hambrecht.
 
·
Ghianda Rose Vineyard, which is owned by Diana Fetzer, wife of Paul E. Dolan , III a member of our board of directors.
 
·
Gobbi Street Vineyards, which is partly owned by Diana Fetzer, and Paul E. Dolan, III’s daughter, Nya Kusakabe.
 
·
Mendo Farming Company, which is managed by Heath E. Dolan and owned by the following members: (i) Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst as trustees of The Hurst Family Revocable Trust Dated August 1, 2004 (the “Hurst Trust”) (33.333% interest); (ii) Paul E. Dolan III, as trustee of The Dolan 2003 Family Trust Dated June 5, 2003 (the “Dolan 2003 Trust”) (30.334% interest); (iii) Peter E. Dolan (17.333% interest); (iv) Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of The Dolan 2005 Family Trust Dated August 24, 2005 (the “Dolan 2005 Trust”) (9.500% interest); and (v) Zachary Y. Schat and Melissa Schat, as trustees of The Zachary Schat Trust U/D/T Dated September 1, 2004 (the “Schat Trust”) (9.500% interest). Peter E. Dolan is the brother of Paul E. Dolan, III.
    
We believe these arrangements reflect substantially the same market terms we would receive in transactions with unaffiliated third parties. However, if we fail to receive market terms for these transactions or other similar transactions in the future, our profits could be reduced.
 
 
13

 
 
The terms of our credit facility with Bank of the West may restrict our current and future operations, which could adversely affect our ability to respond to changes in our business and to manage our operations.
 
Our senior credit facility includes a number of customary restrictive covenants that could impair our financing and operational flexibility and make it difficult for us to react to market conditions and satisfy our ongoing capital needs and unanticipated cash requirements. The credit facility contains usual and customary covenants, including, without limitation:
 
     ·  
limitation on incurring senior indebtedness;
 
     ·  
limitation on making loans and advances;
 
     ·  
limitation on investments, acquisitions and capital expenditures;
 
     ·  
limitation on liens, mergers and sales of assets; and
 
     ·  
limitations on activities of Truett-Hurst.
 
In addition, the credit facility contains negative and financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio (measured quarterly), debt to effective tangible net worth ratio (measured quarterly) and debt service coverage ratio (measured annually).
 
We were not in compliance with the minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio or the debt to effective tangible net worth ratio at December 31, 2012. In March 2013, as a condition of receiving a waiver from Bank of the West, we entered into certain capital improvement transactions as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Indebtedness.”
 
Our ability to comply with the covenants and other terms of our senior credit facility will depend on our future operating performance and, in addition, may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet them. If we fail to comply with such covenants and terms, we would be required to obtain waivers from our lenders or agree with our lenders to an amendment of the facility's terms to maintain compliance under such facility. If we are unable to obtain any necessary waivers and the debt under our senior credit facility is accelerated, it would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and future operating performance.
 
We have identified a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. Our failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in our failure to meet our reporting obligations and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which in turn could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
 
In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012 , our management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
 
The material weakness pertains to deficiencies in the accounting research and reporting functions and the closing and reporting process due to our lack of accounting documentation and procedures, lack of segregation of duties, potential for management override of controls and lack of current expertise in reporting requirements.
 
Historically, we have functioned as a closely held, principally family-owned enterprise.  In preparation for becoming a public company, we have added an experienced Chief Financial Officer, James D. Bielenberg, and a Controller, and have more recently added accounting personnel to support the accounting function.  In addition, we have implemented policies to document various procedures.  We are in the process of documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing senior management review. Although we plan to complete this remediation process as quickly as possible, we cannot at this time estimate how long it will take, and our initiatives may not prove to be successful in remediating the material weakness. If our remedial measures are insufficient to address the material weakness, or if significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting are discovered or occur in the future, it may adversely affect the results of our management evaluations and, when required, annual auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. In addition, if we are unable to successfully remediate the material weakness and if we are unable to produce accurate and timely financial statements or we are required to restate our financial results, our stock price may be adversely affected.  For more information, please see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Controls” in this report.
 
 
14

 
 
Several of our executive officers and key team members have outside business interests that may create conflicts of interest.

Several of our executive officers and affiliates have their own vineyards or wineries. Although these executives and key team members are committed to devoting their attention to our business, they may devote time to outside interests that do not benefit our stockholders.  If our executives and key team members fail to devote sufficient time to the management of our business, our sales and profits could be reduced.
    
We depend upon our trademarks and proprietary rights, and any failure to protect our intellectual property rights or any claims that we are infringing upon the rights of others may adversely affect our competitive position and brand equity.
 
Our future success depends significantly on our ability to protect our current and future brands and products and to defend our intellectual property rights. We have staked out a reputation for innovation and we have introduced new product innovations, including, for example, our evocative “wine wraps,” the world’s first paper bottle and our proprietary square bottle. We have been granted numerous trademark registrations covering our brands and products and have filed, and expect to continue to file, trademark applications seeking to protect newly-developed brands and products. We cannot be sure that trademark registrations will be issued with respect to any of our trademark applications. There is also a risk that we could, by omission, fail to timely renew or protect a trademark or that our competitors will challenge, invalidate or circumvent any existing or future trademarks issued to, or licensed by, us.
 
A reduction in consumer demand for premium wines could harm our business.
 
There have been periods in the past in which there were substantial declines in the overall per capita consumption of alcoholic beverages in the United States and other markets in which we participate. A limited or general decline in consumption in one or more of our product categories could occur in the future due to a variety of factors, including a general decline in economic conditions, increased concern about the health consequences of consuming beverage alcohol products and about drinking and driving, a trend toward a healthier diet including lighter, lower calorie beverages such as diet soft drinks, juices and water products, the increased activity of anti-alcohol consumer groups and increased federal, state or foreign excise and other taxes on alcoholic beverage products. The competitive position of our products could also be affected adversely by any failure to achieve consistent, reliable quality in the product or service levels to customers.
 
Changes in consumer spending could have a negative impact on our financial condition and business results.
 
Wine sales depend upon a number of factors related to the level of consumer spending, including the general state of the economy, federal and state income tax rates, deductibility of business entertainment expenses under federal and state tax laws, and consumer confidence in future economic conditions.  Changes in consumer spending in these and other areas can affect both the quantity and the price of wines that customers are willing to purchase at restaurants or through retail outlets. Reduced consumer confidence and spending may result in reduced demand for our products, limitations on our ability to increase prices and increased levels of selling and promotional expenses. This, in turn, may have a considerable negative impact upon our sales and profit margins.
 
The market price of our stock may fluctuate due to seasonal fluctuations in our wine sales, operating expenses and net income.
 
We experience seasonal and quarterly fluctuations in sales, operating expenses and net income.  Generally, the second and third quarters of our fiscal year have lower sales volumes than the first and fourth quarters.  We have managed, and will continue to manage, our business to achieve long-term objectives.  In doing so, we may make decisions that we believe will enhance our long-term profitability, even if these decisions may reduce quarterly earnings.  These decisions include the timing of the release of our wines for sale, our wines’ competitive positioning and the grape and bulk wine sources we use to produce our wines.
 
Bad weather, plant diseases and other factors could reduce the amount or quality of the grapes available to produce our wines.
 
A shortage in the supply of quality grapes may result from the occurrence of any number of factors which determine the quality and quantity of grape supply, such as weather conditions, pruning methods, the existence of diseases and pests, and the number of vines producing grapes, as well as the level of consumer demand for wine.  Any shortage could cause an increase in the price of some or all of the grape varieties required for our wine production and/or a reduction in the amount of wine we are able to produce, which could harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.  The California wine industry is currently experiencing a shortage of grapes due to the fact that grapes were in oversupply in the early 2000s and the industry is just now starting to replant.
 
Recent examples of events affecting supply include the frost in 2008 that significantly impacted the amount of grapes harvested in Mendocino County and the frost of 2011 that had a significant impact on the crop size in Paso Robles.
 
Factors that reduce the quantity of grapes may also reduce their quality, which in turn could reduce the quality or amount of wine we produce.  Deterioration in the quality of our wines could harm our brand name and a decrease in our production could reduce our sales and profits.
 
 
15

 
 
Although we grow only a small portion of the grapes we use, our business is still subject to numerous agricultural risks.  Over the last 20 years the California winegrowers have experienced crop damage from pest and diseases such as Phylloxera, sharpshooters, grape leaf skeletonizer and vinemeallybug.
 
Adverse public opinion about alcohol may harm our business.
 
While a number of research studies suggest that moderate alcohol consumption may provide various health benefits, other studies conclude or suggest that alcohol consumption has no health benefits and may increase the risk of stroke, cancer and other illnesses.  An unfavorable report on the health effects of alcohol consumption could significantly reduce the demand for wine, which could harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.
 
In recent years, activist groups have used advertising and other methods to inform the public about the societal harms associated with the consumption of alcoholic beverages.  These groups have also sought, and continue to seek, legislation to reduce the availability of alcoholic beverages, to increase the penalties associated with the misuse of alcoholic beverages, or to increase the costs associated with the production of alcoholic beverages.  Over time, these efforts could cause a reduction in the consumption of alcoholic beverages generally, which could harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.
 
Contamination of our wines would harm our business.
 
Because our products are designed for human consumption, our business is subject to hazards and liabilities related to food products, such as contamination.  A discovery of contamination in any of our wines, through tampering or otherwise, could result in a recall of our products.  Any recall would significantly damage our reputation for product quality, which we believe is one of our principal competitive assets, and could seriously harm our business and sales.  Although we maintain insurance to protect against these risks, we may not be able to maintain insurance on acceptable terms, and this insurance may not be adequate to cover any resulting liability.
 
Increased regulatory costs or taxes would harm our financial performance.
 
The wine industry is regulated extensively by the Federal Tax and Trade Bureau and state and local liquor authorities and State of California environmental agencies. These regulations and laws dictate various matters, including:
 
 
·
Excise taxes;
 
 
·
Licensing requirements;
 
 
·
Trade and pricing practices;
 
 
·
Permitted distribution channels;
 
 
·
Permitted and required labeling;
 
 
·
Advertising;
 
 
·
Relationships with distributors and retailers; and
 
 
·
Air quality, storm water and irrigation use.
 
Recent and future zoning ordinances, environmental restrictions and other legal requirements may limit our plans to expand production capacity, as well as any future development of new vineyards and wineries.  In addition, federal legislation has been proposed that could significantly increase excise taxes on wine.  Other federal legislation has been proposed which would prevent us from selling wine directly through the mail.  This proposed legislation, or other new regulations, requirements or taxes, could harm our business and operating results.  Future legal or regulatory challenges to the wine industry could also harm our business and impact our operating results.
 
 
16

 
 
Prompted by growing government budget shortfalls and public reaction against alcohol abuse, Congress and many state legislatures are considering various proposals to impose additional excise taxes on the production and sale of alcoholic beverages, including table wines.  Some of the excise tax rates being considered are substantial.  The ultimate effects of such legislation, if passed, cannot be assessed accurately since the proposals are still in the discussion stage.  Any increase in the taxes imposed on table wines can be expected to have a potentially adverse impact on overall sales of such products.  However, the impact may not be proportionate to that experienced by producers of other alcoholic beverages and may not be the same in every state.
 
An increase in the cost of energy or the cost of environmental regulatory compliance could affect our profitability.
 
We have experienced increases in energy costs, and energy costs could continue to rise, which would result in higher transportation, freight   and other operating costs. We may experience significant future increases in the costs associated with environmental regulatory compliance,   including fees, licenses and the cost of capital improvements to our operating facilities in order to meet environmental regulatory requirements. Our   future operating expenses and margins will be dependent on our ability to manage the impact of cost increases. We cannot guarantee that we will be   able to pass along increased energy costs or increased costs associated with environmental regulatory compliance to our customers through   increased prices.
 
In addition, we may be party to various environmental remediation obligations arising in the normal course of our business or in connection   with historical activities of businesses we acquire. Due to regulatory complexities, uncertainties inherent in litigation and the risk of unidentified   contaminants in our current and former properties, the potential exists for remediation, liability and indemnification costs to differ materially from the   costs that we have estimated. We cannot assure you that our costs in relation to these matters will not exceed our projections or otherwise have an adverse effect upon our business reputation, financial condition or results of operations.
 
Climate change, or legal, regulatory or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect our business, operations or financial performance, and water scarcity or poor water quality could negatively impact our production costs and capacity.
 
Our business depends upon agricultural activity and natural resources. There has been much public discussion related to concerns that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on global temperatures, weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. Severe weather events and climate change may negatively affect agricultural productivity in the regions from which we presently source our agricultural raw materials such as grapes. Decreased availability of our raw materials may increase the cost of goods for our products. Severe weather events or changes in the frequency or intensity of weather events can also disrupt our supply chain, which may affect production operations, insurance cost and coverage, as well as delivery of our products to wholesalers, retailers and consumers.
 
Water is essential in the production of our products. The quality and quantity of water available for use is important to the supply of grapes and our ability to operate our business. Water is a limited resource in many parts of the world and if climate patterns change and droughts become more severe, there may be a scarcity of water or poor water quality that may affect our production costs or impose capacity constraints. Such events could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Natural disasters, including earthquakes or fires, could destroy our facilities or our inventory.
 
We must store our wine in a limited number of locations for a period of time prior to its sale or distribution. Any intervening catastrophes, such as an earthquake or fire, that result in the destruction of all or a portion of our wine would result in a loss of our investment in, and anticipated profits and cash flows from, that wine. Such a loss would seriously harm our business and reduce our sales and profits.
 
 
17

 
 
Risks Related to Our Organizational Structure
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. s only material asset after completion of this offering will be its interest in the LLC, and it is accordingly dependent upon distributions from the LLC to pay taxes, make payments under the tax receivable agreement or pay dividends.
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our ownership of LLC Units. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will have no independent means of generating revenue. We intend to cause the LLC to make distributions to its unit holders in an amount sufficient to cover all applicable taxes at assumed tax rates, payments under the tax receivable agreement and dividends, if any, declared by Truett-Hurst, Inc. To the extent that Truett-Hurst, Inc. needs funds, and the LLC is restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of its financing arrangements, or is otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect Truett-Hurst, Inc. s liquidity and financial condition.
 
We are controlled by our existing owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.
 
Immediately following this offering and the application of net proceeds therefrom, our existing owners will own approximately 54.3% of the LLC Units. Because they hold their ownership interest in our business through the LLC, rather than through the public company, these existing owners may have conflicting interests with holders of shares of our Class A common stock. For example, our existing owners may have different tax positions from us which could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness, especially in light of the existence of the tax receivable agreement that we will enter in to in connection with this offering, and whether and when we should terminate the tax receivable agreement and accelerate the obligations thereunder. In addition, the structuring of future transactions may take into consideration these existing owners' tax or other considerations even where no similar benefit would accrue to us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."
 
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq and, as a result, expect to qualify for, and rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
 
Upon completion of this offering, our affiliates will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc. As a result, we are a “ controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “ controlled company” and need not comply with certain requirements, including the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors and the requirements that our compensation and nominating and governance committees be composed entirely of independent directors. Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions if we continue to qualify as a “ controlled company.” If we utilize these exemptions, we will not have a majority of independent directors and our compensation and nominating and governance committees will not consist entirely of independent directors, and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. See “Directors and Executive Officers— Controlled Company Status.”
 
We will be required to pay our existing owners for certain tax benefits we may claim arising in connection with this offering and related transactions, and the amounts we may pay could be significant.
 
As described in "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions," we intend to use the proceeds from this offering to purchase LLC Units.  We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment by us to our existing owners of 90% of the benefits, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from our exchanges of LLC Units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement."

 
18

 
 
We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if distributions to us by the LLC are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after we have paid taxes. For example, we may have an obligation to make tax receivable agreement payments for a certain amount while receiving distributions from the LLC in a lesser amount, which would negatively affect our liquidity. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners' continued ownership of us.
 
In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreement to our existing owners may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.
 
The tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, or if, at any time, Truett-Hurst elects an early termination of the tax receivable agreement, Truett-Hurst’s (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LLC Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, and this upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. Upon a subsequent actual exchange, any additional increase in tax deductions, tax basis and other benefits in excess of the amounts assumed at the change in control will also result in payments under the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreement.
 
Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, Truett-Hurst will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that Truett-Hurst actually realizes in respect of (i) the increases in tax basis resulting from our exchanges of LLC Units and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement.
 
 
19

 
 
Risks Related to the Auction Process for Our Offering
 
Our stock price could decline rapidly and significantly following our initial public offering.
 
Our initial public offering price will be determined by an auction process conducted by us and our underwriters. We believe this auction process will provide information about the market demand for our Class A common stock at the time of our initial public offering. However, this information may have no relation to market demand for our Class A common stock once trading begins. We expect that the bidding process will reveal a clearing price for shares of our Class A common stock offered in the auction. The auction clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors. Although we and our underwriters may elect to set the initial public offering price below the auction clearing price, we may also set an initial public offering price that is equal to the clearing price. If there is little or no demand for our shares at or above the initial public offering price once trading begins, the price of our shares would likely decline following our initial public offering. In addition, the auction process may lead to more stock price volatility or a stock price decline after the initial sales of our stock in the offering, which could lead to class action or securities litigation that would be expensive, time-consuming and distracting to our management team. If your objective is to make a short-term profit by selling the shares you purchase in the offering shortly after trading begins, you should not submit a bid in the auction.
 
The auction process for our public offering may result in a phenomenon known as the “winner’s curse,” and, as a result, investors may experience significant losses.
 
The auction process for our initial public offering may result in a phenomenon known as the “winner’s curse.” At the conclusion of the auction, bidders that receive allocations of shares in this offering (successful bidders) may infer that there is little incremental demand for our shares above or equal to the initial public offering price. As a result, successful bidders may conclude that they paid too much for our shares and could seek to immediately sell their shares to limit their losses should our stock price decline. In this situation, other investors that did not submit successful bids may wait for this selling to be completed, resulting in reduced demand for our Class A common stock in the public market and a significant decline in our stock price. Therefore, we caution investors that submitting successful bids and receiving allocations may be followed by a significant decline in the value of their investment in our Class A common stock shortly after our offering.
 
The auction process for our initial public offering may result in a situation in which less price sensitive investors play a larger role in the determination of our offering price and constitute a larger portion of the investors in our offering, and, therefore, the offering price may not be sustainable once trading of our Class A common stock begins.
 
In a typical initial public offering, a majority of the shares sold to the public are purchased by professional investors that have significant experience in determining valuations for companies in connection with initial public offerings. These professional investors typically have access to, or conduct their own independent research and analysis regarding investments in initial public offerings. Other investors typically have less access to this level of research and analysis, and as a result, may be less sensitive to price when participating in our auction process. Because of our auction process, these less price sensitive investors may have a greater influence in setting our initial public offering price and may have a higher level of participation in our offering than is normal for initial public offerings. This, in turn, could cause our auction process to result in an initial public offering price that is higher than the price professional investors are willing to pay for our shares. As a result, our stock price may decrease once trading of our Class A common stock begins. Also, because professional investors may have a substantial degree of influence on the trading price of our shares over time, the price of our Class A common stock may decline and not recover after our offering. Furthermore, if our initial public offering price is above the level that investors determine is reasonable for our shares, some investors may attempt to short sell the stock after trading begins, which would create additional downward pressure on the trading price of our Class A common stock.
 
 
20

 
 
Successful bidders may receive the full number of shares subject to their bids, so potential investors should not make bids for more shares than they are prepared to purchase.
 
We may set the initial public offering price near or equal to the auction clearing price. If we do this, the number of shares represented by successful bids will likely approximate the number of shares offered by this prospectus, and successful bidders may be allocated all or almost all of the shares that they bid for in the auction. Therefore, we caution investors against submitting a bid that does not accurately represent the number of shares of our Class A common stock that they are willing and prepared to purchase.
 
Our initial public offering price may have little or no relationship to the price that would be established using traditional valuation methods, and therefore, the initial public offering price may not be sustainable once trading begins.
 
We may set the initial public offering price near or equal to the auction clearing price. The offering price of our shares may have little or no relationship to, and may be significantly higher than, the price that otherwise would be established using traditional indicators of value, such as our future prospects and those of our industry in general; our sales, earnings, and other financial and operating information; multiples of revenue, earnings, cash flows and other operating metrics; market prices of securities and other financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours; and the views of research analysts. As a result, our initial public offering price may not be sustainable once trading begins, and the price of our Class A common stock may decline.
 
If research analysts publish or establish target prices for our Class A common stock that are below the initial public offering price or the then current trading market price of our shares, the price of our shares of Class A common stock may fall.
 
Although the initial public offering price of our shares may have little or no relationship to the price determined using traditional valuation methods, we believe that research analysts will rely upon these methods to establish target prices for our Class A common stock. If research analysts, including research analysts affiliated with our underwriters, publish target prices for our Class A common stock that are below our initial public offering price or the then-current trading market price of our shares, our stock price may decline.
 
Submitting a bid does not guarantee an allocation of shares of our Class A common stock, even if a bidder submits a bid at or above the initial public offering price.
 
Our underwriters may require that bidders confirm their bids before the auction for our initial public offering closes. If a bidder is requested to confirm a bid and fails to do so within the permitted time period, that bid will be deemed to have been withdrawn and will not receive an allocation of shares even if the bid is at or above the initial public offering price. In addition, the underwriters, in consultation with us, may determine that some bids that are at or above the initial public offering price are manipulative or disruptive to the bidding process, in which case all of the bids submitted by that investor may be rejected.
 
Risks Related to the Offering
 
The fact that the offering is relatively small in size and involves some novel aspects of distribution could limit the market price, liquidity or trading volume of our stock.
 
We are offering only 2,902,557 shares.  The relatively small size of the offering may prevent us from obtaining as much research coverage from market analysts after the offering as we might obtain for an offering of greater size.  This reduced level of coverage may limit the market price, liquidity or trading volume of our Class A common stock.  In addition, the approach being used by the underwriters for the distribution of the shares differs somewhat from the distribution approach currently used in traditional underwritten offerings of equity securities.  The novel aspects of this distribution approach could affect the pricing of the shares, which could cause greater price volatility than if the distribution were done in the traditional manner.  Also, the underwriters are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of our Class A common stock, but have agreed to use their best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of our Class A common stock offered pursuant to this prospectus.
 
 
21

 
 
We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
 
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging public companies, which includes, among other things:
 
 
·
exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
 
 
·
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements;
 
 
·
exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements; and
 
 
·
exemption from any rules requiring mandatory audit firm rotation and auditor discussion and analysis and, unless the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) otherwise determines, any future audit rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.
 
We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months.  The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.
 
Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are also permitted to elect to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards until companies that are not subject to periodic reporting obligations are required to comply, if such accounting standards apply to non-reporting companies.  We have made an irrevocable decision to opt out of this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
 
We cannot predict if investors will find our Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
 
 
22

 
 
We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.
 
We have never operated as a public company.  As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, in order to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq.  Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company.  We also expect that these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage.  As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
 
For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.  As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years.  Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues.  Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.
 
When the available exemptions under the JOBS Act, as described above, cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.
 
 
23

 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are usually accompanied by words such as "believes,"  "anticipates,"  "plans," "expects" and similar expressions. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Investing in our Class A common stock is risky.  You should carefully consider the risks discussed above in “Risk Factors” before making an investment decision.  These risks are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks that generally apply to publicly traded companies and companies in our industry, that we have not yet identified or that we think are immaterial may also impair our business operations.  Our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected by any of the preceding risks. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.  You should also refer to the other information set forth in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes.
 
 
INDUSTRY DATA
 
Market data and other statistical information contained in this registration statement are based on independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms and other published independent sources. Some data is also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from other relevant statistical information, as well as the independent sources listed above. 
 

 
24

 
 
THE OpenIPO AUCTION PROCESS
 
The distribution method being used in this offering is known as the OpenIPO auction, which differs from methods traditionally used in public offerings. In particular, as described under the captions “—Determination of Initial Public Offering Price” and “—Allocation of Shares” below, the public offering price and the allocation of shares are determined by an auction conducted by WR Hambrecht + Co and other factors as described below. All qualified individual and institutional investors may place bids in an OpenIPO auction and investors submitting valid bids have an equal opportunity to receive an allocation of shares.
 
The following describes how WR Hambrecht + Co and some selected dealers conduct the auction process and, on behalf of us and the selling stockholders, confirm bids from prospective investors.
 
Prior to Effectiveness of the Registration Statement
 
Before the registration statement relating to this offering becomes effective, but after a preliminary prospectus is available, the auction will open and WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will solicit bids from prospective investors through the internet and by telephone and facsimile. The bids specify the number of shares of our Class A common stock the potential investor proposes to purchase and the price the potential investor is willing to pay for the shares. These bids may be above or below the range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus. The minimum size of any bid is 100 shares. Potential investors may submit multiple bids in the auction at multiple prices. All of an investor’s bids at or above the clearing price will be considered and cumulated at the close of the auction. Each of an investor’s successful bids will be treated separately for purposes of allocation and rounding of shares in the auction, as described in “—Allocation of Shares” below.
 
The shares offered by this prospectus may not be sold, nor may offers to buy be accepted, prior to the time that the registration statement filed with the SEC becomes effective. A bid received by WR Hambrecht + Co or a dealer involves no obligation or commitment of any kind prior to the notice of acceptance being sent, which will occur after effectiveness of the registration statement and closing of the auction. Bids can be modified at any time prior to the closing of the auction.
 
Potential investors may contact WR Hambrecht + Co or dealers through which they submitted their bid to discuss general auction trends or to consult on bidding strategy. The current clearing price is at all times kept confidential and will not be disclosed during the OpenIPO auction to any bidder; however, WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers may discuss general auction trends with potential investors. General auction trends may include a general description of the bidding trends or the anticipated timing of the offering. In all cases, any oral information provided with respect to general auction trends by WR Hambrecht + Co or dealer is subject to change. Any general auction trend information that is provided orally by WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer is necessarily accurate only as of the time of inquiry and may change significantly prior to the auction closing. Therefore, bidders should not assume that any particular bid will receive an allocation of shares in the auction based on any auction trend information provided to them orally by WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer.
 
Approximately two business days prior to the registration statement being declared effective, prospective investors will receive, by email, telephone or facsimile, a notice indicating the proposed effective date. Potential investors may at any time expressly request that all, or any specific, communications between them and WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers be made by specific means of communication, including email, telephone and facsimile. WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will contact the potential investors in the manner they request.
 
After Effectiveness of the Registration Statement
 
After the registration statement relating to this offering has become effective, potential investors who have submitted bids to WR Hambrecht + Co or a dealer will be contacted by email, telephone or facsimile. Potential investors will receive a notice on the day of effectiveness at least one hour prior to the close of the auction notifying them of the time that the registration statement will be declared effective, that they may withdraw their bids at any time prior to receipt of the notice of acceptance, and that the auction may close, and notices of acceptance may be sent, in as little as one hour following effectiveness. Bids will continue to be accepted in the time period after the registration statement is declared effective but before the auction closes. Bidders may also withdraw their bids in the time period following effectiveness, including after the closing of the auction but before the notice of acceptance of their bid is sent.
 
 
25

 
 
Reconfirmation of Bids
 
WR Hambrecht + Co will require that bidders reconfirm the bids that they have submitted in the offering if any of the following events occur:
 
 
·
more than 15 business days have elapsed since the bidder submitted its bid in the offering;
 
 
·
there is a material change in the prospectus that requires that WR Hambrecht + Co and we convey the material change to bidders in the offering and file an amended registration statement;
 
 
·
there has been a decrease in the price range below the previously disclosed price range or an increase in the price range of more than 20% above the previously disclosed price range; or
 
 
·
if it is determined, after the auction is closed, that the initial public offering price will be below the stated price range or that there will be an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.
 
If a reconfirmation of bids is required, WR Hambrecht + Co will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that they must reconfirm their bids by contacting WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers with which they have their brokerage accounts. Bidders will have a minimum of four hours to reconfirm their bids from the time they receive the notice requesting reconfirmation. Bidders will have the ability to modify or reconfirm their bids at any time until the auction closes. If bidders do not reconfirm their bids before the auction is closed (which will be no sooner than four hours after the request for reconfirmation is sent), we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co will disregard their bids in the auction, and they will be deemed to have been withdrawn. If appropriate, WR Hambrecht + Co may include the request for reconfirmation in a notice of effectiveness of the registration statement.
 
Changes in the Price Range or a Reduction in the Offering Size Before the Auction is Closed
 
We and the selling stockholders are putting up for auction 2,902,557 shares of Class A common stock. We, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co are conducting the auction in order to sell the maximum number of shares being offered using the highest price for which valid bids are received as the clearing price. Based on the auction demand available before the auction is closed, we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co may elect to change the price range or reduce the number of shares being put up for auction either before or after the SEC declares the registration statement effective. We will file an amendment to the registration statement to reflect any changes to the price range or a reduction in shares being put up for auction either prior to or after the effectiveness of the registration statement. If we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co elect to change the price range or reduce the number of shares being put up for auction after effectiveness of the registration statement, WR Hambrecht + Co will keep the auction open for at least one hour after notifying bidders of the new auction terms. In addition, for any change in price range or reduction in the number of shares being put up for auction, WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers will:
 
 
·
provide notice on the WR Hambrecht + Co website of the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be;
 
 
26

 
 
 
·
if appropriate, issue a press release announcing the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be; and
 
 
·
send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them of the revised price range or the reduced number of shares to be sold in this offering, as the case may be.
 
In the event of a material change to the price range or any reduction in the number of shares being put up for auction from the previously provided disclosure and prior to and after the SEC declaring the registration statement effective, WR Hambrecht + Co will reconfirm all bids that have been submitted in the auction after notifying bidders of the new auction terms. WR Hambrecht + Co will generally not consider any increase or decrease in the price to be material unless there is a decrease in the price below the stated price range for the auction or an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.
 
Changes in the Price Range or a Reduction in the Offering Size After the Auction is Closed and Pricing Outside the Price Range
 
If we and the selling stockholders determine after the auction is closed that the initial public offering price will be above the stated price range in the auction but it is determined, based on the factors described above, that it will not result in any material change to the previously provided disclosure, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers may accept all successful bids without reconfirmation. In this situation, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will communicate the final price and size of the offering in the notice of acceptance that is sent to successful bidders.
 
If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. See   “—Best Efforts Offering with No Minimum Amount of Shares that must be Sold.” We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which we received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price. In this situation, if the initial public offering price will be above the stated price range in the auction, but will not result in any material change to the previously provided disclosure, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers may accept all successful bids without reconfirmation. WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will communicate the final price and size of the offering in the notice of acceptance that is sent to successful bidders. WR Hambrecht + Co will generally not consider any increase or decrease in the initial public offering price to be material unless there is a decrease in the price below the stated price range for the auction or an increase in the price of more than 20% above the stated price range.
 
In all cases, if we and the selling stockholders determine, after the auction is closed, that the initial public offering price will be below the stated price range or that there will be an increase in the price range of more than 20% above the previously disclosed price range, then we will elect one of two alternatives:
 
Under the first alternative, WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will convey the final price and offering size to all bidders in the auction, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement with the final price and offering size, and all bids will be reconfirmed and offers accepted after the post-effective amendment has been declared effective by the SEC.
 
Under the second alternative, we and the selling stockholders may re-open the auction pursuant to the following procedures:

 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co will provide notice on the WR Hambrecht + Co OpenIPO website that the auction has re-opened with a revised price range or a reduced offering size, as the case may be;
 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will issue a press release announcing the new auction terms;
 
 
27

 
 
 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will send an electronic notice (or communicate in an alternative manner as requested by a bidder) to everyone who has submitted a bid notifying them that the auction has re-opened with a revised price range or a reduced offering size, as the case may be;
 
·
WR Hambrecht + Co and participating dealers will reconfirm all bids in the auction; and
 
·
we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement containing the new auction terms and have the post-effective amendment declared effective prior to the acceptance of any offers by WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers.
 
The second alternative will also be used in the event that, after the close of an auction, the selling stockholders reject all bids and elect to re-open the auction with a reduced the number of shares being put up for auction. Any post-effective amendment that reflects a new auction will disclose the results of the preceding auction.
 
Closing of the Auction and Pricing
 
The auction will close and a public offering price will be determined after the registration statement becomes effective at a time agreed to by us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co, which we anticipate will be after the close of trading on Nasdaq on the same day on which the registration statement is declared effective. The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. However, the date and time at which the auction will close and a public offering price will be determined cannot currently be predicted and will be determined by us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co based on general market conditions during the period after the registration statement is declared effective. If we and the selling stockholders are unable to close the auction, determine a public offering price and file a final prospectus with the SEC within 15 days after the registration statement is initially declared effective, the rules of the SEC require that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement be filed and declared effective, and all bids more than 15 business days old must be reconfirmed, before the auction may be closed and before any bids may be accepted.
 
Once a potential investor submits a bid, the bid remains valid unless subsequently withdrawn by the potential investor (other than in situations where WR Hambrecht + Co is required to reconfirm bids as described above, in which case if the potential investor does not reconfirm such bid in a timely manner it will be disregarded). Potential investors are able to withdraw their bids at any time before the notice of acceptance is sent by notifying WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer through which they submitted their bids. The auction website will not permit modification or cancellation of bids after the auction closes. Therefore, if a potential investor that bid through the internet wishes to cancel a bid after the auction closes, the investor may have to contact WR Hambrecht + Co through which it submitted its bid (or the participating dealer through which the investor submitted the bid) by telephone, facsimile or email (or as specified by WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealer through which the bidder submitted the bid).
 
Following the closing of the auction, WR Hambrecht + Co determines the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors. This price, which is called the “clearing price,” is determined based on the results of all valid bids at the time the auction is closed. The clearing price is not necessarily the public offering price, which is set as described in “—Determination of Initial Public Offering Price” below. The public offering price determines the allocation of shares to potential investors, with all valid bids submitted at or above the public offering price receiving a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which valid bids were received) in order to obtain a higher clearing price.
 
 
28

 
 
You will have the ability to withdraw your bid at any time until the notice of acceptance is sent. WR Hambrecht + Co will notify successful bidders that we and the selling stockholders have accepted their bids by sending a notice of acceptance after the auction closes and a public offering price has been determined, and bidders who submitted successful bids will be obligated to purchase the shares allocated to them regardless of (1) whether such bidders are aware that the registration statement has been declared effective and that the auction has closed or (2) whether they are aware that the notice of acceptance of that bid has been sent. WR Hambrecht + Co will not cancel or reject a valid bid after the notices of acceptance have been sent.
 
Once the auction closes and a clearing price is set as described below, we and the selling stockholders accept the bids that are at or above the public offering price, but may allocate to a prospective investor fewer shares than the number included in the investors bid, as described in “—Allocation of Shares” below.
 
Best Efforts Offering with No Minimum Amount of Shares that must be Sold
 
This OpenIPO auction is being conducted as a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold. Accordingly, we and the selling stockholders are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of Class A common stock, but WR Hambrecht + Co has agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which valid bids we received) in order to obtain a higher clearance price. However, because this is a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold, in the event that an investor fails to pay for shares that it purchased in the auction by the closing date, we and the selling stockholders may proceed with closing the offering without selling such shares. See “—The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares.”
 
Determination of Initial Public Offering Price
 
The public offering price for this offering is ultimately determined by negotiation between us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co after the auction closes and does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to our assets, current earnings or book value or to any other established criteria of value, although these factors are considered in establishing the initial public offering price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The principal factor in establishing the public offering price is the clearing price resulting from the auction, although other factors are considered as described below. The clearing price is used by the us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co as the principal benchmark, among other considerations described below, in determining the public offering price for the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering.
 
The clearing price is the highest price at which all of the shares offered may be sold to potential investors, based on the valid bids at the time the auction is closed. If there are insufficient bids to cover all of the shares put up for auction as set forth in the most recent prospectus, then we and the selling stockholders may elect to proceed with the offering by selling the maximum number of shares using the highest price for which valid bids were received as the clearing price. We and the selling stockholders will not elect to sell a smaller amount of shares than were put up for auction (or for which it received valid bids) in order to obtain a higher clearing price. Depending on the public offering price and the amount of the decrease in the number of shares sold, more dilution to potential investors in this offering could result.
 
Depending on the outcome of negotiations between WR Hambrecht + Co, us and the selling stockholders, the public offering price may be lower, but will not be higher, than the clearing price. The bids received in the auction and the resulting clearing price are the principal factors used to determine the public offering price of the Class A common stock that will be sold in this offering. The public offering price may be lower than the clearing price depending on a number of additional factors, including general market trends or conditions, WR Hambrecht + Co’s assessment of our management, operating results, capital structure and business potential and the demand and price of similar securities of comparable companies. WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders may also agree to a public offering price that is lower than the clearing price in order to facilitate a wider distribution of the Class A common stock to be sold in this offering. For example, WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders may elect to lower the public offering price to include certain institutional or retail bidders in this offering. WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders may also lower the public offering price to create a more stable post-offering trading price for our shares.
 
 
29

 
 
The public offering price always determines the allocation of shares to potential investors. Therefore, if the public offering price is below the clearing price, all valid bids that are at or above the public offering price receive a pro rata portion of the shares bid for. If sufficient bids are not received, or if we and the selling stockholders do not consider the clearing price to be adequate, or if WR Hambrecht + Co, we and the selling stockholders are not able to reach agreement on the public offering price, then WR Hambrecht + Co, the selling stockholders and we will either postpone or cancel this offering. Alternatively, we may file with the SEC a post-effective amendment to the registration statement in order to conduct a new auction that may reflect a new price range or a reduced offering size.
 
The following simplified example illustrates how the public offering price is determined through the auction process:
 
We and the selling stockholders offer to sell 1,500 shares in a public offering of shares of Company X through the auction process. WR Hambrecht + Co, on behalf of us and the selling stockholders, receives five bids to purchase, all of which are kept confidential until the auction closes.
 
The first bid is to pay $10.00 per share for 1,000 shares. The second bid is to pay $9.00 per share for 100 shares. The third bid is to pay $8.00 per share for 900 shares. The fourth bid is to pay $7.00 per share for 400 shares. The fifth bid is to pay $6.00 per share for 800 shares.
 
Assuming that none of these bids are withdrawn or modified before the auction closes, and assuming that no additional bids are received, the clearing price used to determine the public offering price would be $8.00 per share, which is the highest price at which all 1,500 shares offered may be sold to potential investors who have submitted valid bids. However, the shares may be sold at a price below $8.00 per share based on negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co.
 
If the public offering price is the same as the $8.00 per share clearing price, we and the selling stockholders would accept bids at or above $8.00 per share. Because 2,000 shares were bid for at or above the clearing price, each of the three potential investors who bid $8.00 per share or more would receive approximately 75% (1,500 divided by 2,000) of the shares for which bids were made. The two potential investors whose bids were below $8.00 per share would not receive any shares in this example.

If the public offering price is $7.00 per share, we and the selling stockholders would accept bids that were made at or above $7.00 per share. No bids made at a price of less than $7.00 per share would be accepted. The four potential investors with the highest bids would receive a pro rata portion of the 1,500 shares offered, based on the 2,400 shares they requested, or 62.5% (1,500 divided by 2,400) of the shares for which bids were made. The potential investor with the lowest bid would not receive any shares in this example.
 
As described in “— Allocation of Shares” below, because bids that are reduced on a pro rata basis may be rounded down to round lots, a potential investor may be allocated less than the pro rata percentage of the shares bid for. Thus, if the pro rata percentage was 75%, the potential investor who bids for 200 shares may receive a pro rata allocation of 100 shares (50% of the shares bid for), rather than receiving a pro rata allocation of 150 shares (75% of the shares bid for).
 
The following table illustrates the example described above, after rounding down any bids to the nearest round lot in accordance with the allocation rules described below and assuming that the initial public offering price is set at $8.00 per share. The table also assumes that these bids are the final bids, and that they reflect any modifications that have been made to reflect any prior changes to the offering range, and to avoid the issuance of fractional shares.
 
 
30

 
 
 
Bid Information
Initial Public Offering of Company X
   
Auction Results
 
 
Shares
Requested
 
Cumulative
Shares
Requested
   
Bid
Price
   
Shares
Allocated
   
Approximate
Allocated
Requested
Shares
   
Clearing
Price
   
Amount
Raised
 
 
1,000
   
1,000
   
$
10.00
     
700
     
75.0
%
 
$
8.00
   
$
5,600
 
 
100
   
1,100
   
$
9.00
     
100
     
75.0
%
 
$
8.00
   
$
800
 
Clearing Price
900
   
2,000
   
$
8.00
     
700
     
75.0
%
 
$
8.00
   
$
5,600
 
 
400
   
2,400
   
$
7.00
     
0
     
0
%
   
     
 
 
800
   
3,200
   
$
6.00
     
0
     
0
%
   
     
 
Total
                     
1,500
                   
$
12,000
 
 
Allocation of Shares
 
Bidders receiving a pro rata portion of the shares they bid for generally receive an allocation of shares on a round-lot basis, rounded to multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, depending on the size of the bid. No bids are rounded to a round lot higher than the original bid size. Because bids may be rounded down to round lots in multiples of 100 or 1,000 shares, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a greater percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. Thus, for example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 200 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of 100 shares (a 50% decrease from 200 shares) rather than receiving an allocation of 140 shares (a 30% decrease from 200 shares). In addition, some bidders may receive allocations of shares that reflect a lesser percentage decrease in their original bid than the average pro rata decrease. For example, if a bidder has submitted a bid for 100 shares, and there is an average pro rata decrease of all bids of 30%, the bidder may receive an allocation of all 100 shares to avoid having the bid rounded down to zero.
 
Generally the allocation of shares in this offering will be determined in the following manner, continuing the first example above:
 
 
·
Any bid with a price below the public offering price is allocated no shares.
 
 
·
The pro rata percentage is determined by dividing the number of shares offered by the total number of shares bid at or above the public offering price. In our example, if there are 2,000 shares bid for at or above the public offering price, and 1,500 shares offered in the offering, then the pro rata percentage is 75%.
 
 
·
All of the successful bids are then multiplied by the pro rata percentage to determine the allocations before rounding. For example, the three winning bids for 1,000 shares (Bid 1), 100 shares (Bid 2) and 900 shares (Bid 3) would initially be allocated 750 shares, 75 shares and 675 shares, respectively, based on the pro rata percentage.
 
 
·
The bids are then rounded down to the nearest 100 share round lot, so the bids would be rounded to 700, 0 and 600 shares respectively. This creates a stub of 200 unallocated shares.
 
 
·
The 200 stub shares are then allocated to the bids. Continuing the example above, because Bid 2 for 100 shares was rounded down to 0 shares, 100 of the stub shares would be allocated to Bid 2. If there were not sufficient stub shares to allocate at least 100 shares to Bid 2, Bid 2 would not receive any shares in the offering. After allocation of these shares, 100 unallocated stub shares would remain.
 
 
·
Because Bid 3 for 900 shares was reduced, as a result of rounding, by more total shares than Bid 1 for 1,000 shares, Bid 3 would then be allocated the remaining 100 stub shares up to the nearest 100 round lot (from 600 shares to 700 shares).
 
If there are not sufficient remaining stub shares to enable a bid to be rounded up to a round lot of 100 shares the remaining unallocated stub shares would be allocated to smaller orders that are below their bid amounts. The table below illustrates the allocations in the example above.
 
 
31

 
 
   
Initial
Bid
   
Pro-Rata
Allocation (75%
of Initial Bid)
   
Initial
Rounding
   
Allocation
of
Stub
Shares
   
Final
Allocation
 
Bid 1
   
1,000
     
750
     
700
     
0
     
700
 
Bid 2
   
100
     
75
     
0
     
100
     
100
 
Bid 3
   
900
     
675
     
600
     
100
     
700
 
Total
   
2,000
     
1,500
     
1,300
     
200
     
1,500
 
 
Requirements for Valid Bids
 
In order to participate in an OpenIPO offering, all bidders must have an account with WR Hambrecht + Co or one of the participating dealers. Valid bids are those that meet the requirements, including eligibility, account status and size, established by WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers. In order to open a brokerage account with WR Hambrecht + Co, a potential investor must deposit $2,000 in its account. This brokerage account will be a general account subject to WR Hambrecht + Co’s customary rules, and will not be limited to this offering. Bidders will be required to have sufficient funds in their accounts to pay for the shares they are allocated in the auction at the closing of the offering, which is generally on the third business day following the pricing of the offering. WR Hambrecht + Co reserves the right, in its sole discretion and on our and the selling stockholders’ behalf, to reject or reduce any bids that they deem manipulative or disruptive or not creditworthy in order to facilitate the orderly completion of the offering. For example, in previous transactions for other issuers in which the auction process was used, WR Hambrecht + Co has rejected or reduced bids when, in its sole discretion, it deems the bids not creditworthy or had reason to question the bidder’s intent or means to fund its bid. In the absence of other information, we, the selling stockholders and WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealer may assess a bidder’s creditworthiness based solely on the bidder’s history with WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealer. WR Hambrecht + Co has also rejected or reduced bids in past OpenIPO offerings that it deemed, in its sole discretion, to be potentially manipulative or disruptive or because the bidder had a history of alleged securities law violations. Suitability and eligibility standards of participating dealers may vary. As a result of these varying requirements, a bidder may have its bid rejected by WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer while another bidder’s identical bid is accepted.
 
The Closing of the Auction and Allocation of Shares
 
The auction will close on a date and at a time estimated and publicly disclosed in advance by WR Hambrecht + Co at www.wrhambrecht.com and www.openipo.com . The auction may close in as little as one hour following effectiveness of the registration statement. Up to 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be sold to investors who have submitted valid bids at or higher than the public offering price through WR Hambrecht + Co or participating dealers.
 
WR Hambrecht + Co or a participating dealer will notify successful bidders that we and the selling stockholders have accepted their bid by sending a notice of acceptance by email, telephone, facsimile or mail (according to any preference indicated by a bidder) informing bidders that the auction has closed and that their bids have been accepted. The notice will indicate the price and number of shares that have been allocated to the successful bidder. Other bidders will be notified that their bids have not been accepted.
 
Each participating dealer has agreed with WR Hambrecht + Co to conduct its solicitation efforts in accordance with the auction process described above, unless WR Hambrecht + Co otherwise consents. WR Hambrecht + Co does not intend to consent to the sale of any shares in this offering outside of the auction process. WR Hambrecht + Co reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to reject or reduce any bids that it deems manipulative or disruptive in order to facilitate the orderly completion of this offering, and it reserves the right, in exceptional circumstances, to alter this method of allocation as it deems necessary to ensure a fair and orderly distribution of the shares of our Class A common stock. For example, large orders may be reduced to ensure a public distribution and bids may be rejected or reduced based on eligibility or creditworthiness criteria. Once WR Hambrecht + Co has closed the auction and we and the selling stockholders have accepted a bid, the allocation of shares sold in this offering will be made according to the process described in “— Allocation of Shares” above, and no shares sold in this offering will be allocated on a preferential basis or outside of the allocation rules to any institutional or retail bidders. In addition, WR Hambrecht + Co or the participating dealers may reject or reduce a bid by a prospective investor who has engaged in practices that could have a manipulative, disruptive or otherwise adverse effect on this offering.
 
 
32

 
 
Investors who receive notice of acceptance of their bids must make payment for the applicable number of shares by the close of business on the third business day (the “closing date”) following notice of acceptance of their bids, unless otherwise expressly agreed to by the parties at the time of the transaction in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 15c6-1. In the event that an investor fails to pay for shares that it purchased in the auction by the closing date, we and the selling stockholders may reoffer those shares to other bidders in the auction that indicated a willingness to purchase additional shares at or above the clearing price, or they may proceed with closing the offering without selling such shares. The clearing price will be based upon the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders in the auction and will not be adjusted to reflect a reduction in the shares actually sold due to any failure of investors to fund purchases. In addition, because this is a best efforts offering with no minimum amount of shares that must be sold, the closing date of the offering is not required to be postponed if any investor were to default on its contractual obligation to pay for its allocation of shares. We and The selling stockholders may pursue a breach of contract claim with respect to investors that fail to pay for shares purchased in the auction.
 
WR Hambrecht + Co and dealers participating in the selling group may submit firm bids that reflect indications of interest from their customers that they have received at prices within the initial public offering price range. Some participating dealers or WR Hambrecht + Co may also manage bids on behalf of their bidding customers. In these cases, the dealer submitting the bid is treated as the bidder for the purposes of determining the clearing price and allocation of shares.
 
Price and volume volatility in the market for our Class A common stock may result from the somewhat unique nature of the proposed plan of distribution. Price and volume volatility in the market for our Class A common stock after the completion of this offering may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.
 
 
33

 

USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be $26.6 million, at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range listed on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated placement agents fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $2.1 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated placement agents fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting estimated placement agents fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $1.2 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range reflected on the cover of this prospectus.
 
The net proceeds from this offering will be used by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to purchase newly-issued LLC Units from the LLC, as described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions."  In connection with the waiver we received from Bank of the West, we intend to cause the LLC to use 11% to 19% of the proceeds to pay down amounts owed on our credit facility.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness.” We also intend to cause the LLC to use the remaining proceeds as follows: 11% to 19% for working capital, 3% to 6% for capital expenditures, 2% to 5% for hiring additional personnel, and the remainder for general corporate purposes. We may also identify and pursue opportunistic acquisitions of labels or vineyards.  We currently anticipate making aggregate capital expenditures of $900,000 to $1,700,000 during the years ending June 30, 2013 and 2014, and we currently expect the largest portions of these anticipated capital expenditures will be allocated for production equipment.  
 
We will have broad discretion in the way that we allocate the net proceeds of this offering among the purposes described above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures for the purposes described above may vary significantly and will depend on numerous factors, including the timing and amount of our future revenues, our future expenses, the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations, competitive pressures and any potential acquisitions . We expect that our current resources, together with the proceeds from this offering and future operating revenue, will be sufficient to fund operations, including the expenditures described above, for at least the next two years.
 
Pending any use, as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation instruments, including short- and long-term interest-bearing investments, direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, certificates of deposit and money market funds. We cannot predict whether the proceeds invested will yield a favorable return for us.
 
Some of the other principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our Class A common stock, increase our visibility in the marketplace and provide liquidity to existing stockholders. Creating a public market for our Class A common stock will facilitate our ability to raise additional equity in the future and to use our Class A common stock as a means of attracting and retaining key employees and as consideration for acquisitions.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our Class A common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
 
34

 

DIVIDEND POLICY
 
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the expansion and operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable law and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.
 
Following the offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than its ownership of LLC Units in the LLC.  We intend to cause the LLC to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover cash dividends, if any, declared by us. If the LLC makes such distributions to Truett-Hurst, Inc., the other holders of LLC Units will be entitled to receive equivalent distributions.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
35

 

CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2012:
 
• on a historical basis for the LLC; and
• on an as adjusted basis for Truett-Hurst, Inc. giving effect to the transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions," including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds."
 
You should read this table together with the information contained in this prospectus, including "History and Formation Transactions," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
   
As of December 31, 2012
 
   
Actual
   
As Adjusted (2)
 
   
(unaudited)
 
   
(in thousands, except share data)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
116
   
$
26,671  
Capital leases, including current portion
   
-
      -  
Total debt, including current portion
   
12,652
      17,076  
                 
Total members’ equity (deficit)
               
Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 7,000,000 shares authorized on an as adjusted basis; 2,902,557 shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis
   
-
      3  
Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 1,000 shares authorized on an as adjusted basis; 9 shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis
   
-
      -  
                 
Additional paid-in capital (1)  
   
8,166
      15,902  
                 
Accumulated deficit
   
(3,087
)     (3,087 )
                 
Total members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to the Company
   
5,079
      21,301  
Non-controlling interest
   
277
      19,107  
Total Equity
   
5,356
      31,925  
Total capitalization
 
$
18,008
   
$
49,001  

 
36

 

(1)
Includes redeemable contributed capital, which will be treated as equity for all financial statements effective as of December 31, 2012.
(2)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, t otal members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to us, total equity and total capitalization by $2.1 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated placement agents’ fees and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares in the number of shares sold in this offering by us would increase or decrease, as applicable, cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, t otal members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to us, total equity and total capitalization by $1.2 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated placement agents’ fees and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
37

 

DILUTION
 
If you invest in shares of our Class A common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the shares of Class A common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to our existing owners.
 
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 was approximately $4.435 million, or $1.08 per share of Class A common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Recapitalization described under “History and Formation Transactions” and assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for newly-issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.

After giving effect to the Offering Transactions, including the application of the proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds," our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been $30.990 million, or $4.88 per share of Class A common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $3.80 per share of Class A common stock to our existing owners and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $8.12 per share of Class A common stock to investors in this offering.
 
Assumed initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock
        $ 13.00  
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012,
before giving effect to this offering
  $ 1.08          
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to
investors purchasing shares in this offering
  $ 3.80          
                 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering
          $ 4.88  
                 
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors
purchasing shares in this offering
          $ 8.12  

A $1.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.33 and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $2,092.500, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
A $1.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.33 and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $2,092,500, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
A $2.00 increase in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.66 and would increase dilution per share to new investors by approximately $4,185,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
A $2.00 decrease in the initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would decrease our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.66 and would decrease dilution per share to new investors by approximately $4,185,000, assuming that the number shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.

 
38

 
 
The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of December 31, 2012, the total number of shares of Class A common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share of Class A common stock paid by our existing owners and by new investors purchasing shares of Class A common stock in this offering, assuming that all of the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) exchanged their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
 
   
Shares Purchased
   
Total Consideration
   
Average Price
 
   
Number
   
Percent
   
Amount
   
Percent
    Per Share  
Existing stockholders
    3,450,087       54.3 %   $ 3,726,094       9.0 %   $ 1.08  
New investors
    2,902,557       45.7       37,733,241       91.0     $ 13.00  
                                         
     Total
    6,352,644       100.0 %   $ 41,459,335       100.0 %   $ 6.53  
 
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $13.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors by $2.90 million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid to us by new investors by approximately 7.7%, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
 
Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of LLC Units held by our existing owners by 652,557, or approximately 15.9% of the total number of LLC Units outstanding prior to this offering, and will increase the total number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding after the offering by 652,557, or approximately 22.48% of the total number of shares of our Class A common stock to be offered in this offering.
 
Except as otherwise indicated, the amounts set forth above reflect a 1-for-14 stock split to be effected immediately prior to the offering and do not reflect:
 
 
·
42,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer, and 210,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock granted to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who acts as our creative director, in each case pursuant to the 2012 Plan; these shares of restricted Class A common stock were granted in December 2012 and February 2013, respectively, and vest over a three-year period;
 
·
shares available for future grant under the 2012 Plan; and
 
·
shares available for grant under the automatic increase provisions of the 2012 Plan (see “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2012 Stock Incentive Plan”).
 
 
39

 
 
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 and for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012 present our consolidated results of operations and consolidated financial position giving pro forma effect to the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds," as if such transactions occurred on July 1, 2011.  The pro forma adjustments are based on available information and upon assumptions that our management believes are reasonable in order to reflect, on a pro forma basis, the impact of these transactions on the historical financial information of the LLC.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read together with "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated Financial Statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect the results of operations or financial position of Truett-Hurst, Inc. that would have occurred had we operated as a public company during the periods presented. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our results of operations or financial position had the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions described under  "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure" and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds" occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.  
 
The pro forma adjustments principally give effect to:
 
·  
the purchase by Truett-Hurst, Inc. of LLC Units with the proceeds of this offering and the related effects of the tax receivable agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement”; and

·  
in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations, a provision for corporate income taxes on the income attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc. at an effective rate of 39.8%, which includes a provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory California rate.
 
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes that the shares of our Class A common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $13.00 per share of Class A common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus. See “Dilution” to see how certain aspects of the Offering Transactions would be affected by an initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock at the low-, mid- and high-points of the price range indicated on the front cover of this prospectus.
 
 
40

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2012
 
   
H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
Sales
  $ 13,148,953     $     $ 13,148,953  
Less excise taxes
    (455,558 )           (455,558 )
Net Sales
    12,693,395             12,693,395  
Cost of Sales
    9,618,065             9,618,065  
Gross Profit
    3,075,330             3,075,330  
Operating Expenses:
                       
Sales and marketing
    1,387,321             1,387,321  
General and administrative
    1,194,353             1,194,353  
Gain on sale of assets
    (6,945 )           (6,945 )
Total operating expenses
    2,574,729             2,574,729  
Income (loss) from operations
    500,601             500,601  
Other expenses:
                       
Interest expense
    (463,339 )           (463,339 )
Warrant re-valuation
    (10,000 )           (10,000 )
Total other expense
    (473,339 )           (473,339 )
Income (loss) before income taxes
    27,262             27,262  
Income tax expense
    800       4,959 (1)     5,759  
                         
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
    26,462       (4,959 )     21,503  
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
          14,803 (2)     14,803  
Net income (loss) attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc.
  $ 26,462       (19,762 )     6,700  
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock
outstanding (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                  2,902,557  
Diluted
                  2,902,557  
Net income available to Class A common stock per share (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                $ .002  
Diluted
                $ .002  
Pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per
share (5)
                       
Basic
                  $ .002  
Diluted
                  $ .002  
_______________________
 
(1)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of the LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 39.8%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and California statutory rates.

(2)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be 54.3%. Net income attributable to the non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% ($14,803) of income before income taxes ($27,262).
 
 
41

 
 
(3)
The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

(4)
The assumed exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock is expected to have an anti-dilutive effect as a result of the allocation of income associated with the exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock, and, accordingly, the effect of such exchange has been excluded from pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, adjusted pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

         
Pro forma income before income taxes
 
$
27,262
 
Adjusted pro forma income taxes
   
10,850
(a)
Adjusted pro forma net income
 
$
16,412
(b)
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding
(assuming the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock)
   
6,352,644
 
Adjusted pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share
 
$
0.00
 
_______________________
(a) Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming full exchange using the same methodology applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.
(b)   Assumes elimination of the non-controlling interest.
 
 
 
 
 
42

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations
For the Six Months Ended December 31, 2012
 
   
H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
Sales
  $ 8,820,255     $     $ 8,820,255  
Less excise taxes
    (249,939 )           (249,939 )
Net Sales
    8,570,316             8,570,316  
Cost of Sales
    5,850,463             5,850,463  
Gross Profit
    2,719,853             2,719,853  
Operating Expenses:
                       
Sales and marketing
    1,146,316             1,146,316  
General and administrative
    1,581,239             1,581,239  
Gain on sale of assets
                 
Total operating expenses
    2,727,555             2,727,555  
Income (loss) from operations
    (7,702 )           (7,702 )
Other expenses:
                       
Interest expense
    (179,762           (179,762
Warrant re-valuation
    (4,000           (4,000
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    (70,830           (70,830
Total other expense
    (254,592           (254,592
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (262,294 )           (262,294 )
Income tax expense
    1,600       (28,653 ) (1)     (27,053 )
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
    (263,894 )     28,653       (235,241 )
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
    (47,877 )     (142,425 ) (2)     (190,302 )
Net income (loss) attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc.
  $ (216,017 )     171,078       (44,939 )
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock
outstanding (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                  2,902,557  
Diluted
                  2,902,557  
Net income available to Class A common stock per share (3)(4)
                       
Basic
                $ 0.02  
Diluted
                $ 0.02  
Pro forma net income available to Class A common stock per share (5)
                       
Basic
                  $ 0.02  
Diluted
                  $ 0.02  
_______________________
 
(1)
Following the Recapitalization and the Offering Transactions, we will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of the LLC, which will result in higher income taxes. As a result, the pro forma statements of income reflect an adjustment to our provision for corporate income taxes to reflect an effective rate of 39.8 %, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and California statutory income tax rates.

(2)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially own less than 100% of the economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. Immediately following this offering, the non-controlling interest will be 54.3%. Net loss attributable to the non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% ($142,425) of loss before income taxes ($262,294).
 
 
43

 
 
(3)
The shares of Class B common stock do not share in our earnings and are therefore not included in the weighted average shares outstanding or net income (loss) available per share.

(4)
The assumed exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock is expected to have an anti-dilutive effect as a result of the allocation of income or loss associated with the exchange of LLC Units for Class A common stock, and, accordingly, the effect of such exchange has been excluded from pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share. Giving effect to the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock, adjusted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share would be computed as follows:

         
Pro forma income before income taxes
 
$
(262,294)
 
Adjusted pro forma income tax benefit
   
104,393
(a)
Adjusted pro forma net income
 
$
(157,901)
(b)
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (assuming the exchange of all LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock)
   
6,352,644
 
Adjusted pro forma net income (loss) available to Class A common stock per share
 
$
(0.03)
 
_______________________
(a) Represents the implied provision for income taxes assuming full exchange using the same methodology applied in calculating pro forma tax provision.
(b)   Assumes elimination of the non-controlling interest.
 
 
 

 
 
44

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of June 30, 2012
 
    H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
 
ASSETS
                 
Current Assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 167,309       26,514,000 (1)   $ 26,681,309  
Accounts receivable
    1,257,697             1,257,697  
Inventories
    6,852,391             6,852,391  
Bulk wine deposit
    332,623             332,623  
Other current assets
    11,884             11,884  
Total Current Assets
    8,621,904       26,514,000       35,135,904  
Property and equipment, net
    5,083,109             5,083,109  
Goodwill
                 
Intangible assets, net
    253,313       ( 2 )     253,313  
Deferred Tax Asset
   
      4,478,244 (3)     4,478,244  
Other assets, net
    142,291             142,291  
Total Assets
  $ 14,082,617       30,992,224     $ 45,074,861  
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE
CONTRIBUTED CAPITALAND
MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                       
Current liabilities:
                       
Line of credit
  $ 1,763,954           $ 1,763,954  
Accounts payable
    1,512,308             1,512,308  
Accrued expenses
    302,667             302,667  
Amount due factor
    869,400             869,400  
Due to related parties
    77,194             77,194  
Current maturities of related party notes
    467,392             467,392  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    792,248             792,248  
Warrant obligation
    206,000             206,000  
Total current liabilities
    5,991,163             5,991,163  
Deferred rent liability
    57,572             57,572  
Related party notes, net of current maturities
    137,409             137,409  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    2,637,220             2,637,220  
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement
   
      4,423,643 (3)     4,423,643  
Total Liabilities
    8,823,364       4,423,643       13,247,007  
Commitments and contingencies
                       
     Redeemable contributed capital    
5,886,151
           
5,886,151
 
     Members’ equity (deficit):
                       
     Contributed capital
     2,279,399 (4)      (2,279,399 ) (5)      
     Due from member      (35,527 ) (4)     35,527 (5)      
     Accumulated deficit
      (2,870,770 )          
       (2,870,770)
 
Class A authorized to issue 7,000,000 shares, par value .001 per
share; 2,9022,557 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
            2,903      
2,903
 
Class B authorized to issue 1,000 shares, par value $0.001 per share;
no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
                 
Preferred stock authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares, par value .001
per share; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
                 
Additional paid in capital
          13,195,622
 (3) (4) (5)
     13,195,622  
Total members’ / stockholder's equity (deficit) attributable to the
Company
   
(626,898)
     
10,954,653
     
10,327,755
 
Non-controlling interest
    -       15,613,948
 (4) (5)
   
      15,613,948
 
Total equity
   
(626,898)
     
26,568,601
      25,941,703  
Total liabilities, redeemable contributed capital and equity
  $
14,082,617
    $   30,992,244     $
45,074,861
 
 
 
45

 
_______________________
 
(1)
Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents of the receipt of offering proceeds of $26,514,000 described in "History and Formation Transactions," and the uses of proceeds described in "Use of Proceeds."

(2)
Reflects adjustments to give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement") based on the following assumptions:

•   
we will record an increase of $4,915,159 in deferred tax assets for estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on an effective income tax rate of 39.8% (which includes a provision for U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income taxes);

•   
we will record $4,423,643, representing 90% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase to the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement;

•   
we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital of $491,516, which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement; and

•   
there are no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize the full tax benefit of the amortization of our assets.
 
 
 
 
46

 
 
We will record deferred taxes relating to the newly-issued LLC Units for their share of the existing deferred tax items of the LLC.  We will record a reduction to Deferred Tax Assets of $436,915 and a reduction to Additional paid in Capital of $436,915.

(3)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially have a less than 100% economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of the LLC and will record non-controlling interest on our balance sheet. Immediately following the Offering Transactions, the non-controlling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma financial information, will be $15,613,948. Pro forma non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% of the pro forma equity of the LLC of $28,809,570, which differs from the pro forma equity of Truett-Hurst, Inc. as the former is not affected by the adjustments relating to the tax receivable agreement described above in note (2).

(4)
Represents an adjustment to stockholders' equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering, (ii) an increase of $26,514,000 of additional paid-in capital as a result of estimated net proceeds from this offering (iii) a decrease of $15,613,948 to allocate a portion of Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s equity to the non-controlling interest and (iv) the elimination of members' capital of $ 2,243,872 upon consolidation.

(5)
Represents the following adjustments to additional paid-in capital:

•   
an increase of $10,951,750, which consists of an increase of $ 26,514,000 from the estimated net proceeds from the Offering Transactions, less the par value of the shares of Class A common stock sold in the Offering Transactions of $2,903, less the portion of the equity of Truett-Hurst, Inc. allocated to the non-controlling interest of $15,613,948, and the elimination of members' capital of $2,243,872 upon consolidation, each as described under footnote 5 above;

•   
an increase of $491,456 due to the tax receivable agreement, as described under footnote 2 above; and
 
•   
a decrease of $436,915 due to the establishment of deferred tax liabilities relating to newly-issued LLC Units.
 
 
47

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2012
 
   
H.D.D. LLC
Actual
   
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
Pro Forma
ASSETS
               
Current Assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 116,472       26,554,831 (1)   $ 26,671,303  
Accounts receivable
    1,041,354             1,041,354  
Inventories
    10,275,867             10,275,867  
Bulk wine deposit
                 
IPO costs and fees
    40,831       (40,831 )      
Other current assets
    18,265             18,265  
Total Current Assets
    11,492,789       26,514,000       38,006,789  
Property and equipment, net
    5,509,504             5,509,504  
Goodwill
    134,327             134,327  
Intangible assets, net
    745,639             745,639  
Deferred Tax Asset
          4,478,244 (2)     4,478,244  
Other assets, net
    126,118           $ 126,118  
Total Assets
  $ 18,008,377       30,992,244       49,000,621  
LIABILITIES,
CONTRIBUTED CAPITAL
AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY
(DEFICIT)
                   
Current liabilities:
                   
Line of credit
  $ 5,713,205           $ 5,713,205  
Accounts payable
    1,456,269             1,456,269  
Accrued expenses
    297,211             297,211  
Grapes payable
    253,362             253,362  
                         
Interest rate swap
    70,830             70,830  
Due to related parties
    905,646             905,646  
Current maturities of related party notes
    68,656             68,656  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    235,901             235,901  
Warrant obligation
    210,000             210,000  
Total current liabilities
    9,211,080             9,211,080  
Deferred rent liability
    55,696             55,696  
Related party notes, net of current maturities
    102,696             102,696  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    3,283,060             3,283,060  
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement
          4,423,643       4,423,643  
Total Liabilities
    12,652,532       4,423,643       17,076,175  
Commitments and contingencies
                   
                     
Members’ equity (deficit):
                   
Contributed capital
     8,165,550 (4)           (8,165,550 ) (6)      —  
Accumulated deficit
     (3,086,787 )      -          (3,086,787 )
Class A authorized to issue 7,000,000 shares, par value $0.001 per
share; 2,902,557 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
     —        2,903       2,903  
Class B authorized to issue 1,000 shares, par value $0.001 per share;
no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
         
 —
     
 —
 
Preferred stock authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares, par value $0.001
per share; no shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis
         
 —
     
 —
 
Additional paid in capital
       —      
15,901,829
(6)    
15,901,829
 
Total members’ / stockholder's equity (deficit) attributable to the
Company
    5,078,763       7,739,181      
12,817,944
 
Non-controlling interest
    277,082      
18,829,420
 (3)    
19,106,502
 
Total equity
    5,355,845      
      26,568,601
 (5)    
31,924,446
 
Total liabilities, contributed capital and equity
  $
18,008,377
    $
      30,992,244
    $
49,000,621
 
 
 
48

 
_______________________
 
(1) 
Reflects the net effect on cash and cash equivalents of the receipt of offering proceeds of $26.6 million described in "History and Formation Transactions," and the uses of proceeds described in "Use of Proceeds."

(2)
Reflects adjustments to give effect to the tax receivable agreement (as described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement") based on the following assumptions:

•   
we will record an increase of $4,915,159 in deferred tax assets for estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests, based on an effective income tax rate of 39.8% (which includes a provision for U.S. federal, state, local and/or foreign income taxes);

•   
we will record $4,423,643, representing 90% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase to the liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement;

•   
we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital of $491,516, which is an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement; and

•   
there are no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income in each year to realize the full tax benefit of the amortization of our assets.
 
 
49

 
 
We will record deferred taxes relating the newly-issued LLC Units for their share of the existing deferred tax items of the LLC.  We will record a reduction to Deferred Tax Assets of $436,915 and a reduction to Additional paid in Capital of $436, 915.

(3)
As described in "History and Formation Transactions," Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will initially have a less than 100% economic interest in the LLC, but will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC. As a result, we will consolidate the financial results of the LLC and will record non-controlling interest on our balance sheet. Immediately following the Offering Transactions, the non-controlling interest, based on the assumptions to the pro forma financial information, will be $ 18,829,420.   Pro forma non-controlling interest represents approximately 54.3% of the pro forma equity of the LLC of $34,731,248, which differs from the pro forma equity of Truett-Hurst, Inc. as the former is not affected by the adjustments relating to the tax receivable agreement described above in note (2).

(4)
Represents the investment of the existing holders of LLC Units. See the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the LLC as of June 30, 2012 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

5)
Represents an adjustment to stockholders' equity reflecting (i) par value for Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding following this offering, (ii) an increase of $26,555,000 of additional paid-in capital as a result of estimated net proceeds from this offering (iii) a decrease of $18,829,420  to allocate a portion of Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s equity to the non-controlling interest and (iv) the elimination of members' capital of $8,165,550 upon consolidation.

(6)
Represents the following adjustments to additional paid-in capital:

•   
an increase of $7,736,279, which consists of an increase of $26,555,000 from the estimated net proceeds from the Offering Transactions, less the par value of the shares Class A common stock sold in the Offering Transactions of $2,903, less the portion of the equity of Truett-Hurst, Inc. allocated to the non-controlling interest of $18,829,420, and the elimination of members' capital of $8,165,550 upon consolidation, each as described under footnote 5 above;

•    
an increase of $491,516 due to the tax receivable agreement, as described under footnote 2 above; and

•    
a decrease of $436,915 due to the establishment of deferred tax liabilities relating to newly issued LLC Units.
 
 
50

 
 
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and our consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.  We derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
 
    Fiscal Year Ended     Six Months Ended  
    June 30,     December 31,  
          (unaudited)  
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
Net sales
  $ 5,402,045     $ 12,693,395     $
8,378,109
    $
8,570,316
 
Cost of sales
    3,900,942       9,618,065      
6,573,563
     
5,850,463
 
Gross profit
    1,501,103       3,075,330      
1,804,546
     
2,719,853
 
Operating expenses:
                               
Sales and marketing
    595,226       1,387,321      
782,142
     
1,146,316
 
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )    
-
     
-
 
General and administrative
    1,435,908       1,194,353      
428,318
     
1,581,239
 
Total operating expenses
    1,919,984       2,574,729      
1,210,460
     
2,727,555
 
Income (loss) from operations
    (418,881 )     500,601      
594,086
     
(7,702
)
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest expense
    (401,134 )     (463,339 )    
(198,618
   
(179,762
Warrant re-valuation
    -       (10,000 )    
-
     
(4,000
)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       (70,830 )
Total other expense
    (401,134 )     (473,339 )    
(198,618
   
(254,592
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes
    (820,015 )     27,262      
395,468
     
(262,294
)
Provision for income taxes
    800       800      
800
     
1,600
 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling interest
    (820,815 )     26,462      
394,668
     
(263,894
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       -      
-
     
(47,877
)
Net income (loss) attributable to H.D.D. LLC members
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $
394,668
    $
(216,017
)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
 
 
 
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
 
 
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $
116,472
 
Total assets
    10,099,873       14,082,617      
18,008,377
 
Total liabilities
    7,394,347       8,823,364      
12,652,532
 
Total members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )    
5,355,845
 
 
 
51

 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
Truett-Hurst is an innovative and fast-growing Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine sales, marketing and production company based in the acclaimed Dry Creek and Russian River Valleys of Sonoma County, California.  The core of our business is a combination of direct to consumer sales, traditional brand sales and “custom label” partnerships with major retailers, such as Trader Joe’s and Safeway.  We work closely with our retail partners to develop tailored brands to be sold to the discovery-oriented wine consumer.  We offer a top quality product at a reasonable price, a result of our competitive grape sourcing, high quality wine making and world-class packaging and label design.  Our “custom label” model allows us to own the brands that we create, which we believe differentiates us from the traditional private label model.  Our retail partners value their relationships with us because they collaborate in the development of the products and ultimately benefit from the higher margins that we offer them.   We believe that we have attracted these partners as a result of our rapid brand development cycles, our ability to quickly adjust to market demand and because we can bypass many traditional distribution layers to offer higher margin products for our partners’ key target customers.
 
In addition to our focus on our unique custom label business model, we also have business operations in the direct to consumer and traditional three-tier distribution channels.  Our direct to consumer channel consists of sales through our tasting rooms and wine clubs, which serve as strong tools for increasing brand visibility and loyalty, and through our ownership interest in The Wine Spies, an internet wine retailer specializing in short-lived “flash” sales.  Our more traditional three-tier distribution business consists of sales of our wine under four fully-owned labels, Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain, through a variety of distributor channels.
 
Factors Affecting Our Operating Results
 
Our net sales are affected by advertising, discounts and promotions, merchandising, packaging and the availability of wall display space at our retailer customers, all of which have a significant impact on consumers' buying decisions. Continued growth of our net sales and profits will depend substantially on the continued popularity of our new and existing brands, our ability to effectively manage our sales and distribution networks and our ability to maintain sufficient product supply to meet expected growth in demand.
 
Our cost of sales includes wine-related inputs, such as grapes and semi-finished bulk wine, bottling materials, such as bottles, caps, corks and labeling materials, labor and overhead expenses, including inbound and outbound freight, and barrel depreciation.  Increases in the costs of freight due to higher fuel costs would increase our cost of sales.
 
Our sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses include all warehouse and transportation and distribution expenses, selling, marketing, finance, information technology, depreciation, amortization of intangibles, professional fees and administrative expenses. We expect that our sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses will increase, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net sales, in the future as we continue to grow and incur additional expenses associated with becoming a public company, such as additional accounting expenses and costs associated with complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, once required to do so, and salary and benefit expenses associated with additional employees.
 
Results of Operations
 
Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2012 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2013) to the six months ended December 31, 2011 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2012).
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales increased $192,207, or 2%, to $8,570,316 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $8,378,109 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in net sales was attributable to a $536,550 increase in the direct to consumer sales channel resulting from increased wine club membership and visitor traffic sales, a $590,622 increase from the acquisition and consolidated reporting of The Wine Spies offset by a $934,965 decrease in the three-tier channel.
 
The gross three-tier channel decrease resulted from:
 
 
·
the one-time sale of wines totaling $397,000 (4,623 cases) contributed by a member as their capital contribution;
 
 
·
the discontinuance of certain of our brands by Trader Joe’s (The County Fair and TJ Grand Reserve) and Total Wine & More (Simply Pure) totaling $2,259,000 (27,292 cases);
 
 
·
the phased reduction or repositioning of our Stonegate brand totaling $826,000 (12,714 cases); and
 
 
·
offset by an increase in existing brand sales in the three-tier channel of $668,000 and the introduction of new wine brands launched in our first quarter fiscal year 2013 to:
 
 
·
Safeway (Bewitched, Curious Beasts, Fuchsia, Schuck’s and Candell’s) of $1,446,000 (17,762 cases);
 
 
·
Total Wine & More (Eden Ridge and The Fugitive) of $272,000 (3,090 cases); and
 
 
·
the Cliffside brand, which we produce but is owned by a third party, of $97,000 (2,307 cases).
 
 
52

 
 
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales decreased $723,100, or 11%, to $5,850,463 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $6,573,563 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The decrease in cost of sales is associated with the brand and volume changes discussed above in “ Net Sales. ”  The new brands we introduced have higher margins than those that we discontinued, and than the margins associated with the one-time sales.
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense increased $364,174, or 47%, to $1,146,316 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $782,142 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expense is due primarily to the acquisition and consolidated reporting of The Wine Spies ($128,783), expenses related to increased reliance on the direct-to-consumer sales channel ($107,816) and costs associated with launching new brands and opening new markets in the three-tier channel.
 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense increased $1,152,921, or 269%, to $1,581,239 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $428,318 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expense is due primarily to the acquisition and consolidated reporting of The Wine Spies ($142,790), professional fees pertaining to this offering and not qualifying for netting against proceeds from this offering ($445,069), and increased technology costs, operating expenses and personnel additions related to becoming a public company.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense decreased $18,856, or 9%, to $179,762 for the six months ended December 31, 2012 from $198,618 for the six months ended December 31, 2011.  Although our line of credit and term borrowings are up $2,735,895 from June 30, 2012, the change in our banking relationship has resulted in a lower average interest rate.
 
Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (fiscal year 2012) to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 (fiscal year 2011).
 
Net Sales
 
Net sales increased $7,291,000, or 135%, to $12,693,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $5,402,000 for fiscal year 2011. Sales in the three-tier channel increased 162%, or $6,563,000, while the direct to consumer and retail channels increased 54%, or $728,000, attributable to increased wine club memberships and increased visitor traffic.   The increase in net sales is also attributable to the introduction of three new brands (Dearly Beloved, introduced in our first quarter fiscal year 2012, TJ Grand Reserve, introduced in our second quarter fiscal year 2012, and The Fugitive, introduced in our fourth quarter fiscal year 2012) in the three-tier channel. We also began production of the Cliffside brand in our fourth quarter fiscal year 2012, which we produce but is owned by a third party. The increase in net sales was offset by the discontinuation of the Canard and Varietals brands.
 
The gross three-tier channel increase is a combination of:
 
 
·
the one-time sale of C. Donatiello brand wines totaling $397,000 (4,623 cases) contributed by a member as their capital contribution;
 
 
·
year-over-year existing brand sales growth of $4,586,000, or 137% (74,000 cases or 121%);
 
 
·
the introduction of three new brands: Dearly Beloved ($1,456,000 or 27,757 cases), TJ Grand Reserve ($1,051,000 or 9,569 cases) and The Fugitive ($42,000 or 350 cases);
 
 
·
sales of Cliffside brand wines totaling $37,632 (896 cases); and
 
 
·
offset by the discontinuance of the two brands: Canard ($439,000 or 5,445 cases) and Varietals ($226,000 or 2,830 cases).
 
Cost of Sales
  
Cost of sales increased $5,717,000, or 147%, to $9,618,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $3,901,000 for fiscal year 2011.  The increase in cost of sales is due primarily to increased sales volumes and a shift towards higher quality brands with higher associated costs.  Margins were depressed by 1% from the sale of C. Donatiello wines (10% margin) and 1% from the sale of some Harbor Front branded wines at a loss.  We have subsequently arranged for Harbor Front branded wines to be produced by a third party to increase profitability.
 
Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expense increased $792,000, or 133%, to $1,387,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $595,000 for fiscal year 2011.  The increase in sales and marketing expense is due primarily to a full year of operation of a second tasting room and expenses associated with the increase in revenue from the three-tier channel.
 
General and Administrative Expense
 
General and administrative expense decreased $242,000, or 17%, to $1,194,000 for fiscal year 2012 from $1,436,000 for fiscal year 2011. Fiscal year 2011 included a one-time charge totaling $322,000, representing the buy-out of a covenant not to compete from a related party. Excluding this one-time charge, general and administrative expense increased $80,000, or 7%, for fiscal year 2012 and is due to the growth of our business.
 
Gain on Sale of Assets
 
Gain on sale of assets was $7,000 for fiscal year 2012, compared to $111,000 for fiscal year 2011, which was attributable to a one-time sale of a trademark.  We do not expect the sale of assets to be a significant financial contributor to our future business.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense increased $62,000, or 16%, to $463,000 for fiscal year 2012, from $401,000 for fiscal year 2011.  The increase in interest expense is due primarily to increased borrowings used to finance increases in working capital, production, operations, sales, marketing and general and administrative expenses, and capital expenditures associated with sales growth.
 
 
53

 
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our primary sources of cash are existing cash, cash flow from operations, borrowings from members, the revolving loan portion of our credit facility and equity contributions from members. From time to time we may also enter into factoring agreements. Our primary cash needs are to fund working capital requirements and capital expenditures for barrels and other equipment to facilitate increased production, and to repay our indebtedness (interest and principal payments).
 
   
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $ 116,472  
Revolving loan availability
  $ 1,046     $ 236,046     $ 2,021,848  
 
Borrowings under our revolving loan facility are at the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), plus a credit spread. The availability is subject to our compliance with certain contractual financial and non-financial covenants.  Based upon qualifying collateral and having obtained a waiver for non-compliance with certain covenants at December 31, 2012, we had revolving loan availability of $2,021,848 as of December 31, 2012.
 
We currently do not have any material commitments for capital expenditures.  We have experienced no material trends or changes in the type or cost of our capital resources.  We expect to finance the purchase of barrels and other equipment through the revolving loan portion of our credit facility and from the proceeds of this offering.  We do not currently plan on entering into any lease arrangements for barrels or other equipment.
 
Our current business plan anticipates receipt of the proceeds from this offering and the uses of those proceeds described in this prospectus.  In the event that we do not complete this offering, we expect to scale back our business plan and seek to terminate certain of our supply agreements, including those with affiliates.
 
Cash Flows
 
A summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated are shown in the following table:
 
   
At June 30,
   
At December 31, 2012
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
(unaudited)
 
Cash flow summary
                 
Used in operating activities
  $ (1,740,521   $ (2,310,848 )   $ (2,673,810
Used in investing activities
    (278,956 )     (300,901 )     (892,003 )
Provided by financing activities
    2,243,024       2,504,636       3,514,976  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 223,547     $ (107,113 )   $ (50,837 )
 
Comparison of the six months ended December 31, 2012 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2013) to the six months ended December 31, 2011 (first and second quarter fiscal year 2012).
 
Cash flows used in operating activities increased $2,977,620, or 980%, to $(2,673,810) for the six months ended December 31, 2012, from $303,810 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flows used in operating activities is due primarily to a $658,562 decrease in income, a $2,695,633 increase in inventories, a $1,037,791 decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by decreases in accounts receivable and wine deposits of $1,103,114 and $332,623, respectively.

Cash flows used in investing activities increased $405,424, or 83%, to $892,003 for the six months ended December 31, 2012, from $486,579 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flows used in investing activities is due primarily to a $275,000 investment in The Wine Spies and a net $130,424 increase in the acquisition of property and equipment and intangibles.

Cash flows provided by financing activities increased $2,962,320, or 536%, to $3,514,976 for the six months ended December 31, 2012, from $552,656 for the six months ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flows provided by financing activities is due primarily to $3,949,251 in net proceeds from the line of credit, a net $683,523 increase in related party advances and payments and a net $1,731,137 cash used in payments to a factor.
 
Comparison of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 (fiscal year 2012) to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011 (fiscal year 2011).
 
Cash flows used in operating activities increased $570,327, or 33%, to $(2,310,848) for fiscal year 2012, from $(1,740,521) for fiscal year 2011. The increase in cash flows used in operating activities is due primarily to a $1,894,925 net increase in the acquisition of inventories and bulk wine deposits, offset by increases in net income and accounts receivable of $847,277 and $518,695, respectively.

Cash flows used in investing activities increased $21,945, or 8%, to $(300,901) for fiscal year 2012, from $(278,956) for fiscal year 2011. The increase in cash flows used in investing activities is due primarily to a reduction of $104,205 in proceeds from asset sales, offset by a net $82,260 decrease in the acquisition of property and equipment and intangible assets.

Cash flows provided by financing activities increased $261,612, or 12%, to $2,504,636 for fiscal year 2012, from $2,243,024 for fiscal year 2011. The increase in cash flows provided by financing activities is due primarily to a $1,625,399 increase in net member contributions, $869,400 in net factor proceeds, and a $1,170,037 net decrease in long-term debt payments, offset by a net $2,134,224 increase in related party payments and a $1,269,000 net repayment on our credit facility.
 
Indebtedness
 
Our primary sources of indebtedness are the Bank of the West Loan (as defined below) and notes payable to members.  From time to time we may also enter into factoring agreements.
 
Bank of the West Loan.  On July 16, 2012, we entered into five loan agreement s with Bank of the West (collectively, the “Bank of the West Loan”):
   
 
·
$9,000,000 Line of Credit Note : We received a line of credit from Bank of the West in the principal amount of up to $9,000,000 due on or before May 31, 2014.  The aggregate principal balance outstanding bears interest at 1.75% above LIBOR .
 
 
54

 
 
 
·
$3,381,000 Term Note : We received a term note from Bank of the West in the principal amount of $3,381,000 due on or before May 31, 2022.  The aggregate principal balance outstanding bears interest at 2.25% above the One-Month LIBOR Rate or 2.25% above LIBOR.  Effective October 31, 2012, we entered into a swap arrangement with Bank of the West fixing the interest rate at 4.00% for the term of the note.
 
 
·
$357,000 Equipment Purchase Line of Credit Note : We received an equipment purchase line of credit note in the principal amount of $300,000 from Bank of the West due on or before May 31, 2013. The aggregate principal balance outstanding bears interest at 2.25% above the One-Month LIBOR Rate. The equipment purchase line of credit was increased to $357,000 pursuant to a modification agreement we entered into as of October 3, 2012 with Bank of the West and funded on January 28, 2013.  The aggregate principal outstanding bears 3.75% fixed interest and will be repaid in 60 monthly payments. The first monthly payment was made on February 15, 2013.
 
 
·
$143,684 Master Equipment Financing Agreement : We entered into an agreement with Bank of the West to finance the purchase of certain equipment on October 2, 2012 in the amount of $143,684.  The aggregate principal outstanding bears 3.75% fixed interest and will be repaid in 36 monthly payments.  The first monthly payment was made on November 1, 2012.
 
 
·
$100,000 Foreign Exchange Note : We received a foreign exchange note in the principal amount of $100,000 from Bank of the West due on or before May 31, 2014 that carries a 10% credit percentage and permits us to enter into any spot or forward transaction to purchase from or sell to Bank of the West a foreign currency of an agreed amount.
 
The Bank of the West Loan contains usual and customary covenants, including, without limitation:
 
 
·
limitation on incurring senior indebtedness;
 
 
·
limitation on making loans and advances;
 
 
·
limitation on investments, acquisitions, and capital expenditures;
 
 
·
limitation on liens, mergers and sales of assets; and
 
 
·
limitations on activities of Truett-Hurst.
 
In addition, the Bank of the West Loan contains negative and financial covenants, including, without limitation, a minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio (measured quarterly), debt to effective tangible net worth ratio (measured quarterly) and debt service coverage ratio (measured annually).
 
Covenant Breach.  We were not in compliance with the minimum current assets to current liabilities ratio at September 30 ,2012 and December 31, 2012 or the debt to effective tangible net worth ratio at December 31, 2012. In March 2013, as a condition of receiving a waiver from Bank of the West, the following transactions took place:

 
·
The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust D ated April 15, 1996 (the “Carroll-Obremskey Trust”) exercised a warrant to purchase a 3% interest in the LLC for $500,000. See “History and Formation Transactions;”
 
·
$650,000 in payments due on grape supply contracts to farms controlled by certain of our affiliates was subordinated to Bank of the West;
 
·
we executed convertible subordinated notes payable to Daniel A. Carroll and Stasia Obremskey, as trustees of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst, as trustees of the Hurst Trust, Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Paul E. Dolan, III, as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, in exchange for their contributions of $150,000, $150,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively, bearing interest at 10% per annum with interest and principal due on the earlier of March 1, 2014 or the completion of this offering; should the offering not be completed by March 1, 2014, the debt will be converted into Class A Membership Interests computed by dividing each note balance by $16,666,667; and
 
·
the LLC agreed to raise $2 million of equity by May 1, 2013, if this offering is not successful, in order to be in compliance with applicable covenants at March 31, 2013 (measured at May 15, 2013).
  
Security Agreements.   In connection with the Bank of the West Loan, we entered into security agreements pursuant to which we granted to Bank of the West a security interest in all of our personal and real property and our "Truett Hurst" registered mark as collateral for all loans and obligations owing to Bank of the West, including the Bank of the West Loan.
 
In addition, certain of our existing owners, as well as certain trusts and other entities under their respective control, entered into guarantee agreements in connection with the Bank of the West Loan.  See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
 
Factoring Agreements.    In November 2011, January 2012 and April 2012, we entered into three agreements with a factor borrowing a total of $2,579,400 in order to finance three transactions with a vendor. We agreed to assign and sell receivables related to these transactions to the factor at a rate of 100% of each receivable plus 1.25% per month of the unpaid principal amount of the loan. We were fully and unconditionally liable for the principal and interest on the loan; therefore, we accounted for the transfer of receivables as a secured financing. Interest expense includes finance costs associated with factoring activities. The November 2011 and January 2012 agreements were paid in full during fiscal year 2012. The April 2012 agreement for the amount due of $869,400 as of June 30, 2012 was paid subsequent to year end. Interest of $74,737 was paid under these agreements for the year ended June 30, 2012.
 
Other Notes Payable.   In connection with our purchase of a 50% interest in The Wine Spies, we executed a note payable in the amount of $50,000, which matures on March 1, 2013 and carries no interest.  See “Business—Sales and Marketing—The Wine Spies, LLC.”
 
We executed a $210,000 secured promissory note payable to Mr. De Meulenaere in connection with our repurchase of his Put Interest.  The note bears interest at 4.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance an unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.  See “History and Formation Transactions.”
 
55

 
 
Contractual Obligations
 
The following table reflects our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2012:
 
   
Payments Due by Period
 
   
Total
   
Less than
1 year
   
1-3 Years
   
3-5 Years
   
More than
 5 years
 
       
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 3,690,313     $ 304,557     $ 466,826     $ 270,480     $ 2,648,450  
Interest payments on long-term debt obligations( 1 )
    2,123,878       141,270       251,837       223,146       1,507,625  
Supply agreements
    16,491,984       6,844,653       9,284,259       363,072       -  
Operating lease obligations
    888,196       271,518       567,718       48,960       -  
Deferred compensation
    103,000       34,333       68,667       -       -  
Total
  $ 23,297,371     $ 7,596,331     $ 10,639,307     $ 905,658     $ 4,156,075  
 
(1) Reflects fixed rate interest on swap executed in October 2012.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Accounting
 
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). As of and for the six-month period ended December 31, 2012, we have consolidated the operations of our 50% owned subsidiary from the date of acquisition. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and our non-controlling interest has been appropriately disclosed on all of the related statements.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
Accounts receivable consists primarily of trade receivables from customers. We review accounts receivable regularly and make estimates for allowance for doubtful accounts when there is doubt as to the collectibility of individual balances. In evaluating the collectibility of individual receivable balances, we consider many factors, including the age of the balance, the customer’s historical payment history, its current credit worthiness, and current economic trends. Bad debts are written off after all collection efforts have ceased. We generally do not require collateral from our customers. We do not accrue interest on past-due amounts. No allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, or December 31, 2012 as bad debts have historically been negligible.
 
Inventories
 
Inventories consist primarily of bulk and bottled wine, capitalized cultural costs, merchandise and purchased grapes valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out specific identification method. In accordance with general wine industry practice, bulk and bottled wine inventories are included in current assets, although a portion of such inventories may be aged for a period longer than one year.

Costs related to growing grapes on our vineyard are reflected in inventories as capitalized cultural costs. Upon completion of the harvest, these costs are included in bulk wine. Costs associated with winemaking and the production of wine are reflected in inventories as bulk wine until the wine has been bottled and is available for sale.
 
 
56

 
 
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the asset, principally 20 to 40 years for building and improvements, five years for machinery and equipment, seven to 15 years for vineyard development,10 to 20 years for vineyard equipment, five to 10 years for furniture and fixtures, five years for leasehold improvements and five years for vehicles. Costs incurred in developing vineyards are capitalized and depreciation commences when the related vineyard becomes commercially productive.
 
Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Gains and losses from disposition of property and equipment are included as a component of operating income.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets
 
We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. There were no events occurring as of June 30, 2011 or 2012 or for the six months ended December 31, 2012 that required an assessment of impairment.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
We review our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets annually for impairment, or sooner, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We use April 1 as our annual impairment test measurement date. As of December 31, 2012, we have goodwill from the purchase of The Wine Spies in August 2012 (see Note 15 to the financial statements included in this prospectus). Similar to our indefinite lived intangibles, goodwill will be tested at least annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered. Indefinite lived intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks. Intangible assets determined to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally four years for customer lists, five years for proprietary technology, ten years for non-compete agreement. Patents will be amortized over their estimated legal lives.
 
There was no impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets during the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, or the six-month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Additionally, there were no events occurring as of or for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 or for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 that required an assessment of impairment in addition to the annual assessment.
 
Other Assets
 
Other assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally five years for label design costs, 10 years for loan fees, 10 years for lease costs – related party and five years for website design costs.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
We recognize wine sales when the product is shipped and title passes to the customer. Our standard terms are ‘FOB’ shipping point, with no customer acceptance provisions. The cost of price promotions and discounts are treated as reductions of sales. No products are sold on consignment. Credit sales are recorded as trade accounts receivable and no collateral is required. Net sales from items sold through our retail locations are recognized at the time of sale.

Sales Discounts and Depletion Allowances
 
We record sales discounts and depletion allowances as a reduction of sales. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, sales discounts and depletion allowances totaled $803,747, $953,712, $422,684, and $616,292, respectively.
 
 
57

 

Cost of Sales
 
Costs of sales includes costs associated with grape growing, external grape, bulk wine and finished goods purchases, packaging materials, winemaking and production costs, vineyard and production administrative support and overhead costs, purchasing and receiving costs and warehousing costs. No further costs are allocated to inventory once the product is bottled and available for sale.

Sales and Marketing Expense
 
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of non-manufacturing personnel, advertising and other marketing promotions. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, advertising expense totaled $21,632, $50,003, $18,847 and $20,123, respectively.
 
General and Administrative Expenses
 
General and administrative expenses include the costs associated with our administrative staff and other expenses related to our non-manufacturing functions.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs
 
We report the amounts billed to our customers for shipping and handling as sales, and we report the costs we incur for shipping and handling as a sales and marketing expense. Our gross margins may not be comparable to other companies in the same industry as other companies may include shipping and handling costs as a cost of sales. Shipping costs were $40,417, $136,366, $263,635, and $266,930 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.
 
Income Taxes
 
The LLC is treated as a partnership under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) .  The members separately account for their pro-rata share of income, deductions, losses, and credits. Therefore, no provision is made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for liabilities for federal, state, or local income taxes since such liabilities are the responsibility of the individual members.

State entity taxes of $800 were recorded for each of the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the six months ended December 31, 2011.   State entity taxes of $1,600 were recorded for the six months ended December 31, 2012.
 
We do not have any entity level uncertain tax positions. We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.

Concentrations
 
Cash: We maintain cash that may, at times, exceed federally insured limits of $250,000. Customers: The following tables set forth concentrations of sales and accounts receivable as a percent of each total:
 
 
Net Sales
for the Years
Ended June 30
 
Accounts
Receivable
as of June 30,
 
Net Sales
for the Six Months
Ended December 31,
 
Accounts Receivable as of December 31,
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2011
 
2012
 
2012
                 
(Unaudited)
 
(Unaudited)
Customer A
23%
 
33%
 
28%
 
-
 
39%
 
21%
 
4%
Customer B
20%
 
18%
 
-
 
48%
 
19%
 
10%
 
-
Customer C
14%
 
10%
 
22%
 
11%
 
10%
 
8%
 
12%
Customer D
10%
 
6%
 
10%
 
6%
 
4%
 
9%
 
21%
Customer E
-
 
1%
 
-
 
4%
 
5%
 
12%
 
9%
Customer F
5%
 
6%
 
6%
 
-
 
4%
 
7%
 
3%
Customer G
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
-
 
2%
 
15%
 
 
58

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that either have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to investors.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs . This guidance contains certain updates   to the measurement guidance as well as enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change   in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for “Level 3” measurements including   enhanced disclosure for: (1) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity; and (2) the sensitivity   of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between   those unobservable inputs, if any. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-04 as of July 1, 2012.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment . This ASU allows for the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-08 as of July 1, 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12. The amendments in this Update supersede certain pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , to effectively defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-12 as of July 1, 2012. There are no items of comprehensive income (loss) in our statements of operations.

In July, 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . The adoption of this standard provides for the option to   assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it   is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired. If we conclude that it is not more likely   than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, a quantitative impairment test is not   necessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2012-01 as of July 1, 2012.

Internal Controls
 
In connection with the audits of our consolidated financial statements as of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012 , our management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
 
The material weakness pertains to deficiencies in our accounting research and reporting functions and the closing and reporting process due to our lack of accounting documentation and procedures, lack of segregation of duties, potential for management override of controls and lack of current expertise in reporting requirements.

 
59

 

With the oversight of senior management, we have begun taking steps and plan to take additional measures to remediate the underlying causes of the material weakness, primarily through the development and implementation of formal policies, improved processes and documented procedures, as well as the hiring of additional finance personnel. In addition to these efforts, we are in the process of documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting in order to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls as of June 30, 2013.  In particular, in July 2012 we hired a new Chief Financial Officer and in October 2012 we hired a Controller.  However, we can provide no assurance at this time that management will be able to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of June 30, 2013.
 
Notwithstanding the identified material weakness, management believes the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus fairly represent in all material respects our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows at and for the periods presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
Our contracts for the purchase of grapes are typically long term, which insulates us from the effects of inflation.  However, because we purchase bulk wine at spot prices, the rate of inflation may affect our cost of sales for products for which bulk wine is a significant input.
 
 

 
60

 

BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
Truett-Hurst is an innovative and fast-growing Super-premium and Ultra-premium wine sales, marketing and production company based in the acclaimed Dry Creek and Russian River Valleys of Sonoma County, California.  The core of our business is a combination of direct to consumer sales, traditional brand sales and “custom label” partnerships with major retailers, such as Trader Joe’s and Safeway.  We work closely with our retail partners to develop tailored brands to be sold to the discovery-oriented wine consumer.  We offer a top quality product at a reasonable price, a result of our competitive grape sourcing, high quality wine making and world-class packaging and label design.  Our unique “custom label” model allows us to own the brands that we create, which we believe differentiates us from the traditional private label model.  Our retail partners value their relationships with us because they collaborate in the development of the products and ultimately benefit from the higher margins that we offer them.   We believe that we have attracted these partners as a result of our rapid brand development cycles, our ability to quickly adjust to market demand and because we can bypass many traditional distribution layers to offer higher margin products for our partners’ key target customers.
 
We have experienced rapid sales growth in the last few years.  Nielsen estimates that 22% of consumer products sold by food and drug retailers in the United States are private label.  However, in the U.S. wine sector, only 3.7% of sales are made through private labels.  Other more mature wine markets, such as the U.K. and Australia, have much higher penetration of private label wine sales (19% and 16%, respectively).  Given the $33 billion market for wine sales in the United States, the private label business represents a market opportunity of many billions of dollars.
 
The California wine industry , which accounts for 89.5% of total U.S. wine production, is dominated by a few producers who make up the vast majority of sales: The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.   Our business approach seeks to disrupt this oligopoly by providing high quality wine at a reasonable cost, in part by avoiding an expensive and competitive distribution system.  Likewise, our grocery partners have turned to private label and custom label as a way to gain margin, customer loyalty and differentiation that allows them to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing market.
 
In addition to our focus on our custom label business model, we also have business operations in the direct to consumer and traditional three-tier distribution channels.  Our direct to consumer channel consists of sales through our tasting rooms and wine clubs, which serve as strong tools for increasing brand visibility and loyalty, and through our ownership interest in The Wine Spies, an internet wine retailer specializing in short-lived “flash” sales.  Our more traditional three-tier distribution business consists of sales of our wine under four fully-owned labels, Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain, through a variety of distributor channels.
 
Established in 2007 by Paul and Heath Dolan and Phil and Sylvia Hurst, Truett-Hurst has brought together two families with a deep understanding of the wine industry.   Paul Dolan is a fourth generation master winemaker and a leader of the organic and biodynamic farming movement, and Phil Hurst is an experienced operator, wine entrepreneur and sales executive.  Having worked together at Fetzer Vineyards from the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s, Paul and Phil shared a passion for winemaking and business entrepreneurship and came together to build a creative, innovative and fun wine company.
 
What began as a small estate winery has developed into a growing and innovative wine company.  In fiscal year 2008, our first year of operations, we sold 2,616 cases, generating $466,000 net sales.  In fiscal year 2012, we sold over 160,000 cases of wine, generating $12.69 million net sales.
 
We believe there are distinct market opportunities within the wine industry as a result of the fragmented nature of the industry and challenges related to distribution channels.  Furthermore, we believe we are well positioned to capitalize on these market opportunities due to our high quality wines and our distinct approach to production and distribution.

 
61

 

Market Opportunity
 
A combination of fundamental market changes in the United States created this opportunity for us, including:
 
 
·
Steady growth in the U.S. wine market:   The U.S. wine market has grown at an average annual rate of 5% over the past decade and is now the largest in the world (although per capita consumption remains relatively low).   In the recent past, growth in wine sales has been focused in domestic brands; from 2007 to 2011, wine imports have only grown by 1.6% per year. According to the 2011 Gomberg-Fredrikson & Associates Annual Wine Industry Review for the twelve months ended December 2011, two of the three fastest growing price points are the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments.  We have focused on the higher end of the Super-premium segment and also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment, which together accounted for 66% of industry-wide revenue in 2011.
 
 
·
Market ripe for disruption: Food retailers account for roughly 65% of wine sales, with a high concentration of market share among only a handful of major wine producers and distributors.  The top four wine producers in California control approximately 65% of unit shipments of California wine.  In order to compete with powerful producers and suppliers for this growing profit pool, food and grocery retailers have turned to private label programs as a way of gaining margin, customer loyalty, category growth and differentiation.
 
 
·
Retailer focus on innovation:   Increased market competition has heightened for retailers the emphasis on increasing consumer traffic to grow same store sales year over year.  In order to create excitement in their stores, major global retail chains and top wine retailers in the United States have made wine and packaging innovations, including “earth-friendly” elements, a key strategic initiative for 2013 and beyond.   Our core values are aligned with our retail partners’ initiatives and consumer consciousness as we strive to make our products in a way that minimizes waste and fossil fuel usage and increases recyclability.

 
·
Private label model remains in its infancy:   Nielsen estimates that, in the United States, only 3.7% of wines, by dollar value, were sold through private labels in the year to date, as of August 2010, which was a 20% increase compared to the prior year.  Other mature wine markets have experienced considerably higher penetration; for example, private label wine sales make up 19% and 16% of total wine sales in the U.K. and Australia, respectively. The U.S. market appears poised for growth in this segment.
 
 
·
Declining brand loyalty :  Along with robust growth, the U.S. wine market has also witnessed a proliferation of new brands.  In 2010 alone, the United States approved 120,000 new wine labels.   Consumers have shown an increasing appetite to sample new labels and varietals, which can be promoted cost-effectively on an in-store basis.  For example, relatively new brands like Cupcake, Ménage à Trois and E.&J. Gallo Winery’s Apothic grew by 55%, 18% and 258%, respectively, in 2011.  Food retailers are well-positioned to manage this promotion as they control the shelf space and brand positioning in their stores.  In an ever more crowded market, this advantage has become increasingly valuable.
 
 
·
Rapid growth of internet retailing: Small but rapidly growing, we expect the internet segment to continue to outpace brick and mortar retailer sales, and we believe it is poised to surpass winery direct sales.
 
 
·
“Premiumization” of the market : Following years of explosive growth in the late 1980s and early 1990s, the U.S. market experienced a supply glut which resulted in severe pricing pressure from so-called “value brands.”  Due to significant consumption growth of California wines and the reduction of imported wines, as well as changes in exchange rates and taste preferences, this trend has reversed in the current cycle, with the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments among those experiencing the highest growth.

 
62

 
 
 
·
Significant direct to consumer sales growth : Tasting room and wine club sales are typically the highest gross margin sales for a winery.  Our direct to consumer net sales increased 54% for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2012 as compared to the prior fiscal year and 55% for the six months ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior-year period, with gross margins   averaging approximately 60%, which we believe is generally consistent with industry averages.
 
Our Strategy
 
Recognizing the opportunity created by these trends, Truett-Hurst’s founders developed a strategy focused on the following key elements:
 
 
·
Model scalability will drive growth :  We combine the best of deep experience in the wine industry and the speed and agility of a start-up to work with both retailers and distributors to develop and market new brands.  Because we are smaller, more agile and less prone to layers of decision making and because we have a world-class brand development/creative team in house, we are able to launch innovative new brands faster and more cost-effectively.  This allows us and our partners to respond rapidly to market opportunities.
 
 
·
Highly collaborative channel partnerships:   Our management believes that it is critical to support multiple players in the distribution system in order for a young company to defend a sustainable market position.  This includes a strong collaboration with well-known and reputable retailers who are looking for innovative, higher-margin brands to market.  Our reputation has been enhanced by our success with these channel partners, leading to new opportunities in brand development, including selling some of our brands via traditional three-tier distribution at a reduced cost.
 
Currently, we have a small share of this sizeable market. For example, for the first six months of fiscal year 2013, our sales to Safeway were less than $5 million, which is less than 1% of Safeway’s 2012 annual wine sales. Our goal is to expand our sales with existing retailer partnerships, including large businesses such as Trader Joe’s, Safeway and Total Wine & More, as well as increase the number of new major retailers that we partner with, including The Kroger Company, Publix and Wal-Mart.
 
 
 
63

 
 
 
·
Collaborative and rapid brand development.   Our development process with our partners is highly collaborative and our products are developed based on our partners’ market data and understanding of what their customers want.  Instead of developing a brand and bringing it to market based on consultants’ input and wine maker reputation, we exploit our retail partners’ quantitative data about brands, price points, packaging and varietals that their customers are buying.  When we initiate a partnership, we approach a retailer with numerous concepts; an agreement to move forward typically includes multiple brands, varietals and price points that are launched in tandem.  This allows the retailer to test various concepts, with the expectation that about half of the brands will be successful and further developed, while the other half will be scaled back or discontinued.   Typically, it takes six months from the initial conversations with a retailer until the product is on the retailer’s shelves.
 
 
·
Quality focused on the robust premium sector: The private label business has historically focused on the generic, Sub-premium category (below $7 per bottle retail price), with wine quality consistent with the price points.  Recognizing growth in this sector, we have positioned ourselves in the Super-premium and Ultra-premium segments.  In order to support our premium strategy, we have identified and contracted premium grape sources from Paso Robles, Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  Our founders’ diverse and extensive experience in the industry allows us to leverage longstanding relationships with California growers, an increasingly important asset as grape supplies tighten globally.  We are also able to source grapes on a priority basis from our founders and members of our management team, who collectively control 500 acres of vineyards in Sonoma and Mendocino Counties.  In addition, we have hired a top-quality winemaking staff and invested in state of the art systems and equipment.
 
While we have focused primarily on the higher end of the Super-premium segment, we also have a significant presence in the Ultra-premium segment of the industry.
 
 
·
Innovative, world-class packaging and label design:   Given the proliferation of brands and the need to “rise above the noise” in wine displays, innovative labeling and packaging is increasingly important to success in launching new wine brands.  Our founders and Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, have world-class experience in this area and are establishing a reputation as market leaders with novel packaging, such as evocative paper-wrapping, unique bottle shapes and the world’s first paper-based bottles.
 
 
o
Evocative wine wraps: We have developed, produced and sold one of the world’s first “wine wrap” packaging concepts to Safeway, one of the country’s largest wine retailers.  We have applied for trademarks on the wine wrap brands and a patent on the unique packaging.
 
 
 
o
The world’s first paper bottle : In February 2013, we entered into a seven-year exclusive agreement with the producer of what we believe to be the first ever paper wine bottle.  We intend to begin selling wine in the paper bottle in the second half of 2013 and are in discussions with several of the top U.S. retailers and distributors, including Safeway, The Kroger Company, Young’s Market Company and Southern Wines and Spirits, to sell the product.
 
 
64

 
 
 
 
o
Proprietary square bottle:   We have designed a unique square-shaped glass bottle and created a brand that will “own” this concept.  We have applied for a trademark on the brand and a patent on the design.  We have partnered with one of the country’s fastest growing and most important wine retail chains, Total Wine & More, to produce and sell 40,000 cases (generating approximately $3.5 million in sales) in the first 12-month period beginning spring 2013.
 
 
 
·
Management team : The founding team of Phil Hurst and Paul Dolan represents decades of experience in the wine industry and success at building businesses to scale, typically only seen in much larger, global players in the wine and spirits industry.
 
 
o
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer: co-founded and helped build Winery Exchange Inc. into a global private label beer, spirits and wine company with more than $100 million in sales.
 
 
o
Paul E. Dolan, III, Co-Founder: worked at Fetzer Vineyards for 27 years, initially as wine maker and later as President, and scaled the business from 30,000 cases to over 4 million cases sold per year.
 
 
65

 
 
 
o
Virginia Marie Lambrix, Director of Winemaking: experience making wine for such leading producers as De Loach Vineyards, La Follette and Hendry Ranch.
 
 
o
Heath E. Dolan, Co-Founder, Director of Vineyard Operations: has 16 years of experience in the wine business, including managing cellar operations for Fetzer Vineyards.
 
 
o
Kevin Shaw, Independent Contractor/Creative Director: has nearly 20 years of experience as a designer.  As proprietor and founder of Stranger and Stranger design agency, he received the 2012 Harpers Wine & Spirits Magazine Design Award for “Best Design Agency.”  Kevin designs over 100 beverage brands every year in markets all around the world, including Jack Daniels, Avion Tequila, Lillet and The Kraken Spiced Rum.  Collectively, his brands sell over a billion bottles a year.
 
 
o
James D. Bielenberg, Chief Financial Officer: has more than 30 years of public and private accounting experience.  After gaining public accounting experience with Arthur Young (now Ernst & Young), he has spent the last 25 years working in wine-making operations with such well known firms as Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates, Francis Ford Coppola Winery, Ascentia Wine Estates, LLC and Rodney Strong Vineyards.
 
 
o
Daniel A. Carroll, Director: retired partner of TPG Capital, where he was a founder of the firm's Asian operations (formerly Newbridge Capital). Prior to 1995, he spent nine years with Hambrecht & Quist Group.
 
 
o
William R. Hambrecht, Director: after selling Hambrecht & Quist Group in 1998, Bill founded WR Hambrecht + Co where he is now Chairman and Co-CEO.  He has been actively involved in the wine business for 40 years as an owner and operator of vineyards and wineries.
 
 
·
Presence in internet channel: We recently acquired a 50% controlling stake in The Wine Spies. The Wine Spies offers daily sales of premium wines that are sourced directly from wine producer/wineries.  This relationship allows us to participate in the emerging internet channel.
 
 
 
·
International Expansion:  We have partnered with Trialto, Canada’s premium wine agency specializing in wines of People, Place and Time, and Vittoria Coffee, Australia’s most popular coffee blend and suppliers of food products to over 5,000 individual customers.  In addition, we are launching the Bradford Mountain brand in China where there are currently only two major California Zinfandel brands in existence, Seghesio and Ridge Vineyards.
 
Industry Overview
 
According to International Wine and Spirit Research, the global wine industry generates $180 billion in sales per year, producing approximately seven billion gallons of wine.  The top ten wine producing countries produce over 80% of the world’s supply, with the top four accounting for approximately 55% of all wine in the world.  France and Italy are market leaders, each providing over 16% of worldwide production, followed by Spain at 13% and the United States at 10%, according to The Wine Institute.  The global wine market is characterized by a handful of large producers (producing over one million cases per year), but generally is highly fragmented, comprised of thousands of small producers (producing less than 25,000 cases per year).
 
 
66

 
 
Within the global landscape, the U.S. wine market is one of the fastest growing markets in the world, in both production and consumption.  It has expanded rapidly over the past few years, driven by increased consumption, government support, online wine purchasing and a growing young population.  According to the Beverage Information Group, wine consumption has grown in the United States for 18 consecutive years, with total wine consumption rising to more than 312.4 million cases in calendar year 2011, representing a gain of over 70 million cases in the past decade.  In fact, according to the Wine Institute, the United States now ranks first in wine consumption in the world.  In 2010, approximately 784 million gallons of wine were consumed in the United States.  Of the 784 million gallons, 677.5 million were produced in the United States, and 606.5 million, or 90%, of these were produced in California.  U.S. consumers bought an estimated $32.5 billion of wine in 2011.
 
Source:  The Wine Institute
 
Looking forward, the U.S. wine market is expected to achieve a value of approximately $33.5 billion, with 871 million gallons of wine sold by 2013, according to the RNCOS US Wine Market Forecast 2012. The economic recession, while highly impactful on other industries, has had little overall effect on the U.S. wine industry as consumers have moved to enjoying lower-priced bottles and wines by the glass.
 
In terms of the competitive landscape in the United States, the market has several major wineries but is otherwise highly fragmented.  According to a Silicon Valley Bank research report, there are approximately 7,500 wineries in the United States and approximately 150,000 labels available every year.  Growth has been robust over the last decade, as shown in the chart above.  The Wine Institute reports that California has 3,540 bonded wineries that produced $19.9 billion in estimated retail value in 2011, and exported $1.4 billion to foreign markets.
 
On the supply side, overall wine production has contracted over the last several years on both an international and domestic basis.  As the chart below illustrates, bulk wine supply has declined over the last six years in California, the leading region in production for the United States.
 
 
67

 
 
Source: www.winesandvines.com
 
In response to this shortage in supply, many wine producers sought to lock up bulk supplies, driving up the price of grapes in the region.  Despite the better than expected harvest for 2012 and the expected ramp up of grape production over the short to medium term, longer term supply shortages are still a concern.  Recognizing the trend of tightening grape supply, we negotiated favorable long term contracts with our suppliers ranging from one to four years in duration.
 
Overall, the wine market is growing steadily in both developed and emerging economies.  Increasing disposable incomes, rising awareness about the medical benefits of wine, and the consumer shift toward consumption of premium alcoholic beverages are driving impressive growth in the wine industry.  Wine consumption has surged particularly in developed nations such as the United States, Canada, Australia and Chile.  In 2000, the United States consumed 568 million gallons of wine; in 2010, consumption was 784 million gallons, an annualized increase of 3.3% per year, and an overall increase of 38.0%, according to The Wine Institute and Gomberg-Fredrikson & Associates.  Pricing too has generally risen, particularly in the Ultra-premium brand category of $14.00 per bottle and above.  Between 2010 and 2011, this category saw significant price growth, and Silicon Valley Bank expects to see 2012 sales growth rates of 7 to 11%.
 
In light of increasing global demand, our advantageous supply contracts, management expertise, and strong brand development capabilities, we believe we are well positioned to successfully navigate the industry landscape.
 
Our Growth Strategy
 
We believe that we can benefit from this market opportunity and continue to grow our business aggressively relying on our competitive strengths: access to vineyards owned and managed by our founders and investors; our experienced and knowledgeable team; our extraordinary relationships with the world’s top wine retailers; and our innovative approach to distribution and brand development.
 
We intend to grow by:
 
 
·
Continuing to develop innovative products that meet the needs of wine retailers.    We have developed a reputation for developing innovative new brands and working closely with our retail partners to develop brands that cater to customer demands and that permit our retail partners to increase their consumer traffic and grow their same store sales.  We intend to continue to develop brands with our retail partners by relying on our branding expertise.  We also intend to continue our innovations, such as our evocative “wine wraps,” the paper bottle, and the square bottle, and exploit these in order to build our brands and market share with wine retailers.
 
 
68

 
 
 
·
Growing our retailer base to include the top ten U.S. and global retail chains.   We intend to pursue relationships with the largest retail chains in the United States and around the world.  This will allow us to become less dependent on our existing retail relationships and reduce the risk associated with losing any particular retailer relationship. 
 
 
·
Expanding our direct to consumer business.  We intend to build our wine clubs via targeted public relations and advertising, expand our tasting rooms and create exciting new events at our wineries.  The direct to consumer distribution channel allows us to respond rapidly to consumers and anticipate and establish new market trends.  The direct to consumer business generates attractive margins, so we intend to expand this distribution channel in order to achieve our growth objectives.
 
 
·
Building our internet customer base. We intend to build our internet presence.  We recently acquired a controlling interest in The Wine Spies, and we intend to develop The Wine Spies distribution channel.  With strong margins and a solid business platform, we believe our internet e-tailer is poised for strong growth.
 
 
·
Expanding into key international markets.   With our recent launch of our wrapped bottle project, we are beginning to experience demand in Canada, Europe and Australia.  In late 2012, our distributor in Canada, Trialto, met with all of the large regional Liquor Control Boards and obtained listings for our brand Dearly Beloved, some of our wrapped wines, including Curious Beasts, and commitments for both the paper bottle and square bottle projects to be launched in spring 2013.  Several retailers in the United Kingdom are requesting information and gathering samples.  In Australia, the nation’s largest coffee company and “total café solution,” Vittoria Coffee, has decided to enter the wine distribution market after spotting our Dearly Beloved on a research trip the United States.  Samples have been sent, pricing has been agreed and we anticipate our first orders in the late 2013.  In addition, Vittoria is also interested in launching our wrapped wines in mid-2013.
 
 
·
Continuing to develop new ways to engage customers and to distribute our products. By aggressively tackling the market in nontraditional ways — direct to the trade and consumer, rather than through layers of sales entities and employees — we can respond quickly to the needs of consumers, retailers and restaurateurs.  We also are able to anticipate and even establish new trends. We are constantly challenging the status quo and always on the lookout for new innovations and approaches to the market. Simply said, we are discovery-oriented in our approach. This is somewhat counterintuitive especially when you consider that wine has been with us for about 7,000 years.  We believe that tradition, to some degree, has stymied creativity.
 
 
·
Building our national brands.  We have built strong “traditional three-tier” brands, including Truett-Hurst, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain.  We plan to continue to market and promote these products with our partners.
 
 
69

 
 
 
Our Products
 
Our labels
 
We produce a wide spectrum of varietals, including Pinot Noir, Chardonnay, Sauvignon Blanc, Merlot, Cabernet Sauvignon and Zinfandel, across a number of premium price points from $7.00 to $50.00 for three distinct channels of distribution:  direct to consumer, three-tier and private label.
 
Our private label business accounts for more than 70% of our annual revenues; however, our three-tier and direct to consumer business contribute significantly to our gross margins.
 
Product
Price Range
Key Varietals
Distribution Chanel
Gross Margin Benefit
Truett Hurst
$20-$50
Zinfandel
Direct to Consumer/Three-Tier
High
         
VML
$20-$50
Pinot
Noir/Chardonnay
Direct to Consumer/Three-Tier
High
         
Bradford Mountain
$20-$40
Zinfandel/Syrah
Direct to Consumer/Three-Tier
Medium/High
         
Healdsburg Ranches
$10-$20
Chardonnay/Pinot
Noir/Zinfandel
Three-Tier
Medium
         
Evocative Wraps
$12-$50
Various
Private Label
Medium
         
         
The Fugitive
$25
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
Dearly Beloved
$8
Red Blend
Private Label
Low
         
Sauvignon Republic
$8
Sauvignon Blanc
Private Label
Low
         
Harbor Front
$10-$15
Chardonnay/
Cabernet
Sauvignon/Merlot/
Pinot Noir
Private Label
Low
         
Kiarna
$10-$20
Chardonnay/
Cabernet
Sauvignon/Merlot/
Private Label
Low
         
Hobson Estate
$10-$20
Chardonnay/
Cabernet
Sauvignon/Merlot/
Private Label
Low
         
Bewitched
$20-$40
Chardonnay/Pinot Noir
Private Label
High
         
Curious Beasts
$15
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
Fuchsia
$13
Rose/White Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
Schuck’s
$14
Sauvignon Blanc/Chardonnay/Pinot Noir
Private Label
Medium
         
Candell’s
$50-$60
Sparkling
Private Label
High
         
Eden Ridge
$11
Chardonnay
Private Label
Low
         
Chateau Crisp
$12-$15
Sauvignon Blanc
Private Label
Medium
         
The Supper Club
$13-$14
Chardonnay/Cabernet Sauvignon
Private Label
Medium
         
The Wine with No Name
$15
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
         
The Criminal
$20
Red Blend
Private Label
Medium
 
 
70

 
 
We also sell Balance by Heath Dolan through both the Truett-Hurst tasting room and into the three-tier system.  Balance by Heath Dolan is a biodynamically farmed red wine blend, sourced from the Dark Horse vineyards located in Mendocino County, California.  It is sold and marketed exclusively through our tasting room and through the Total Wine & More retail stores located throughout the United States, with 87 stores located in 14 states and growing, according to Total Wine & More s website.
 
Our wineries
 
The first winery we established in 2007 was Truett-Hurst in the Dry Creek Valley appellation of Sonoma County.  Truett-Hurst is located approximately six miles west of downtown Healdsburg.  Truett-Hurst is a Super-premium winery that focuses primarily on red varietals with the “indigenous” Dry Creek variety Zinfandel as the lead product.  The wine prices range from $20 to $50.  Additionally, the winery makes a range of other varietals that are sold exclusively from our tasting room, including Chardonnay, Sauvignon Blanc, Pinot Noir, Petite Syrah and other red blends.
 
Our second winery operation and brand, VML, was established in 2011.  The winery is located in the Russian River appellation, approximately five miles southwest of the town of Healdsburg, California.  VML are the initials of our winemaker Virginia Marie Lambrix who has long had a passion for Pinot Noir and Chardonnay.  The VML winery, leased from the Hambrecht family, produces Super-premium wines from grapes purchased from local growers, including from our founders and members of our management team.  VML produces Ultra-premium wines made from the traditional varietals made in Burgundy, France, Pinot Noir and Chardonnay.  Virginia Lambrix has identified and contracted unique vineyard lots from highly sought after, cool climate, Russian River vineyards in order to craft award-winning wines.  The wines are sold primarily through our direct to consumer channel and range in price from $30 for the Russian River Chardonnay and Pinot Noir to $75 for the top end vineyard designated Pinot Noirs.  Additional varietals, including Sauvignon Blanc, Gewurztraminer and Rosé, are included in our tasting room offerings.
 
The Bradford Mountain brand, a historic and award winning brand was acquired from the Hambrecht family in 2011, is also sold in the VML tasting room and through our three-tiered distribution model.  Bradford Mountain wines are made exclusively from grapes grown in Dry Creek Valley and highlight wine from the Hambrecht-owned Grist Vineyard, a 1,200 foot elevation vineyard located in the western foothills of the Dry Creek appellation.  This mountain range has a southern exposure, due to elevation and proximity to the Pacific Ocean that provides conditions ideal for ripening grapes.
 
 
71

 

VML Winery, Russian River Valley
 
 
Our Retail Exclusive Brand Labels
 
We also develop exclusive brands designed for our retail partners.  Unlike other “private label” wineries, we own these brands.  With their long history in the private label business, our management team has relationships with some of the world’s top retailers, including Safeway, Costco, Trader Joe’s, The Kroger Company, Wal-Mart, Sam’s Club, Tesco UK, Fresh and Easy, Whole Foods and Total Wine & More.  The brands we develop for retailers are created specifically to address the needs and requests of our retail partners.  Our portfolio of wine brands in this segment include, among others:
 
 
·
Sauvignon Republic
 
 
·
Dearly Beloved
 
 
·
The Fugitive
 
 
·
Harbor Front
 
 
·
Eden Ridge
 
 
·
Bewitched
 
 
·
Fuchsia
 
 
·
Chateau Crisp
 
 
·
The Supper Club
 
 
·
The Wine with No Name
 
 
·
Curious Beasts
 
 
·
Candell’s
 
 
·
Schuck’s
 
 
·
The Criminal
 
 
·
Hobson Estate
 
 
·
Kiarna
 
We have devoted a great deal of our resources to developing and building this segment of our business.  The retail exclusive brands represent more than 70% of our current wholesale revenue and is our fastest growing segment.
 
Wine Supply and Wine Production
 
Due to increasing consumption and strengthening economies around the world in 2011 and 2012, global wine and grape supplies have dramatically tightened creating a worldwide shortage and increasing prices for premium wines.  We recognized this trend early and began aggressively targeting new sourcing opportunities at pre-market high prices.  At this point in the supply and demand cycle, sourcing high quality grapes from noted regions around the world is a key element of our long term strategic plan.  Our grape and wine sourcing plan is made up of a combination of long term contracts with sizeable partner-owned and managed vineyards (approximately 500 acres or 175,000 case equivalents), and multi-year contracts (one to four years) for grapes, bulk wine and bottled goods.  Currently our total commitments account for approximately 300,000 cases annually or approximately 80% of our total sourcing needs for fiscal year 2013.
 
 
72

 
 
Wine Contracts
 
While taking advantage of a wine glut in California in 2008-2011, we accurately identified the wine shortage that has dramatically affected California wine supplies in 2012.  In response to this analysis, we aggressively sought out wine and grape supply contracts resulting in one to four year agreements accounting for more than 60% of our production.  In addition, because we were able to act before the shortage we were able to lock in significantly below market prices.  We regularly enter into both short- and long-term contracts to purchase grapes.  Typically, we enter into an agreement with a term of one to four years, that requires us to pay an agreed upon price per ton that varies according to the type of grape, and in certain cases, the vineyard block in which the grapes are grown.  The contracts are typically terminable after the specified number of harvests, unless earlier mutually agreed to by the parties.
 
Our team is also very adept at buying opportunistically on the bulk wine markets as way to provide flexibility in our sourcing strategy, take advantage of high quality spot market wines and balance our overall inventory position through an outsourcing business model.  While these purchases are generally small they represent the agility that is built into our company.
 
Partner Owned Vineyards
 
In addition to our 15 acres of company-owned vineyards, our founders, executive officers, and principal stockholders also own and operate vineyards. The majority of the grapes produced from these vineyards are sold to us at market prices or slightly below market prices, with the balances sold to other wineries. The vineyards include:
 
 
·
Ghianda Rose Vineyards, owned by the Dolan family, approximately 40 acres of Mendocino County Chardonnay, organic and biodynamic certified.
 
 
·
Gobbi Vineyards, owned by the Dolan family, approximately 40 acres of Mendocino Country Chardonnay, organic certified.
 
 
·
Lovers Lane Vineyard, owned by Phil Hurst and the Dolan family, approximately 140 acres of Zinfandel, Cabernet Sauvignon and Petite Syrah.
 
 
·
Floodgate Vineyard, owned by the Hambrecht family, approximately 100 acres of Russian River Valley Pinot Noir and Chardonnay.
 
 
·
Grist Vineyards, owned by the Hambrecht family, approximately 100 acres of organically farmed Dry Creek Valley Zinfandel, Petite Syrah and Syrah on the historic Bradford Mountain.
 
 
·
Dark Horse Vineyard, owned by the Dolan family, approximately 120 acres of biodynamically farmed Zinfandel, Cabernet Sauvignon, Syrah and Petite Syrah located in Mendocino County.
 
 
73

 
 
Truett-Hurst Vineyard, Dry Creek Valley
 
 
 
Wine Production
 
Our winemaking strategy is designed to emphasize wine quality at every price point.  Our higher priced Russian River Valley and Dry Creek Valley wines are crafted in the state of the art VML winery located in the Russian River Valley.  The VML winery currently can crush, ferment and oak barrel age approximately 500 tons (35,000 cases) of Ultra-premium grapes annually, with capacity to increase to 2,000 tons with additional capital improvements. We also outsource wine production to the Sonoma County winery Owl Ridge, the Mendocino outsourcing specialist winery Rack and Riddle and state of the art Paso Robles winery Robert Hall.  Internationally we partner with Wairau Vineyards in New Zealand to produce our 90 point Wine Spectator- rated Sauvignon Republic Malrborough Sauvignon Blanc.
 
Under the watchful eyes of our award winning and highly experienced winemaking team, headed by partner and lead winemaker Virginia Lambrix, every ton of grapes or gallon of wine is meticulously managed to produce the finest wine possible.  For us, however, wine quality starts in the vineyard so our winemaking team works extremely closely with each and every one of our more than 25 growers around the state.  Our goal is to farm as much of our fruit as possible sustainably, organically or biodynamically and our growers regularly taste their wines with Virginia Lambrix to understand our quality expectations and opportunities to improve.  Our Truett-Hurst Estate vineyard is farmed according to biodynamic standards and most of our purchased grapes come from organic, biodynamic or sustainably farmed vineyards.  For example, Grist Vineyard is organic certified and Dark Horse Vineyard and Ghianda Rose Vineyards are biodynamically certified.  Additionally, Gobbi Vineyards is farmed organically.  Some of our purchased fruit which comes from Swicegood, Ivywood, Aldine, Knowlton, Floodgate and Reuling are farmed organically but not certified. Virginia Lambrix and her team track the growing season from the moment we hit “bud break” to the final harvest.
 
Our wines have consistently scored in the mid-80s to low-90s out of 100 in The Wine Enthusiast and The Wine Spectator , the two periodicals that we feel most accurately review wines.  We also enter a few select wine competitions where we have regularly received Gold and Silver medals.
       
Our Team and Culture
 
While we consider ourselves a young company, our team possesses a skill set unmatched by any wine company in the United States.  From grape growing to winemaking to sales and marketing, we have strived to attract the “best of the best” the industry has to offer.  Our seasoned team members have worked their way up through the industry often achieving senior level positions in noted wine companies, such as Diagio, Constellation Brands, Inc., the Brown-Forman Corporation, Fetzer Vineyards, Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates, DeLoach, Rodney Strong, and Mark West Springs.  We have sought to foster a dynamic and energetic culture where teamwork prevails but individuals have the leeway to make timely decisions that have an impact on the business.  We share an entrepreneurial spirit and believe we can build a fast growing and successful business that can change the way consumers purchase and enjoy wine in the world.
 
 
74

 
 
In addition to building a world class team and shaping our culture, an important part of our strategy is to find and partner with the best organizations and individuals we can in the business in order to leverage our core competencies in the most efficient, cost effective and profitable manner we can.  We are proud of our corporate partners throughout our sales channels – large retailers, three-tier distributors and others.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales and marketing is one of our particular strengths and sets us apart from our competition.  Our CEO, Phil Hurst, has several decades of experience in the wine industry, and as co-founder and SVP of Sales and Marketing of Winery Exchange Inc., built one of the most innovative and successful private label manufacturers in the world.  Phil brings not only this experience in operations and building organizations, but also his unparalleled retailer contacts and relationships.
 
Phil is joined by Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director. Kevin has over 20 years of experience creating and building brands with the world’s largest drinks suppliers and was responsible for developing and introducing the acclaimed evocative wine wrap.
 
We call directly on the world's largest retail chains and partner with brokers Trinity Wines and Spirits and Trialto of Canada to support our three-tier brands.  Our national sales manager oversees these activities and the company is looking to expand resources in this area.
 
We focus on highly targeted, direct marketing activities, such as public relations, wine periodicals, social media, and regional advertising for our three-tier brands.  For our private label brands we rely on our agreements with our retailer partners to regularly support our products with significant advertising and display activities.
 
Most wine producers focus their business on one or two of the three primary distribution channels.  By contrast, we rely on four principal channels for our products:  direct to consumer, traditional three-tiered distribution, direct to retailer and internet e-tailing.  We believe that we have a distinct strategic approach to distributing through each of these channels, which further distinguishes us from our competitors and avoids concentration risk.
 
 
·
Direct to consumer:   in the direct to consumer channel, we rely on our tasting room sales and wine clubs.  We view our tasting rooms as excellent venues in which to build a strong brand and generate customer loyalty.  While the tasting rooms at Truett-Hurst and VML initially have represented mostly brand and customer loyalty building tools, and as fun ways for us and our friends and fans to enjoy some excellent wines, they are now significant revenue and profit centers representing our highest gross margin business and provide important credibility with our private label customers further differentiating us from our competitors.  We have also discovered that there is no stronger way to build relationships with a consumer than the experience of visiting the winery.  Our fast growing wine clubs further build and maintain this bond, along with the many winery hosted events, bringing the customer back, time and time again.
 
In this channel, we ship via UPS directly to our customers around the country that live in states that permit direct shipping.  We have negotiated favorable shipping rates based on the volume of wines selling from our two tasting rooms and our partnership with internet retailer The Wine Spies.
 
Our tasting rooms and wine clubs produced revenues of $1,503,449 in the first six months of fiscal year 2013 and $966,899 in the first six months of fiscal year 2012, showing a significant increase of 55%.
 
 
·
Traditional three-tiered distribution:   we sell our brands through traditional distributor channels.  Currently, we produce and sell wine under four fully owned labels:  Truett-Hurst, VML, Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain.  We plan to develop or purchase other labels over time to add to this channel.  We sell our wine directly to California distributors that operate state-wide or regionally. In this channel we sell wine to the distributor at a wholesale price, and the distributor marks it up and sells it on to various wine stores and restaurants that ultimately sell to retail customers.
 
 
75

 
 
We utilize many of the country’s largest and most successful wine and spirits distributors to hold inventory and stock our retailer partners.  By leveraging our private label business with our traditional branded business we are able to negotiate below market rates and garner a disproportionate amount of senior management attention and salesperson effort.  Our most important distributors are:
 
 
o
Young’s Market Company – California, Washington, Oregon
 
 
o
Republic National Distributing Company – Texas, Midwest region
 
 
o
Wirtz – Illinois
 
 
o
Winebow – Eastern region
 
 
·
Private label/direct to retailer:   W e create and sell brands to the nation’s largest wine retailers, such as Trader Joe’s, Total Wine & More and Safeway that work with us directly to promote and advertise our wines.  While many other wine makers sell into this channel, we have sought to bring our novel approach to the direct to retail channel.  Whereas most wine makers assign the trademarks to the retailers when they either  create private label  wines or develop brands for them, we will custom-develop brands for a retailer and retain ownership of the brand.  This gives us the ability to move our private label brands into broad market distribution after the exclusivity period or if a brand becomes very successful, further building brand equity.
 
We acknowledge that the retailer has a unique relationship with its customer.  We also recognize that the retailer has developed a particular position or standing in the minds and heart of its consumers.  We want to honor that relationship by developing and providing products that support and reinforce that dynamic.  We also recognize that it is ever-changing and developing, and we are prepared to adapt to their needs.  Therefore, we work hand in hand with the retail buyers to create and design products and packaging that meets retailer needs.
 
Many retailers have established distributor relationships across the country that allow them to leverage their regular branded business and their private label business.  In most of these cases they have negotiated below market rates in order to achieve higher margins and provide better value to their customers.  In cases where retailers have not established such distribution relationships, we employ our regular three-tier distributors.
 
Retailers to whom we sell through this channel include:
 
 
o
Trader Joe’s
 
 
o
Total Wine & More
 
 
o
BevMo!
 
 
o
Safeway
 
 
o
Costco
 
 
76

 
 
Consistent with industry practices, we do not have formal contracts or written agreements in place with our distributors.  Most states allow suppliers to move freely between distributors, while some states require a formal release from a distributor if the brand owner wants to make a change.  For most of our private label brands, we have agreements with the distributors organized by the retailers (Trader Joe’s and Total Wine & More specifically) that allow us to move our brands should we decide to terminate them with the retailers.
 
The Wine Spies, LLC
 
Pursuant to the membership interest purchase agreement dated August 1, 2012, we purchased 50% of the outstanding membership interests in The Wine Spies.  The operating agreement of The Wine Spies, also dated August 1, 2012, entitles us to a 50% allocation of gains and losses from The Wine Spies.  The remaining 50% membership interest is held by Jason Seeber, a founder of The Wine Spies and currently its chief executive officer.  Additionally, we were granted all right, title and interest in “The Wine Spies” trademark.  The Wine Spies is managed by a board of four managers.  We have the right to name three managers, and Jason Seeber has the right to name one manager.
 
Intellectual Property
 
We sell our products under a number of trademarks that we own.  As of March 6, 2013, we had 16 registered, 15 published and nine pending material trademarks.  They are:
 
Registered
Published
Pending
Bewitched
Candells
California Square
Bradford Mountain
Cense
Curious Beasts
By Locals. For Locals
Center Street
Fuchsia
Dearly Beloved
Chateau Crisp
Juice Brothers
Dearly Beloved Forever Red
Eden Ridge
Paso Ranches
Fugitive
Inconspicuous
Sweet Evil
Harbor Front
Mad Duck
The Criminal
Healdsburg Ranches
Nature’s Gate
Unique Style, Unique Flavor, Anything But Square
One Man Band
Paper Boy
West Coast Original
Sauvignon Republic
Pinot Republic
 
Simply Pure
Shuck’s
 
Stonegate
Sonoma Ranches
 
The County Fair
Sustainable Farm
 
Truett Hurst
Svengali
 
Va·ri’e·tals
Wonderland
 
VML
   
     
 
In August 2012, we entered into  an agreement with West Coast Paper Company (“WCP”) pursuant to which we were assigned all rights to a series of “wine wraps” jointly developed by us and WCP in consideration for our granting certain exclusive manufacturing rights to WCP.  This assignment is perpetual and fully transferable.  The exclusive manufacturing rights granted to WCP are for a term of three years.  We have applied for a U.S. patent for the wine wraps, which is pending.
 
In February 2013, we entered into a seven-year exclusive agreement for the use of a paper bottle in connection with sales of wine and still alcoholic beverages in the United States and Canada. During this term, the price of the empty paper bottles can only be increased to account for increases in manufacturing costs of greater than 3%. We intend to begin selling wine in the paper bottle in the second half of 2013.
 
Upon developing our final design for our square bottle concept, we will apply for a design patent with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.  Once granted, this patent will protect our proprietary wine bottle design from duplication by our competitors.
 
 
77

 
 
Competition
 
We operate in a highly fragmented market that is nevertheless dominated in the United States by a handful of extremely large volume producers.  According to data from the United States Tax and Trade Bureau and the Wine Institute, in 2010 more than 7,600 wineries operated in the United States, with over 3,300 in California, which grows 90% of wine grapes and produces 90% of wine exports.  According to the 2011 Gomberg-Fredrikson Report, “Five large producers made up 84% of 2011 packaged export volume,” with the top three – E.&J. Gallo Winery, The Wine Group and Constellation Brands, Inc. – representing 64% of California shipments in cases.
 
We compete specifically with these large producers and other wineries for “shelf space” at retailers and at restaurants, especially within the $15 to 50 per bottle range.  Within this range, we believe that the principal competitive factors are product quality, price, label recognition, and product supply, and we believe that we compete favorably with respect to each of these factors.
 
In the private label market, we believe our chief competitors are Winery Exchange Inc., the company co-founded by Phil Hurst, Vintage Wine Estates, Delicato Family Vineyards, Bronco Wines, E.&J. Gallo Winery, Constellation Brands, Inc. and other California and international wine producers.  While they operate strong businesses run by executives we respect, we believe the private label market is growing and has room for many players.  We also believe our business model differentiates us and represents a new approach that provides us with a strong platform on which to build a thriving business.
 
There are relatively few publicly traded beverage companies with significant wine operations.  Two of the largest, Constellation Brands, Inc. – owner of brands such as Robert Mondavi, Clos du Bois and Kim Crawford – and Diageo plc – which owns Rosenblum, Chalone, Sterling and others – also have beer and spirits divisions, and Concha y Toro S.A. is a Chilean-based and traded manufacturer.
 
As with other large producers, we compete with certain brands from Constellation Brands, Inc. and Diageo plc for traditional distribution “shelf space,” but do not see them or the other names listed as direct competitors for our primary private label market.
 
Regulatory Environment
 
The wine industry is part of the highly regulated U.S. liquor industry.  While there have been significant relaxations over time, such as those arising following the Granholm v. Heald U.S. Supreme Court decision in 2005, the U.S. wine industry still operates within the confines of an outdated, arcane set of laws.  For example, we are able to ship wine directly now to consumers and businesses in 39 states, but must still work through traditional “three-tier” distributors in the remaining 11 states.
 
The production and sale of wine is subject to extensive regulation by the United States Department of the Treasury, Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau and the California Liquor Control Commission.  We are licensed by and meet the bonding requirements of each of these governmental agencies.  Sale of our wines is subject to federal alcohol tax, payable at the time wine is removed from the bonded area of the winery for shipment to customers or for sale in our tasting rooms.  The current federal alcohol tax rate is $1.07 per gallon for wines with alcohol content at or below 14.0% and $1.57 per gallon for wines with alcohol content above 14.0% but less than 21%; however, wineries that produce not more than 250,000 gallons during the calendar year are allowed a graduated tax credit of up to $0.90 per gallon on the first 100,000 gallons of wine (other than sparkling wines) removed from the bonded area during that year.
 
We also pay the state of California an excise tax of $0.20 per gallon for all wine sold in California.  In addition, all states in which our wines are sold impose varying excise taxes on the sale of alcoholic beverages.  These are the responsibility of the supplier or distributor depending upon the channel in which the wine is sold.
 
Internet and consumer direct sales are also subject to state regulation which governs the quantity, manner in which product can be shipped, delivered and excise taxes collected.
 
 
78

 
 
As an agricultural processor, we are also regulated by Sonoma County and, as a producer of wastewater, by the state of California.  We have secured all necessary permits to operate our business.
 
Prompted by growing government budget shortfalls and public reaction against alcohol abuse, Congress and many state legislatures are considering various proposals to impose additional excise taxes on the production and sale of alcoholic beverages, including table wines.  Some of the excise tax rates being considered are substantial.  The ultimate effects of such legislation, if passed, cannot be assessed accurately since the proposals are still in the discussion stage.  Any increase in the taxes imposed on table wines can be expected to have a potentially adverse impact on overall sales of such products.  However, the impact may not be proportionate to that experienced by producers of other alcoholic beverages and may not be the same in every state.
 
Management is strongly focused on environmental stewardship and maintains a variety of policies and processes designed to protect the environment, the public and consumers of its wine.  Many of our expenses for protecting the environment are voluntary, however we are regulated by various local, state and federal agencies regarding environmental laws where these costs and processes are effectively integrated into our regular operations and do not cause significant alternative processes or costs.
 
Employees
 
Including LLC members, we currently have twenty-four full-time employees and we hire seasonal, part-time labor and consultants as necessary.  Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining unit.  We believe our relations with our employees are good.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
Paul Dolan, a former employee of Mendocino Wine Group (“MWG”), left MWG in January 2012, after eight years of service. MWG offered to buy the outstanding ownership interest in MWG held by Dolan, as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, at a price that Dolan rejected.  Dolan, a former member of MWG, filed a complaint on March 9, 2012 against MWG, Thomas A. Thornhill, Jr., Thomas A. Thornhill, III, Timothy L. Thornhill and Melissa Thornhill seeking declaratory relief to establish and obtain a fair value for the Dolan 2003 Trust’s interest.  MWG and the individual defendants filed a cross-complaint seeking declaratory relief and unspecified damages against the Dolan 2003 Trust and Mr. Dolan individually, alleging that Mr. Dolan had breached his duty to, and competed with, MWG, and shared confidential MWG information with others, including people at the Company. The suit is currently pending in Mendocino County Superior Court.
 
We have no relationship with MWG , and we are not a party to these proceedings .
 
Facilities
 
We own a 25-acre facility located at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California, of which approximately 14 acres is used for growing grapes.  The remainder of the facility is used for a tasting room, retail sales space, and office space for support staff.  Although we have the infrastructure, such as electricity and access to water, necessary to operate a winery at this facility, we have not made the requisite capital expenditures for grape-crushing equipment.  We believe that the facility can be used to expand our wine-making operations in the future.
 
We also lease an approximately three-acre winery located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California.  The term of the lease is five years commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending on February 29, 2016, with a tenant option to extend for an additional five-year period. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tasting Room and Winery Lease.”  Our wine production operations and corporate offices are located at this facility.
 
We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.

 
79

 

HISTORY AND FORMATION TRANSACTIONS
 
Truett-Hurst represents the bringing together of two families with a deep understanding of the wine industry:  Paul Dolan, fourth generation master winemaker and a leader of the organic and biodynamic farming movement, and Phil Hurst, an experienced operator, wine entrepreneur and sales executive. The company was founded by Phil and Sylvia Hurst and Paul and Heath Dolan in 2007. Having worked together at Fetzer Vineyards from the mid-1980s to the mid-1990s, Phil and Paul shared a passion for winemaking and business entrepreneurship. After going off on their own different adventures and having stayed in touch they finally found the right time to develop their dream together, building a creative, innovative and fun wine company.  The initial purchase was a 25-acre property in Dry Creek Valley.  The founders’ vision was the merging of two wine families leaving a legacy for future generations. The property was in significant disrepair and at the time was the home of the Martin Family wines. The new partnership quickly designed a plan to replant the vineyards, 14 acres of Zinfandel and Petite Syrah, using biodynamic farming as their guide and remodeling an old home into a beautiful tasting room, garden and visitor center.
 
Initial capital contributions in the LLC were made by: the Hurst Trust of approximately $1.6 million; the Dolan 2003 Trust of approximately $800,000; the Dolan 2005 Trust of approximately $800,000; and Mark De Meulenaere of approximately $170,000.  Upon the granting of the Class B Profits Interest (as defined below), the membership interests of the Hurst Trust, the Dolan 2003 Trust, the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Mr. De Meulenaere were classified as Class A Membership Interests.
 
In 2010, Virginia Lambrix was granted a 5% profits interest (the “Class B Profits Interest”) as a Class B member of the LLC.
 
In 2011, Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Hambrecht Wine Group”), purchased a 27.23% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $2,800,000.  Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2011 by and between the LLC and Hambrecht Wine Group, Hambrecht Wine Group's payment of such purchase price included transfer to the LLC of certain bulk wine and case goods and assignment to the LLC of the Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain trademarks.  Hambrecht Wine Group subsequently sold a 1.95% Class A Membership Interest to Forrester R. Hambrecht in May 2011.
 
On February 8, 2011, Barrie Graham was assigned Class A Membership Interests in the following  amounts: 0.75% by the Dolan 2003 Trust; 0.75% by the Dolan 2005 Trust; 2% by Hambrecht Wine Group; 1.5% by the Hurst Trust.  Anna Schweizer was also assigned a 1% Class A Membership Interest by Hambrecht Wine Group.
 
In 2012, Mr. De Meulenaere exercised his right to sell his Class A Membership Interest back to the LLC, as provided for in that certain Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement dated as of June 4, 2008, as amended on January 26, 2010 and last amended on May 3, 2012.  The repurchase price for Mr. Meulenaere’s interest was $360,000.  The LLC delivered $150,000 in cash, and $210,000 in a secured promissory note payable to Mr. De Meulenaere, bearing interest at 4.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance an unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.
 
Also in 2012, the Carroll-Obremskey Trust purchased a 13.51% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for a purchase price of $2,500,000. Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3, 2012 by and between the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and the LLC, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of common stock to the Carroll-Obremskey Trust upon the conversion of the LLC from a partnership to a corporation. Subsequently, we decided not to convert the LLC to a corporation.  On March 1, 2013, we and the Carroll-Obremskey Trust agreed to amend the warrant to provide the Carroll-Obremskey Trust with the right to purchase a 3% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for $500,000.  The warrant was exercised on March 1, 2013. Following this offering, the Carroll-Obremskey Trust is granted certain investor rights pursuant to a letter agreement dated May 3, 2012; these rights will terminate if, at any time, we cease to be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules.
 
In December 2012, the Carroll-Obremsky Trust agreed to purchase a 3.00% interest in the LLC from Hambrecht Wine Group for a purchase price of $500,000, pursuant to the terms of an Interest Purchase Agreement.
 
 
80

 
 
Organizational Structure
 
Following this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company and its sole asset will be a controlling equity interest in the LLC. Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs and consolidate the financial results of the LLC. Prior to the closing of the offering, the limited liability company agreement of the LLC will be amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure by replacing the different classes of interests currently held by our existing owners with a single new class of LLC Units. We and our existing owners will also enter into an exchange agreement under which (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) they will have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election.
 
 
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering:
 
 
Recapitalization
 
Immediately prior to the offering, LLC Units will be allocated among our existing owners pursuant to the distribution provisions of the former limited liability company agreement of the LLC based upon the liquidation value of the LLC, assuming it was liquidated at the time of this offering with a value implied by the initial public offering price of the shares of Class A common stock sold in this offering. Immediately prior to the offering, there will be 4,102,644 LLC Units issued and outstanding.
 
We refer to the foregoing transactions as the "Recapitalization."
 
Incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Truett-Hurst Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on December 10, 2012. Truett-Hurst, Inc. has not engaged in any business or other activities except in connection with its formation. The amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc. authorizes two classes of common stock, Class A common stock and Class B common stock, each having the terms described in "Description of Capital Stock."
 
 
81

 
 
Following the offering, one share of Class B common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be distributed to each existing holder of LLC Units, each of which provides its owner with no economic rights but entitles the holder, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote on matters presented to stockholders of Truett-Hurst, Inc. for each LLC Unit held by such holder, as described in "Description of Capital Stock—Common Stock—Voting Rights." Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.
 
We and the holders of LLC Units will enter into an exchange agreement under which, subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, they (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement."
 
Offering Transactions
 
At the time of this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. intends to purchase newly-issued LLC Units from the LLC at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of Class A common stock in this offering.  The LLC will bear or reimburse Truett-Hurst, Inc. for all of the expenses of this offering, including the placement agents’ fees .
 
As described above, we intend to use the proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Units. In addition, the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, or for cash, at our election. As a result of both the purchase of LLC Units and exchanges, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of the LLC. In addition, the exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of the LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that Truett-Hurst, Inc. would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment by Truett-Hurst, Inc. to our existing owners of 90% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that Truett-Hurst, Inc. is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of Truett-Hurst, Inc. and not of the LLC. We estimate that the tax basis of the assets of the LLC at the time of this offering will be approximately $1.178 million.  45.7% of such tax basis will be attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc. and 54.3% of which will be attributable to our existing owners. We expect that amortization with respect to all of the intangible assets, including goodwill, of the LLC at the time of this offering will be deductible for tax purposes. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions —Tax Receivable Agreement."
 
In connection with its acquisition of LLC Units, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will become the sole managing member of the LLC and, through the LLC, operate our business. Accordingly, although Truett-Hurst Inc. will initially have a minority economic interest in the LLC, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will have 100% of the voting power and control the management of the LLC.
 
We refer to the foregoing transactions as the "Offering Transactions."
 
 
82

 
 
As a result of the Offering Transactions described above:
 
 
·
the investors in this offering will collectively own 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock and Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold 2,902,557 LLC Units;
 
·
our existing owners will hold 3,450,087 LLC Units;
 
·
the investors in this offering will collectively have 43.9% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.; and
 
·
our existing owners, through their holdings of our Class B common stock, will have 52.2% of the voting power in Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Our post-offering organizational structure will allow our existing owners to retain their equity ownership in the LLC, an entity that is classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of LLC Units. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a domestic corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, in the form of shares of Class A common stock. We believe that our existing owners generally will find it advantageous to hold their equity interests in an entity that is not taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes. Our existing owners, like Truett-Hurst, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC.
 
As noted above, prior to the closing of the offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with our existing owners that entitles them to exchange their LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments, or for cash, at our election. The exchange agreement will provide, however, that such exchanges must be for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LLC Units or all of the vested LLC Units held by such existing owner. The exchange agreement will also provide that an existing owner will not have the right to exchange LLC Units if Truett-Hurst, Inc. determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Truett-Hurst, Inc. to which the existing owner may be subject. The exchange agreement will also provide that Truett-Hurst, Inc. may impose additional restrictions on exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that the LLC is not treated as a "publicly traded partnership" for United States federal income tax purposes.
 
Our existing owners will also hold shares of Class B common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. Although these shares have no economic rights, they will allow our existing owners to exercise voting power over Truett-Hurst, Inc., the managing member of the LLC, at a level that is consistent with their overall equity ownership of our business. Under the amended and restated certificate of incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc., each holder of Class B common stock will be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each LLC Unit held by such holders. Accordingly, as our existing owners sell LLC Units to us as part of the Offering Transactions or subsequently exchange LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. pursuant to the exchange agreement, the voting power afforded to them by their shares of Class B common stock is automatically and correspondingly reduced.
 
Holding Company Structure
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will be a holding company, and its sole asset will be a controlling equity interest in the LLC. As the sole managing member of the LLC, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC and, through the LLC, conduct our business.
 
 
83

 
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc. will consolidate the financial results of the LLC, and the ownership interest of the other members of the LLC will be reflected as a non-controlling interest in Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s consolidated financial statements.
 
Pursuant to the limited liability company agreement of the LLC, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to the members of the LLC and the amount of any such distributions. If Truett-Hurst, Inc. authorizes a distribution, such distribution will be made to the members of the LLC pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests.
 
The holders of limited liability company interests in the LLC, including Truett-Hurst, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC. Net profits and net losses of the LLC will generally be allocated to its members (including Truett-Hurst, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The limited liability company agreement will provide for cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the LLC if Truett-Hurst, Inc. determines that the taxable income of the LLC will give rise to taxable income for its members. In accordance with the limited liability company agreement, we intend to cause the LLC to make cash distributions to the holders of limited liability company interests of the LLC for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of the LLC that is allocated to them. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of the LLC allocable to such holder of limited liability company interests multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in Healdsburg, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income).
 
See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions— H.D.D. LLC Operating Agreement .”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
Executive Officers and Directors
 
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors as of March 8, 2013:
 
Name
 
Age
 
Principal Position
Phillip L. Hurst
 
49
 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
39
 
Director of Winemaking
Heath E. Dolan
 
39
 
Director of Vineyard Operations and Director
James D. Bielenberg
 
54
 
Chief Financial Officer
Paul E. Dolan, III
 
62
 
Director
Barrie Graham
 
65
 
Director
William R. Hambrecht
 
77
 
Director
Daniel A. Carroll
 
52
 
Director
John D. Fruth  
  69  
Director
James F. Verhey
  66  
Director

 
Set forth below is information concerning our directors and executive officers.
 
Phillip L. Hurst, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director .   With a winemaking degree from University of California-Davis, Phil Hurst began his career in the wine industry in 1985 at Fetzer Vineyards when he was hired by Paul Dolan to help make premium wines and build the brand.  Fetzer Vineyards was sold to the Brown-Forman Corporation in 1992, and Phil left in 1998 to run International Sales and Marketing for Golden State Vintners, Inc. which needed to bolster the senior management team for the launch of its initial public offering.  During his time at Golden State Vintners, Inc. (1998-1999), Phil met his future partners in what was to become one of the world’s largest private label beer, wine and spirits companies, Winery Exchange Inc.  As co-founder and Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing from 1999 to 2007, Phil helped grow the company to over $100 million in sales in less than 10 years.  Phil sold his stake in the company to partner with his longtime friend and mentor, Paul Dolan, to follow their dream of buying and building Super-premium wineries and vineyards in California’s premier appellations. Phil has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a managing member of the LLC since 2007 and as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Director . Paul Dolan has been involved in the wine business since 1975 and is considered the founding father of organics and biodynamics in the California wine industry. He is proud to say he is a fourth generation winemaker but even prouder to say his children have joined him. He started his winemaking career with what was then a small winery in Mendocino, Fetzer Vineyards, in 1977 and then helped the Fetzer family grow to one of the premier California wineries, selling over three million cases. Paul managed the company as President for the new owners, the Brown-Forman Corporation, from 1992 to 2002. He has served as Chairman of the Wine Institute (1990-2012) and became the first Chairman of the Sustainable Winegrowers Alliance (2002-2003). He holds a Bachelor of Arts in Finance from the University of Santa Clara and a Master of Science in Enology from the University of California-Fresno. He is also author of True to Your Roots: Fermenting a Business Revolution. Paul has served as a managing member of the LLC since 2010 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
 
Virginia Marie Lambrix, Director of Winemaking .   While on vacation seven years ago in South Africa, Virginia Lambrix tasted her first “serious wine.”  At that time, she was working for the Max Planck Institute for Chemical Ecology and realized it was time to learn about the art of viticulture.  Within a year, Virginia was studying horticulture and agronomy in the master’s program at the University of California–Davis, with an emphasis on viticulture and enology.  Before joining La Follette Winegrowing (2008), she worked for Hendry Ranch in Napa (2002-2003), for Concha y Toro S.A. in Chile (2004), and for Lynmar Winery (2004) and De Loach Vineyards (2005-2008), both in the Russian River Valley of Sonoma County.  At De Loach Vineyards, she learned about biodynamic farming, and worked closely with her growers to move their estates to organic and biodynamic farming practices to improve quality and moderate farming costs.  Virginia’s role at Truett-Hurst is vast. She is an equity partner in the business and manages all of the vineyard and winemaking activities for the fast growing company.  Whether in New Zealand, Paso Robles, the Russian River Valley, Napa Valley, the Dry Creek Valley or Mendocino, Virginia makes premium wines that range in price from $10 to $50 per bottle.  Virginia oversees production of nearly 3,000 tons of grapes with a special emphasis on 400 tons of Russian River and Dry Creek grapes processed at the state of the art facility VML Winery (Virginia Marie Lambrix), located in the heart of the Russian River Valley.  Virginia’s wines have achieved 90 points and above in The Wine Spectator and The Wine Enthusiast . She has served as Truett-Hurst’s Director of Winemaking since 2008.
 
 
85

 
 
Heath E. Dolan, Director of Vineyard Operations and Director . Heath Dolan has 16 years of experience in the wine business. In his past employment he managed the cellar operations for Fetzer Vineyards (1996-2002), with 12 million gallons of wine storage and 4 million cases of bottling. Heath developed, implemented and manages a wine storage partnership, Premium Wine Storage, in Santa Rosa, California (2001-Present). Heath is also a partner and manager of 210 acres of premium wine grapes in Mendocino (2000-Present). Heath has a Bachelor of Science in enology from the University of California-Fresno. He has served as a managing member of the LLC since 2010 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
   
James D. Bielenberg, Chief Financial Officer .   James Bielenberg is a California licensed certified public accountant who has specialized in manufacturing and the wine industry in his more than thirty-year public accounting and private industry career. He completed his public accounting experience with the international accounting firm Arthur Young (now known as Ernst & Young) (1984-1985) as an audit manager in their Entrepreneurial Services Group.  James has held senior executive/c-level positions with Accolade Wines North America, Inc. (2012), Ascentia Wine Estates, LLC (2011-2012), Francis Ford Coppola Winery (2010-2011), Kendall-Jackson Wine Estates (2003-2009), Klein Foods, Inc. (Rodney Strong Vineyards) (1991-2003) and Guinness America, Ltd. (San Martin Winery, Concannon Vineyards) (1986-1988).  He is a graduate of Golden Gate University with a Bachelor of Science in Accounting. James has served as Truett-Hurst’s Chief Financial Officer since 2012.
 
Daniel A. Carroll, Director .  Dan Carroll served as a partner/managing director of TPG Capital L.P. from 1995 to 2010.  He has served on the board of directors of Shenzhen Development Bank (China) (2005-2010), Myer Department Stores, Ltd (Australia) (2006-2009), Bank Thai, Ltd (Thailand) (2007-2009) and Healthscope Australia (2010-2011).  He received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University in 1982 and a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University Graduate School of Business in 1986. Dan has served as a managing member of the LLC and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
    
Barrie Graham, Director.   Barrie Graham has over 20 years of experience in commercial banking, having served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Exchange Bank (1995-2008), and as a Senior Manager at Wells Fargo (1985-1995). At Wells Fargo, Barrie was the Senior Vice President responsible for Business Development for the Commercial Banking Group. Barrie is a former Director and past-Chairman of the Pacific Coast Banking School at the University of Washington-Seattle  (1998-2011, Chairman 2009-2010) and a former Director of the California Bankers Association (2004-2008) . Prior to joining WR Hambrecht + Co (2011-Present), Barrie was President and Chief Executive Officer of hybridCore Homes (2009-2011) . Barrie is a Director of Empire Law School (2004-Present) and numerous non-profits. He has a Bachelor of Science in Industrial Engineering from Clarkson University, a Master of Business Administration in Finance from Golden Gate University and is a graduate of the Executive Management Program at Harvard and the Pacific Coast Banking School. Barrie is a former Marine Infantry Officer and has served as a m anaging member of the LLC since 2011 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
    
William R. Hambrecht, Director. In 1968, Bill Hambrecht co-founded Hambrecht & Quist, an investment banking firm specializing in emerging high-growth technology companies. He founded WR Hambrecht + Co in 1998 and continues to serve as the company’s CEO . Bill has served as a director for numerous private and public companies. He previously served as a Director for Motorola Inc. (2008-2011) and AOL Inc. (2009-2011), was on the Board of Trustees for The American University of Beirut (2003-2011) and served on the Advisory Council to The J. David Gladstone Institute (2005-2010) . In October, 2006, Bill was inducted to the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. He was appointed to the board of the Presidio Trust in 2010, where he still serves. Bill graduated from Princeton University and has served as a m anaging member of the LLC since 2011 and a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2012.
   
John D. Fruth, Director . John Fruth has worked in the health care industry for over 35 years.  He founded Ocular Sciences in 1983 and served as the company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until 2002 and continued to serve as its Chairman until the company’s acquisition by The Cooper Companies in 2005.  John then served on the board of directors and compensation committee of The Cooper Companies until 2007.  Currently, John serves on the board of directors and compensation committee of Nitinol Development Corporation (2008-Present) and the board of directors of the Fruth Family Foundation (2004-Present).  John received his Bachelor of Arts from St. Johns University in 1964 and has served as a Director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2013.
 
James F. Verhey, Director . James Verhey is the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Kaiser Ventures, LLC (1993-Present), formerly the Kaiser Steel Corporation.  He is also the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Verhey Advisors (2001-Present) and Premiere Viticultural Services (2001-Present). James was one of the original Managing Directors and Directors of Silverado WineGrowers (1997-2012), which owned and operated 14 premium vineyards. He was a Director of the Napa Valley Grapegrowers (2006-2011) and has served as Chair of its member services committee (2006-2010) and industry issues committee (2010-2011). James received his Bachelor of Arts in Math and Economics from Stanford University in 1969 and his Master of Business Administration from the University of California–Los Angeles in 1974. He has served as a director of Truett-Hurst, Inc. since 2013.
 
In accordance with our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:
 
 
·
The Class I directors will be William R. Hambrecht, Barrie Graham and Heath E. Dolan, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013;
 
 
·
The Class II directors will be Phillip L. Hurst, Paul E. Dolan, III and Daniel A. Carroll, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014; and
 
 
86

 
 
 
·
The Class III directors will be John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey, and their terms will expire at the annual general meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015.
 
Controlled Company Status
 
For purposes of the corporate governance rules of Nasdaq, we expect to be a “controlled company” upon completion of this offering. Controlled companies under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. Our affiliates will beneficially own more than 50% of the combined voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc. upon completion of this offering and will continue to have the right to designate a majority of the members of our board of directors for nomination for election and the voting power to elect such directors following this offering. Accordingly, we expect to be eligible to, and we intend to, take advantage of certain exemptions from corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. Specifically, as a “controlled company,” we would not be required to have (1) a majority of independent directors, (2) a nominating and governance committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (3) a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or (4) an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance and compensation committees. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the applicable corporate governance rules of Nasdaq.
 
Director Independence
 
Upon the completion of this offering, we expect that our Class A common stock will be listed on Nasdaq. As a “controlled company” we will be exempt from the Nasdaq requirement that independent directors comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. We will also be exempt from the Nasdaq requirement that each member of a listed company’s compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent.
 
If at any time we cease to be a “ controlled company” under Nasdaq rules, our board of directors will take all action necessary to comply with the Nasdaq rules, including appointing a majority of independent directors to our board of directors and ensuring that our compensation and nominating and governance committees are composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period. Our board of directors will undertake a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director and consider whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. In making this determination, our board of directors will consider the relationships that each of these non-employee directors has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deem relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock held by each non-employee director.  Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Under Nasdaq rules, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.
 
We will cease to qualify as a “ controlled company” once our affiliates cease to control a majority of the combined voting power of Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Board Committees
 
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee and a disclosure committee which have the composition and responsibilities described below.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our audit committee is composed of John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey, both of whom are a non-employee member of our board of directors, and Daniel A. Carroll. Daniel A. Carroll is our audit committee chairman and is our audit committee financial expert, as currently defined under the SEC rules. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Fruth and Mr. Verhey are independent within the meaning of the applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of Nasdaq.  We are currently relying on the phase-in period provided under the Nasdaq rules and under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, we plan to have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors as defined by Nasdaq within one year of our listing, and at least one director will satisfy the definition of audit committee financial expert as determined by the SEC.
   
Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process. Among other matters, the audit committee evaluates the independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; determines the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm; reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit and the audit fee; discusses with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of the annual audit and the review of our quarterly financial statements; approves the retention of the independent registered public accounting firm to perform any proposed permissible non-audit services; monitors the rotation of partners of the independent registered public accounting firm on our engagement team as required by law; reviews our critical accounting policies and estimates; and will annually review the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the audit committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.
 
 
87

 
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our compensation committee is composed of  John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey , both of whom are a non-employee member of our board of directors, and Paul E. Dolan, III. Paul E. Dolan, III is our compensation committee chairman.
 
Our compensation committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives, and makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee will administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our stock plans. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.
 
Nominating and Governance Committee
 
Our nominating and governance committee is composed of John D. Fruth and James F. Verhey, both of whom are a non-employee member of our board of directors, and Phillip L. Hurst. Phillip L. Hurst is our nominating and governance committee chairman. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for making recommendations regarding candidates for directorships and the size and the composition of our board of directors. In addition, the nominating and governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance principles and making recommendations concerning governance matters. Effective upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and governance committee will operate under a written charter adopted by the board of directors that satisfies the applicable standards of Nasdaq.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors. Historically, the following managing members of the LLC have participated in deliberations regarding the compensation of the LLC’s executive officers: Phil Hurst, Bill Hambrecht, Paul Dolan, Heath Dolan, Barrie Graham and Dan Carroll.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88

 
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
We refer to our chief executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers discussed below as our “named executive officers.”   We have also included our chief financial officer, James D. Bielenberg, who joined us in July 2012.
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
The following table presents information regarding compensation earned by or awards to our named executive officers during fiscal year 2012 for services rendered to the LLC.
 
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
 
Bonus
($)
  Stock Awards
($)(1)
 
Option
Awards
($)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compen-
sation ($)
 
All Other
Compen-
sation
($)
 
Total ($)
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Founder,
Chief Executive Officer
 
2012
 
137,111
 
13,598
     
 
 
10,800 (2)
 
150,709
 
Virginia Marie Lambrix,
Director of Winemaking
 
2012
 
111,462
 
10,171
     
 
 
 
121,633
 
Heath E. Dolan, Co-Founder,
Director of Vineyard
Operations
 
2012
 
19,000
 
     
 
 
 
19,000
 
James D. Bielenberg,
         Chief Financial Officer
  2013   200,000 (3)   8,333 (3)   103,000 (4)  
    68,667 (5)   311,333   
_____________________
 
 
(1)
This column reflects the grant date fair value of share based awards as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
 
(2)
Mr. Hurst began receiving a $900.00 per month automobile allowance on June 1, 2012.  The amount presented here represents Mr. Hurst’s expected automobile allowance for fiscal year 2013.
  (3)
Expected fiscal year 2013 compensation.
 
(4)
On December 28, 2012, Truett-Hurst, Inc. awarded Mr. Bielenberg a restricted stock grant of 42,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the grant, the award vests equally over three years.
 
(5)
Compensation in connection with reimbursement by the LLC for tax liability incurred by Mr. Bielenberg arising from our restricted stock grant of 42,000 shares of our Class A common stock to Mr. Bielenberg.
 
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
 
2012 Stock Incentive Plan
 
Our board of directors has adopted the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.
 
Share Reserve
 
As of March 8, 2013, we had reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan a total of 252,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Further, the 2012 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to one percent (1%) of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of such date.
 
Administration
 
Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer the 2012 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code the committee will consist of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. The administrator will have the power to determine and interpret the terms and conditions of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of the awards, the restrictions on transferability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also will have the authority to institute an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be reduced or outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for other awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices) or awards of a different type.
 
 
89

 
 
Stock Options
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and employees of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Non-qualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, and consultants and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. The exercise price of all options granted under the 2012 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our Class A common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any employee who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock or any parent or subsidiary corporation as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five (5) years, and the exercise price must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value on the grant date.
 
After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.
 
Stock Appreciation Rights
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our Class A common stock between the date of grant and the exercise date. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the base appreciation amount for the cash or shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. After the continuous service of an employee, director or consultant terminates, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right, to the extent vested, only to the extent provided in the stock appreciation right agreement.
 
Restricted Stock Awards
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are shares of our Class A common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director or consultant. The administrator may impose whatever conditions on vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.
 
On December 28, 2012, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to James D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer.  The award vests over three years, and had a fair value at the time of grant of $103,000.  This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the vesting period.
 
On February 4, 2013, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director. The award vests over three years, and had a fair value at the time of grant of $515,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the vesting period.
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are awards that will result in payment to a recipient at the end of a specified period only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the award otherwise vests. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting, restrictions and conditions to payment it determines to be appropriate. The administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or on the continuation of service or employment. Payments of earned restricted stock units may be made, in the administrator’s discretion, in cash, with shares of our Class A common stock or other securities, or a combination thereof.
 
 
90

 
 
Dividend Equivalent Rights
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the grant of dividend equivalent rights. Dividend equivalent rights are awards that entitle the recipients to compensation measured by the dividends we pay with respect to our Class A common stock.
 
Transferability of Awards
 
The 2012 Plan allows for the transfer of awards under the 2012 Plan only (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution and (iii) for awards other than incentive stock options, to the extent authorized by the administrator. Only the recipient of an incentive stock option may exercise such award during his or her lifetime.
 
Certain Adjustments
 
In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number or class of shares that are covered by outstanding awards, the exercise or purchase price of outstanding awards, the numerical share limits contained in the 2012 Plan, and any other terms that the administrator determines require adjustment. In the event of our complete liquidation or dissolution, all outstanding awards will terminate immediately upon the consummation of such transaction.
 
Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control
 
The 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined in the 2012 Plan, each outstanding award will terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction to the extent that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring or succeeding corporation. Prior to or upon the consummation of a corporate transaction or a change in control, as defined in the 2012 Plan, an outstanding award may vest, in whole or in part, to the extent provided in the award agreement or as determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator may condition the vesting of an award upon the subsequent termination of the recipient’s service or employment within a specified period of time following the consummation of a corporate transaction or change in control. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly in the event of a corporate transaction or change in control.
 
Plan Amendments and Termination
 
The 2012 Plan will automatically terminate ten (10) years following the date it becomes effective, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights under any outstanding award unless mutually agreed to in writing by the recipient and us.
 
 
91

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since June 30, 2010, to which we were a participant or will be a participant, in which:
 
 
·
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 or 1% of our total assets averaged for the last two fiscal years; and
 
 
·
any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock (which we refer to as 5% stockholders) or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section titled “Executive Compensation.”
 
H.D.D. LLC Operating Agreement
 
In connection with the offering, our existing owners will execute an amended and restated H.D.D. LLC Operating Agreement.  As a result of the Recapitalization and Offering Transactions, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will hold LLC Units in the LLC and will be the sole managing member of the LLC. Accordingly, Truett-Hurst, Inc. will operate and control all of the business and affairs of the LLC and, through the LLC and its operating entity subsidiaries, conduct our business.
 
Pursuant to the operating agreement of the LLC as it will be in effect at the time of this offering, Truett-Hurst, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made to holders of LLC Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holders of LLC Units pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective LLC Units.
 
The holders of LLC Units, including Truett-Hurst, Inc., will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of the LLC. Net profits and net losses of the LLC will generally be allocated to holders of LLC Units (including Truett-Hurst, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective limited liability company interests. The operating agreement of the LLC will provide for cash distributions, which we refer to as "tax distributions," to the holders of LLC Units if Truett-Hurst, Inc., as the sole managing member of the LLC, determines that the taxable income of the LLC will give rise to taxable income for the holders. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on our estimate of the taxable income of the LLC allocable to the holders of LLC Units multiplied by an assumed tax rate equal to the highest effective marginal combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate prescribed for an individual or corporate resident in Healdsburg, California (taking into account the nondeductibility of certain expenses and the character of our income). Tax distributions will be made only to the extent all distributions from the LLC for the relevant year were insufficient to cover such tax liabilities.
 
The operating agreement of the LLC will also provide that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Truett-Hurst, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with this offering), but not including obligations incurred under the tax receivable agreement by Truett-Hurst, Inc., income tax expenses of Truett-Hurst, Inc. and payments on indebtedness incurred by Truett-Hurst, Inc., will be borne by the LLC.
 
Exchange Agreement
 
Prior to the closing of the offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the existing owners of the LLC , several of whom are directors and/or officers of Truett-Hurst, Inc.  Under the exchange agreement, each existing owner (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement), exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. As a holder exchanges its LLC Units, Truett-Hurst, Inc.'s interest in the LLC will be correspondingly increased.
 
Tax Receivable Agreement
 
As described in "History and Formation Transactions—Organizational Structure—Offering Transactions," we intend to use of the proceeds from this offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Units. In addition, the holders of LLC Units (other than Truett-Hurst, Inc.) may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock of Truett-Hurst, Inc. on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. The LLC intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code effective for each taxable year in which an exchange of LLC Units for shares of Class A common stock or cash occurs, which may result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets of the LLC at the time of an exchange of LLC Units. As a result of both this initial purchase and these subsequent exchanges, Truett-Hurst, Inc., which we refer to as the "corporate taxpayer," will become entitled to a proportionate share of the existing tax basis of the assets of the LLC. In addition, the subsequent exchanges are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the assets of the LLC that otherwise would not have been available. These increases in tax basis may reduce the amount of tax that the corporate taxpayer would otherwise be required to pay in the future. These increases in tax basis may also decrease gains (or increase losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. The IRS may challenge all or part of the existing tax basis, tax basis increase and increased deductions, and a court could sustain such a challenge.
 
 
92

 
 
We will enter into a tax receivable agreement with our existing owners that provides for the payment from time to time by the corporate taxpayer to our existing owners of 90% of the amount of the benefits, if any, that the corporate taxpayer is deemed to realize as a result of (i) increases in tax basis r esulting from our exchange of LLC Units  and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to our entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement. These payment obligations are obligations of the corporate taxpayer and not of the LLC. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, the benefit deemed realized by the corporate taxpayer will be computed by comparing the actual income tax liability of the corporate taxpayer (calculated with certain assumptions) to the amount of such taxes that the corporate taxpayer would have been required to pay had there been no increase to the tax basis of the assets of the LLC as a result of the exchanges, and had the corporate taxpayer not entered into the tax receivable agreement. The term of the tax receivable agreement will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless the corporate taxpayer exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or the corporate taxpayer breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if the corporate taxpayer had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the tax receivable agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including:
 
 
·
the timing of exchanges—for instance, the increase in any tax deductions will vary depending on the fair value, which may fluctuate over time, of the depreciable or amortizable assets of the LLC at the time of each exchange;
 
 
·
the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange—the increase in any tax deductions, as well as the tax basis increase in other assets, of the LLC is directly proportional to the price of shares of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchange;
 
 
·
the extent to which such exchanges are taxable—if an exchange is not taxable for any reason, increased deductions will not be available; and
 
 
·
the amount and timing of our income—the corporate taxpayer will be required to pay 90% of the deemed benefits as and when deemed realized. If the corporate taxpayer does not have taxable income, the corporate taxpayer generally will not be required (absent a change of control or other circumstances requiring an early termination payment) to make payments under the tax receivable agreement for that taxable year because no benefit will have been actually realized. However, any tax benefits that do not result in realized benefits in a given tax year will likely generate tax attributes that may be utilized to generate benefits in previous or future tax years. The utilization of such tax attributes will result in payments under the tax receivable agreement.
 
We expect that the payments that we may make under the tax receivable agreement may be substantial. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding tax receivable agreement payments. There may be a material negative effect on our liquidity if distributions to Truett-Hurst, Inc. by the LLC are not sufficient to permit Truett-Hurst, Inc. to make payments under the tax receivable agreement after it has paid taxes. The payments under the tax receivable agreement are not conditioned upon our existing owners' continued ownership of us.
 
 
93

 
 
The effects of the tax receivable agreement on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of our purchase of LLC Units with our proceeds from this offering will be as follows:
 
 
·
we will record an increase of $4.478 million in deferred tax assets for the estimated income tax effects of the increase in the tax basis of the assets owned by Truett-Hurst, Inc. based on enacted federal and state tax rates at the date of the transaction. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance;
 
 
·
we will record 100% of the estimated realizable tax benefit resulting from (i) the increase in the tax basis of the purchased interests as noted above and (ii) certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement as an increase of $4.424 million payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement; and
 
 
·
we will record an increase to additional paid-in capital in an amount equal to the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liability due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement.
 
The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreement have been estimated. All of the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.
 
In addition, the tax receivable agreement will provide that upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the corporate taxpayer's (or its successor's) obligations with respect to exchanged or acquired LLC Units (whether exchanged or acquired before or after such transaction) would be based on certain assumptions, including that the corporate taxpayer would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the increased tax deductions and tax basis and other benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement. As a result, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement and (ii) if we elect to terminate the tax receivable agreement early, we would be required to make an immediate payment equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits, which upfront payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits. Upon a subsequent actual exchange, any additional increase in tax deductions, tax basis and other benefits in excess of the amounts assumed at the change in control will also result in payments under the tax receivable agreement. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity.
 
Decisions made by our existing owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by an exchanging or selling existing owner under the tax receivable agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase an existing owner's tax liability without giving rise to any rights of an existing owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreement.
 
Payments generally will be due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which the payment obligation arises, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return.
    
 
94

 
 
Payments under the tax receivable agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase, the corporate taxpayer will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreement. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreement in excess of the benefits that the corporate taxpayer actually realizes in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreement.
 
Tasting Room and Winery Lease
 
We entered into a lease with Hambrecht Wine Group, a member of the LLC, on February 8, 2011 for the VML Winery located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California, pursuant to which Hambrecht Wine Group, as landlord, leases to us, as tenant, substantially all of the buildings, grounds, parking areas and other facilities and equipment located at VML Winery.  The term of the lease is five years commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending on February 29, 2016, with a tenant option to extend for an additional five-year period.   We have the right of first refusal in the event that Hambrecht Wine Group desires to sell the leased property. Annual rent for the tasting room is $90,000, due monthly. Rent for the winery was $5,000 per month from March 1, 2011 to August 31, 2011, and beginning on September 1, 2011, annual rent for the winery increased to $171,000, due monthly. The winery rent is subject to adjustment based on the actual number of cases produced each year; however, future payments are based on a minimum number of cases, as specified in the agreement. Beginning on September 1, 2012 and annually thereafter, tasting room and winery rent is increased by 3%.
 
For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 , $42,500, $242,500, $130,000 and $35,527, respectively, of the lease payments were applied to reduce a balance due by Hambrecht Wine Group to us.  Lease costs of $22,750 were capitalized and are being amortized over the lease term. Lease expenses for fiscal year 2011 and 2012 and for the six-month periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 were $79,736, $262,836, $112,000 and $131,235, respectively.
 
Security Agreements and Limited Guaranties
 
In connection with our entry into the Bank of the West Loan on July 16, 2012, certain of our executive officers, as well as certain trusts and other entities under their respective control, entered into guarantee agreements as described below.
 
Limited Guaranty – Hurst Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Hurst Trust , a member of the LLC, and Phillip L. Hurst , director and Chief Executive Officer of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and a co-trustee of the Hurst Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Hurst Trust and Mr. Hurst, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Hurst Trust and Mr. Hurst, as guarantor, is limited to 42% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West, plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Limited Guaranty – Hambrecht Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Hambrecht Trust and William R. Hambrecht , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and trustee of the Hambrecht Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Hambrecht Trust and Mr. Hambrecht, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Hambrecht Trust and Mr. Hambrecht, as guarantor, is limited to 35% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West, plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Limited Guaranty – Dolan 2005 Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Dolan 2005 Trust, a member of the LLC, and Heath E. Dolan , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and a co-trustee of the Dolan 2005 Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Dolan 2005 Trust and Mr. Dolan, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Dolan 2005 Trust and Mr. Dolan, as guarantor, is limited to 26% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
 
95

 
 
Limited Guaranty – Dolan 2003 Trust : On July 16, 2012, the Dolan 2003 Trust, a member of the LLC, and Paul E. Dolan, III , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Dolan 2003 Trust and Mr. Dolan, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Dolan 2003 Trust and Mr. Dolan, as guarantor, is limited to 26% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Limited Guaranty – Carroll-Obremskey Trust: On July 16, 2012, the Carroll-Obremskey Trust , a member of the LLC, and Daniel A. Carroll , a director of the LLC and Truett-Hurst, Inc. and a co-trustee of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, entered into a Limited Guaranty pursuant to which the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and Mr. Carroll, together, guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and Mr. Carroll, as guarantor, is limited to 26% of the sum of all obligations due to Bank of the West plus the costs, expenses and interest associated with the collection of amounts recoverable under this guarantee.
 
Unlimited Guaranty – Hambrecht Wine Group : On July 16, 2012, the Hambrecht Wine Group , a member of the LLC, entered into an Unlimited Guaranty pursuant to which Hambrecht Wine Group guarantees the full payment to Bank of the West of all sums presently due and owing and all sums which shall in the future become due and owing to Bank of the West from us.  The liability of Hambrecht Wine Group, as guarantor, is unlimited.
  
Notes Payable
 
In connection with the waiver we received from Bank of the West, we executed convertible subordinated notes payable to Daniel A. Carroll and Stasia Obremskey, as trustees of the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst, as trustees of the Hurst Trust, Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Paul E. Dolan, III, as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust, in exchange for their contributions of $150,000, $150,000, $25,000 and $25,000, respectively, bearing interest at 10% per annum with interest and principal due on the earlier of March 1, 2014 or the completion of this offering; should this offering not be completed by March 1, 2014, the debt will be converted into Class A Membership Interests computed by dividing each note balance by $16,666,667.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Breach.”
 
We executed a $210,000 secured promissory note payable to Mark De Meulenaere , a member of the LLC, in connection with our repurchase of his Put Interest.  The note bears interest at 4.5% per annum and is payable monthly in principal and interest payments of $6,245 , with the entire principal balance and unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.  See “History and Formation Transactions.”
 
In connection with his departure from Winery Exchange Inc. and the termination of his non-compete agreement, we agreed to reimburse Phil Hurst in the amount of $321,291 , payable monthly in principal and interest payments of $12,556 .  This amount accrued interest at a rate of 0.43% per annum and matured in November 2012.  All amounts due under this agreement have been paid in full.
 
We executed a $350,000 note payable to Messrs. Hurst, Paul Dolan and Heath Dolan in connection with operating capital needs.  The note bore interest at 6.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance and unpaid accrued interest due and payable on June 30, 2012.  The note was paid in full with funds borrowed under the Bank of the West Loan.
 
Wine Contracts
 
We enter into grape and bulk wine purchase agreements from time to time with entities in which our executives and/or founders have financial interests.  These arrangements are:
 
Hambrecht Vineyards : On March 3, 2011, March 7, 2011, March 7, 2012, and September 26, 2012, we entered into contracts with Hambrecht Vineyards for the purchase of 150.5 total tons of Chardonnay, Pinot Noir, Petite Syrah, Syrah, Riesling, and Zinfandel grapes per year with prices ranging from $2,000 to $4,500 per ton depending on the variety and vineyard blocks of the grapes, for an aggregate price of up to $677,250 per year.  The contracts for the chardonnay and riesling grapes were for the 2012 vintage year only.  The other contracts are for the 2012, 2013, and 2014 vintage years.  Hambrecht Vineyards is owned by the Hambrecht Trust and the manager is Forrester R. Hambrecht, a Class A Member of the LLC and the grandson of William R. Hambrecht.
 
Ghianda Rose Vineyard : On April 25, 2012, we entered into a contract with Ghianda Rose Vineyards for the purchase of 160 tons of chardonnay grapes per year at a price of $1,470 per ton, for an aggregate price of $235,200 per year.  The contract terminates on March 15, 2015, or earlier upon written mutual agreement of the parties.  Ghianda Rose Vineyards is 100% owned by Diana Fetzer, wife of Paul Dolan.
 
 
96

 
 
Gobbi Street Vineyards : On April 25, 2012, we entered into a contract with Gobbi Street Vineyards, LLC for the purchase of 100 tons of Chardonnay grapes per year for an aggregate price of $152,300.  The contract terminates on March 15, 2015.  Paul Dolan is a manager of Gobbi Street Vineyards, LLC.  His wife, Diana Fetzer, and his daughter, Nya Kusakabe are each 33% interest owners in Gobbi Street Vineyards, LLC.
 
Mendo Farming Company : On May 15, 2012, we entered into a contract with Mendo Farming Company, LLC for the purchase of 114 tons of Zinfandel grapes per year at a price of $1,800 per ton and 12 tons of Petite Syrah grapes per year at a price of $1,600 per ton, for an aggregate price of $224,400 per year.  The contract is for the 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015 harvests.  Heath E. Dolan is the manager of Mendo Farming Company, LLC.  Mendo Farming Company is owned by the following members: (i) Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst as trustees of the Hurst Trust (33.333%  interest); (ii) Paul E. Dolan III, as trustee of the Dolan 2003 Trust (30.334% interest); (iii) Peter E. Dolan (17.333% interest); (iv) Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as trustees of the Dolan 2005 Trust (9.500% interest); and (v) Zachary Y. Schat and Melissa Schat, as trustees of the Schat Trust (9.500% interest).  Peter E. Dolan is the brother of Paul E. Dolan, III.
 
In connection with the waiver we received from Bank of the West, $650,000 in payments due on grape supply contracts to farms controlled by certain of our affiliates was subordinated to Bank of the West. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Covenant Breach.”
  
Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements
 
Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with, and offer letters to, our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.
 
Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance
 
We will enter into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers, and we purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. Effective upon the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into new indemnification agreements with our directors and certain of our executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Description of our Capital Stock—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”
 
Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions
 
Our board of directors reviews related party transactions for potential conflict of interest issues. Our board of directors intends to adopt a written related party transaction policy to be effective upon or prior to the completion of this offering to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us or a related person.
 
Director Independence
 
For a discussion of the independence of our directors, please see “Directors and Executive Officers—Director Independence” above.

 
97

 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
The following tables set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock and of combined voting power by (1) each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting securities of Truett-Hurst, Inc., (2) each of our directors and named executive officers, (3) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (4) each of the additional selling stockholders.
 
The number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding and the percentage of beneficial ownership o f our Class A common stock and combined voting power before this offering set forth below is based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering after giving effect to the Recapitalization. The number of shares of our Class A common stock and the percentage of beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and combined voting power after this offering set forth below is based on shares of our Class A common stock and LLC Units to be issued and outstanding immediately after the Offering Transactions. Beneficial ownership reflected in the table below includes the total shares or voting power held by the individual and his or her affiliates. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC.

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98

 


    Class A
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Class A Shares
Offered
    Class A Shares
Beneficially
Owned After the Offering (1)
    Combined Voting
Power Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Combined Voting
Power Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares     Percentage           Shares     Percentage     Percentage     Percentage  
                                           
                                           
5% Stockholders:
                                         
                                           
Kevin Shaw (2)   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
Directors and Named Executive
Officers:
                                         
Phillip L. Hurst (3)
  -     -     273,529     -     -     25.13%     12.42%  
William R. Hambrecht (4)
  -     -     -     -     -     12.94%     8.53%  
Heath E. Dolan (5)
  -     -     136,766     -     -     12.56%     6.21%  
Paul E. Dolan, III (6)
  -     -     136,766     -     -     12.56%     6.21%  
Daniel A. Carroll (7)
  -     -     -     -     -     18.52%     12.21%  
Barrie Graham
  -     -     -     -     -     3.86%     2.55%  
Virginia Marie Lambrix
  -     -     39,620     -     -     3.64%     1.80%  
James D. Bielenberg (8)   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
John D. Fruth   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
James F. Verhey   -     -     -     -     -     -     -  
Directors and Executive
Officers as a Group (10
persons)
  -     -     586,681     -     -     89.21%     49.94%  
Additional Selling Stockholders:
                                         
Forrester Hambrecht   -     -       6,642     -     -     3.05%     1.91%  
Mark De Meulenaere   -     -     25,606     -     -     1.18%     0.39%  
Anna Schweizer   -     -     33,628     -     -     0.77%     0.00%  
 
(1)
Following this offering, our existing owners will also hold one share of our Class B common stock. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each LLC Unit held by such holder.
(2)
Mr. Shaw was granted 210,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2012 Plan, which vest over three years and are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.  Holders of our restricted stock are entitled to one vote for each share of restricted stock held by such holder.
(3)
The voting power and shares of Class A common stock presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Hurst are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Hurst and his family members as to which Mr. Hurst is a co-trustee.
(4)
The voting power and shares of Class A common stock presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Hambrecht include those by Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., of which 83.6955% is beneficially owned by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Hambrecht and his family members as to which Mr. Hambrecht is the trustee, and by Forrester Hambrecht, Mr. Hambrecht’s grandson.
 
 
99

 
 
(5)
The voting power and shares of Class A common stock presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Heath Dolan are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Heath Dolan and his family members as to which Mr. Heath Dolan is a co-trustee.
(6)
The voting power and shares of Class A common stock presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Paul Dolan are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Paul Dolan and his family members as to which Mr. Paul Dolan is the trustee.
(7)
The voting power and shares of Class A common stock presented in the foregoing tables as beneficially owned by Mr. Carroll are held by a trust for the benefit of Mr. Carroll and his family members as to which Mr. Carroll is a co-trustee.
(8)
Mr. Bielenberg was granted 42,000 shares of restricted stock under the 2012 Plan, which vest over three years and are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.  Holders of our restricted stock are entitled to one vote for each share of restricted stock held by such holder.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
General
 
The following is a summary of the rights of our Class A and Class B common stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
 
Our certificate of incorporation provides for two classes of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.
 
Immediately following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:
 
 
·
7,000,000 shares are designated as Class A common stock;
 
 
·
1,000 shares are designated as Class B common stock; and
 
 
·
5,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.
 
Common Stock
 
Voting Rights
 
Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, each share of Class A common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to vote. Each holder of Class B common stock shall be entitled, without regard to the number of shares of Class B common stock held by such holder, to one vote for each LLC Unit in the LLC held by such holder.  Accordingly, the holders of LLC Units collectively have a number of votes that is equal to the aggregate number of LLC Units that they hold.  Subject to any rights that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, our Class A and Class B common stock vote as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.  Holders of our Class A and Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, or as required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter.
 
Dividends
 
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our Class A common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time. Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends.
 
Liquidation Rights
 
In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our Class A common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our Class A common stock.  Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive a distribution upon a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs.
 
 
101

 
 
Other Rights
 
Holders of our Class A common stock will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares.  All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.  The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our Class A common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
 
Preferred Stock
 
Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those granted to the holders of common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:
 
 
·
diluting the voting power of the holders of common stock;
 
 
·
reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive dividend payments;
 
 
·
reducing the likelihood that holders of common stock will receive payments in the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding up; and
 
 
·
delaying, deterring or preventing a change-in-control or other corporate takeover.
 
Warrants
 
There are no outstanding warrants to purchase our Class A common stock.
  
Registration Rights
 
In connection with the offering, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the holders of LLC Units pursuant to which any holder of LLC Units may request registration or inclusion in any registration of our Class A common stock in compliance with the Securities Act.  No holder of LLC Units will be entitled to exercise his or her registration rights after five years following the consummation of this offering.  The right of any particular holder of LLC Units to request registration or inclusion in any registration will terminate on the date, on or after the closing of this offering, on which such holder holds less than 1% of the outstanding Class A common stock (calculated on an as converted basis) or on which all shares of registrable securities held by such holder of LLC Units may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.
 
 
102

 
 
Anti-Takeover Provisions
 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the shares of Class A common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Immediately prior to the offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will be amended to limit the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting at such time as the controlling stockholders no longer beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares.
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will define “controlling stockholders” as: (i) Phillip L. Hurst, Paul E. Dolan, III, Heath E. Dolan, William R. Hambrecht, and Daniel A. Carroll; (ii) the existing and future lineal descendants, including adopted children, of Phillip L. Hurst, Paul E. Dolan, III, Heath E. Dolan, William R. Hambrecht, and Daniel A. Carroll; (iii) existing and future spouses of any Persons named in clauses (i) and (ii); (iv) any United States situs trusts for the current or future, direct or indirect, vested or contingent, benefit of any of the persons named in clauses (i) through (iii); (v) a custodial or retirement account benefiting any of the persons named in clauses (i) through (iii), (vi) any estate of any of the persons named in clauses (i) through (iii); and (vii) any entity (or wholly owned subsidiary of such entity) in which all of the equity interests are owned by any of the persons, trusts, accounts or estates named in clauses (i) through (vi).
 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require a 66 2/3% stockholder vote to amend the provisions of our bylaws relating to the election and classification of directors. Our amended certificate of incorporation and bylaws will limit the ability of stockholders to rescind, alter, amend or repeal the bylaws at such time as the controlling stockholders no longer beneficially own a majority of our outstanding shares.  The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the 66 2/3% stockholder voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors, as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.
 
These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
 
Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters
 
Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws also provide that we shall indemnify our directors and executive officers and shall indemnify our other officers and employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our bylaws would permit indemnification.
 
We have entered and intend to continue to enter into separate indemnification agreements with certain of our directors and executive officers that are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions provided by Delaware law and our charter documents, and may provide additional procedural protection. These agreements will require us, among other things, to:
 
 
103

 
 
 
·
indemnify officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise because of their status as officers and directors;
 
 
·
advance expenses, as incurred, to officers and directors in connection with a legal proceeding subject to limited exceptions; and
 
 
·
cover officers and directors under any general or directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by us.
 
We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law. We also make available standard life insurance and accidental death and disability insurance policies to our employees.
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.
 
Exchange Listing
 
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “THST.”
 
 
 

 
104

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, future sales of shares of Class A common stock, or the availability for future sale of shares of Class A common stock, will have on the market price of shares of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of shares of our Class A common stock.

Currently, no shares of our Class A common stock are outstanding (other than the 252,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock we have granted to our Chief Financial officer and an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, as described below) and 9 shares of our Class B common stock are outstanding, one share of which is held by each of our existing owners. There are currently 9 holders of LLC Units.

Upon completion of this offering we will have (in addition to the 252,000 shares of restricted Class A common stock we have granted to our Chief Financial officer and an independent contractor who serves as our creative director, as described below) a total of 2,902,557 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding. All of these shares of Class A common stock will have been sold in this offering and will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act by persons other than our "affiliates." Under the Securities Act, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with that issuer.
   
In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our existing stockholders, holders of LLC Units may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, or cash at the election of the LLC, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. Upon consummation of this offering, our existing stockholders will hold 3,450,087 LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock, or cash, at our election. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances. However, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with our existing stockholders that will require us to register under the Securities Act these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration Rights” and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights Agreement.”
   
In addition, our board of directors has adopted the 2012 Plan. The 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent rights to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.   As of March 8, 2013, we had reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan a total of 252,000 shares of our Class A common stock. Further, the 2012 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the first business day of each fiscal year, beginning with our fiscal year following the year of this offering, equal to one percent (1%) of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding as of such date.  See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”
 
On December 28, 2012, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to James. D. Bielenberg, our Chief Financial Officer. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value at the time of grant of $103,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the service period. See “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2012 Stock Incentive Plan—Restricted Stock Awards.”

On February 4, 2013, we made a grant of shares of restricted stock to Kevin Shaw, an independent contractor who serves as our creative director. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value at the time of grant of $515,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our consolidated financial results of operations over the service period. “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans—2012 Stock Incentive Plan—Restricted Stock Awards.”
   
Rule 144
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our Class A common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
 
·
one percent of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 290,000 shares immediately after the completion of this offering; or
 
 
·
the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
 
 
105

 
 
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
 
In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the date of this prospectus without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
 
Rule 701
 
Any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.
 
As of January 31, 2013, no shares of our outstanding Class A common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of Class A common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our Class A common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of WR Hambrecht + Co during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended under certain circumstances), we and they will not, among other things:
 
 
·
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock; or
 
 
·
in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of Class A common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A common stock; or
 
 
·
in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.
 
This agreement is subject to certain exceptions.  See “Plan of Distribution” below for additional discussion.
 
Registration Rights
 
In connection with the offering, we will enter into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with the holders of LLC Units pursuant to which any holder of LLC Units may request registration or inclusion in any registration of our Class A common stock in compliance with the Securities Act.  No holder of LLC Units will be entitled to exercise his or her registration rights after five years following the consummation of our first registered public offering of Class A common stock.  The right of any particular holder of LLC Units to request registration or inclusion in any registration will terminate on the date, on or after the closing of our first registered public offering of Class A common stock, on which such holder holds less than 1% of the outstanding Class A common stock (calculated on an as converted basis) or on which all shares of registrable securities held by such holder of LLC Units may be sold under Rule 144 during any 90-day period.
 
 
106

 
 
Registration Statements
 
We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our Class A common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under the 2012 Plan and shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.
 
Conversion of LLC Units
 
Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of an exchange agreement we will enter into with our existing owners, holders of LLC Units may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange LLC Units for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or for cash, at our election. Upon consummation of this offering, our existing owners will beneficially own 3,450,087 LLC Units, all of which will be exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock or for cash, at our election. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144 unless we register such issuances.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
107

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
 
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) with respect to the ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations related thereto. This summary is based on current provisions of the Code, final, temporary or proposed United States Department of the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial opinions, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We have not sought any ruling from the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions.
 
This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold shares of our Class A common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code).
 
This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws or tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction. This discussion also does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including without limitation:
 
 
·
banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;
 
 
·
partnerships or other pass-through entities;
 
 
·
tax-exempt organizations;
 
 
·
tax-qualified retirement plans;
 
 
·
dealers in securities or currencies;
 
 
·
traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;
 
 
·
U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
 
 
·
controlled foreign corporations;
 
 
·
passive foreign investment companies;
 
 
·
persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our Class A common stock; and
 
 
·
persons that will hold Class A common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle” or “conversion transaction” for tax purposes.
 
Accordingly, we urge prospective investors to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our Class A common stock.
 
If a partnership (or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership (or member in such other entity) will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Any partner in a collaboration holding shares of our Class A common stock should consult its own tax advisors.
 
 
108

 
 
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
 
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
 
In general, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not a U.S. person. A “U.S. person” is any of the following:
 
 
·
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
 
·
a corporation created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (or entity treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes);
 
 
·
an estate, the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
 
 
·
a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Department of the Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock
 
As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not anticipate paying dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. If, however, we make cash or other property distributions on our Class A common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current earnings and profits for that taxable year or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s adjusted tax basis in our Class A common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “—Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock” below.
 
Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically.
 
If a non-U.S. holder holds our Class A common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our Class A common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the aforementioned U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).
 
 
109

 
 
Such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
A non-U.S. holder that claims exemption from withholding or the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty generally will be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements prior to the distribution date. Non-U.S. holders that do not timely provide us or our paying agent with the required certification may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty or applicability of other exemptions from withholding.
 
A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
 
Gain on Sale or Other Disposition of Our Class A Common Stock
 
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:
 
 
·
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. holder in the United States and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder maintained in the United States;
 
 
·
the non-U.S. holder is an individual present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other requirements are met; or
 
 
·
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our Class A common stock, and our Class A common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests.
 
We believe we currently are not, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
Gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates generally in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
 
110

 
 
Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) but may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Non-U.S. holders should consult any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
 
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
 
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with respect to, each non-U.S. holder. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding generally will not apply to distributions to a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.
 
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our Class A common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.
 
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
 
Newly enacted legislation and administrative guidance may impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid after December 31, 2013 and the proceeds of a sale of our Class A common stock paid after December 31, 2016 to (i)  a “foreign financial institution,” as specially defined under such rules, unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury to, among other things, undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements or (ii) a foreign non-financial entity unless the entity certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and such entity meets certain other specified requirements. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
111

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into a placement agency agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to use its best efforts to procure potential purchasers for the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby . WR Hambrecht + Co is the representative of the underwriters.
 
Underwriters
Number of Shares
WR Hambrecht + Co
 
Sidoti & Company, LLC  
CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC
 
 
 
Total
                 

The underwriters are not required to take or pay for any specific number or dollar amount of our Class A common stock.
 
The following table shows the per share and total placement agents fees to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders.
  
   
Paid by Us
   
Paid by Selling Stockholders
 
             
Per Share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $       per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.
 
We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our Class A common stock have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representative. This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options and other exceptions, and in the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, exercise of options issued pursuant to a stock option or similar plans, and other exceptions. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
 
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares.  The price to the public and allocation of shares will be determined by an auction process.  The minimum size for a bid in the auction is 100 shares of our Class A common stock.  The method for submitting bids and a more detailed description of this auction process are included in the section entitled “The OpenIPO Auction Process.”
 
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “THST.”  In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the Class A common stock on Nasdaq, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.
 
 
112

 
 
Any underwriter who is a qualified market maker on Nasdaq may engage in passive market making transactions on Nasdaq in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M, during the business day prior to the pricing of the offering, before the commencement of offers or sales. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as passive market makers. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security; if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.
 
We estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding placement agents’ fees , will be approximately $641,970.
 
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
The underwriter s and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
 
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
113

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
Because WR Hambrecht + Co is an underwriter and its affiliates and associated persons beneficially own more than ten percent of our Class A common stock and the LLC Units, WR Hambrecht + Co is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” under FINRA Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto, subject to certain exceptions which are not applicable here. CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC has served as a qualified independent underwriter within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC will receive $     from us as compensation for that role. In addition, no underwriter with a conflict of interest will confirm sales to any accounts over which it exercises discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts. We have agreed to indemnify CSCA Capital Advisors, LLC against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114

 

LEGAL MATTERS
 
The validity of our Class A common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Morrison & Foerster LLP, New York, New York.  Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by K&L Gates LLP, Seattle, Washington .
 
EXPERTS
 
The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 2012 included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our Class A common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our Class A common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 
115

 
 

 
H.D.D. LLC
____________
 
Consolidated Financial Statements
 
As of June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for each of the years
in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012
As of December 31, 2012 and for the six months ended
December 31, 2011 and 2012 (unaudited)
with Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm




 
 
 
 

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
____________
 
 
 
 
Contents

   
F-1
   
F-2
   
F-3
   
 
F-4
   
F-5
   
F-6 - F-27




 
 
 
 

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Members
H.D.D. LLC

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of H.D.D. LLC (the Company) as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the related statements of operations, changes in redeemable contributed capital and members’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of H.D.D. LLC as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.



Santa Rosa, California
March 8, 2013
 
 
F-1

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
C ONSOLIDATED B ALANCE S HEETS
 
____________
 
               
 
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
A SSETS
                 
                   
Current assets:
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $ 116,472  
Accounts receivable
    939,086       1,257,697       1,041,354  
Inventories
    3,567,140       6,852,391       10,275,867  
Bulk wine deposit
    -       332,623       -  
Other current assets
    5,350       11,884       59,096  
                         
Total current assets
    4,785,998       8,621,904       11,492,789  
                         
Property and equipment, net
    5,055,783       5,083,109       5,509,504  
Goodwill
    -       -       134,327  
Intangible assets, net
    212,000       235,313       745,639  
Other assets, net
    46,092       142,291       126,118  
                         
Total assets
  $ 10,099,873     $ 14,082,617     $ 18,008,377  
                         
L IABILITIES, R EDEEMABLE C ONTRIBUTED C APITAL
                       
AND M EMBERS’ E QUITY (D EFICIT )
                       
                         
Current liabilities:
                       
Line of credit
  $ 1,998,954     $ 1,763,954     $ 5,713,205  
Accounts payable
    904,568       1,512,308       1,456,269  
Accrued expenses
    96,964       302,667       297,211  
Grapes payable
    -       -       253,362  
Amount due factor
    -       869,400       -  
Due to related parties
    253,298       77,194       905,646  
Current maturities of related party notes
    500,107       467,392       68,656  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    804,052       792,248       235,901  
Warrant obligation
    -       206,000       210,000  
Interest rate swap
    -       -       70,830  
                         
Total current liabilities
    4,557,943       5,991,163       9,211,080  
                         
Deferred rent liability
    37,236       57,572       55,696  
Related party notes, net of current maturities
    50,261       137,409       102,696  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    2,748,907       2,637,220       3,283,060  
                         
Total liabilities
    7,394,347       8,823,364       12,652,532  
                         
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)
                       
                         
Redeemable contributed capital
    6,246,151       5,886,151       -  
                         
Members’ equity (deficit):
                       
Contributed capital
    -       2,279,399       8,165,550  
Due from member
    (643,393 )     (35,527 )     -  
Accumulated deficit
    (2,897,232 )     (2,870,770 )     (3,086,787 )
                         
H.D.D. LLC members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )     5,078,763  
Noncontrolling interest in The Wine Spies, LLC
    -       -       277,082  
                         
Total members’ equity (deficit)
    (3,540,625 )     (626,898 )     5,355,845  
                         
Total liabilities, redeemable contributed capital
                       
and members’ equity
  $ 10,099,873     $ 14,082,617     $ 18,008,377  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-2

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF O PERATIONS
 
___________
 
 
                       
                         
         
Six Months
 
   
Years Ended June 30,
   
Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
                (Unaudited)  
                         
Sales
  $ 5,475,643     $ 13,148,953     $ 8,699,229     $ 8,820,255  
Less excise taxes
    (73,598 )     (455,558 )     (321,120 )     (249,939 )
                                 
Net sales
    5,402,045       12,693,395       8,378,109       8,570,316  
                                 
Cost of sales
    3,900,942       9,618,065       6,573,563       5,850,463  
                                 
Gross profit
    1,501,103       3,075,330       1,804,546       2,719,853  
                                 
Operating expenses:
                               
Sales and marketing
    595,226       1,387,321       782,142       1,146,316  
General and administrative
    1,435,908       1,194,353       428,318       1,581,239  
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )     -       -  
                                 
Total operating expenses
    1,919,984       2,574,729       1,210,460       2,727,555  
                                 
Income (loss) from operations
    (418,881 )     500,601       594,086       (7,702 )
                                 
Other expense:
                               
Interest expense and other
    (401,134 )     (463,339 )     (198,618 )     (179,762 )
Warrant re-valuation
    -       (10,000 )     -       (4,000 )
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       (70,830 )
                                 
Total other expense
    (401,134 )     (473,339 )     (198,618 )     (254,592 )
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (820,015 )     27,262       395,468       (262,294 )
                                 
Income tax expense
    800       800       800       1,600  
                                 
Net income (loss) before noncontrolling
                               
interest
    (820,815 )     26,462       394,668       (263,894 )
                                 
Loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
    -       -       -       (47,877 )
                                 
Net income (loss) attributable to H.D.D. LLC
                               
  members
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $ 394,668     $ (216,017 )
  
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-3

 
 
 
C onsolidated S tatements of C hanges in R edeemable C ontributed C apital and M embers’ Equity (Deficit )
 
____________
                                       
Total
 
   
Redeemable
                     
H.D.D. LLC
         
Members’
 
   
Contributed
   
Contributed
   
Due from
   
Accumulated
   
Members’
   
Noncontrolling
   
Equity
 
   
Capital
   
Capital
   
Member
   
Deficit
   
Equity (Deficit)
   
Interest
   
(Deficit)
 
                                           
Balances at July 1, 2010
 
$
750,000
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
(2,076,417
)
 
$
(2,076,417
)
 
$
-
   
$
(2,076,417
)
                                                         
Transfer of member loans to capital
   
2,696,151
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions
   
700,000
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions in exchange for due from
                                                       
member
   
773,085
     
-
     
(773,085
)
   
-
     
(773,085
)
   
-
     
(773,085
)
Capital contributions in exchange of inventory
   
1,114,915
     
-
     
87,192
     
-
     
87,192
     
-
     
87,192
 
Capital contributions in exchange of trademark
   
212,000
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions in exchange for rent owed
   
-
     
-
     
42,500
     
-
     
42,500
     
-
     
42,500
 
Net loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(820,815
)
   
(820,815
)
   
-
     
(820,815
)
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2011
   
6,246,151
     
-
     
(643,393
)
   
(2,897,232
)
   
(3,540,625
)
   
-
     
(3,540,625
)
                                                         
Capital contributions
   
-
     
2,279,399
     
-
     
-
     
2,279,399
     
-
     
2,279,399
 
Member exercise of put right for cash
   
(150,000
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Member exercise of put right for note to
                                                       
related party
   
(210,000
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Capital contributions in exchange for accounts
                                                       
receivable
   
-
     
-
     
8,100
     
-
     
8,100
     
-
     
8,100
 
Capital contributions in exchange of inventory
   
-
     
-
     
357,266
     
-
     
357,266
     
-
     
357,266
 
Capital contributions in exchange for rent owed
   
-
     
-
     
242,500
     
-
     
242,500
     
-
     
242,500
 
Net income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
26,462
     
26,462
     
-
     
26,462
 
                                                         
Balances at June 30, 2012
   
5,886,151
     
2,279,399
     
(35,527
)
   
(2,870,770
)
   
(626,898
)
   
-
     
(626,898
)
                                                         
Capital contributions in exchange for rent
                                                       
owed (unaudited)
   
-
     
-
     
35,527
     
-
     
35,527
     
-
     
35,527
 
Noncontrolling interest in The Wine Spies, LLC
                                                       
(unaudited)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
324,959
     
324,959
 
Recharacterization of contributed capital resulting
                                                       
from termination of Buy-Sell Agreement
                                                       
(unaudited)
   
(5,886,151
)
   
5,886,151
     
-
     
-
     
5,886,151
     
-
     
5,886,151
 
Net loss (unaudited)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(216,017
)
   
(216,017
)
   
(47,877
)
   
(263,894
)
                                                         
Balances at December 31, 2012 (unaudited)
 
$
-
   
$
8,165,550
   
$
-
   
$
(3,086,787
)
 
$
5,078,763
   
$
277,082
   
$
5,355,845
 

The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
 
F-4

 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
C ONSOLIDATED S TATEMENTS OF C ASH F LOWS
 
____________
 
 
                       
         
Six Months
 
   
Years Ended June 30,
   
Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
 
                (Unaudited)  
Operating activities:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (820,815 )   $ 26,462     $ 394,668     $ (263,894 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in)
                               
provided by operating activities:
                               
Depreciation and amortization
    86,092       108,492       56,653       76,259  
Note payable to member for reimbursement of right to market expense
    300,000       -       -       -  
Gain on sale of assets
    (111,150 )     (6,945 )     -       -  
Deferred rent
    37,236       20,336       -       (1,876 )
Warrant re-valuation
    -       10,000       -       4,000  
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap
    -       -       -       70,830  
Contributed rent
    42,500       242,500       130,000       35,527  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                               
Accounts receivable
    (829,206 )     (310,511 )     (886,771 )     216,343  
Inventories
    (1,216,967 )     (2,779,269 )     (612,507 )     (3,308,142 )
Bulk wine deposit
    -       (332,623 )     -       332,623  
Other assets
    (30,455 )     (102,733 )     (7,891 )     (27,349 )
Accounts payable
    765,877       607,740       1,010,014       197,323  
Accrued expenses
    36,367       205,703       219,644       (5,456 )
                                 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (1,740,521 )     (2,310,848 )     303,810       (2,673,812 )
                                 
Investing activities:
                               
Acquisition of property and equipment
    (390,106 )     (265,780 )     (364,433 )     (582,511 )
Acquisition of intangible assets
    -       (42,066 )     (122,146 )     (34,492 )
Acquisition of The Wine Spies, LLC
    -       -       -       (275,000 )
Proceeds from sale of assets
    111,150       6,945       -       -  
                                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (278,956 )     (300,901 )     (486,579 )     (892,003 )
                                 
Financing activities:
                               
Net proceeds from (repayments on) line of credit
    1,034,000       (235,000 )     -       3,949,251  
Advances from related parties
    115,622       -       -       828,452  
Payments to related parties
    -       (176,104 )     (221,647 )     -  
Proceeds from related party notes
    1,786,563       150,000       -       -  
Payments on related party notes
    (99,632 )     (305,567 )     (66,873 )     (433,449 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    -       100,000       -       3,526,015  
Payments on long-term debt
    (1,293,529 )     (223,492 )     (20,561 )     (3,485,891 )
Proceeds from amount due factor
    -       2,579,400       861,737       -  
Payments on amount due factor
    -       (1,710,000 )     -       (869,400 )
Member exercise of put right
    -       (150,000 )     -       -  
Member contributions for members' equity and warrant
    700,000       2,475,399       -       -  
                                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,243,024       2,504,636       552,656       3,514,978  
                                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    223,547       (107,113 )     369,887       (50,837 )
                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    50,875       274,422       274,422       167,309  
                                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 274,422     $ 167,309     $ 644,309     $ 116,472  
                                 
                                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                               
Interest paid
  $ 382,182     $ 546,139     $ 196,781     $ 195,016  
Income taxes paid
  $ 800     $ 800     $ 800     $ 1,600  
                                 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
                               
Contributed inventory for membership interest
  $ 1,202,107     $ 357,266     $ 357,266     $ -  
Contributed trademarks for membership interest
  $ 212,000     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Contributed rent for membership interest
  $ 42,500     $ 242,500     $ 130,000     $ 35,527  
Contributed net operating receivables for membership interest
  $ -     $ 8,100     $ 8,100     $ -  
Note issued to member for exercise of put right
  $ -     $ 210,000     $ -     $ -  
Due from member for membership interest
  $ 773,085     $ -     $ 625,059     $ -  
Transfer of member loans into equity interest
  $ 2,696,151     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Fair value of warrant
  $ -     $ 196,000     $ -     $ -  
Recharacterization of contributed capital
    -       -       -       5,886,151  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral
part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________

 
1.
Description of Operations

H.D.D. LLC (“we,” “us,” or “our”) was organized in the state of California in 2007. We own and operate Truett-Hurst winery located in the Dry Creek Valley and lease and operate VML winery, located in the Russian River Valley. We produce and sell premium, super-premium and ultra-premium wines from grapes grown on our estate vineyard, purchased from growers, bulk wine procured under contracts or on a spot basis, and finished goods from both import and domestic producers. These consolidated financial statements are presented as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012. As a limited liability company (LLC), our fiscal year end is December 31 st for tax purposes.
 
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting

The consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). As of and for the six month period ended December 31, 2012, we have consolidated the operations of our 50% owned subsidiary (see Note 16) from the date of acquisition. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation and our non-controlling interest has been appropriately disclosed on all of the related statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the interim consolidated statements of changes in redeemable contributed capital and members’ equity (deficit) for the six months ended December 31, 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2012 and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly our financial position as of December 31, 2012 and the results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six month periods are unaudited. The results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending June 30, 2013 or for any other future year or interim period.
 
Continued
 
F-6

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
               
                  
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less. There were no cash equivalents at June 30, 2011 and 2012 or December 31, 2012.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists primarily of trade receivables from customers. We review accounts receivable regularly and make estimates for allowance for doubtful accounts when there is doubt as to the collectibility of individual balances. In evaluating the collectibility of individual receivable balances, we consider many factors, including the age of the balance, the customer’s historical payment history, its current credit worthiness, and current economic trends. Bad debts are written off after all collection efforts have ceased. We generally do not require collateral from our customers. We do not accrue interest on past-due amounts. No allowance for doubtful accounts was recorded as of June 30, 2011 and 2012, or December 31, 2012 as bad debts have historically been negligible.

Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of bulk and bottled wine, capitalized cultural costs, merchandise and purchased grapes valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out or specific identification method. In accordance with general wine industry practice, bulk and bottled wine inventories are included in current assets, although a portion of such inventories may be aged for a period longer than one year.

Costs related to growing grapes on our vineyard are reflected in inventories as capitalized cultural costs. Upon completion of the harvest, these costs are included in bulk wine. Costs associated with winemaking and the production of wine are reflected in inventories as bulk wine until the wine has been bottled and is available for sale.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the asset, principally twenty to forty years for building and improvements, five years for machinery and equipment, seven to fifteen years for vineyard development, ten to twenty years for vineyard equipment, five to ten years for furniture and fixtures, the shorter of estimated useful life or lease term, generally five years for leasehold improvements and five years for vehicles. Costs incurred in developing vineyards are capitalized and depreciation commences when the related vineyard becomes commercially productive.

Expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful lives of property and equipment are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Gains and losses from disposition of property and equipment are included as a component of operating income (loss).
 
Continued
 
F-7

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
           
             
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. There were no events occurring for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, or for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, that required an assessment of impairment.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

We review our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets annually for impairment, or sooner, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We use April 1 as our annual impairment test measurement date. As of December 31, 2012, we have goodwill from the purchase of The Wine Spies, LLC in August 2012 (see Note 16). Similar to our indefinite lived intangibles, goodwill will be tested at least annually for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered. Indefinite lived intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks. Intangible assets determined to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally four years for the customer lists and non-compete agreement, five years for proprietary technology and ten years for the trademark.  Patents will be amortized over their estimated legal lives. Note 7 provides a summary of intangible assets segregated between amortizable and nonamortizable amounts.

There was no impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets during the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, or the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012. Additionally, there were no events occurring as of or for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 or for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 that required an assessment of impairment in addition to the annual assessment.

Other Assets

Other assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, principally five years for label design costs, ten years for loan fees, ten years for lease costs – related party, and five years for website design costs.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize wine sales when the product is shipped and title passes to the customer. Our standard terms are ‘FOB’ shipping point, with no customer acceptance provisions. The cost of price promotions and discounts are treated as reductions of sales. No products are sold on consignment. Credit sales are recorded as trade accounts receivable and no collateral is required. Net sales from items sold through our retail locations are recognized at the time of sale.
 
Continued
 
F-8

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
               
             
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Sales Discounts and Depletion Allowances

We record sales discounts and depletion allowances as a reduction of sales. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, sales discounts and depletion allowances totaled $803,747, $953,712, $422,684, and $616,292, respectively.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales includes costs associated with grape growing, external grape, bulk wine and finished goods purchases, packaging materials, winemaking and production costs, vineyard and production administrative support and overhead costs, purchasing and receiving costs and certain warehousing costs. No further costs are allocated to inventory once the product is bottled and available for sale.

Sales and Marketing Expense

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of non-manufacturing personnel, advertising and other marketing promotions. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, advertising expense totaled $21,632, $50,003, $18,847, and $20,123 respectively.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses include the costs associated with our administrative staff and other expenses related to our non-manufacturing functions.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

We report the amounts billed to our customers for shipping and handling as sales, and we report the costs we incur for shipping and handling as a sales and marketing expense. Our gross margins may not be comparable to other companies in the same industry as other companies may include shipping and handling costs as a cost of sales. Shipping costs were $40,417, $136,366, $263,635, and $266,930 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Taxes

We have elected LLC status under the Internal Revenue Code. The members separately account for their pro-rata share of income, deductions, losses, and credits. Therefore, no provision is made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for liabilities for federal, state, or local income taxes since such liabilities are the responsibility of the individual members.

State entity taxes of $800 were recorded for each of the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and $800 and $1,600 for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

We do not have any entity level uncertain tax positions. We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal or state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2007.
 
Continued
 
F-9

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
            
            
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Concentrations

Cash

We maintain cash that may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. As of June 30, 2011 and 2012, and December 31, 2012, these limits were $250,000.

Customers

The following tables set forth concentrations of sales and accounts receivable as a percent of each total:

                                       
Accounts
 
                                       
Receivable
 
   
Net Sales for the Years
   
Accounts Receivable
    Net Sales for the Six Months    
as of
 
   
Ended June 30,
   
as of June 30,
    Ended December 31,    
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
                            (Unaudited)    
(Unaudited)
 
                                           
Customer A
    23%       33%       28%       -       39%       21%       4%  
Customer B
    20%       18%       -       48%       19%       10%       -  
Customer C
    14%       10%       22%       11%       10%       8%       12%  
Customer D
    10%       6%       10%       6%       4%       9%       21%  
Customer E
    -       1%       -       4%       5%       12%       9%  
Customer F
    5%       6%       6%       -       4%       7%       3%  
Customer G
    -       -       -       -       -       2%       15%  

 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs . This guidance contains certain updates to the measurement guidance as well as enhanced disclosure requirements. The most significant change in disclosures is an expansion of the information required for “Level 3” measurements including enhanced disclosure for: (1) the valuation processes used by the reporting entity; and (2) the sensitivity of the fair value measurement to changes in unobservable inputs and the interrelationships between those unobservable inputs, if any. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-04 as of July 1, 2012.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment . This ASU allows for the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying value, then performing the two-step impairment test is unnecessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-08 as of July 1, 2012.
 
Continued
 
F-10

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
               
            
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

Recent Accounting Pronouncements , continued

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12. The amendments in this Update supersede certain pending paragraphs in ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income , to effectively defer only those changes in Update 2011-05 that relate to the presentation of reclassification adjustments out of accumulated other comprehensive income. We have adopted ASU No. 2011-12 as of July 1, 2012. There are no items of comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of operations.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment . The adoption of this standard provides for the option to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the indefinite-lived asset is impaired. If we conclude that it is not more likely than not that the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired, a quantitative impairment test is not necessary. We have adopted ASU No. 2012-02 as of July 1, 2012.
 
3.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
The terms of our credit facility require, among other things, compliance with certain financial ratios, including a current ratio, debt to tangible net worth ratio, and debt service coverage ratio, on a quarterly basis.  As described more fully in Note 16, we were not in compliance with the current ratio as of and for the three months ended September 30, 2012, and the current ratio and debt to tangible net worth ratio under the credit facility as of and for the six months ended December 31, 2012.  Our lender has issued a waiver related to the covenant violations; however, we also anticipate that we will not be in compliance with these covenants as of and for the nine months ending March 31, 2013.  Cash generated from operations is not expected to be sufficient to cure the expected covenant violation and; therefore, additional funding will be required.  A breach of any of the terms and conditions of the amended credit facility agreement could result in acceleration of our indebtedness, in which case the debt would become immediately due and payable.  We are anticipating raising additional capital through an initial public offering, which is expected to generate additional cash and cure the expected March 31, 2013 covenant violation prior to the debt being callable by the lender.  Alternatively, members will directly or indirectly contribute additional capital to us prior to the lender issuing a notice of default. 
 
4.
Accounts Receivable Pledged Under Factoring Agreement

In November 2011, January 2012 and April 2012, we entered into three agreements with a factor borrowing a total of $2,579,400 in order to finance three transactions with a vendor. We agreed to assign and sell receivables related to these transactions to the factor at a rate of 100% of each receivable plus 1.25% per month of the unpaid principal amount of the loan. We were fully and unconditionally liable for the principal and interest on the loan; therefore, we accounted for the transfer of receivables as a secured financing. Interest expense includes finance costs associated with factoring activities. The April 2012 agreement for the amount due of $869,400 as of June 30, 2012 was paid subsequent to year end. Interest of $0, $74,737, and $14,291 was paid under these agreements for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and six months ended December 31, 2012.
 
Continued
 
F-11

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
 
 
5.
Inventories

Inventories consist of the following:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Bulk wine
  $ 1,816,528     $ 3,180,865     $ 4,437,741  
Bottled wine
    1,585,371       3,342,650       5,715,399  
Merchandise and other
    165,241       244,189       103,248  
Capitalized cultural costs
    -       84,687       19,479  
                         
    $ 3,567,140     $ 6,852,391     $ 10,275,867  
 
            
6.
Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consists of the following:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Land and land improvements
  $ 2,742,482     $ 2,804,198     $ 2,804,198  
Building and improvements
    1,675,713       1,635,601       1,691,265  
Machinery and equipment
    320,377       474,832       960,602  
Vineyard development
    337,798       352,794       353,374  
Vineyard equipment
    329,525       329,525       329,525  
Furniture and fixtures
    116,125       131,054       149,674  
Leasehold improvements
    4,129       65,208       67,085  
Vehicles
    49,450       49,450       69,450  
                         
      5,575,599       5,842,662       6,425,173  
Less accumulated depreciation
                       
and amortization
    (519,816 )     (759,553 )     (915,669 )
                         
    $ 5,055,783     $ 5,083,109     $ 5,509,504  
 
Total depreciation and amortization for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 were $203,565, $239,737, $141,797, and $156,116, respectively, of which $122,309, $148,715, $92,590, and $115,334 was capitalized to inventories in each of the respective periods.
    
Continued
 
F-12

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
            
7.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net

Goodwill resulted from the purchase of a 50% interest in The Wine Spies, LLC in August 2012 (see Note 16), and represents the excess of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the net assets acquired.

Intangible assets consist of the following:
        
    June 30,    
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Finite lives:
                 
Customer lists
  $ -     $ -     $ 213,000  
Trademarks
                    169,000  
Proprietary technology
    -       -       95,000  
Non-compete agreement
    -       -       38,000  
Patent
    -       -       19,195  
                         
      -       -       534,195  
Less accumulated amortization
    -       -       (39,167 )
                         
      -       -       495,028  
Indefinite lives:
                       
Trademarks
    212,000       235,313       250,611  
                         
    $ 212,000     $ 235,313     $ 745,639  
 
Amortization expense of intangible assets and other assets (see Note 8) was $4,836 and $17,470, for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and $7,446 and $35,477 for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Expected future amortization expense as of June 30, 2012 is as follows:

Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 31,206  
2014
    16,040  
2015
    16,040  
2016
    14,762  
2017
    5,344  
Thereafter
    48,727  
         
    $ 132,119  
 
Continued
 
F-13

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
       
    
8.
Other Assets, net

Other assets consist of the following:

    June 30,    
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Label design costs
  $ 2,911     $ 80,908     $ 67,375  
Loan fees
    28,000       28,000       17,807  
Lease costs - related party
    22,750       22,750       22,750  
Website design costs
    -       30,000       30,000  
Other
    4,500       10,172       14,035  
                         
      58,161       171,830       151,967  
Less accumulated amortization
    (12,069 )     (29,539 )     (25,849 )
                         
    $ 46,092     $ 142,291     $ 126,118  

9.
Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

We had a $2,000,000 line of credit with a bank. Interest was payable monthly at the bank’s stated lending rate plus 1.5%. The interest rate in effect at June 30, 2012 was 6.5%. The line of credit matured on June 30, 2012 and was collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The amount outstanding on the line of credit at June 30, 2011 and 2012 was $1,998,954 and $1,763,954, respectively. The terms of the agreement required compliance with certain financial and non-financial covenants. At June 30, 2012, we were not in compliance with the covenant to maintain a minimum net income of $160,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011. The bank extended the maturity date in order to allow us to finalize a new financing facility with a different bank. In connection with that subsequent financing (see Note 16), we paid the line of credit in full.
 
Continued
 
F-14

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
        
             
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                 
property, payable monthly in principal and interest payments
                 
of $19,765 through December 31, 2012 at a 7% fixed rate of
                 
interest; variable interest rate thereafter at prime plus 3.25%;
                 
maturing December 2017 (see Note 16).
  $ 2,735,074     $ 2,687,856     $ -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property; payable monthly in principal and interest payments of
                       
$5,000; matures June 2012; variable interest rate of prime plus
                       
1% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30, 2011 and 2012; bank
                       
extended maturity date until financing secured with new bank
                       
(see Note 16).
    695,000       600,000       -  
                         
Auto loan; collateralized by vehicle; payable monthly in principal
                       
payments of $741; matures May 2013; interest free (0% at
                       
June 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012).
    17,039       8,149       4,445  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property and equipment; payable monthly in principal payments
                       
of $1,944 plus interest; matures December 2013; variable interest
                       
rate of prime plus 1% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30,
                       
2011 and 2012 (see Note 16).
    60,505       40,576       -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property and equipment; payable monthly in principal payments
                       
of $1,662 plus interest; matures February 2013; variable interest
                       
rate of prime plus 1% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30,
                       
2011 and 2012 (see Note 16).
    30,816       12,326       -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property and equipment; payable monthly in principal of $2,430
                       
plus interest, and one final principal payment of $2,375 plus
                       
interest in December 2011; variable interest rate of prime plus
                       
.875% with a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30, 2011.
    14,525       -       -  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                       
property; payable in four principal and interest payments of
                       
$2,777 and one final principal and interest payment of $89,390;
                       
matures June 2012; variable interest rate of prime plus 1% with
                       
a floor of 6.5%; 6.5% at June 30, 2012; bank extended maturity
                       
date until financing secured with new bank (see Note 16).
    -       80,561       -  
 
Continued
 
F-15

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
             

9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Long-Term Debt , continued
 
   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
               
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by a deed of trust on
                 
property payable monthly in principal payments of $11,270
                 
plus interest; matures May 31, 2022; variable interest of 2.25%
                 
above LIBOR; 2.46% at December 31, 2012.
    -       -       3,324,650  
                         
Note payable to a bank; collateralized by equipment payable
                       
monthly with principal and interest payments of $4,226; matures
                       
November 1, 2015; at 3.75% interest (see Note 16).
    -       -       139,907  
                         
Note payable to an individual; unsecured; matures March 1, 2013;
                       
interest at .43%.
    -       -       49,959  
                         
      3,552,959       3,429,468       3,518,961  
Less current maturities
    (804,052 )     (792,248 )     (235,901 )
                         
    $ 2,748,907     $ 2,637,220     $ 3,283,060  
 
Future payments for the long-term debt as of June 30, 2012 are as follows:
 
Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 792,248  
2014
    54,296  
2015
    58,221  
2016
    62,430  
2017
    66,943  
Thereafter
    2,395,330  
         
    $ 3,429,468  

Related Party Transactions

In February 2011, a new member contributed cash and assets valued at $2,800,000 for a 27.23% Class A membership including a due from member of $773,085 (see Note 12).

On February 8, 2011, we entered into an agreement with this member to lease a tasting room and winery. The lease is for five years, commencing on March 1, 2011 and ending on February 29, 2016, and contains one option to extend for an additional period of five years. We have the right of first refusal in the event the related party desires to sell the leased property. Annual rent for the tasting room is $90,000, due monthly. Rent for the winery is $5,000 per month from March 1, 2011 to August 31, 2011, and beginning on September 1, 2011, annual rent for the winery is $171,000, due monthly. The winery rent is subject to adjustment based on the actual number of cases produced each year; however, future payments are based on a minimum number of cases, as specified in the agreement. Beginning on September 1, 2012 and annually thereafter, tasting room and winery rent is increased by 3%. Lease expense is accounted for on a straight-line basis.
  
Continued
 
F-16

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
                 
 
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Related Party Transactions , continued

For the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, $42,500, $242,500, $130,000, and $35,527, respectively, of lease payments were applied to reduce the due from member. The entire due from member has been settled as of December 31, 2012. Lease costs to a related party of $22,750 were capitalized and are being amortized over the lease term. Lease expense for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $79,736, $262,836, $112,000, and $131,235, respectively.

Future minimum payments under the lease agreement are as follows:
 
Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 267,525  
2014
    275,551  
2015
    283,817  
2016
    194,413  
         
    $ 1,021,306  
 

Notes to related parties consisted of the following:

   
June 30,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2012
   
2012
 
   
 
   
 
   
(Unaudited)
 
                   
Note payable to a member for the repurchase of a certain
                 
percentage of their ownership interest in the LLC; pursuant to
                 
exercise of put right; unsecured; payable monthly in principal
                 
and interest payments of $6,245; matures in May 2015, at which
                 
time a lump sum payment for any remaining principal and
                 
interest is due; fixed interest rate of 4.5% at June 30, 2012
                 
and December 31, 2012 (see Note 12).
  $ -     $ 204,540     $ 171,352  
                         
Note payable to members; unsecured; payable in one lump sum
                       
payment of interest and principal of $351,959; matures June 2012;
                       
variable interest rate of prime plus 1% with a floor of 6.5%, 6.5%
                       
at June 30, 2011 and 2012; member extended maturity date until
                       
financing finalized with new bank (see Note 16).
    350,000       350,000       -  
                         
Note payable to reimburse a member for right to market expense;
                       
unsecured; payable monthly in principal and interest payments of
                       
$12,556; matures November 2012; fixed interest rate of .43% at
                       
June 30, 2011 and 2012.
    200,368       50,261       -  
                         
      550,368       604,801       171,352  
Less current maturities
    (500,107 )     (467,392 )     (68,656 )
                         
    $ 50,261     $ 137,409     $ 102,696  
                
Continued
 
F-17

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
          
          
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Related Party Transactions , continued

Future payments for the related party notes as of June 30, 2012 are as follows:
Years ending June 30:
     
2013
  $ 467,392  
2014
    70,215  
2015
    67,194  
         
    $ 604,801  

We had interest payments to members for amounts that were borrowed in connection with the original funding, as well as the related party notes described above of $21,341, $70,626, $364, and $10,388 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. In December 2010, $2,696,151 (the remaining amounts borrowed from members for the original funding) was converted to members’ equity. As of June 30, 2011, $86,288 of interest is recorded in due to related parties and was fully paid in the year ended June 30, 2012. There was no interest due to related parties at June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2012.

During the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, we paid members $384,893, $327,766, $102,894, and $267,813, respectively, for services rendered related to management duties.

We enter into short and long-term contracts to supply a portion of our future grapes, bulk wine and finished goods inventory requirements with third parties and related party growers. Future minimum inventory commitments at June 30, 2012 are as follows:
 
   
Third
   
Related
       
   
Parties
   
Parties
   
Total
 
                   
Years ending June 30:
                 
2013
  $ 4,399,815     $ 1,347,365     $ 5,747,180  
2014
    4,845,707       1,086,015       5,931,722  
2015
    4,571,522       1,086,015       5,657,537  
2016
    2,726,322       230,400       2,956,722  
2017
    357,072       6,000       363,072  
                         
    $ 16,900,438     $ 3,755,795     $ 20,656,233  
 
Grape, bulk wine, and finished goods inventory purchases under the agreements with related parties totaled $314,336, $797,733, $494,902, and $1,369,310 for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Amounts due to members for grapes purchased totaling $19,689, $77,194, and $905,646 are included in due to related parties as of June 30, 2011 and 2012 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
 
Continued
 
F-18

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
         
 
9.
Commitments and Contingencies , continued

Litigation

We may be subject to various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time. However, we are not aware of any current pending legal matters or claims, individually or in the aggregate, that are expected to have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Guarantees

From time to time we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify various parties against claims from third parties. These contracts primarily relate to (i) certain real estate leases, under which we may be required to indemnify property owners for environmental and other liabilities, and other claims arising from the our use of the applicable premises, (ii) certain agreements with our officers, directors, and employees, under which we may be required to indemnify such persons for liabilities arising out of their employment relationship, (iii) contracts under which we may be required to indemnify customers against third-party claims that our product infringes a patent, copyright, or other intellectual property right, and (iv) procurement or license agreements, under which we may be required to indemnify licensors or vendors for certain claims that may be brought against them arising from our acts or omissions with respect to the supplied products or technology.

Generally, a maximum obligation under these contracts is not explicitly stated. Because the obligated amounts associated with these types of agreements are not explicitly stated, the overall maximum amount of the obligation cannot be reasonably estimated. Historically, we have not been required to make payments under these obligations, and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets.


10.
Warrant Obligation

In May 2012, in connection with a member contribution, we issued a common stock warrant for 20% of the members’ equity interest ($500,000). The warrant will become exercisable at a calculated exercise price based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis once we establish a “C” corporation and complete an Initial Public Offering (IPO) (see Note 16). We have determined that the warrant qualifies for liability accounting. Upon issuance of this warrant we recorded a fair value of $196,000 utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following inputs; volatility 65%, risk free interest rate 4%, exercise price $0.20, fair value $0.1998, dividend yield of 0, and a term of 3 years. As of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, the adjusted fair value of the warrant obligation of $206,000 and $210,000, respectively, is recorded in current liabilities. The adjustment to fair value of $10,000 and $4,000 for the year ended June 30, 2012 and the six months ended December 31, 2012, respectively, is a component of other expense for each of these periods. The warrant expires in May 2015 and if we do not establish a “C” corporation and complete an IPO prior to the expiration date, the holder will have an additional 90 days to exercise for additional Class A membership.  The warrant was amended and restated and exercised in March 2013 for a 3% member interest in the Company (see Note 16).
                
Continued
 
F-19

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
 
           
11.
First Right of Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell

In connection with a First Right of Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell agreement executed in June 2008 (Buy-Sell) we established certain triggering events whereby we and certain members would have the option to purchase the affected members interest upon the occurrence of certain defined events. In addition, the Buy-Sell granted to certain members a put right, whereby commencing on the 5th anniversary of the agreement (June 2013), any affected member would be able to redeem their membership interest by putting it back to us for a purchase price of fair market value.

We have determined that all of the contributed capital that was received from affected members while the Buy-Sell was in effect should be considered temporary equity and is classified as redeemable contributed capital on the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2011 and 2012. The Buy-Sell was terminated in December 2012 (see Note 16).

The put right is   considered a liability . Management has determined that the put right has negligible inherent value and therefore has recorded no liability in the consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2011. The put right was amended in May 2012 to grant a member the right to immediately exercise his put right (representing 3% of the total Company as of this date) and to eliminate the put right for all other members prior to it becoming exercisable. Concurrent with this amendment, the member immediately exercised his put right (representing 3% of the total Company as of this date) and received $150,000 of cash and a note for $210,000 (see Note 9).


12.
Members’ Equity (Deficit)

We are governed by our Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement dated January 1, 2010. Class A members have contributed to the capital and are generally not required to make additional capital contributions. Class B members are allocated profits interests. Each member’s capital account is increased by the respective member’s share of profits and decreased by the respective member’s share of losses. In addition, the liability of the members is limited to the members’ total contributions.

In February 2011, a new member agreed to contribute $2,800,000 for a 27.23% Class A membership interest to be funded as follows: cash totaling $700,000; inventories valued at $1,114,915; trademarks valued at $212,000 and due from member of $773,085. During the year ended June 30, 2011, the due from member amount was reduced by the exchange of inventory of $87,192 and exchange for rent owed of $42,500. During the year ended June 30, 2012, the due from member amount was reduced by the exchange of inventory of $357,266, exchange for rent owed of $242,500 and exchange for accounts receivable of $8,100. As of June 30, 2011 and 2012, $643,393 and $35,527, respectively, of this member contribution remained due. The due from member amount is reflected as a reduction of members’ equity, and was settled at December 31, 2012 by exchange of rent owed of $35,527.

As of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2012, certain members transferred a percentage of their ownership interests to new and existing members. No member was transferred more than a 5% membership interest. As of June 30, 2011, the transactions diluted existing members’ interests disproportionately.

In May 2012, a new member contributed $2,500,000 for a 13.51% Class A membership interest that was funded entirely with cash. In connection with this contribution the new member received a common stock warrant (see Note 10).
 
Continued
 
F-20

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
           
          
13.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Accounting standards for fair value measurements establish a framework for measuring fair value. This applies to all financial instruments that are measured and reported on a fair value basis. As defined in the accounting standards, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair values of all reported assets and liabilities that represent financial instruments, we use the carrying market value of such amounts. The standard establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

Level 1 –Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2 –Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3 –Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, amount due factor, and long-term debt approximate fair values.

As of June 30, 2012 our only financial instrument that was measured using the valuation model of the three tiered hierarchy was a warrant that we issued in connection with a member contribution in May 2012 (see Note 10). The warrant obligation has been categorized as Level 3 and we have utilized a Black-Scholes valuation model to determine fair value.
 
The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of our warrant obligation using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the year ended June 30, 2012:

   
Fair Value
 
       
Balance as of July 1, 2011
  $ -  
Fair value of warrant obligation at acquisition date
    196,000  
Adjustment to fair value
    10,000  
         
Balance as of June 30, 2012
  $ 206,000  
 
Continued
 
F-21

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
            
 
13.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments , continued

In October 2012, we executed an interest rate swap obligation (see Note 16) that was measured using observable inputs such as the LIBOR and Ten-year Treasury interest rates, and has therefore been categorized as Level 2.

The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value of our warrant obligation using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the six months ended December 31, 2012 (unaudited):
 
   
Fair Value
 
       
Balance as of June 30, 2012
  $ 206,000  
Adjustment to fair value
    4,000  
         
Balance as of December 31, 2012
  $ 210,000  
    
Effect of Stock Price and Volatility Assumptions on the Calculation of Fair Value of Warrant Obligation

As discussed above, we use the Black-Scholes option pricing model as our method of valuation for our warrants obligation that is subject to liability accounting (see Note 10). The determination of the fair value as of the reporting date is affected by H.D.D.’s stock price (assuming a conversion to a “C” Corporation – see Note 16) as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, expected stock price volatility over the term of the security and risk-free interest rate. In addition, the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of an expected life for the securities for which we have estimated based upon the stage of our development. The fair value of the warrant obligation is revalued each balance sheet date utilizing Black-Scholes valuation model computations with the decrease or increase in fair value being reported in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as other income or expense. The primary factors affecting the fair value of the warrant obligation are our stock price and volatility. In addition, the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, and other reasonable assumptions could provide differing results.

The following illustrates the effect that reasonably likely changes in our stock price would have on the estimated fair value of the warrant obligation that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012.
 
         
Weighted average
variables used in
       
   
-10% change in
   
valuation as of
   
+10% change in
 
Common Stock Warrant
 
stock price
   
December 31, 2012
   
stock price
 
                   
Effect of a 10% change in stock price
 
 
             
Condition changed
 
 
             
Stock price
  $ 0.206     $ 0.229     $ 0.252  
Assumptions and conditions held constant
                       
Exercise price
  $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20  
Exercise life in years
    2.34       2.34       2.34  
Expected dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%  
Risk free rate
    0.31%       0.31%       0.31%  
Expected stock volatility
    60.00%       60.00%       60.00%  
Estimated fair value of warrant obligation
  $ 172,000     $ 210,000     $ 249,000  
 
Continued
 
F-22

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
      
         
13.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments , continued


Effect of Stock Price and Volatility Assumptions on the Calculation of Fair Value of Warrant Obligation , continued

Our reported net loss is $263,894 for the six months ended December 31, 2012.   If our December 31, 2012 closing stock price had been 10% lower, our net loss would have been approximately $38,000 lower. If our December 31, 2012 closing stock price had been 10% higher, our net loss would have been approximately $39,000 higher.

The following illustrates the effect of changing the volatility assumptions on the estimated fair value of the warrant obligation that was outstanding as of December 31, 2012:

         
Weighted average
variables used in
       
   
-10% change in
   
valuation as of
   
+10% change in
 
Common Stock Warrant
 
volatility
   
December 31, 2012
   
volatility
 
                   
Effect of a 10% change in volatility
 
 
             
Condition changed
    50%       60%       70%  
Expected stock volatility
                       
Assumptions and conditions held constant
                       
Stock Price
  $ 0.23     $ 0.23     $ 0.23  
Exercise price
  $ 0.20     $ 0.20     $ 0.20  
Exercise life in years
    2.34       2.34       2.34  
Expected dividend yield
    0%       0%       0%  
Risk free rate
    0.31%       0.31%       0.31%  
Estimated fair value of warrant obligation
  $ 183,000     $ 210,000     $ 236,000  
 
Our reported net loss is $263,894 for the six months ended December 31, 2012. If our December 31, 2012 volatility assumption had been 10% lower, our net loss would have been approximately $27,000 lower. If our December 31, 2012 volatility assumption had been 10% higher, our net loss would have been approximately $26,000 higher.


14.
Taxes

We do not have any deferred income tax assets or liabilities as of any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. We are subject to an $800 California franchise tax each year for each entity. Federal and California taxes on income are determined by the individual circumstances of each member based on the individual income tax returns of the members. Consequently, our net income (loss) is presented without a provision for taxes.
 
Continued
 
F-23

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
         
          
15.
Segment and Other Information

We operate in one segment for the manufacture and sale of wine. In accordance with ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting , our chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews operating results to make decisions about allocating our resources and assessing our performance. Since we operate in one segment, all financial segment and product line information can be found in the consolidated financial statements.

The following table outlines our sales, cost of sales and gross profit for the years ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, by distribution channel:

    Year ended June 30,  
   
2011
 
                   
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
       
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Total
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 4,050,246     $ 1,351,799     $ 5,402,045  
Cost of sales
    3,355,829       545,113       3,900,942  
                         
Gross profit
  $ 694,417     $ 806,686     $ 1,501,103  
 
    Year ended June 30,  
   
2012
 
                   
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
       
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Total
 
                   
Net sales
  $ 10,613,505     $ 2,079,890     $ 12,693,395  
Cost of sales
    8,810,129       807,936       9,618,065  
                         
Gross profit
  $ 1,803,376     $ 1,271,954     $ 3,075,330  
        
Continued
 
F-24

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
        
          
15.
Segment and Other Information , continued

The following table outlines our sales, cost of sales and gross profit for the six months ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, by distribution channel:

 
    Six Months Ended December 31,        
         
2011
             
         
Unaudited
             
                         
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
             
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Total
       
                         
Net sales
  $ 7,411,210     $ 966,899     $ 8,378,109          
Cost of sales
    6,245,243       328,320       6,573,563          
                                 
Gross profit
  $ 1,165,967     $ 638,579     $ 1,804,546          
                                 
    Six Months Ended December 31,          
              2012                  
           
Unaudited
                 
                                 
   
Wholesale
   
Direct
   
The Wine
         
   
Sales
   
Sales
   
Spies, LLC
   
Total
 
                                 
Net sales
  $ 6,476,245     $ 1,503,449     $ 590,622     $ 8,570,316  
Cost of sales
    4,823,616       651,751       375,096       5,850,463  
                                 
Gross profit
  $ 1,652,629     $ 851,698     $ 215,526     $ 2,719,853  
 
 
16.
Subsequent Events

We have evaluated all events occurring from June 30, 2012 through the date which these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

New Bank Credit Facility

On July 16, 2012, we executed credit facilities with a new bank totaling $12,981,684 to provide funds for working capital needs, to refinance existing debt, and to purchase new equipment. The credit facilities are collateralized by substantially all of our assets, require compliance with certain financial covenants and are guaranteed by certain equity members. The facilities include a line of credit for $9,000,000 that was funded in July 2012, that carries an interest rate of 1.75% above LIBOR and is due on or before May 31, 2014; $143,684 to fund previously purchased capital equipment that was funded in August 2012 at a fixed interest rate of 3.75% and due; an incremental $357,000 capital equipment line to purchase new equipment that was funded in January 2013 at a fixed rate of interest of 3.75% and is due on January 15, 2018; a $100,000 foreign exchange facility that has not yet been funded, that carries a 10% credit percentage and allows us to enter into any spot or forward transaction to purchase from or sell to the bank a foreign currency and is due on or before May 31, 2014; and a real estate loan for $3,381,000 that was funded in August 2012, that carries an interest rate of 2.25% above LIBOR. These funds were used to settle $5,535,273 of amounts due in the June 30, 2012 consolidated financial statements as described above.
 
Continued
 
F-25

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
                  
16.
Subsequent Events , continued

New Bank Credit Facility , continued

In October 2012, we executed an interest rate swap with a bank at a 4% fixed interest rate in connection with the real estate term loan maturing May 31, 2022. The outstanding balance at the date of the transaction totaled $3,347,190. This derivative is not designated as a hedging instrument and has been recorded at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in the fair value of this instrument have been recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations in other income (expense).

As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012, we were not in compliance with certain financial covenants included in our credit facility. In March 2013, the bank issued us a waiver for the financial covenants that were not met as of that date. As a condition of the waiver, the warrant (see Note 10) was exercised for a 3% membership interest in H.D.D. LLC. Additionally, $650,000 in related party obligations was subordinated and $350,000 of newly issued, convertible, subordinated debt was received from four of our members. The debt bears interest at 10% per annum, with interest and principal due the earlier of March 1, 2014 or the effective date of the anticipated IPO (see Note 16). Should the IPO not take place prior to March 1, 2014, the debt will be converted into Class A Membership Interest’s computed by dividing the Note Balance by $16,666,667.

Acquisition

In August 2012, we entered into a membership purchase interest agreement with an individual to purchase a 50% interest in The Wine Spies, LLC, to further develop our presence in on-line wine sales. The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination and we have recorded the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The fair values assigned to the identifiable intangible assets acquired (see Note 7) were based on estimates and assumptions determined by management and totaled $515,000. The intangibles are being amortized over their estimated lives ranging from four to ten years. We recorded the excess of consideration transferred over the aggregate fair values as goodwill in the amount of $134,327. We hold three of the four management control positions and therefore have consolidated the business as of the acquisition date. Noncontrolling interest is appropriately shown in the consolidated financial statements. The purchase consideration was $325,000; consisting of $275,000 cash and a $50,000 note that is payable on March 1, 2013 and carries no interest. The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 include the operating results of The Wine Spies, LLC from the date of acquisition. Pro forma results of operations for The Wine Spies, LLC acquisition have not been presented because the effect of the acquisition was not material to our financial results.

Amended Operating Agreement

On December 31, 2012, we terminated the Buy-Sell agreement provision in our operating agreement. Items presented as redeemable contributed capital have been reflected in members’ equity as of December 31, 2012.
 
Continued
 
F-26

H.D.D. LLC
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
____________
         
16.
Subsequent Events , continued

Initial Public Offering (IPO)

On December 10, 2012, we initiated the formation of a C Corporation, Truett-Hurst, Inc. (“Truett-Hurst” or “the Corporation”) in anticipation of an IPO for the newly formed Corporation. Truett-Hurst is a shell corporation that has not yet been funded. Three of our Members who own approximately 55% of H.D.D. LLC comprise the Board of Directors for the newly formed Corporation; therefore, we have determined that common control exists and the Corporation has been combined with our results of operations from the day of creation, December 10, 2012. There was no activity in the C Corporation from the creation on December 10, 2012 through December 31, 2012 except for the granting of a restricted stock grant to our Chief Financial Officer as described below. Upon completion of the IPO, it is anticipated that the Corporation will own 33.3% of H.D.D. LLC. The Corporation has two classes of common stock; Class A shares will be owned by the public and Class B shares owned by our Members. Upon completion of the IPO, we anticipate that Truett-Hurst will have control over H.D.D. LLC and Class B shares will have voting control over Truett-Hurst. As such, it is expected that the Corporation will include H.D.D. LLC in their consolidated financial statements after the IPO. Our Members, at their discretion, will have the right to convert their applicable percentage interest of member unit holding’s into fully paid and non-assessable Class A common shares in the Corporation. Upon conversion, Class B common shares will be tendered to the Corporation at no cost in the same percentage interest to the unit holder’s interest. Our Members have no preemptive or redemption rights.

On December 28, 2012, the Corporation granted a restricted stock grant to our Chief Financial Officer representing an equivalent 1% interest in H.D.D. LLC. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value of $103,000. This equity compensation will be expensed in our combined or consolidated financial results of operations over the applicable service period.

On February 4, 2013, the Corporation granted a restricted stock grant to our nonemployee Creative Director representing an equivalent 5% interest in H.D.D. LLC. The award vests over three years, has an exercise price of $0 and a fair value of $515,000. This equity compensation will be revalued quarterly and expensed in our combined or consolidated financial results of operations over the applicable service period.

Supplier Agreement

On February 26, 2013, we executed a supply of goods agreement with a supplier.  The terms of the agreement is seven years and the minimum purchase commitment for the first two years is $750,000 for each year.  Minimum purchase amounts for years three through seven are to be agreed upon six months before the commencement of each of those years, respectively.  Under the terms of this arrangement, we have exclusive rights to certain geographic regions, as long as minimum purchase levels are maintained.  Additionally, the agreement commits us to an annual marketing spend of the lesser of 5% of our net sales of wine supplied in the products, or $1,000,000.

Warrant Exercise

In March 2013, in connection with satisfaction of a waiver related to our financial covenants for our credit facility, we amended and restated a member warrant (see Note 10) to allow for the immediate exercise of the warrant for a 3% member interest.   As of December 31, 2012 the warrant was carried as a current liability of $210,000.  The member paid $500,000 of cash to exercise the warrant in full.
 
 
F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,902,557 Shares
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
 
Class A Common Stock

 
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
 
Until       , 2013 (25 days after the date of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
 

 
 
Part II – Information Not Required in Prospectus
 
Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution .
 
The following table sets forth the various expenses, other than underwriting commissions, incurred or to be incurred by us in connection with the sale of securities. All of the amounts shown are estimated, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fees and the FINRA registration fee.
 
SEC registration fee
  $ 5,939  
FINRA filing fee
    6,531  
Nasdaq listing fees
    50,000  
Printer fees and expenses
    55,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    400,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    65,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    9,500  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses
    50,000  
         
Total
  $ 641,970  
 
Item 14.  Indemnification of Officers and Directors.
 
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors and officers from certain expenses in connection with legal proceedings and permits a corporation to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that specifically provided by this section.
 
The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provide for, the indemnification of directors to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
The Registrant’s bylaws provide for, the indemnification of officers, directors and certain third parties acting on the Registrant’s behalf to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law.
 
The Registrant entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provisions provided for in its charter documents, and the Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
 
The Registrant intends to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in that capacity, subject to certain exclusions and limits of the amount of coverage.
 
Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
Initial capital contributions in the LLC were made by: The Hurst Family Revocable Trust Dated August 1, 2004 (the “Hurst Trust”) of approximately $1,637,000; The Dolan 2003 Family Trust Dated June 5, 2003 (the “Dolan 2003 Trust”) of approximately $818,000; The Dolan 2005 Family Trust Dated August 24, 2005 (the “Dolan 2005 Trust”) of approximately $818,000; and Mark De Meulenaere of approximately $172,000.  Upon the granting of the Class B Profits Interest (as defined below), the membership interests of the Hurst Trust, the Dolan 2003 Trust, the Dolan 2005 Trust, and Mr. De Meulenaere were classified as Class A Membership Interests.
 
In 2010, Virginia Lambrix was granted a 5% profits interest (the “Class B Profits Interest”) as a Class B member of the LLC.
 
 
II.1

 
 
In 2011, Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P., a California limited partnership (“Hambrecht Wine Group”) purchased a 27.23% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $2,800,000.  Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of February 8, 2011 by and between the LLC and Hambrecht Wine Group, Hambrecht Wine Group's payment of such purchase price included transfer to the LLC of certain bulk wine and case goods and assignment to the LLC of the Healdsburg Ranches and Bradford Mountain trademarks.  Hambrecht Wine Group subsequently sold a 1.95% Class A Membership Interest to Forrester R. Hambrecht in May, 2011.
 
On February 8, 2011, Barrie Graham was assigned Class A Membership Interests in the following amounts: 0.75% by the Dolan 2003 Trust; 0.75% by the Dolan 2005 Trust; 2% by Hambrecht Wine Group; 1.5% by the Hurst Trust.  Anna Schweizer was also assigned a 1% Class A Membership Interest by Hambrecht Wine Group.
 
In 2012, Mr. De Meulenaere exercised his Put Right as defined in that certain Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement dated as of June 4, 2008, as amended on January 26, 2010 and last amended on May 3, 2012, for a 3% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC (the “Put Interest”).  The repurchase price for the Put Interest was $360,000.  The LLC delivered $150,000 in cash, and $210,000 in a secured promissory note payable to Mr. De Meulenaere, bearing interest at 4.5% per annum, with the entire principal balance an unpaid accrued interest due and payable on May 3, 2015.  The note is secured by a membership interest pledge agreement.
 
Also in 2012, The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust Dated April 5, 1996 (the “Carroll- Obremskey Trust”) purchased a 13.51% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for a purchase price of $2,500,000. Pursuant to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of May 3, 2012 by and between the Carroll-Obremskey Trust and the LLC, we issued a warrant to purchase shares of common stock to the Carroll-Obremskey Trust upon the conversion of the LLC from a partnership to a corporation. Subsequently, we decided not to convert the LLC to a corporation.  On March 1, 2013, we and the Carroll-Obremskey Trust agreed to amend the warrant to provide the Carroll-Obremskey Trust with the right to purchase a 3% Class A Membership Interest in the LLC for $500,000.  The warrant was exercised on March 1, 2013. Following this offering, the Carroll-Obremskey Trust is granted certain investor rights pursuant to a letter agreement dated May 3, 2012; these rights will terminate if, at any time, we cease to be a “controlled company” under the Nasdaq rules.
    
The foregoing transactions were all completed as private placements i n reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) .
 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules .
 
(a) Exhibits
 
1.1
Form of Placement Agency Agreement*
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Truett-Hurst, Inc.*
3.2
Bylaws of Truett-Hurst, Inc.*
3.3
Articles of Organization of H.D.D. LLC
3.4
Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of H.D.D. LLC
4.1
Form of Class A common stock certificate*
5.1
Opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP*
10.1
Wine Supply Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and Robert Hall Winery, dated March 10, 2012
10.2
Member Interest Purchase Agreement by and between Brandon Stauber and H.D.D. LLC, dated August 1, 2012
10.3
Loan and Security Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated July 16, 2012
10.4
Security Agreement (Trademark) by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated July 16, 2012
10.5
Deed of Trust, Security Agreement, Assignment of Leases, Rents, and Profits, and Fixture Filing by and between H.D.D. LLC and First Santa Clara Corporation for the use and benefit of Bank of the West, dated July 16, 2012
 
 
II.2

 
 
10.6
Line of Credit Note, in the principal amount of $9,000,000, dated July 16, 2012
10.7
Term Note, in the principal amount of $3,381,000, dated July 16, 2012
10.8
Equipment Purchase Line of Credit Note, in the principal amount of $300,000, dated July 16, 2012
10.9
Modification Agreement, by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated October 3, 2012
10.10
Foreign Exchange Note, in the principal amount of $100,000, dated July 16, 2012
10.11
Master Equipment Financing Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and Bank of the West, dated October 2, 2012
10.12
Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and West Coast Paper Company, dated August 24, 2012
10.13
Lease by and between H.D.D. LLC and Hambrecht Wine Group L.P., dated February 8, 2011
10.14
2012 Stock Incentive Plan
10.15
Form of Exchange Agreement
10.16
Form of Tax Receivable Agreement
10.17
Form of Registration Rights Agreement*
10.18
Supply of Goods Agreement by and between H.D.D. LLC and GreenBottle Limited, dated February 26, 2013
10.19
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Carroll-Obremskey Trust, in the principal amount of $150,000, dated March 1, 2013
10.20
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Hurst Trust, in the principal amount of $150,000, dated March 1, 2013
10.21
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Dolan 2003 Trust, in the principal amount of $25,000, dated March 1, 2013
10.22
Convertible Promissory Note, payable to the Dolan 2005 Trust, in the principal amount of $25,000, dated March 1, 2013
14
Code of Ethics*
21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1
Consent of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2
Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP**
24 
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

__________________________
*To be filed by amendment
**Contained in Exhibit 5.1
 
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
Item 17.  Undertakings .
 
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted as to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
 
II.3

 
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
 
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this Registration Statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
(iv)  Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
 
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
 
 
 
 
II.4

 
 
Signatures
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we have duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Healdsburg, State of California, on the 11 th day of March, 2013.
     
     TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
       
 
 
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst
 
   
Phillip L. Hurst
Chief Executive Officer
 
       
       
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTED, that each director and officer of TRUETT-HURST, INC. whose signature appears below hereby appoints Phillip L. Hurst and James D. Bielenberg, and each of them severally, acting alone and without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution or re-substitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign on such person’s behalf, individually and in each capacity stated below, any and all amendments, including post-effective amendments to this Registration Statement, and to sign any and all additional registration statements relating to the same offering of securities of the Registration Statement that are filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst
 
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
 
March 11, 2013
Phillip L. Hurst   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ James D. Bielenberg
  Chief Financial Officer  
March 11, 2013
James D. Bielenberg   (Principal Financial Officer and    
 
 
 
Principal Accounting Officer)
   
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
Paul E. Dolan, III        
         
/s/ Barrie Graham
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
Barrie Graham        
         
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
William R. Hambrecht        
         
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
Daniel A. Carroll        
         
/s/ Heath E. Dolan
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
Heath E. Dolan        
         
/s/ John D. Fruth
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
John D. Fruth
       
         
/s/ James F. Verhey
 
Director
 
March 11, 2013
James F. Verhey
       
 
 


Exhibit 3.3
 
 
 
State of California
Secretary of State
 
 

I, DEBRA BOWEN, Secretary of State of the State of California, hereby certify:
 
That the attached transcript of 1 page(s) was prepared by and in this office from the record on file, of which it purports to be a copy, and that it is full, true and correct.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
  LLC-1    File #  200729610091
           
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
 
 
 
A $70.00 filing fee must accompany this form.
   
IMPORTANT  Read instructions before completing this form.
  This Space Is For Filling Use Only
ENTITY NAME (End the name with the words "Limited Liability Company," or the abbreviations "LLC' or "L.LC." The words "Limited" and "Company" may be abbreviated to "Ltd." and "Co.," respectively.)
 1.      NAME OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
                 H.D.D LLC
PURPOSE (The following statement is required by statute and should not be altered.)
2.     THE PURPOSE OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY IS TO ENGAGE IN ANY LAWFUL ACT OR ACTIVITY FOR WHICH A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MAY BE ORGANIZED UNDER THE BEVERLY-KILLEA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT.
INITIAL AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS (if the agent is an Individual, the agent must reside in California and both Items 3 and 4 must be completed. If the agent is a corporation, the agent must have on file with the California Secretary of State a certificate pursuant to Corporations Code section 1505 and Item 3 must be completed (leave Item 4 blank).
3.     NAME OF INITIAL AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
               MARK DE MEULENAERE
4.     IF AN INDIVIDUAL, ADDRESS OF INITIAL AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN CALIFORNIA   CITY     STATE       ZIP CODE
               6 HIGHLAND DR.                                                                                                                                          UKIAH           CA               95482
MANAGEMENT (Check only one)
5.     THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WILL BE MANAGED BY:
o  ONE MANAGER
o  MORE THAN ONE MANAGER
x  ALL LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MEMBER(S)
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
6.     ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SET FORTH ON THE ATTACHED PAGES, IF ANY, IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE AND MADE A PART OF THIS CERTIFICATE
EXECUTION
   
7.     I DECLARE I AM THE PERSON WHO EXECUTED THIS INSTRUMENT, WHICH EXECUTION IS MY ACT AND DEED.
       
  10/23/07   /s/ Mark De Meulenaere   
  Date  
SIGNATURE OF ORGANIZER
 
       
    MARK DE MEULENAERE  
   
TYPE OR PRINT NAME OF ORGANIZER
 
       
LLC-1 (REV 04/2007)
APPROVED BY SECRETARY OF STATE
 
 
 

Exhibit 3.4

 


 
H.D.D. LLC
a California Limited Liability Company

 


 
 
 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
 
 
 
DATED AS OF __________, 2013
 
 
 
 
THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS IN H.D.D. LLC HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE BEING SOLD IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT; AND (III) ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BETWEEN THE MANAGING MEMBER AND THE APPLICABLE MEMBER. THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OF RECORD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT, AND ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BY THE MANAGING MEMBER AND THE APPLICABLE MEMBER. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
     
ARTICLE I                    DEFINITIONS
1
               
Section 1.1
Definitions
1
 
Section 1.2
Terms Generally
9
ARTICLE II                   GENERAL PROVISIONS
10
 
Section 2.1
Formation
10
 
Section 2.2
Name
11
 
Section 2.3
Term
11
 
Section 2.4
Purpose; Powers
11
 
Section 2.5
Existence and Good Standing; Foreign Qualification
11
 
Section 2.6
Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices
12
 
Section 2.7
No State Law Partnership
12
 
Section 2.8
Admission
12
ARTICLE III                  CAPITALIZATION
13
 
Section 3.1
Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedules
13
 
Section 3.2
Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units
13
 
Section 3.3
Capital Accounts
14
 
Section 3.4
No Withdrawal
17
 
Section 3.5
Loans From Members
17
 
Section 3.6
No Right of Partition
17
 
Section 3.7
Non-Certification of Units; Legend; Units are Securities
17
ARTICLE IV                   DISTRIBUTIONS
19
 
Section 4.1
Distributions
19
 
Section 4.2
Successors
19
 
Section 4.3
Tax Distributions
20
 
Section 4.4
Withholding
20
 
Section 4.5
Security Interest and Right of Set Off; Indemnification
20
 
Section 4.6
Certain Distributions
21
 
Section 4.7
Limitation
21
ARTICLE V                   ALLOCATIONS
21
 
Section 5.1
Allocations for Capital Account Purposes
21
 
Section 5.2
Allocations for Tax Purposes
24
 
 
i

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
     
Page
       
 
Section 5.3
Members’ Tax Reporting
26
 
Section 5.4
Certain Costs and Expenses
26
ARTICLE VI                   MANAGEMENT
26
 
Section 6.1
Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties
26
 
Section 6.2
Officers
27
 
Section 6.3
Liability of Members
28
 
Section 6.4
Indemnification by the Company
29
 
Section 6.5
Investment Representations of Members
30
ARTICLE VII                 WITHDRAWAL; DISSOLUTION; TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS; ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
30
 
Section 7.1
Member Withdrawal
30
 
Section 7.2
Dissolution
30
 
Section 7.3
Transfer by Members
31
 
Section 7.4
Admission or Substitution of New Members
32
 
Section 7.5
Additional Requirements
33
 
Section 7.6
Mandatory Exchange
34
 
Section 7.7
Bankruptcy
34
ARTICLE VIII                BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION; TAX MATTERS
34
 
Section 8.1
Books and Records
34
 
Section 8.2
Information
34
 
Section 8.3
Fiscal Year
34
 
Section 8.4
Certain Tax Matters
35
ARTICLE IX                  MISCELLANEOUS
36
 
Section 9.1
Separate Agreements; Schedules
36
 
Section 9.2
Governing Law
36
 
Section 9.3
Successors and Assigns
37
 
Section 9.4
Amendments and Waivers
37
 
Section 9.5
Notices
38
 
Section 9.6
Counterparts
38
 
Section 9.7
Power of Attorney
38
 
Section 9.8
Entire Agreement
39
 
 
ii

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
     
Page
       
 
Section 9.9
Remedies
39
 
Section 9.10
Severability
39
 
Section 9.11
Creditors
39
 
Section 9.12
Waiver
39
 
Section 9.13
Further Action
39
 
Section 9.14
Delivery by Facsimile or Email
40
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iii

 
 
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
OPERATING AGREEMENT
OF
H.D.D. LLC
A California Limited Liability Company
 
 
This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT of H.D.D. LLC (the “ Company ”), dated and effective as of [ Ÿ ], 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is adopted, executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by and among the Members (as defined below).
 
WHEREAS, on October 23, 2007, Articles of Organization for the Company, as organized under the laws of the State of California, were filed with the California Secretary of State as file number 200729610091.
 
WHEREAS, the Company was governed by that certain Operating Agreement for H.D.D. LLC, as of October 30, 2007 (the “ Original Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, as of June 4, 2008, the Original Agreement was amended and restated in accordance with its terms (the “ First Amended Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, as of January 1, 2010, the First Amended Agreement was amended and restated in accordance with its terms (the “ Second Amended Agreement ”);
 
WHEREAS, the Members (as defined in the Second Amended Agreement) wish to amend and restate the Second Amended Agreement in accordance with its terms and, in connection therewith, to (1) convert all outstanding limited liability company interests in the Company into LLC Units (as defined below) and (2) admit Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as sole Managing Member of the Company; and
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company.
 
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, each intending to be legally bound, agree that the Second Amended Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
Section 1.1     Definitions .
 
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings for purposes of this Agreement:
 
 
 

 
 
Act ” means the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (California Corporations Code Sections 17000-17655), as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor to the Act.
 
Additional Member ” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 7.4 by virtue of having received its Membership Interest from the Company and not from any other Member or Assignee.
 
Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Member as of the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, (a) increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Member in subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such Fiscal Year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Member in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Member’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or Section 5.1(b)(ii) ). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Member in respect of a Unit shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such Unit were the only interest in the Company held by such Member from and after the date on which such Unit was first issued.
 
Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) or Section 3.3(c)(ii) .
 
Affiliate ” when used with reference to another Person means any Person (other than the Company), directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such other Person. In addition, Affiliates of a Member shall include all its directors, managers, officers and employees in their capacities as such.
 
Agreed Value ” of any Contributed Property means the Fair Market Value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the Managing Member, without taking into account any liabilities to which such Contributed Property was subject at such time. The Managing Member shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Company in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the Fair Market Value of each Contributed Property.
 
Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Articles of Organization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .
 
 
2

 
 
Assignee ” means any Transferee to which a Member or another Assignee has Transferred all or a portion of its interest in the Company in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but that is not admitted to the Company as a Member.
 
Assumed Tax Rate ” means, for any taxable year, the highest marginal effective rate of federal, state and local income tax applicable to an individual resident in Healdsburg, California (or, if higher, a corporation doing business in Healdsburg, California), taking account of any differences in rates applicable to ordinary income and capital gains and any allowable deductions in respect of such state and local taxes in computing a Member’s liability for federal income tax.
 
Bankruptcy ” means, with respect to any Person, (A) if such Person (i) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, (iii) is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or has entered against it an order for relief, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, (iv) files a petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, (v) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any proceeding of this nature, (vi) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of the Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, or (B) if 120 days after the commencement of any proceeding against the Person seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation or similar relief under any statute, law or regulation, if the proceeding has not been dismissed, or if within 90 days after the appointment without such Person’s consent or acquiescence of a trustee, receiver or liquidator of such Person or of all or any substantial part of its properties, the appointment is not vacated or stayed, or within 90 days after the expiration of any such stay, the appointment is not vacated. The foregoing definition of “Bankruptcy” is intended to replace and shall supersede and replace the definition of “Bankruptcy” set forth in Sections 18-101(1) and 18-304 of the Act.
 
Book-Tax Disparity ” means, with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date.
 
Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York, New York are authorized or required to close.
 
Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Member pursuant to Section 3.3 .
 
Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Fair Market Value of other property that a Member contributes to the Company with respect to any Unit or other Equity Securities issued by the Company (net of liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject).
 
Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, subject to the following sentence, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Members’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Company property, subject to the following sentence, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 3.3(c)(i) and Section 3.3(c)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Company properties, as deemed appropriate by the Managing Member.
 
 
3

 
 
Class ” means the classes into which the limited liability company interests in the Company created in accordance with Section 3.1 and Section 3.2(a) may be classified or divided from time to time by the Managing Member in its sole discretion pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement the only Class is the LLC Units. Subclasses within a Class shall not be separate Classes for purposes of this Agreement. For all purposes hereunder and under the Act, only such Classes expressly established under this Agreement, including by the Managing Member in accordance with this Agreement, shall be deemed to be a Class or group of limited liability company interests in the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Managing Member holds limited liability company interests of any Class, the Managing Member shall not be deemed to hold a separate Class of such interests from any other Member because it is the Managing Member.
 
Class A Membership Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Second Amended Agreement.
 
Class B Membership Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Second Amended Agreement.
 
Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
 
Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
 
Company Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth for the term “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).
 
Contributed Property ” means any property contributed to the Company by a Member.
 
Control ” means, when used with reference to any Person, the power to direct the management or policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, by or through stock or other equity ownership, agency or otherwise, or pursuant to or in connection with an agreement, arrangement or other understanding (written or oral); and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
 
Distributable Assets ” means, with respect to any fiscal period, all cash receipts (including from any operating, investing and financing activities) and (if distribution thereof is determined to be necessary or desirable by the Managing Member) other assets of the Company from any and all sources, reduced by operating cash expenses, contributions of capital to Subsidiaries of the Company and payments (if any) required to be made in connection with any loan to the Company and any reserve for contingencies or escrow required, in each case, as is determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.
 
 
4

 
 
Economic Risk of Loss ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b)(vi) .
 
Equity Securities ” means, as applicable, (i) any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interest, (ii) any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interests, or other equity interest or containing any profit participation features, (iii) any rights or options directly or indirectly to subscribe for or to purchase any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interest, other equity interest or securities containing any profit participation features or to subscribe for or to purchase any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for any capital stock, limited liability company or membership interests, partnership interest, other equity interests or securities containing any profit participation features, (iv) any equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights or other similar rights, or (v) any Equity Securities issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above in connection with a combination, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
 
Exchange Agreement ” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof among the Managing Member and the LLC Unitholders (as defined therein) from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
Fair Market Value ” means (i) in reference to a particular Unit or other Equity Security issued by the Company or, as the case may be, all of the outstanding Units or other Equity Securities issued by the Company, the hypothetical amount that would be distributed with respect to such Unit(s) or Equity Security(ies), as determined pursuant to an appraisal, which appraisal shall be subject to the approval of the Managing Member, performed at the expense of the Company by (A) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (B) an investment bank, accounting firm or other Person of national standing having particular expertise in the valuation of businesses comparable to that of the Company selected by the Managing Member, and where such appraisal (1) determines the net equity value of the Company, and (2) assumes the distribution to the Members pursuant to Section 4.1 and ARTICLE VII of the proceeds that would hypothetically be received with respect to such Unit(s) or other Equity Security(ies) issued by the Company based on such net equity value, and (ii) in reference to assets or securities other than Units or other Equity Securities issued by the Company, the fair market value for such assets or securities as between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s length transaction occurring on the date of valuation, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value, as is determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.
 
First Amended Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, which unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion shall be each period ending on December 31.
 
 
5

 
 
GAAP ” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, consistently applied and maintained throughout the applicable periods.
 
Good Faith ” shall mean a Person having acted in good faith and in a manner such Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to a criminal proceeding, having had no reasonable cause to believe such Person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
Governmental Entity ” means the United States of America or any other nation, any state or other political subdivision thereof, or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government, including any court, in each case, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of the property or other assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
HSR Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(f) .
 
Indemnified Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .
 
LLC Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .
 
Managing Member ” means Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any assignee to which the managing member of the Company Transfers all Units and other Equity Securities held by such managing member of the Company that is admitted to the Company as the managing member of the Company, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company.
 
Member ” means each Person listed on the Schedule of Members on the date hereof (including the Managing Member) and each other Person who is hereafter admitted as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Act. The Members shall constitute the “members” (as such term is defined in the Act) of the Company.  Any reference in this Agreement to any Member shall include such Member’s Successors in Interest to the extent such Successors in Interest have become Substituted Members in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Act, the Members shall constitute a single Class or group of members of the Company for all purposes of the Act and this Agreement.
 
Member Nonrecourse Debt ” has the meaning set forth for the term “ partner nonrecourse debt ” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
 
Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
Member Nonrecourse Deduction ” has the meaning set forth for the term “ partner nonrecourse deduction ” in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
 
Membership Interest ” means, with respect to each Member, such Member’s economic interest and rights as a Member.
 
Membership Interest Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b)(i) .
 
 
6

 
 
Net Agreed Value ” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Company upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Member by the Company, the Company’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(ii) ) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any liabilities either assumed by such Member upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution.
 
Net Income ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Company’s items of income and gain for such taxable year over the Company’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(b) .
 
Net Loss ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Company’s items of loss and deduction for such taxable year over the Company’s items of income and gain for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 5.1(b) .
 
Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction, or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.
 
Nonrecourse Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
 
Officer ” means each Person designated as an officer of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.2 , subject to any resolution of the Managing Member appointing such Person as an officer of the Company or relating to such appointment.
 
Original Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereof.
 
Percentage Interest ” means, with respect to any Member as of any date of determination, (a) the number of LLC Units held by such Member at such time dividend by (b) the number of LLC Unites held by all Members at such time.
 
Person ” means an individual, a partnership (including a limited partnership), a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, association or other entity or a Governmental Entity.
 
Pledge ” means pledge, grant a security interest in, create a lien on, assign the right to receive distributions or proceeds from, or otherwise encumber, directly or indirectly, or any act of the foregoing.
 
Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4 .
 
 
7

 
 
Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods ” means the two, three, and four calendar month periods with respect to which Federal quarterly estimated tax payments are made. The first such period begins on January 1 and ends on March 31. The second such period begins on April 1 and ends on May 31. The third such period begins on June 1 and ends on August 31. The fourth such period begins on September 1 and ends on December 31.
 
Required Allocations ” means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of Net Losses under Section 5.1(b) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) , 5.1(b)(ii) , 5.1(b)(iii) , 5.1(b)(vi) or 5.1(b)(viii) .
 
Residual Gain ” or “ Residual Loss ” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Company recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) or 5.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.
 
Schedule of Members ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b) .
 
Second Amended Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation) if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall Control the management of any such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of any Person shall be given effect only at such times that such Person has one or more Subsidiaries and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.
 
Substituted Member ” means any Person that has been admitted to the Company as a Member pursuant to Section 7.4 by virtue of such Person receiving all or a portion of a Membership Interest from a Member or an Assignee and not from the Company.
 
Successor in Interest ” means any (i) trustee, custodian, receiver or other Person acting in any Bankruptcy or reorganization proceeding with respect to, (ii) assignee for the benefit of the creditors of, (iii) trustee or receiver, or current or former officer, director or partner, or other fiduciary acting for or with respect to the dissolution, liquidation or termination of, or (iv) other executor, administrator, committee, legal representative or other successor or assign of, any Member, whether by operation of law or otherwise.
 
 
8

 
 
Tax Distribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3 .
 
Tax Matters Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(d) .
 
Tax Receivable Agreement ” means the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Managing Member and the LLC Unitholders (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) from time to time party thereto, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
Transfer ” means sell, assign, convey, contribute, give, or otherwise transfer, whether directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, or any act of the foregoing, but excludes Pledge or any act of Pledging. The terms “ Transferee ,” “ Transferor ,” “ Transferred ,” “ Transferring Member ,” “ Transferor Member ” and other forms of the word “ Transfer ” shall have the correlative meanings.
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the regulations, including temporary regulations, promulgated by the United States Treasury Department under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).
 
Units ” means the LLC Units and any other Class of limited liability company interests in the Company denominated as “Units” that is established in accordance with this Agreement, which shall constitute limited liability company interests in the Company as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, entitling the holders thereof to the relative rights, title and interests in the profits, losses, deductions and credits of the Company at any particular time as set forth in this Agreement, and any and all other benefits to which a holder thereof may be entitled as a Member as provided in this Agreement, together with the obligations of such Member to comply with all terms and provisions of this Agreement.
 
Unrealized Gain ” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 3.3(c) ) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 3.3(c) as of such date).
 
Unrealized Loss ” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 3.3(c) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 3.3(c) ).
 
Section 1.2     Terms Generally . In this Agreement, unless otherwise specified or where the context otherwise requires:
 
(a)          the headings of particular provisions of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and will not be construed as a part of this Agreement or serve as a limitation or expansion on the scope of any term or provision of this Agreement;
 
 
9

 
 
(b)          words importing any gender shall include other genders;
 
(c)          words importing the singular only shall include the plural and vice versa;
 
(d)          the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;
 
(e)          the words “hereof,” “herein” and “herewith” and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
 
(f)           references to “Articles,” “Exhibits,” “Sections,” “Schedules” or “Annexes” shall be to Articles, Exhibits, Sections, Schedules or Annexes of or to this Agreement;
 
(g)          references to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of such Person;
 
(h)          the use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive;
 
(i)           wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement among parties hereto, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict;
 
(j)           references to “$” or “dollars” means the lawful currency of the United States of America;
 
(k)          references to any agreement, contract or schedule, unless otherwise stated, are to such agreement, contract or schedule as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
 
(l)           the parties hereto have participated collectively in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement; accordingly, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, it is the intention of the parties that this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted collectively by the parties hereto, and that no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party hereto by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 2.1     Formation . The Company was formed as a California limited liability company on October 23, 2007 by the execution and filing Articles of Organization of the Company (the “ Articles of Organization ”) by an authorized person under and pursuant to the Act and the execution of the Original Agreement. The Members agree to continue the Company as a limited liability company under the Act, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. The rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of the Members shall be determined pursuant to the Act and this Agreement. To the extent that the rights, powers, duties, obligations and liabilities of any Member are different by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provision, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.
 
 
10

 
 
Section 2.2     Name . The name of the Company is “H.D.D. LLC,” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or in such other names that comply with applicable law as the Managing Member may select from time to time. Subject to the Act, the Managing Member may change the name of the Company (and amend this Agreement to reflect such change) at any time and from time to time without the consent of any other Person.  Prompt notification of any such change shall be given to all Members.
 
Section 2.3     Term . The term of the Company commenced on the date the Articles of Organization were filed with the office of the California Secretary of State and shall continue in existence perpetually until termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2(d) and the Act.
 
Section 2.4     Purpose; Powers .
 
(a)           General Powers . The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company may engage in any and all activities necessary, desirable or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing set forth herein shall be construed as authorizing the Company to possess any purpose or power, or to do any act or thing, forbidden by law to a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of California.
 
(b)          Company Action . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement and except as prohibited by the Act, (i) the Company may, with the approval of the Managing Member, enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member and (ii) the Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.
 
Section 2.5            Existence and Good Standing; Foreign Qualification . The Managing Member may take all action which may be necessary or appropriate (i) for the continuation of the Company’s valid existence as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of California (and of each other jurisdiction in which such existence is necessary to enable the Company to conduct the business in which it is engaged) and (ii) for the maintenance, preservation and operation of the business of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The Managing Member may file or cause to be filed for recordation in the office of the appropriate authorities of the State of California, and in the proper office or offices in each other jurisdiction in which the Company is formed or qualified, such certificates (including certificates of limited liability companies and fictitious name certificates) and other documents as are required by the applicable statutes, rules or regulations of any such jurisdiction or as are required to reflect the identity of the Members and the amounts of their respective capital contributions. The Managing Member may cause the Company to comply, to the extent procedures are available and those matters are reasonably within the control of the Officers, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction other than the State of California.
 
 
11

 
 
Section 2.6            Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices . The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of California shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Articles of Organization or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of California shall be the initial registered agent named in the Articles of Organization or such other Person or Persons as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by law. The principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Managing Member may designate from time to time, which need not be in the State of California, and the Company shall maintain records at such place. The Company may have such other offices as the Managing Member may designate from time to time.
 
Section 2.7            No State Law Partnership .
 
(a)         The Members intend that the Company shall not be a partnership (including a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member or Officer shall be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member or Officer by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as is set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.7(a) , and this Agreement shall not be construed to the contrary. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and each Member, Assignee and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.
 
(b)         So long as the Company is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, to ensure that Units are not traded on an established securities market within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(b) or readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.7704-1(c), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
 
(i)           the Company shall not participate in the establishment of any such market or the inclusion of its Units thereon, and
 
(ii)          the Company shall not recognize any Transfer made on any such market by:
 
(A)           redeeming the Transferor Member (in the case of a redemption or repurchase by the Company); or
 
(B)           admitting the Transferee as a Member or otherwise recognizing any rights of the Transferee, such as a right of the Transferee to receive Company distributions (directly or indirectly) or to acquire an interest in the capital or profits of the Company.
 
Section 2.8           Admission . The Managing Member is hereby admitted as a Member of the Company upon its execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement and each Member of the Company immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement shall continue as a Member hereunder.
 
 
12

 
 
ARTICLE III
CAPITALIZATION
 
Section 3.1           Units; Initial Capitalization; Schedules .
 
(a)           Limited Liability Company Interests . Interests in the Company shall be represented by Units, or such other Equity Securities in the Company, or such other Company securities, in each case as the Managing Member may establish in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms hereof. As of the date hereof, the Units are comprised of one Class: “ LLC Units ”.
 
(b)           Schedule of Units; Schedule of Members . The aggregate number of outstanding Units and the aggregate amount of cash Capital Contributions that have been made by the Members and the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash contributed by the Members with respect to the Units (including, if applicable, a description and the amount of any liability assumed by the Company or to which Contributed Property is subject) shall be set forth on a schedule maintained by the Company. The Company shall also maintain a schedule setting forth the name and address of each Member, the number of Units owned by such Member and the aggregate Capital Contributions that have been made by such Member with respect to such Member’s Units (such schedule, the “ Schedule of Members ”). The Schedule of Members shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit or other Equity Security in the Company and all relevant information with respect to each Member. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units or other Equity Securities in the Company for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units or other Equity Securities in the Company on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Act.
 
(c)          The Class A Membership Interests and Class B Memberships Interests issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Agreement are hereby converted into LLC Units and each Member owns the number of LLC Units set forth opposite the name of such Member in the Schedule of Members.
 
 
13

 
 
Section 3.2            Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units .
 
(a)         The Managing Member may issue additional LLC Units and/or establish and issue other Classes of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities from time to time with such rights, obligations, powers, designations, preferences and other terms, which may be different from, including senior to, any then-existing or future Classes of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities, as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time, in its sole discretion, without the vote or consent of any other Member or any other Person, including (i) the right of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to share in Net Income and Net Loss or items thereof; (ii) the right of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to share in Company distributions; (iii) the rights of such Units, other Equity Securities or other Company securities upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Company may or shall be required to redeem such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities are issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities will be issued, evidenced by certificates or assigned or transferred; (vii) the terms and conditions of the issuance of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities (including, without limitation, the amount and form of consideration, if any, to be received by the Company in respect thereof, the Managing Member being expressly authorized, in its sole discretion, to cause the Company to issue Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities for less than Fair Market Value); and (viii) the right, if any, of the holder of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities to vote on Company matters, including matters relating to the relative designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities. The Managing Member, without the vote or consent of any other Member or any other Person, is authorized (i) to issue any Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities of any such newly established Class or any existing Class and (ii) to amend this Agreement to reflect the creation of any such new Class, the issuance of Units, other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities of such Class, and the admission of any Person as a Member which has received Units or other Equity Securities of any such Class, in accordance with Sections 3.2 , 7.3 and 9.4 . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference to “Units” shall include the LLC Units and any other Classes of Units that may be established in accordance with this Agreement.
 
Section 3.3              Capital Accounts .
 
(a)           The Managing Member shall maintain for each Member owning Units a separate Capital Account with respect to such Units in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Company with respect to such Units pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of Company income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and allocated with respect to such Units pursuant to Section 5.1 , and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Units pursuant to this Agreement and (y) all items of Company deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and allocated with respect to such Units pursuant to Section 5.1 . The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In the event the Managing Member shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts or any adjustments thereto (including, without limitation, adjustments relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or any Members) are computed in order to comply with such Treasury Regulations, the Managing Member, without the consent of any other Person, may make such modification, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, provided that it is not likely to have a material effect on the amounts distributed to any Person pursuant to ARTICLE VII hereof upon the dissolution of the Company. The Managing Member, without the consent of any other Person, also shall (i) make any adjustments, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality among the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(q), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications, notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).
 
 
14

 
 
(b)           For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction, which is to be allocated pursuant to ARTICLE V and is to be reflected in the Members’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:
 
(i)           Solely for purposes of this Section 3.3 , the Company shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the Managing Member) of all property owned by any partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, of which the Company is, directly or indirectly, a partner.
 
(ii)          Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Company and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.
 
(iii)         Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Company property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Company’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.
 
 
15

 
 
(iv)         In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Company were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.3(c) to the Carrying Value of any Adjusted Property that is subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g)(3) and 1.704-3(a)(6)(i) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment; provided, however, that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any method that the Managing Member may adopt.
 
(c)           A transferee of Units shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Units so transferred.
 
(i)           In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Units for cash or Contributed Property and the issuance of Units as consideration for the provision of services, the Capital Account of all Members and the Carrying Value of each Company property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Members at such time pursuant to Section 5.1 in the same manner as a corresponding item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and Fair Market Value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Units shall be determined by the Managing Member using such method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the Managing Member, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the Fair Market Value of the Units of all Members at such time. The Managing Member shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Company (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a Fair Market Value for individual properties.
 
(ii)           In accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Member of any Company property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Unit), the Capital Accounts of all Members and the Carrying Value of all Company property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value, and had been allocated to the Members, at such time, pursuant to Section 5.1 in the same manner as a corresponding item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and Fair Market Value of all Company assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to ARTICLE VII or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 3.3(c)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to ARTICLE VII , be determined and allocated by the Person winding up the Company pursuant to Section 7.2(b) using such method of valuation as it may adopt.
 
 
16

 
 
(iii)           The Managing Member may make the adjustments described in clause (i) above in the manner set forth therein if the Managing Member determines that such adjustments are necessary or useful to effectuate the intended economic arrangement among the Members.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything expressed or implied to the contrary in this Agreement, in the event the Managing Member shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto, are computed in order to effectuate the intended economic sharing arrangement of the Members, the Managing Member may make such modification, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, without the consent of any other Person.
 
Section 3.4               No Withdrawal . No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contributions or Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided herein.
 
Section 3.5               Loans From Members . Loans by Members to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. If any Member shall loan funds to the Company, then the making of such loans shall not result in any increase in the Capital Account balance of such Member. The amount of any such loans shall be a debt of the Company to such Member and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such loans are made.
 
Section 3.6               No Right of Partition . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no Member shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of law of any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement, be entitled to distributions of specific assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
Section 3.7               Non-Certification of Units; Legend; Units are Securities .
 
(a)            Units shall be issued in non-certificated form; provided that the Managing Member may cause the Company to issue certificates to a Member representing the Units held by such Member.
 
(b)            If the Managing Member determines that the Company shall issue certificates representing Units to any Member, the following provisions of this Section 3.7 shall apply:
 
(i)           The Company shall issue one or more certificates in the name of such Person in such form as it may approve, subject to Section 3.7(b)(ii) (a “ Membership Interest Certificate ”), which shall evidence the ownership of the Units represented thereby. Each such Membership Interest Certificate shall be denominated in terms of the number of Units evidenced by such Membership Interest Certificate and shall be signed by the Managing Member or an Officer on behalf of the Company.
 
 
17

 
 
(ii)          Each Membership Interest Certificate shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:
 
THIS CERTIFICATE EVIDENCES A LLC UNIT REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN H.D.D. LLC AND SHALL CONSTITUTE A “SECURITY” WITHIN THE MEANING OF, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, (I) ARTICLE 8 OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE (INCLUDING SECTION 8-102(A)(15) THEREOF) AS IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND (II) THE CORRESPONDING PROVISIONS OF THE UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE OF ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION THAT NOW OR HEREAFTER SUBSTANTIALLY INCLUDES THE 1994 REVISIONS TO ARTICLE 8 THEREOF AS ADOPTED BY THE AMERICAN LAW INSTITUTE AND THE NATIONAL CONFERENCE OF COMMISSIONERS ON UNIFORM STATE LAWS AND APPROVED BY THE AMERICAN BAR ASSOCIATION ON FEBRUARY 14, 1995.
 
THE INTERESTS IN H.D.D. LLC REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF H.D.D. LLC, DATED AS OF [  ], 2013, BY AND AMONG EACH OF THE MEMBERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY THERETO, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.
 
THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACT.  THE UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ALSO ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER CONDITIONS AND RESTRICTIONS, AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR H.D.D. LLC DATED AS OF [  ], 2013, AS THE SAME MAY BE AMENDED, A COPY OF WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY, WITHOUT CHARGE, TO THE HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST THEREFOR.  SUCH RIGHTS AND RESTRICTIONS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THE SHARES.
 
(iii)         Each Unit shall constitute a “security” within the meaning of, and shall be governed by, (i) Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code (including Section 8-102(a)(15) thereof) as in effect from time to time in the State of California, and (ii) the corresponding provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code of any other applicable jurisdiction that now or hereafter substantially includes the 1994 revisions to Article 8 thereof as adopted by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Laws and approved by the American Bar Association on February 14, 1995.
 
 
18

 
 
(iv)          The Company shall issue a new Membership Interest Certificate in place of any Membership Interest Certificate previously issued if the holder of the Units represented by such Membership Interest Certificate, as reflected on the books and records of the Company:
 
(A)           makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that such previously issued Membership Interest Certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed;
 
(B)           requests the issuance of a new Membership Interest Certificate before the Company has notice that such previously issued Membership Interest Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in Good Faith and without notice of an adverse claim;
 
(C)           if requested by the Company, delivers to the Company such security, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, as the Managing Member may direct, to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the previously issued Membership Interest Certificate; and
 
(D)           satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Company.
 
(v)           Upon a Member’s Transfer in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement of any or all Units represented by a Membership Interest Certificate, the Transferee of such Units shall deliver such Membership Interest Certificate, duly endorsed for Transfer by the Transferee, to the Company for cancellation, and the Company shall thereupon issue a new Membership Interest Certificate to such Transferee for the number of Units being Transferred and, if applicable, cause to be issued to such Transferring Member a new Membership Interest Certificate for the number of Units that were represented by the canceled Membership Interest Certificate and that are not being Transferred.
 
ARTICLE IV
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
Section 4.1             Distributions . Distributions shall be made to the Members, after Tax Distributions are made pursuant to Section 4.3 , as and when determined by the Managing Member, in accordance with their respective Units and pro rata in respect of each Class of Units.
 
Section 4.2              Successors . For purposes of determining the amount of distributions under Section 4.1 , each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions and as having received the distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.
 
 
19

 
 
Section 4.3              Tax Distributions . Subject to Section 4.7 and to any restrictions contained in any agreement to which the Company is bound, no later than the tenth day following the end of each Quarterly Estimated Tax Period of each calendar year, the Company shall, to the extent of available cash and borrowings of the Company, make a distribution in cash (each, a “ Tax Distribution ”), pro rata in accordance with the Percentage Interests in effect with respect to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period, in an amount equal to the excess of (i) the product of (x) the taxable income of the Company attributable to such Quarterly Estimated Tax Period and all prior Quarterly Estimated Tax Periods in such calendar year, based upon (I) the information returns filed by the Company, as amended or adjusted to date, and (II) estimated amounts, in the case of periods for which the Company has not yet filed information returns, multiplied by (y) the Assumed Tax Rate, over (ii) distributions made by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.3 with respect to such calendar year. The Managing Member shall use conventions similar to those adopted pursuant to Section 5.2(d) to determine the Percentage Interests of the Members with respect to a Quarterly Estimated Tax Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Tax Distributions shall be made only with respect to taxable income earned by the Company. For purposes of clause (i)(x) above, the taxable income of the Company shall be determined by disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any Member that arises under Section 743(b) of the Code and is attributable to the acquisition by such Member of an interest in the Company in a transaction described in Section 743(a) of the Code.
 
Section 4.4               Withholding .  The Company is authorized to withhold from any payment made to, or any distributive share of, a Member, any taxes required by law to be withheld, and in such event, such taxes shall be treated as if an amount equal to such withheld taxed had been paid to the Member rather than paid over to the Governmental Entity.
 
Section 4.5               Security Interest and Right of Set Off; Indemnification . If the Company is required by law to make any payment to a Governmental Entity that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal withholding taxes, state or local personal property taxes and state or local unincorporated business taxes), then such Member shall indemnify the Company or its Successor in Interest in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and reasonable related expenses). A Member’s obligation to indemnify the Company or its Successor in Interest under this Section 4.5 shall survive the dissolution, winding up and termination of the Company. The Company and its Successor in Interest may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies it may have against each Member under this Section 4.5 , including instituting a lawsuit to collect such indemnification, with interest calculated at a rate equal to 10 percent (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by law). As security for any such indemnification obligation or any other liability or obligation to which the Company may be subject as a result of any act or status of any Member, or to which the Company may become subject with respect to the interest of any Member in the Company, the Company shall have (and each Member hereby grants to the Company) a security interest in all Distributable Assets distributable to such Member to the extent of the amount of such liability or obligation. Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member or any Affiliate or related Person thereof pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, any amounts that such Member or such Affiliate or related Person owes to the Company, whether pursuant to this Section 4.5 or under any promissory note issued to the Company as partial payment for any Units of the Company may be deducted from that sum before payment; provided, however, that no deduction pursuant to this sentence shall be made with respect to any Tax Distribution except on account of any amounts owed by such Member or such Affiliate or related Person which (i) are due and owing pursuant to the indemnification obligation provided for in this Section 4.5 or (ii) are past due or as to which the obligor is otherwise in default.
 
 
20

 
 
Section 4.6               Certain Distributions . For purposes of this ARTICLE IV , a distribution to a Member of property (other than cash) shall be treated as a Tax Distribution pursuant to Section 4.3 (rather than as, for example, a distribution pursuant to Section 4.1 ) in an amount equal to the hypothetical amount of tax that the Member would pay, at the Assumed Tax Rate, if (i) such property were not treated as a distribution of money pursuant to Section 731(c)(2) of the Code (to the extent that Section 731(c)(2) otherwise applies) and (ii) the Member sold the property immediately after receiving such distribution.
 
Section 4.7               Limitation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company, and the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, shall not be required to make a distribution if such distribution to any Member or Assignee would violate the Act or other applicable law.
 
ARTICLE V
ALLOCATIONS
 
Section 5.1               Allocations for Capital Account Purposes . i) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Net Income and Net Losses (and, to the extent necessary, individual items of income, gain or loss or deduction of the Company) shall be allocated in a manner such that the Capital Account of each Member after giving effect to the Special Allocations set forth in Section 5.1(b) is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made pursuant to Section 7.2 if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each non-recourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability) and the net assets of the Company were distributed to the Members pursuant to this Agreement, minus (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets.
 
(b)            Special Allocations . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 , the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:
 
(i)            Company Minimum Gain Chargeback . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1 , if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Company taxable period, each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 5.1(b) , each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income and gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(iii) and Section 5.1(b)(vi) ). This Section 5.1(b)(i) is intended to comply with the Company Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
 
21

 
 
(ii)           Chargeback of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain . Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1(b)(i) ), except as provided in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Company taxable period, any Member with a share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 5.1(b) , each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income and gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) , other than Section 5.1(b)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(v) and (b)(vi) , with respect to such taxable period. This Section 5.1(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iii)          Qualified Income Offset . In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6), items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible, unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or (ii) . This Section 5.1(b)(iii) is intended to qualify and be construed as a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
 
(iv)          Gross Income Allocations . In the event any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Company taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Member is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Member is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iv) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 5.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.1(b)(iv) were not in this Agreement.
 
 
22

 
 
(v)          Nonrecourse Deductions . Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the Managing Member determines that the Company’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the Managing Member is authorized, upon notice to the other Members, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.
 
(vi)         Member Nonrecourse Deductions . Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Member that bears the “Economic Risk of Loss” (as defined in the Treasury Regulations) with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, such Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Members in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.
 
(vii)        Nonrecourse Liabilities . Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Company described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be allocated among the Members in the manner chosen by the Managing Member and consistent with such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(viii)       Code Section 754 Adjustments . To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.
 
(ix)          Curative Allocation .
 
(1)           The Required Allocations are intended to comply with certain requirements of the Treasury Regulations. It is the intent of the Members that, to the extent possible, all Required Allocations shall be offset either with other Required Allocations or with special allocations of other items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(ix)(1) . Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this ARTICLE V (other than the Required Allocations), the Managing Member shall make such offsetting special allocations of Company income, gain, loss or deduction in whatever manner it determines appropriate so that, after such offsetting allocations are made, each Member’s Capital Account balance is, to the extent possible, equal to the Capital Account balance such Member would have had if the Required Allocations were not part of this Agreement and all Company items were allocated pursuant to the economic agreement among the Members.
 
 
23

 
 
(2)           The Managing Member shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 5.1(b)(ix)(1) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(ix)(1) among the Members in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.
 
(x)            Deficit Capital Accounts . No Member shall be required to pay to the Company, to any other Member or to any third party any deficit balance which may exist from time to time in the Member’s Capital Account.
 
Section 5.2              Allocations for Tax Purposes .
 
(a)           The income, gains, losses and deductions of the Company shall be allocated for federal, state and local income tax purposes among the Members in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses and deductions among the Members for purposes of computing their Capital Accounts; except that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable law, then the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses and deductions for tax purposes shall be allocated among the Members so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.
 
(b)           In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Members as follows:
 
(i)           (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Members in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1 .
 
(ii)          (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 3.3(c)(i) or Section 3.3(c)(ii) , and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Members in a manner consistent with Section 5.2(b)(i)(A) ; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1 .
 
 
24

 
 
(iii)           In order to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities, the Managing Member may cause the Company to use any method described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3.
 
(c)           For the proper administration of the Company and for the preservation of uniformity of the Units (or any Class or Classes thereof), the Managing Member shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; (iii) without the consent of any other Person being required, amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Units (or any Class or Classes thereof); and (iv) adopt and employ such methods for (A) the maintenance of capital accounts for book and tax purposes, (B) the determination and allocation of adjustments under Sections 704(c), 734 and 743 of the Code, (C) the determination and allocation of taxable income, tax loss and items thereof under this Agreement and pursuant to the Code, (D) the determination of the identities and tax classification of Members, (E) the provision of tax information and reports to the Members, (F) the adoption of reasonable conventions and methods for the valuation of assets and the determination of tax basis, (G) the allocation of asset values and tax basis, (H) the adoption and maintenance of accounting methods, (I) the recognition of the Transfer of Units and (J) tax compliance and other tax-related requirements, including without limitation, the use of computer software, as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary and appropriate to execute the provisions of this Agreement and to comply with federal, state and local tax law, and to achieve uniformity of Units within a Class. The Managing Member may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(c) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Members, the holders of any Class or Classes of Units issued and outstanding or the Company, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.
 
(d)           For purposes of determining the items of Company income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit allocable to any Member with respect to any period, such items shall be determined on a daily, monthly, or other basis, as determined by the Managing Member using any permissible method under Code Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(e)           Tax credits, tax credit recapture and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members according to their interests in such items as reasonably determined by the Managing Member taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) and 1.704-1T(b)(4)(xi).
 
(f)           Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.2 are solely for the purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Income, Loss, distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
 
 
25

 
 
Section 5.3               Members’ Tax Reporting . The Members acknowledge and are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made pursuant to this ARTICLE V and, except as may otherwise be required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this ARTICLE V in reporting their shares of Company income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for federal, state and local income tax purposes.
 
Section 5.4               Certain Costs and Expenses . The Company shall (i) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company, and (ii) in the sole discretion of the Managing Member, bear and/or reimburse the Managing Member for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by it in connection with serving as the Managing Member. To the extent that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Managing Member that are conducted through the Company and/or its subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear all expenses of the Managing Member, including, without suggesting any limitation of any kind, costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members, board of directors compensation and meeting costs, cost of periodic reports to its stockholders, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs and franchise taxes, provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations of the Managing Member.
 
ARTICLE VI
MANAGEMENT
 
Section 6.1              Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties .
 
(a)            Authority of Managing Member . The business, property and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the sole, absolute and exclusive direction of the Managing Member, which may from time to time delegate authority to Officers or to others to act on behalf of the Company. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1(a) , the Managing Member shall have the sole power to manage or cause the management of the Company, including, without limitation, the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, Transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including, but not limited to, the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.
 
(b)            Other Members . No Member who is not also a Managing Member, in his or her or its capacity as such, shall participate in or have any control over the business of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, the Units, other Equity Securities in the Company, or the fact of a Member’s admission as a member of the Company do not confer any rights upon the Members to participate in the management of the affairs of the Company. Except as expressly provided herein, no Member who is not also a Managing Member shall have any right to vote on any matter involving the Company, including with respect to any merger, consolidation, combination or conversion of the Company, or any other matter that a Member might otherwise have the ability to vote or consent with respect to under the Act, at law, in equity or otherwise. The conduct, Control and management of the Company shall be vested exclusively in the Managing Member. In all matters relating to or arising out of the conduct of the operation of the Company, the decision of the Managing Member shall be the decision of the Company. Except as required law, or expressly provided in Section 6.1 or by separate agreement with the Company, no Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) shall take any part in the management or control of the operation or business of the Company in its capacity as a Member, nor shall any Member who is not also a Managing Member (and acting in such capacity) have any right, authority or power to act for or on behalf of or bind the Company in his or her or its capacity as a Member in any respect or assume any obligation or responsibility of the Company or of any other Member.
 
 
26

 
 
(c)             Delegation by Managing Member . The Company may employ one or more Members from time to time, and such Members, in their capacity as employees or agents of the Company (and not, for clarity, in their capacity as Members of the Company), may take part in the control and management of the business of the Company to the extent such authority and power to act for or on behalf of the Company has been delegated to them by the Managing Member. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons the Managing Member’s rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including to delegate to agents and employees of a Member or the Company (including Officers), and to delegate by a management agreement or another agreement with, or otherwise to, other Persons. The Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member or Officer) to enter into and perform any document on behalf of the Company.
 
Section 6.2              Officers .
 
(a)             Designation and Appointment . The Managing Member may, from time to time, employ and retain Persons as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business, including employees, agents and other Persons (any of whom may be a Member) who may be designated as Officers of the Company, with such titles as and to the extent authorized by the Managing Member. Any number of offices may be held by the same Person. In its discretion, the Managing Member may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable. Officers need not be residents of the State of California or Members. Any Officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Managing Member may from time to time delegate to them. The Managing Member may assign titles to particular Officers. Each Officer shall hold office until his successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Managing Member. Designation of an Officer shall not of itself create any employment or, except as provided in Section 6.4 , contractual rights.
 
 
27

 
 
(b)             Resignation and Removal . Any Officer may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Managing Member. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. All employees, agents and Officers shall be subject to the supervision and direction of the Managing Member and may be removed, with or without cause, from such office by the Managing Member and the authority, duties or responsibilities of any employee, agent or Officer of the Company may be suspended by or altered the Managing Member from time to time, in each case in the sole discretion of the Managing Member.
 
(c)             Duties of Officers . The Officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Company duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by officers of a California corporation pursuant to the laws of the state of California.
 
Section 6.3              Liability of Members .
 
(a)            No Personal Liability . Except as otherwise required by applicable law and as expressly set forth in this Agreement, no Member shall have any personal liability whatsoever in such Person’s capacity as a Member, whether to the Company, to any of the other Members, to the creditors of the Company or to any other third party, for the debts, liabilities, commitments or any other obligations of the Company or for any losses of the Company. Except as otherwise required by the Act, each Member shall be liable only to make such Member’s Capital Contribution to the Company, if applicable, and the other payments provided for expressly herein.
 
(b)            Return of Distributions . In accordance with the Act and the laws of the State of California, a Member may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such Member. It is the intent of the Members that no distribution to any Member pursuant to ARTICLE IV shall be deemed a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Act. The payment of any such money or distribution of any such property to a Member shall be deemed to be a compromise within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Act, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any Member receiving any such money or property shall not be required to return any such money or property to the Company or any other Person. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of any other Member.
 
 
28

 
 
(c)            No Duties . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, the parties hereby agree that the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member), shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, including Section 18-1101(c) of the Act, owe no duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, the other Members or any other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 6.3(c) shall eliminate the implied contractual covenant of good faith and fair dealing. To the extent that, at law or in equity, any Member (including without limitation, the Managing Member) has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, to another Member or to another Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, the Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member) acting under this Agreement will not be liable to the Company, to any such other Member or to any such other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, for their Good Faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities relating thereto of any Member (including without limitation, the Managing Member) otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace to that extent such other duties and liabilities of the
 
Members (including without limitation, the Managing Member) relating thereto. The Managing Member may consult with legal counsel, accountants and financial or other advisors and any act or omission suffered or taken by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or in furtherance of the interests of the Company in Good Faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or financial or other advisors will be full justification for any such act or omission, and the Managing Member will be fully protected in so acting or omitting to act so long as such counsel or accountants or financial or other advisors were selected with reasonable care. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise applicable provision of law or equity, whenever in this Agreement the Managing Member is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Managing Member shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or the other Members, or (ii) in its Good Faith or under another expressed standard, the Managing Member shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards.
 
Section 6.4               Indemnification by the Company . Subject to the limitations and conditions provided in this Section 6.4 , each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or arbitrative (each, a “ Proceeding ”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he, she or it, or a Person of which he, she or it is the legal representative, is or was a Member or an Officer (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”), in each case, shall be indemnified by the Company to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) against all judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) actually incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with such Proceeding, appeal, inquiry or investigation, if such Indemnified Person acted in Good Faith. Reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnified Person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he, she or it is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Indemnification under this Section 6.4 shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 6.4 shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.4 shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings, appeals, inquiries or investigations arising prior to any amendment, modification or repeal. It is expressly acknowledged that the indemnification provided in this Section 6.4 could involve indemnification for negligence or under theories of strict liability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnified Person shall be entitled to any indemnity or advancement of expenses in connection with any Proceeding brought (i) by such Indemnified Person against the Company (other than to enforce the rights of such Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 6.4 ), any Member or any Officer, or (ii) by or in the right of the Company, without the prior written consent of the Managing Member.
 
 
29

 
 
Section 6.5              Investment Representations of Members . Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that: (a) such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and is making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Member is acquiring interests in the Company for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Member.
 
ARTICLE VII
WITHDRAWAL; DISSOLUTION; TRANSFER OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS;
ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
 
Section 7.1              Member Withdrawal . No Member shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign or be expelled from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company except pursuant to a Transfer permitted under this Agreement.
 
Section 7.2              Dissolution .
 
(a)             Events . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of (i) the determination of the Managing Member, (ii) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act or (iii) the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining Member or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining Member in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by the Act. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence, the relative economic rights of each Class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 7.2(c) below in connection with the winding up of the Company, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more parties hereto and subject to compliance with applicable laws and regulations, unless, with respect to any Class of Units, holders of not less than 90% of the Units of such Class consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above.
 
(b)             Actions Upon Dissolution . When the Company is dissolved, the business and property of the Company shall be wound up and liquidated by the Managing Member or, in the event of the unavailability of the Managing Member or if the Managing Member shall so determine, such Member or other liquidating trustee as shall be named by the Managing Member.
 
 
30

 
 
(c)             Priority . A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to this Section 7.2 to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up. Upon dissolution of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be applied in the following manner and order of priority: (i) to creditors, including Members who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by law,   in satisfaction of liabilities of the Company (including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment thereof; and (ii) the balance shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with their respective Units and pro rata in respect of each Class of Units.
 
(d)            Cancellation of Articles of Organization . The Company shall terminate when (i) all of the assets of the Company, after payment of or due provision for all debts liabilities and obligations of the Company, shall have been distributed to the Members in the manner provided for in this Agreement and (ii) the Articles of Organization shall have been canceled in the manner required by the Act.
 
(e)            Return of Capital . The liquidators of the Company shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Members (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).
 
(f)             Hart Scott Rodino . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, in the event the Hart Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “ HSR Act ”), is applicable to any Member by reason of the fact that any assets of the Company will be distributed to such Member in connection with the dissolution of the Company, the distribution of any assets of the Company shall not be consummated until such time as the applicable waiting periods (and extensions thereof) under the HSR Act have expired or otherwise been terminated with respect to each such Member.
 
Section 7.3              Transfer by Members . No Member may Transfer or Pledge all or any portion of its Units or other interests or rights in the Company except with the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion, provided, however, that, subject to the provisions of Section 7.4(c) (other than the provisions of Section 7.4(c)(v) to the extent that such provisions relate to the delivery of legal and/or tax opinions), without the consent of the Managing Member, a Member may, at any time, Transfer any of such Member’s Units pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. In addition, to the extent that the Managing Member determines in Good Faith that a proposed Transfer would not violate Section 7.4(c) below, then the Managing Member will not unreasonably withhold its consent to a Transfer (i) in the case of any Member who is a natural Person, (A) upon the death of such Member pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution or (B) to or among such Person’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any trust, partnership, limited liability company or similar vehicle established solely for the benefit of (or the sole members or partners of which are) such Person, such Person’s spouse and/or descendants or (ii) to and among wholly owned Subsidiaries of any Member, provided, however, that if any such wholly owned Subsidiary will subsequently cease to be wholly owned by such Member, the Units so Transferred must first be Transferred back to the original Member or another permitted Transferee of such original Member.  For the avoidance of doubt, it shall not be unreasonable for the Managing Member to impose reasonable restrictions on the number of Persons to whom a Member may make Transfers pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence, which restrictions need not be uniform among holders of interests in the Company. Any purported Transfer or Pledge of all or a portion of a Member’s Units or other interests in the Company not complying with this Section 7.3 shall be void and shall not create any obligation on the part of the Company or the other Members to recognize that Transfer or Pledge or to deal with the Person to which the Transfer or Pledge purportedly was made.
 
 
31

 
 
Section 7.4              Admission or Substitution of New Members .
 
(a)            Admission . Without the consent of any other Person, the Managing Member shall have the right to admit as a Substituted Member or an Additional Member, any Person who acquires an interest in the Company, or any part thereof, from a Member or from the Company. Concurrently with the admission of a Substituted Member or an Additional Member, the Managing Member shall forthwith (i) amend the Schedule of Members to reflect the name and address of such Substituted Member or Additional Member and to eliminate or modify, as applicable, the name and address of the Transferring Member with regard to the Transferred Units and (ii) cause any necessary papers to be filed and recorded and notice to be given wherever and to the extent required showing the substitution of a Transferee as a Substituted Member in place of the Transferring Member, or the admission of an Additional Member, in each case, at the expense, including payment of any professional and filing fees incurred, of such Substituted Member or Additional Member; provided that such expenses shall not be payable with respect to a Substituted Member or Additional Member that is or is to become an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where the issuance or Transfer of an interest in the Company to such Person is in connection with their provision of services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
 
(b)            Conditions and Limitations . The admission of any Person as a Substituted Member or an Additional Member shall be conditioned upon (i) such Person’s written acceptance and adoption of all the terms and provisions of this Agreement, either by (A) execution and delivery of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement countersigned by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company or (B) any other writing evidencing the intent of such Person to become a Substituted Member or an Additional Member and such writing is accepted by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company.
 
(c)            Prohibited Transfers . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, in no event may any Transfer of a Unit or other interest in the Company be made by any Member or Assignee if:
 
(i)          such Transfer is made to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own such Unit or other interest in the Company;
 
(ii)         such Transfer would pose a material risk that the Company would be a “publicly traded partnership” as defined in Section 7704 of the Code;
 
(iii)        such Transfer would require the registration of such transferred Unit or other interest in the Company or of any Class of Unit or other interest in the Company pursuant to any applicable United States federal or state securities laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) or other non-U.S. securities laws (including Canadian provincial or territorial securities laws) or would constitute a non-exempt distribution pursuant to applicable provincial or state securities laws;
 
 
32

 
 
(iv)           such Transfer would cause any portion of the assets of the Company to become “plan assets” of any “benefit plan investor” within the meaning of regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations as modified by Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time; or
 
(v)           to the extent requested by the Managing Member, the Company does not receive such legal and/or tax opinions and written instruments (including, without limitation, copies of any instruments of Transfer and such Assignee’s consent to be bound by this Agreement as an Assignee) that are in a form satisfactory to the Managing Member, as determined in the Managing Member’s sole discretion.
 
In addition, notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, to the extent the Managing Member shall determine that interests in the Company do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Managing Member may impose such restrictions on the Transfer of Units or other interests in the Company as the Managing Member may determine to be necessary or advisable so that the Company is not treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
Any Transfer in violation of Section 7.3 or this Section 7.4(c) shall be null and void ab initio and of no effect.
 
(d)            Effect of Transfer to Substituted Member . Following the Transfer of any Unit or other interest in the Company that is permitted under Sections 7.3 and 7.4 , the Transferee of such Unit or other interest in the Company shall be treated as having made all of the Capital Contributions in respect of, and received all of the distributions received in respect of, such Unit or other interest in the Company, shall succeed to the Capital Account balance associated with such Unit or other interest in the Company, shall receive allocations and distributions under ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V in respect of such Unit or other interest in the Company and otherwise shall become a Substituted Member entitled to all the rights of a Member with respect to such Unit or other interest in the Company.
 
Section 7.5              Additional Requirements . Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement, for the avoidance of doubt, the Managing Member may impose such vesting requirements, forfeiture provisions, Transfer restrictions, minimum retained ownership requirements or other similar provisions with respect to any interests in the Company that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement or are created hereafter, with the written consent of the holder of such interests in the Company.   Such requirements, provisions and restrictions need not be uniform among holders of interests in the Company and may be waived or released by the Managing Member in its sole discretion with respect to all or a portion of the interests in the Company owned by any one or more Members or Assignees at any time and from time to time, and such actions or omissions by the Managing Member shall not constitute the breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise.
 
 
33

 
 
Section 7.6               Mandatory Exchange . The Managing Member may, with the consent of those Members (other than the Managing Member) holding not less than 75% of the LLC Units (excluding any LLC Units held by the Managing Member) require all Members holding LLC Units to exchange all such Units held by them pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
 
Section 7.7               Bankruptcy . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Bankruptcy of a Member shall not cause such Member to cease to be a member of the Company and upon the occurrence of such an event, the Company shall continue without dissolution.
 
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION;
TAX MATTERS
 
Section 8.1               Books and Records. The Company shall keep at its principal executive office (i) correct and complete books and records of account (which, in the case of financial records, shall be kept in accordance with GAAP), (ii) minutes of the proceedings of meetings of the Members, (iii) a current list of the directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective residence addresses, and (iv) a record containing the names and addresses of all Members, the total number of Units held by each Member, and the dates when they respectively became the owners of record thereof. Any of the foregoing books, minutes or records may be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, notwithstanding the rights set forth in Section 18-305 of the Act, no Member shall have the right to obtain information from the Company.
 
Section 8.2               Information .
 
(a)            The Members shall be supplied with all other Company information necessary to enable each Member to prepare its federal, state, and local income tax returns.
 
(b)            All determinations, valuations and other matters of judgment required to be made for ordinary course accounting purposes under this Agreement shall be made by the Managing Member and shall be conclusive and binding on all Members, their Successors in Interest and any other Person who is a party to or otherwise bound by this Agreement, and to the fullest extent permitted by law or as otherwise provided in this Agreement, no such Person shall have the right to an accounting or an appraisal of the assets of the Company or any successor thereto.
 
Section 8.3               Fiscal Year . The Fiscal Year of the Company shall end on or as close to December 31 of each calendar year unless otherwise determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion in accordance with Section 706 of the Code.
 
 
34

 
 
Section 8.4               Certain Tax Matters .
 
(a)             Preparation of Returns . The Managing Member shall cause to be prepared all federal, state and local tax returns of the Company for each year for which such returns are required to be filed and shall cause such returns to be timely filed. The Managing Member shall determine the appropriate treatment of each item of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit of the Company and the accounting methods and conventions under the tax laws of the United States of America, the several states and other relevant jurisdictions as to the treatment of any such item or any other method or procedure related to the preparation of such tax returns. Except as specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement, the Managing Member may cause the Company to make or refrain from making any and all elections permitted by such tax laws. As promptly as practicable after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to provide to each Member a Schedule K-1 for such Fiscal Year. Additionally, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to provide to each Member, to the extent commercially reasonable and available to the Company without undue cost, any information reasonably required by the Member to prepare, or in connection with an audit of, such Member’s income tax returns.
 
(b)             Consistent Treatment . Each Member agrees that it shall not, except as otherwise required by applicable law or regulatory requirements, (i) treat, on its individual income tax returns, any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit relating to its interest in the Company in a manner inconsistent with the treatment of such item by the Company as reflected on the Form K-1 or other information statement furnished by the Company to such Member for use in preparing its income tax returns or (ii) file any claim for refund relating to any such item based on, or which would result in, such inconsistent treatment.
 
(c)             Duties of the Tax Matters Member . In respect of an income tax audit of any tax return of the Company, the filing of any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit reflected on any tax return of the Company, or any administrative or judicial proceedings arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, (A) the Managing Member shall direct the Tax Matters Member to act for, and such action shall be final and binding upon, the Company and all Members except to the extent a Member shall properly elect to be excluded from such proceeding pursuant to the Code, (B) all expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Member in connection therewith (including attorneys’, accountants’ and other experts’ fees and disbursements) shall be expenses of, and payable by, the Company, (C) no Member shall have the right to (1) participate in the audit of any Company tax return, (2) file any amended return or claim for refund in connection with any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (other than items which are not partnership items within the meaning of Code Section 6231(a)(4) or which cease to be partnership items under Code Section 6231(b)) reflected on any tax return of the Company, (3) participate in any administrative or judicial proceedings conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member arising out of or in connection with any such audit, amended return, claim for refund or denial of such claim, or (4) appeal, challenge or otherwise protest any adverse findings in any such audit conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member or with respect to any such amended return or claim for refund filed by the Company or the Tax Matters Member or in any such administrative or judicial proceedings conducted by the Company or the Tax Matters Member and (D) the Tax Matters Member shall keep the Members reasonably apprised of the status of any such proceeding. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, if a petition for a readjustment to any partnership item included in a final partnership administrative adjustment is filed with a District Court or the Court of Claims and the IRS has elected to assess income tax against a Member with respect to that final partnership administrative adjustment (rather than suspending assessments until the District Court or Court of Claims proceedings become final), such Member shall be permitted to file a claim for refund within such period of time as to avoid application of any statute of limitations which would otherwise prevent the Member from having any claim based on the final outcome of that review.
 
 
35

 
 
(d)             Tax Matters Member . The Company and each Member hereby designate the Managing Member as the “tax matters partner” for purposes of Code Section 6231(a)(7) (the “ Tax Matters Member ”).
 
(e)             Certain Filings . Upon the Transfer of an interest in the Company (within the meaning of the Code), a sale of Company assets or a liquidation of the Company, the Members shall provide the Managing Member with information and shall make tax filings as reasonably requested by the Managing Member and required under applicable law.
 
(f)              Section 754 Election . The Managing Member shall cause the Company to make and to maintain and keep in effect at all times, in accordance with Sections 734, 743 and 754 of the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations and comparable state law provisions, an election to adjust basis in the event (i) any LLC Unit is Transferred in accordance with this Agreement or the Exchange Agreement or (ii) any Company property is distributed to any Member.
 
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 9.1              Separate Agreements; Schedules . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, including Section 9.4 , or of any subscription agreement between the Company and any Member, the Managing Member may, or may cause the Company to, without the approval of any other Member or other Person, enter into separate agreements with individual Members with respect to any matter, which have the effect of establishing rights under, or altering, supplementing or amending the terms of, this Agreement or any such subscription agreement. The parties hereto agree that any terms contained in any such separate agreement shall govern with respect to such Member(s) party thereto notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement. The Managing Member may from time to time execute and deliver to the Members schedules which set forth information contained in the books and records of the Company and any other matters deemed appropriate by the Managing Member. Such schedules shall be for information purposes only and shall not be deemed to be part of this Agreement for any purpose whatsoever.
 
Section 9.2              Governing Law . THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, EXCLUDING ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS RULE OR PRINCIPLE THAT MIGHT REFER THE GOVERNANCE OR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.
 
 
36

 
 
Section 9.3              Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective Successors in Interest; provided that no Person claiming by, through or under a Member (whether as such Member’s Successor in Interest or otherwise), as distinct from such Member itself, shall have any rights as, or in respect to, a Member (including the right to approve or vote on any matter or to notice thereof).
 
Section 9.4              Amendments and Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or modified by the written consent of the Managing Member in its sole discretion without the approval of any other Member or other Person; provided that except as otherwise provided herein (including, without limitation, in Section 3.2(a) ), no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of a holder of Units, as such, other than on a pro rata basis with other holders of Units of the same Class without the consent of such holder (or, if there is more than one such holder that is so affected, without the consent of a majority of such affected holders in accordance with their holdings of Units), provided further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member may, without the written consent of any other Member or any other Person, amend, supplement, waive or modify any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect: (1) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or issuance of any Class of Units or other Equity Securities in the Company or other Company securities in accordance with this Agreement; (2) the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Members in accordance with this Agreement; (3) a change in the name of the Company, the location of the principal place of business of the Company, the registered agent of the Company or the registered office of the Company; (4) any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification that the Managing Member determines in its sole discretion to be necessary or appropriate to address changes in U.S. federal income tax regulations, legislation or interpretation; or (5) a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company and any other changes that the Managing Member determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the Fiscal Year or taxable year of the Company, including a change in the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Company; provided further, that the books and records of the Company shall be deemed amended from time to time to reflect the admission of a new Member, the withdrawal or resignation of a Member, the adjustment of the Units or other interests in the Company resulting from any issuance, Transfer or other disposition of Units or other interests in the Company, in each case that is made in accordance with the provisions hereof. If an amendment has been approved in accordance with this agreement, such amendment shall be adopted and effective with respect to all Members. Upon obtaining such approvals as may be required by this Agreement, and without further action or execution on the part of any other Member or other Person, any amendment to this Agreement may be implemented and reflected in a writing executed solely by the Managing Member and the other Members shall be deemed a party to and bound by such amendment.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any other consent that may be required, any amendment of this Agreement that requires a holder of LLC Units on the date hereof to make a Capital Contribution (including as a condition to maintaining any rights necessary to permit such holders to exercise their rights under the Exchange Agreement) shall require the consent of such holder of LLC Units.
 
 
37

 
 
No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder (other than a failure or delay beyond a period of time specified herein) shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
 
Section 9.5              Notices . Whenever notice is required or permitted by this Agreement to be given, such notice shall be in writing and shall be given to any Member at such Member’s address or facsimile number shown in the Company’s books and records, or, if given to the Company, at the following address:
 
H.D.D. LLC
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) to:
 
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10104
Attention: Anna T. Pinedo
Facsimile: (212) 468-7900
 
Each proper notice shall be effective upon any of the following: (a) personal delivery to the recipient, (b) when sent by facsimile to the recipient (with confirmation of receipt), (c) one Business Day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (d) three Business Days after being deposited in the mails (first class or airmail postage prepaid).
 
Section 9.6               Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more separate counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto.
 
Section 9.7               Power of Attorney . Each Member hereby irrevocably appoints the Managing Member as such Member’s true and lawful representative and attorney in fact, each acting alone, in such Member’s name, place and stead, (a) to make, execute, sign and file all instruments, documents and certificates which, from time to time, may be required to set forth any amendment to this Agreement or which may be required by this Agreement or by the laws of the United States of America, the State of California or any other state in which the Company shall determine to do business, or any political subdivision or agency thereof and (b) to execute, implement and continue the valid and subsisting existence of the Company or to qualify and continue the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business. Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive and continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent withdrawal from the Company of any Member for any reason and shall survive and shall not be affected by the disability, incapacity, Bankruptcy or dissolution of such Member. No power of attorney granted in this Agreement shall revoke any previously granted power of attorney.
 
 
38

 
 
Section 9.8               Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Exchange Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the other documents and agreements referred to herein or entered into concurrently herewith embody the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein; provided that such other agreements and documents shall not be deemed to be a part of, a modification of or an amendment to this Agreement. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter, including the Original Agreement, the First Amended Agreement and the Second Amended Agreement.
 
Section 9.9               Remedies . Each Member shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies that such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights that such Person has under any applicable law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security) to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by applicable law.
 
Section 9.10             Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.
 
Section 9.11             Creditors . None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in Company profits, losses, distributions, capital or property other than as a secured creditor.
 
Section 9.12             Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
Section 9.13             Further Action . The parties agree to execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
 
39

 
 
Section 9.14             Delivery by Facsimile or Email . This Agreement, the agreements referred to herein, and each other agreement or instrument entered into in connection herewith or therewith or contemplated hereby or thereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of a facsimile machine or email with scan or facsimile attachment, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of a facsimile machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a facsimile machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract, and each such party forever waives any such defense.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement.
 
 
MANAGING MEMBER:
 
       
  TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
       
 
By:
   
  Name:     
  Title:    
       
 
 
OTHER MEMBERS:
 
       
 
THE HURST FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST dated August 1, 2004
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Trustee
 
       
       
  By:    
    Sylvia M. Hurst, Co-Trustee  
 
 
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
    a California limited partnership
 
       
 
 
 
 
By:       HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC., a California corporation
Its:       General Partner
 
     
       
 
By:
   
   
William R. Hambrecht, Chairman
 
 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/T/D dated August 24, 2005
 
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Heath E. Dolan, Trustee
 
 
 
[SIGNATURES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
 
 
41

 
 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2003 FAMILY TRUST U/T/A dated June 5, 2003
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Trustee
 
       
       
  THE CARROLL-OBREMSKEY FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST DATED APRIL 5, 1996  
       
       
  By:    
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Trustee
 
       
       
  By:      
    Stasia A. Obremskey, Trustee  
 
 
       
   
Mark De Meulenaere
 
 
 
       
   
Forrester R. Hambrecht
 
 
 
       
   
Barrie Graham
 
 
  
       
   
Anna Schweizer
 
 

       
   
Virginia Marie Lambrix
 
 
 
42

 
 
ANNEX A
MEMBERS
 

 
 
 
43 

 
 
 
Exhibit 10.1
 
  ROBERT
HALL
Winery
 
S al es Memo
Date: March 10, 2012
 
 
Seller
Robert Hall Winery
2975 Mitchell Ranch Way
Paso Robles CA
 
 
Contact:   Don Br a dy
Phone:     805-239-1616
Fax:            805-239-2464
  Buyer
TRUETT & HURST
P.O. Box 1532
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg CA 95448
 
Contact: Ginny Lambrix
530- 270-9373; Phil Hurst
707-318-7480
 
 
     
 
DESCRIPTION & APPROXIMATE QUANTTTY:
Central Coast Cabernet Sauvignon wine (52, 0 00 gallons)
Central Coast Zinfandel wine (32,500 gallons)
Central Coast   Petite Sirah  wine (13,000 gallons)
Central Coast Cabernet Franc wine (6,500 gallons)
Central Coast Merlot wine (58,500 gallons)
Central Coast   Syrah wine (32,500 gal1ons)
All wine: 100% Varietal, 1 00 % Vintage, 100% Central Coast
 
 
UNIT PRICES, DOLLARS/GALLON BY VARIETY BY VINTAGE:
 
 
Cabernet Sauvignon, Zinfandel, Petite Sirah, Cabernet Franc;
 
  2012, $11.00/Gallon, 2013, $11.50/Gallon, 2014, $12.00/Gallon, 2015, $12.50/Gallon  
 
Merlot, Syrah
 
 
2012, $9.50/Gallon, 2013, $10.00/Gallon, 2014, $10.50/Gallon, 2015, $11.00/Gallon     
 
  All FOB Robert Hall Winery, Paso Robles, CA
 
 
All based on approval of samples
 
 
TERMS : 33% due at approval of samples (~1/15 of the year following harvest); balance due in 2 increments of 33% paid at 30 day intervals from the initial due date, or 30 days from delivery if this occurs first.
 
 
DATE OF TRANSFER: Prior to 3/31 of the year following harvest, any balance will be billed at a rate of $0.12/gallon per month of storage .
 

 
For: Robert Hall Winery
 
For: Truett & Hurst
BW CA 6278
   
     
  3/12/2012     3/12/2012
Signature
Date
 
Signature
Date
 

 
3443 Mill Road
Paso Robles, CA 93446
Telephone: 805.239.1616 ~ Facsimile: 805.239.2464 ~Email: dbrady@roberthallwinery.com
 

Exhibit 10.2
 
MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
THIS MEMBERSHIP INTEREST PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this " Agreement "), dated as of August 1, 2012, is made by and between BRANDON STAUBER (" Seller ") and H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (" Buyer ").
 
  RECITALS
 
 
A.
Seller owns fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding membership interests in Wine Spies, LLC, a California limited liability company (the " Company ").    
 
 
B.
Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, and the Seller desires to sell to Buyer, all of the membership interests in the Company held by Seller (the " Purchased Interest "), on the terms and conditions set forth herein.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
  AGREEMENT
 
1.              Acquisition Of the Purchased Interest .  On the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, Seller agrees to sell the Purchased Interest to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase the Purchased Interest from Seller.  Seller shall sell, assign, and transfer the Purchased Interest free and clear of any and all Encumbrances (as defined in Section 4.3(b)) and any voting agreements, proxies, or similar agreements to Buyer as of the close of business on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3).  This Agreement, the Noncompetition Agreement (as defined in Section 6.3 below), the Consulting Agreement (as defined in Section 6.4 below) and the Transfer Documents (as defined in Section 6.11 below) shall be collectively referred to herein as the " Transaction Documents ."
 
2.              Consideration .
 
 
2.1. 
Purchase Price .  The aggregate purchase price to be paid by Buyer to Seller for the Purchased Interest shall be Three Hundred Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($325,000) (the " Purchase Price ").
 
 
2.2. 
Payment of the Purchase Price .  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver to Seller (i) Two Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($275,000) by check or wire transfer, and (ii) a non-interest bearing promissory note payable to Seller in the principal amount of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the " Note ").  The Note shall be due and payable on or before March 1, 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
 
2.3. 
Purchase Price Adjustment .
 
(a)            Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
 
(1)           " Net Working Capital " shall mean the difference of (i) cash and total current accounts receivable of the Company as of the Closing Date less (ii) total current accounts payable of the Company within as of the Closing Date, each as computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
(2)           " Net Working Capital Target " shall mean Zero Dollars ($0.00).
 
(b)            Net Working Capital Adjustment .  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted as follows:  (i) in the event that the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date exceeds the Net Working Capital Target by more than $10,000, then the Purchase Price shall be adjusted upward by an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of the difference between the excess amount and $10,000, in which case Buyer shall promptly, but in any event within five (5) business days following the determination in accordance with Section 2.3(b) hereof, increase the principal balance of the Note by one-half (1/2) of the difference between the excess amount and $10,000; or (ii) in the event that the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date is less than the Net Working Capital Target by more than $10,000, then the Purchase Price shall be adjusted downward in an amount equal to one-half (1/2) of the difference between the deficiency amount and $10,000, in which case Buyer shall offset such difference between the deficiency amount and $10,000 against the principal balance of the Note.
 
(c)            Determination of Net Working Capital .  No later than thirty (30) days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a statement (the " Closing Balance Sheet ") setting forth its computation of the Net Working Capital.  The Closing Balance Sheet shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  The Closing Balance Sheet shall become final and binding upon the parties fifteen (15) days following Seller's receipt thereof unless Seller gives written notice of his disagreement (" Dispute Notice ") to Buyer prior to such date.  Seller shall have such fifteen (15)-day period to bring a dispute, but only on the basis that the amounts reflected on the Closing Balance Sheet were not presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles or were inaccurate or incomplete.  Within thirty (30) days after delivery of such Dispute Notice, the parties hereto shall attempt to resolve such dispute and agree in writing upon the final content of the disputed Closing Balance Sheet.  If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve any dispute within the thirty (30)-day period after Seller's receipt of a Dispute Notice, Seller and Buyer shall jointly engage as arbitrator an accounting firm acceptable to and jointly engaged by both Buyer and Seller, provided such accounting firm has not performed accounting, tax or auditing services for Buyer or Seller or any of their respective affiliates during the past three (3) years (the " Arbitrating Accountant ").  The Arbitrating Accountant shall promptly, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date of its appointment, determine, based solely on presentations by Buyer and Seller, and not by independent review, only those issues in dispute and shall render a written report as to the dispute and the resulting computation of the Closing Balance Sheet and the Net Working Capital, which shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties and not subject to appeal or judicial review.  In resolving any disputed item, the Arbitrating Accountant may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either party.  Upon the resolution of all such disputes, the Closing Balance Sheet shall be revised to reflect such resolution.  The Arbitrating Accountant shall determine the proportion of its fees and expenses to be paid by each of Seller and Buyer, based primarily on the degree to which the Arbitrating Accountant has accepted the positions of the respective parties.
 
 
2

 
 
3.              Closing .  Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to closing set forth in this Agreement, the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the " Closing ") shall take place at 10:00 a.m. on July ____, 2012 (the " Closing Date "), at the offices of Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP, located at 90 South E Street, Suite 200, Santa Rosa, California  95404, or at such other time, date, and place as may be mutually agreed upon.
 
4.              Representations and Warranties of Seller .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:
 
4.1.            Good Standing .  The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and has all necessary power and authority to own and conduct the business now being conducted.
 
4.2.            Authorization .  Seller has the full right, capacity, power, and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents, to perform his obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  Each of the Transaction Documents has been duly executed and delivered by Seller, and assuming due authorization, execution, and delivery by Buyer, constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Seller enforceable in accordance with its respective terms and conditions, except as such enforcement may be limited (i) by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application affecting creditors' rights generally, or (ii) by general principles of equity.
 
4.3.            Trademark .  The Company has all right, title and interest in any trademark of the Company's name "The Wine Spies" (the " Trademark ") and in the Service Marks (as defined in Section 6.5), together with the goodwill associated therewith, including but not limited to all rights of recovery for past infringement thereof.
 
4.4.            Ownership of the Company .
 
(a)           The Purchased Interest represents fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding interests and rights in the Company including, without limitation, all economic interest, all rights to vote or participate in management, and all rights to information concerning the business and affairs of the Company.
 
(b)           Seller owns beneficially and of record the Purchased Interest and has full power and authority to sell and transfer the Purchased Interest to Buyer in the manner provided herein, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges, security interest, pledges, mortgages, rights of setoff, preemptive rights, trust arrangements, or other encumbrances of any character whatsoever (whether arising from contract, by operation of law, or otherwise) (collectively, " Encumbrances ") or any voting agreements, proxies, or similar agreements.
 
 
3

 
 
(c)           There are no outstanding options, warrants, rights (including conversion or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, to purchase or acquire from the Company any membership interests or other equity interest or rights, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for membership interests or other equity interest or rights of the Company.  The outstanding membership interests of the Company are owned by the persons, with the respective percentage interests specified in the Amended Operating Agreement of the Company dated as of March 26, 2007 (the " Operating Agreement ").
 
4.5.            Noncontravention .  The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the performance of Seller’s obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of, or default or loss of benefit under, or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification, or cancellation under, or require any notice, consent, or waiver under, any material contract, indebtedness, or agreement to which Seller or the Company is a party which would have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition or business as now conducted (a " Material Adverse Effect "); (ii) violate or result in the loss of any benefit under any order, judgment, or decree applicable to the Company; or (iii) result in any violation, or conflict with, or constitute a default under, the Company's Articles of Organization or the Operating Agreement.
 
4.6.            No Consents .  No consent, approval, or authorization of, or declaration, filing, or registration with, any governmental authority or any other person is required to be obtained or made by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.
 
4.7.            Books and Records .  The books and records of the Company, all of which have been made available to Buyer, are complete and correct and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices.
 
4.8.            Taxes .  Within the times and in the manner prescribed by law, the Company has filed all federal, state, and local tax returns required by law and has paid, or will pay prior to becoming delinquent, all taxes, assessments, and penalties shown to be due and payable on such returns, including without limitation all sales and use taxes and the annual minimum franchise tax and "gross receipts" fee applicable to limited liability companies such as the Company, except where the failure to do so would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.9.            Claims and Legal Proceedings .  There is no claim, litigation, proceeding or governmental investigation pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened, or any order, injunction or decree outstanding, against the Company.  To Seller's knowledge, there is no reasonable basis for future claims, litigations, proceedings, or investigations against the Company.
 
 
4

 
 
4.10.          Title; Liens .  The Company has good and marketable title to its properties and assets, and has good title to all its leasehold interests, in each case subject to no material mortgage, pledge, lien, lease, encumbrance or charge, other than (i) liens for current taxes not yet due and payable, (ii) liens imposed by law and incurred in the ordinary course of business for obligations not past due, (iii) liens in respect of pledges or deposits under workers' compensation laws or similar legislation, and (iv) liens, encumbrances and defects in title which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or have a Material Adverse Effect, and which have not arisen otherwise than in the ordinary course of business.
 
4.11.          Financial Statements . The unaudited balance sheet (the " Balance Sheet ") at June 30, 2012 (the " Balance Sheet Date "), the related unaudited statements of income and cash flows as of and for the period beginning January 1, 2011 and ended December 31, 2011 and the interim statements of income and cash flows as of and for the period beginning January 1, 2012 and ended June 30, 2012 (collectively, the " Financial Statements ") of the Company, are attached as Exhibit B hereto. The Financial Statements were prepared in good faith, have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (" GAAP "), and fairly and accurately present the Company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
 
4.12.          Absence of Undisclosed Liabilities .  The Company does not have any liability (whether known or unknown and whether absolute or contingent), except for (a) liabilities shown on the Balance Sheet, (b) liabilities not in excess of $10,000 in the aggregate, which have arisen since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business and which are similar in nature and amount to the liabilities which arose during the comparable period of time in the immediately preceding fiscal period, and (c) contractual and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business which are not required by U.S. GAAP to be reflected on a balance sheet and which would not, either individually or in the aggregate, have or result in a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.13.          Absence of Changes .  Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has been no material adverse change in the business, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise), or results of operations of the Company, other than changes occurring in the ordinary course of business (which ordinary course changes have not, individually or in the aggregate, had a Material Adverse Effect).
 
4.14.          Related Parties . None of the Company's members, managers, officers or employees, or any members of their immediate families, or any affiliate of the foregoing are, directly or indirectly, indebted to the Company or have any (i) material commercial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting or familial relationship with any of the Company's customers, suppliers, service providers, joint venture partners, licensees and competitors, (ii) direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or in any firm or corporation which competes with the Company except that such persons may own stock in (but not exceeding three percent (3%) of the outstanding capital stock of) publicly traded companies that may compete with the Company or (iii) financial interest in any contract with the Company.
 
 
5

 
 
4.15.          Brokers and Finders .  Seller has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Company, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Transaction Documents.
 
4.16.            Disclosure .  To Seller's knowledge, no representation or warranty by Seller contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any other document, certificate, or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.  The representations and warranties made to Buyer are made with the knowledge and expectation that Buyer is relying thereon and the same shall not be affected by any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by or on behalf of Buyer.
 
5.              Representations and Warranties of Buyer .  Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:
 
5.1.            Good Standing .  Buyer is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California and has all necessary power and authority to own and conduct the business now being conducted.
 
5.2.            Authorization .  Buyer has the full right, capacity, power, and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Buyer, and assuming due authorization, execution, and delivery by Seller, constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms and conditions, except as such enforcement may be limited (i) by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application affecting creditors' rights generally, or (ii) by general principles of equity.
 
5.3.            Noncontravention .  The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the performance of Buyer's obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) violate, conflict with, or result in a breach of, or default or loss of benefit under, or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification, or cancellation under, or require any notice, consent, or waiver under, any material contract, indebtedness, or agreement to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound; (ii) violate or result in the loss of any benefit under any order, judgment, or decree applicable to Buyer; or (iii) result in any material violation, or material conflict with, or constitute a material default under, Buyer's organizational documents, as may be amended to date.
 
5.4.            No Consents .  No consent, approval, or authorization of, or declaration, filing, or registration with, any governmental authority or any other person is required to be obtained or made by Buyer in connection with the execution, delivery, and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
5.5.            Brokers and Finders .  Buyer has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents and neither Seller nor Buyer has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by Buyer, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement.
 
 
6

 
 
5.6.            Disclosure .  To Buyer's knowledge, no representation or warranty by Buyer contained in this Agreement, and no statement contained in any other document, certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, in order to make the statements herein or therein not misleading.  The representations and warranties made to Seller are made with the knowledge and expectation that Seller is relying thereon and the same shall not be affected by any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by or on behalf of Seller.
 
6.              Certain Covenants .
 
6.1.            Inspection .  Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall (i) give Buyer and its authorized representatives and advisors full access, during normal business hours, to all facilities of the Company; (ii) furnish Buyer and its authorized representatives and advisors with all documents and information relating to the Company as may be reasonably requested by Buyer and their authorized representatives and advisors; and (iii) permit Buyer and its authorized representatives and advisors to review all books, records, and contracts relating to the Company's operations.  The Buyer shall keep confidential and not use or disclose to any party any confidential information acquired by Buyer from Seller pursuant to this Section 6.1 or otherwise disclosed in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, unless Seller shall give its written consent to the contrary , or unless otherwise required or permitted by law.
 
6.2.            Company's Books and Records .  Prior to the Closing, Seller shall, upon at least twenty-four (24) hours advance written notice by Buyer, permit Buyer to inspect the Company's books and records.
 
6.3.            Noncompetition Agreement .  Seller shall enter into a Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation, and Nondisclosure Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the " Noncompetition Agreement ") pursuant to which Seller shall agree not to compete with the Company within the United States for a period of four (4) years.
 
6.4.            Consulting Agreement .  Seller shall enter into a consulting agreement between the Company and Seller in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D   (the " Consulting Agreement ") pursuant to which Seller shall provide services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth therein.
 
6.5.            Use of Names .  Seller hereby agrees to not, and to cause each of his Affiliates (as defined herein) to not use the terms "The Wine Spies," "Agent White," "Agent Red," "Agent Sparkle," and "Agent Blush," or any derivation thereof (collectively, the " Service Marks ", and together with the Trademark, the " Marks "), in connection with the formation, development, or expansion of any existing or new business venture.  As used herein, the term " Affiliate " shall mean any individual, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, estate, association or any other entity, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlled by, or under common control of Seller.  The term "control" as used in the immediately preceding sentence shall mean with respect to a corporation or limited liability company the right to exercise, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting rights attributable to the controlled corporation or limited liability company, and, with respect to any individual, partnership, trust, association, or other entity, the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the controlled entity.
 
 
7

 
 
6.6.            Assignment of Marks .  Seller hereby recognizes and acknowledges the Company as the sole owner of the Marks.  To the extent Seller has, or may acquire, any rights in the Marks, Seller hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Company all right, title and interest he has, or may acquire, in and to the ownership of the Marks together with the goodwill associated therewith, including but not limited to all rights of recovery for past infringement thereof.  To the extent Jason Seeber has, or may acquire, any rights in the Marks, Seller hereby agrees to obtain and deliver to Buyer at Closing an assignment of marks duly executed by Jason Seeber (the " Assignment of Marks ") in which Jason Seeber irrevocably assigns and transfers to the Company all right, title and interest he has, or may acquire, in and to the ownership of the Marks together with the goodwill associated therewith, including but not limited to all rights of recovery for past infringement thereof.
 
6.7.            Resignation .  Effective as of the Closing Date, Seller does hereby resign as manager and employee of the Company.
 
6.8.            Seller's Release .
 
(a)           Except for the obligations created by this Agreement and that certain Joinder Agreement by and between Seller and Jason Seeber of even date herewith, Seller and his successors, heirs and assigns, do hereby absolutely, fully and forever release, relieve, waive, relinquish, absolve, acquit and discharge Buyer and the Company and their respective managers, members, agents and representatives of and from any and all manner of claims, demands, promises, cause or causes of action, action or actions, suits, debts, liabilities, obligations, costs, expenses, sums of money, controversies, damages, accounts, reckonings and liens of every kind or nature whatsoever, whether mature, contingent, direct, derivative, subrogated, personal, assigned, discovered, undiscovered, suspected, unsuspected or otherwise, which they have, may have or have owned, or held at any time by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the beginning of time to the date hereof in any way arising out of or relating to, or in connection with, the Company's operations, Seller's ownership of membership interest in the Company, Seller's employment by the Company, Seller's relationship with the Company, or Seller's relationship with Buyer.
 
 
8

 
 
(b)           Seller acknowledges and agrees that the release set forth in Section 6.8(a) above is a full and final release applying not only to all claims that are presently known, anticipated, or disclosed, but also to all claims that are presently unknown, unanticipated, and undisclosed.  SELLER HEREBY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OR BENEFITS THAT HE MAY NOW HAVE OR MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE REGARDING CLAIMS, UNDER THE TERMS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542 (" Section 1542 "), WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS:
 
"A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor."
 
Seller, being aware of Section 1542, hereby expressly waives and relinquishes any rights or benefits he has or may have thereunder in connection with the release provided herein, as well as under any other statute or common law principle of similar effect.
 
6.9.            Right to Offset .  The Buyer expressly reserves against Seller the right to offset against sums payable to Seller under this Agreement and/or the Note an amount equal to any Damages (as defined in Section 8.2(a) below) sustained by either of Buyer or the Company for which they are entitled to be indemnified pursuant to Section 8.2(a) below.
 
6.10.          Public Announcements .  Each party agrees not to make any public announcement in regard to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby without the other party’s prior written consent, except as may be required by law, in which case the parties shall use reasonable efforts to coordinate with each other with respect to the timing, form, and content of such required disclosures.
 
6.11.          Company Documents .  Upon request by Buyer, Seller hereby agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such consents, minutes or waivers of the Company's members or managers reasonably necessary and appropriate to authorize the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to comply with the requirements of the California Corporations Code (the " Company Documents ").
 
6.12.          Transfer Documents .  Upon request by Buyer, Seller hereby agrees to deliver any agreements or instruments reasonably required by Buyer to evidence the unencumbered transfer of the Purchased Interest from Seller to Buyer (the " Transfer Documents ").
 
6.13.          Taxes .  Seller shall pay all sales, use, transfer, and other taxes associated with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
 
6.14.          Further Actions .  At the Closing, and from time to time thereafter, upon the request of either party, the other party agrees to execute, acknowledge, and deliver all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, powers of attorney, assurances, and other documents as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party to evidence and implement the transactions described in this Agreement.
 
 
9

 
 
7.              Conditions to Closing .
 
7.1.            Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Buyer .  The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are expressly conditioned upon satisfaction of all the following conditions on or prior to the Closing, unless waived by each of Buyer:
 
(a)            Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Seller contained in the Transaction Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as though made on and as of such date;
 
(b)            Good Standing Certificates .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer at the Closing (i) a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of California, dated as of a date within five (5) days of the Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of the Company and (ii) a certificate of the Franchise Tax Board of the State of California dated as of a date within five (5) days of the Closing Date, with respect to the good standing of the Company;
 
(c)            Certificate of Release .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer at the Closing a Certificate of Release from the California Employment Development Department (the " EDD ") stating that, as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days before the Closing Date, no contributions, interest or penalties are due to the EDD from the Company;
 
(d)         Operating Agreement .  The Company, Buyer, and Jason Seeber shall enter into a mutually agreeable Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company dated as of the Closing Date;
 
(e)          Approval . Seller shall satisfy, and the Company shall pay all fees and other costs related thereto, any and all applicable federal or state filing or licensing requirements and deliver to Buyer receipts of any and all applicable federal or state regulatory approvals which are required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents;
 
(f)          Taxes .  The Company shall have filed all tax returns and paid in full all sales and income taxes in a timely manner, including estimated taxes, due to the Franchise Tax Board, Board of Equalization, and the Internal Revenue Service.
 
(g)            Bank Accounts .  The Company shall establish new signature cards and appoint Jim Bielenberg and Phillip Hurst as authorized persons and signatories for all of the Company's bank accounts.
 
(h)            Title and Transfer .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer an Assignment of Membership Interests representing the Purchased Interest in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the " Assignment of Membership Interest ");
 
(i)            Spousal Consent .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer a duly executed Spousal Consent substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the " Spousal Consent ");
 
 
10

 
 
(j)            Assignment of Marks .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer an original of the Assignment of Marks duly executed by Jason Seeber;
 
(k)           Noncompetition Agreement .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer a duly executed counterpart of the Noncompetition Agreement;
 
(l)            Consulting Agreement .  Seller shall deliver to Buyer a duly executed counterpart of the Consulting Agreement;
 
(m)          Company Documents .  If requested by Buyer, Seller shall deliver or cause the delivery of the Company Documents to Buyer;
 
(n)           Transfer Documents .  If requested by Buyer, Seller shall deliver or cause the delivery of the Transfer Documents to Buyer; and
 
(o)           Performance .  Seller shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements required by the Transaction Documents to be performed and complied with by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
7.2.          Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Seller .  The obligations of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are expressly conditioned upon satisfaction of all the following conditions on or prior to the Closing, unless waived by Seller:
 
(a)            Accuracy of Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Closing with the same force and effect as though made on and as of such date;
 
(b)            Promissory Note .  Buyer shall deliver to Seller a duly executed original of the Note;
 
(c)            Noncompetition Agreement . Buyer shall cause the delivery to Seller of a duly executed counterpart to the Noncompetition Agreement;
 
(d)            Consulting Agreement .  Buyer shall cause the delivery to Seller of a duly executed counterpart to the Consulting Agreement; and
 
(e)            Performance .  Buyer shall have performed and complied with the covenants and agreements required by this Agreement to be performed and complied with by Buyer on or prior to the Closing Date.
 
 
8.
Survival and Indemnification .
 
8.1.            Survival .  All representations and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement or in any of the Transaction Documents or certificate delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive the Closing for a period of two (2) years after the Closing Date, and shall not be deemed waived or otherwise affected by any investigation made or any knowledge acquired with respect thereto.  The covenants and agreements of Seller contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing and shall continue until all obligations with respect thereto shall have been performed or satisfied or shall have been terminated in accordance with their terms.
 
 
11

 
 
 
8.2.
Indemnification .
 
(a)           Seller shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Buyer and the Company (including each of their respective successors and assigns) from and against all losses, claims, assessments, demands, damages, liabilities, obligations, costs, and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable attorney fees and costs (collectively, " Damages ") sustained or incurred by either of Buyer or the Company (i) by reason of the breach of any of the obligations, covenants, or provisions of the Transaction Documents, or the inaccuracy of any of the representations or warranties made by Seller; (ii) arising out of or relating to any liabilities or obligations of Seller; (iii) arising out of or relating to all third party claims or litigation relating to the intentional acts, willful misconduct, or negligence of Seller; or (iv) arising out of or relating to any liabilities of the Company not disclosed to Buyer in the Financial Statements.
 
(b)           Buyer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Seller, from and against all Damages sustained or incurred by Seller (i) by reason of the breach of any of the obligations, covenants or provisions of this Agreement, or the inaccuracy of any of the representations or warranties made by, Buyer herein; (ii) arising out of or relating to any liabilities or obligations of Buyer; (iii) arising out of or relating to all third party claims or litigation relating to incidents occurring after the Closing Date in connection with the Company, except any Damages arising from or relating to the acts or omissions of Seller; or (iv) arising out of or relating to all third party claims or litigation related to any services provided by the Company after the Closing Date.
 
9.              Legal Representation .  The parties acknowledge that the law firm of Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP has prepared this Agreement and represents solely the interests of Buyer.  Seller does hereby represent and warrant that he has received, or has had the opportunity and adequate time to receive, independent tax and legal advice from counsel of such party's choice with respect to the advisability of entering into and performing such party's obligations under this Agreement.  Seller does hereby represent and warrant that such party has read and understands the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
10.            Notice .  Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered as described herein.  A notice shall be deemed effectively given as follows:  (i) upon personal delivery and actual receipt by intended recipient; (ii) one (1) business day after transmission by electronic means, provided such transmission is electronically confirmed as having been successfully transmitted and a copy of such notice is deposited within 24 hours for either overnight delivery or for registered or certified mail, in accordance with clause (iii) or (iv) below, respectively; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service, prepaid for overnight delivery; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested.  Addresses for notice shall be as, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to the other parties:
 
 
12

 
 
 
If to Seller:
 
 
Brandon Stauber
 
150 Front Street #24
 
Exeter, NH 03833
 
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
 
Ronald J. Stauber, Inc.
 
1880 Century Park East Suite 315
 
Los Angeles, CA  90067
 
Attn: Ronald J. Stauber
 
 
If to Buyer
 
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
P.O. Box 1532
 
Healdsburg, CA  95448
 
Attn: Managers
 
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
 
Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP
 
90 South E Street, Suite 200
 
Santa Rosa, CA  95404
 
Attn: Kevin J. McCullough
 
 
 
11.
Miscellaneous Provisions .
 
11.1.   Further Assurances .  Each party shall execute and deliver such papers, documents, and instruments, and perform such acts as are necessary or appropriate to implement the terms of this Agreement and the intent of the parties hereto.
 
11.2.   Survival .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, representations, warranties, covenants, and other provisions of this Agreement shall survive and remain in effect after the Closing Date.
 
11.3.   Expenses .  Each party shall pay its own costs and expenses, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of their respective legal counsel and financial advisers incidental to the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
11.4.   Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements of the parties, whether written or oral.
 
11.5.   Amendments .  Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the party or parties to be bound thereby.
 
 
13

 
 
11.6.   Waivers .  No delay in the exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver by any party of any right or remedy under this Agreement on any one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy on any subsequent occasion.
 
11.7.   Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and assigns.
 
11.8.   Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
 
11.9.   Survival .  Except as otherwise provided herein, all of the terms, representations, warranties, covenants, and other provisions of this Agreement shall survive and remain in effect after the date of this Agreement.
 
11.10.   Construction .  Any rule of construction to the affect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in interpreting this Agreement.  Every covenant, term, and provision of this Agreement shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party.  All words used herein will be construed to be of the gender or number the circumstances require.  Terms that are not specifically defined herein shall be given their ordinary meaning.  Every exhibit, schedule, attachment, or other appendix attached to this Agreement and referred to herein shall constitute a part of this Agreement and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, (i) plural and singular numbers will each be construed to include the other; (ii) the masculine, feminine, and neutral genders will each be construed to include the others; (iii) "shall," "will," "must," "agree," and "covenants" are each mandatory; (iv) "may" is permissive; (v) "or" is not exclusive; (vi) "includes" and "including" are not limiting; and (vii) "knowledge" will mean actual   knowledge.
 
11.11.   Headings .  The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
 
11.12.   Governing Law; Venue .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.  The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that this Agreement was made in the County of Sonoma in the State of California, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such county.
 
11.13.   Dispute Resolution .
 
 
14

 
 
(a)            Mutual Discussion .  If any claim, controversy, or dispute of any kind whatsoever (a " Dispute ") shall arise among the parties (including their subsidiaries and affiliates) in connection with, relating to, or arising out of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby, including without limitation the interpretation, performance, nonperformance, or termination hereof or thereof, the parties shall initially attempt to settle such Dispute through mutual discussion.  Such request shall be made by any party hereto by written notice to the other parties referencing this provision.  If such Dispute has not been resolved through mutual discussion within thirty (30) days following such notice, such Dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration pursuant to Section 11.13(b) hereof.
 
(b)            Arbitration .  Arbitration shall be conducted by the Arbitration and Mediation Center (the " AMC ") of Sonoma County or such other arbitration service mutually agreeable to the parties.  Arbitration shall be conducted in Sonoma County, California, and in accordance with the California Arbitration Act, section 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, provided such rules are not inconsistent with the express provisions set forth in this Agreement.  Arbitration shall be conducted by one (1) arbitrator with the AMC panel or such other arbitrator mutually agreeable to the parties, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Discovery may be conducted if determined necessary or appropriate by the arbitrator, but such arbitrator shall limit such discovery to the minimum necessary for preparation of the parties' prosecution and defense of any claim made in arbitration.  Costs of arbitration (including attorneys' fees and expenses) shall be made a part of the arbitrator's award to the prevailing party.  Arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.13 shall be the parties sole and exclusive venue for resolution of a Dispute.
 
(c)            Exclusions .  The dispute resolution provisions of this Section 11.13 shall not prohibit the parties from filing a judicial action to enable the recording of a notice of pending action or order of attachment, receivership, injunction, or other provisional remedy.
 
11.14.   Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be or become prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.
 
11.15.   Attorneys’ Fees .  If any legal action or other proceeding, including arbitration or action for declaratory relief, is brought for the enforcement of this Agreement or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs, in addition to any other relief to which the party may be entitled.  As used herein, "prevailing party" shall include without limitation:  (i) the party who dismisses an action in exchange for sums allegedly due; (ii) the party who receives performance from the other party of an alleged breach of covenant of a desired remedy where that is substantially equal to the relief sought in an action; or (iii) the party determined to be the prevailing party by a court of law or arbitrator.
 
11.16.   Time of Essence .  Time is of the essence with respect to the terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein.
 
 
15

 
 
11.17.   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16

 
 
 
IN WITNESS THEREOF. the parties have executed this Membership Interest Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.



 
SELLER:
     
  /s/ Brandon Stauber
 
Brandon Stauber
     
     
     
     
 
BUYER:
     
 
H.D.D. LLC.
 
a California limited liability company
     
     
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager


 
Exhibits :
A - Form of Promissory Note
B - Financial Statements of Company
C - Form of Noncompetition Agreement
D - Form of Consulting Agreement
E - Form of Assignment of Membership Interest
F - Form of Spousal Consent
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
FORM OF PROMISSORY NOTE
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 

 
EXHIBIT B
 
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF COMPANY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
  EXHIBIT C
 
FORM OF NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
  EXHIBIT D
 
FORM OF CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
  EXHIBIT E
 
  FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF MEMBERSHIP INTEREST
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
  EXHIBIT F
 
  CONSENT OF SPOUSE OR REGISTERED DOMESTIC PARTNER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.3
 



LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of July 16, 2012 , between H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company, with its chief executive office located at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448 (the "Borrower") and Bank of the West, a California banking corporation, with an address of 700 Main Street, Suite 212, Napa, California 94559
(the "Lender,").
 
     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Lender of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), Borrower represents to and agrees with the Lender, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows:

1.           THE LOAN

1.1            Loan(s).   Lender agrees, from time to time, in its sole discretion, to make one or more revolving loans, non-revolving loans or term loans (collectively, the "Loans") to or for the account of Borrower, upon Borrower's request therefor, in such amounts as shall be mutually agreed upon, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; provided there is no continuing uncured Event of Default (as hereinafter defined).  Loans shall be evidenced by one or more notes issued by Borrower in favor of the Lender (collectively, and each a "Note").  This Agreement, each Note and any and all other documents, substitutions, modifications, extensions, amendments or renewals executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing are collectively hereinafter referred to as the "Loan Documents".

1.2            Loan Account(s) .  One or more accounts shall be opened on the books of Lender in which a record will be kept of all Loans, and all payments thereon and other appropriate debits and credits as  provided by the Loan Documents.

1.3            Interest . Interest respecting the Loan(s) will be charged to Borrower on the principal amount from time to time outstanding at the interest rate specified in the Note(s) in accordance with the terms of the Note(s).

1.4            Repayment . All loans and advances made respecting any Loan shall be payable to Lender on or before the Expiration Date of the respective Note.

1.5            Authorized Persons; Advances .  Any person duly authorized in writing by Borrower, or in the absence of such a writing, the manager or managing member of Borrower, or any person otherwise authorized in this paragraph, may request discretionary Loans hereunder, either orally or otherwise, but the Lender at its option may require that all requests for Loans hereunder shall be in writing. The Lender shall incur no liability to Borrower in acting upon any request referred to herein which the Lender believes in good faith to have been made by an authorized person or persons. Each Loan hereunder may be credited by Lender to any deposit account of Borrower with Lender or with any other bank with which Borrower maintains a deposit account, or may be paid to Borrower (or as Borrower instructs) or may be applied to any Obligations, as Lender may in each instance elect.

1.6            Periodic Statement . At the option of the Lender, Lender will render to Borrower a statement of the Loan accounts, showing all applicable credits and debits. Each statement shall be considered correct and to have been accepted by Borrower and shall be conclusively binding upon Borrower in respect of all charges, debits and credits of whatsoever nature contained therein respecting the Loans, and the closing balance shown therein, unless Borrower notifies Lender in writing of any discrepancy within 30 days from the mailing by Lender to Borrower of any such statement.

 
 

 
 
2.           GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

2.1            Grant of Security Interest .  In consideration of the Lender's extending credit and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower, Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a security interest in, a lien on and pledge and assignment of the Collateral (as hereinafter defined). The security interest granted by this Agreement is given to and shall be held by the Lender as security for the payment and performance of all Obligations, including, without limitation, all amounts outstanding pursuant to the Loan Documents.

2.2            Definitions . The following definitions shall apply to this Agreement:

 
(a)
"Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of California as amended from time to time.

 
(b)
"Collateral" shall mean all of Borrower's present and future right, title and interest in and to any and all of the personal property of Borrower whether such property is now existing or hereafter created, acquired or arising and wherever located from time to time, including without limitation:
 
 
(i)
accounts;
 
 
(ii)
chattel paper;
 
 
(iii)
goods;
 
 
(iv)
inventory;
 
 
(v)
equipment;
 
 
(vi)
fixtures;
 
 
(vii)
farm products;
 
 
(viii)
water rights;
 
 
(ix)
instruments;
 
 
(x)
investment property;
 
 
(xi)
documents;
 
 
(xii)
commercial tort claims;
 
 
(xiii)
deposit accounts;
 
 
(xiv)
letter-of-credit rights;
 
 
(xv)
general intangibles;
 
 
(xvi)
Real Property;
 
 
(xvii)
supporting obligations; and
 
2

 
 
 
(xviii)
records of, accession to and proceeds and products of the foregoing.
 

 
(c)
"Debtors" shalt mean Borrower's customers who are indebted to Borrower.

 
(d)
"Obligation(s)" shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities, rate swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, equity or equity index swaps, equity or equity index options, bond options, interest rate options, foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by Borrower to the Lender at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by Borrower to the Lender; or are due indirectly by Borrower to the Lender as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third Persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Lender, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to Borrower or due from Borrower to the Lender from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement.

 
(e)
"Person" or "party" shall mean individuals, partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.

 
(f)
"Real Property" shall mean the real estate legally described in that certain Deed of Trust dated July 16, 2012 in the original aggregate amount of $3,381,000.00 to be recorded in the Official Records of the County of Sonoma , State of California , and all improvements located thereon.

All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.

2.3            Ordinary Course of Business .  The Lender hereby authorizes and permits Borrower to hold, process, sell, use or consume in the manufacture or processing of finished goods, or otherwise dispose of inventory for fair consideration, all in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, excluding, without limitation, sales to creditors or in bulk or sales or other dispositions occurring under circumstances which would or could create any lien or interest adverse to the Lender's security interest or other right hereunder in the proceeds resulting therefrom. The Lender also hereby authorizes and permits Borrower to receive from the Debtors all amounts due as proceeds of the Collateral at Borrower's own cost and expense, and also liability, if any, subject to the direction and control of the Lender at all times; and the Lender may at any time, without cause or notice, and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or demand has been made, terminate all or any part of the authority and permission herein or elsewhere in this Agreement granted to Borrower with reference to the Collateral, and notify Debtors to make all payments due as proceeds of the Collateral to the Lender.  Until Lender shall otherwise notify Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of Collateral shall be retained by Borrower and used solely for the ordinary and usual operation of Borrower's business. From and after notice by Lender to Borrower, all proceeds of  and collections of the Collateral shall be held in trust by Borrower for Lender and shall not be commingled with Borrower’s other funds or deposited in any Lender account of Borrower; and Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender on the dates of receipt thereof by Borrower, duly endorsed to Lender or to bearer, or assigned to Lender, as may be appropriate, all proceeds of the Collateral in the identical form received by Borrower.
 
2.4            Allowances .   Absent an Event of Default Borrower may grant such allowances or other adjustments to Debtors (exclusive of extending the time for payment of any item which shall not be done without first obtaining the Lender's written consent in each instance) as Borrower may reasonably deem to accord with sound business practice, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, accepting the return of all or any part of the inventory.
 
 
3

 
 
2.5            Records . Borrower shall hold its books and records relating to the Collateral segregated from all Borrower's other books and records in a manner satisfactory to the Lender; and shall deliver to the Lender from time to time promptly at its request all invoices, original documents of title, contracts, chattel paper, instruments and any other writings relating thereto, and other evidence of performance of contracts, or evidence of shipment or delivery of the merchandise or of the rendering of services; and Borrower will deliver to the Lender promptly at the Lender's request from time to time additional copies of any or all of such papers or writings, and such other information with respect to any of the Collateral and such schedules of inventory, schedules of accounts and such other writings as the Lender may in its sole discretion deem to be necessary or effectual to evidence any loan hereunder or the Lender's security interest in the Collateral.

2.6            Legends . Borrower shall promptly make, stamp or record such entries or legends on Borrower's books and records or on any of the Collateral (including, without limitation, chattel paper) as Lender shall request from time to time, to indicate and disclose that Lender has a security interest in such Collateral.

2.7            Inspection . The Lender, or its representatives, at any time and from time to time, shall have the right at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, and Borrower will permit the Lender and/or its representatives: (a) to examine, check, make copies of or extracts from any of Borrower's books, records and files (including, without limitation, orders and original correspondence); (b) to perform field exams or otherwise inspect and examine the Collateral and to check, test or appraise the same as to quality, quantity, value and condition; and (c) to verify the Collateral or any portion or portions thereof or Borrower's compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.

3.             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1            Organization and Qualification . Borrower is a duly organized and validly existing limited liability company under the laws of the State of its formation, with the exact legal name set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. Borrower is in good standing under the laws of said State, has the power to own its property and conduct its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted, is duly qualified to do business under the laws of each state where the nature of the business done or property owned requires such qualification, and, where necessary to maintain Borrower's rights and privileges, has compiled with the fictitious name statute of every jurisdiction in which Borrower is doing business.

3.2            Reliance . Each warranty, representation, covenant, obligation and agreement contained in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been relied upon by the Lender regardless of any investigation made or information possessed by the Lender and shall be cumulative and in addition to any other warranties, representations, covenants and agreements which Borrower now or hereafter shall give, or cause to be given, to the Lender.

3.3            Related Parties .  Borrower has no interest in any entities other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender, if any, and Borrower has never consolidated, merged or acquired substantially all of the assets of any other Person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender, if any.

3.4            Limited Liability Company Records . Borrower's certificate of organization, articles of organization or other charter document and all amendments thereto have been duly filed and are in proper order. All members of Borrower are properly reflected on all books and records of Borrower, including but not limited to its operating agreement, minute books, bylaws and books of account, all of which are accurate and up to date and will be so maintained.

 
4

 
 
3.5            Title to Properties; Absence of Liens . Borrower has good and clear record and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, and all of its properties and assets including the Collateral are free and clear of all mortgages, liens, pledges, charges, encumbrances and setoffs, other than the security interest therein granted to the Lender and those mortgages, deeds of trust, leases of personal property and security interests previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender.
 
3.6            Places of Business .  Borrower's chief executive office is correctly stated in the preamble to this Agreement, and Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Lender currently and accurately informed in writing of each of its other places of business, and shall not change the location of such chief executive office or open or close, move or change any existing or new place of business without giving the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.
 
3.7            Valid Obligations . The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action and each represents a legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and is fully enforceable according to its terms, except as limited by equity or laws relating to the enforcement of creditors' rights.
 
3.8            Fictitious Trade Styles . All fictitious trade styles, fictitious trade names, assumed business names or trade names (defined herein as "Trade Name") used by Borrower in connection with its business operations and each State in which each such Trade Name is used are listed below. Borrower shall notify the Lender not less than 30 days prior to effecting any change in the matters described below or prior to using any other Trade Name at any future date, indicating the Trade Name and State(s) of its use.
 
 
          Trade Name    State of Use  
       
   Truett-Hurst Winery       California  
       
   VML Russian River Winery     California  
 
3.9            Conflicts . There is no provision in Borrower’s organizational or charter documents, if any, or in any indenture, contract or agreement to which Borrower is a party which prohibits, limits or restricts the execution, delivery or performance of the Loan Documents.

3.10          Governmental Approvals. The execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents does not require any approval of or filing with any governmental agency or authority.

3.11          Litigation, etc . Except as otherwise disclosed to Lender in writing, there are no actions, claims or proceedings pending or to the knowledge of Borrower threatened against Borrower which might materially adversely affect the ability of Borrower to conduct its business or to pay or perform the Obligations.

3.12          Accounts and Contract Rights .  All accounts arise out of legally enforceable and existing contracts, and represent unconditional and undisputed bona fide indebtedness by a Debtor, and are not and will not be subject to any discount (except such cash or trade discount as may be shown on any invoice, contract or other writing delivered to the Lender). No contract right, account, general intangible or chattel paper is or will be represented by any note or other instrument, and, unless the Lender agrees otherwise, no contract right, account or general intangible is, or will be represented by any conditional or installment sales obligation or other chattel paper, except such instruments or chattel paper as have been or immediately upon receipt by Borrower will be delivered to the Lender (duly endorsed or assigned), such delivery, in the case of chattel paper, to include all executed copies except those in the possession of the installment buyer and any security for or guaranty of any of the Collateral shall be delivered to the Lender immediately upon receipt thereof by Borrower, with such assignments and endorsements thereof as the Lender may request.
 
 
5

 
 
3.13          Title to Collateral . At the date hereof Borrower is (and as to Collateral that Borrower may acquire after the date hereof, will be) the lawful owner of the Collateral, and the Collateral and each item thereof is, will be and shall continue to be free of all restrictions, liens, encumbrances or other rights, title or interests (other than the security interest therein granted to the Lender), credits, defenses, recoupments, set offs or counterclaims whatsoever. Borrower has and will have full power and authority to grant to the Lender a security interest in the Collateral and Borrower has not transferred, assigned, sold, pledged, encumbered, subjected to lien or granted any security interest in, and will not transfer, assign, sell (except sales or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business in respect to inventory as expressly permitted in this Agreement), pledge, encumber, subject to lien or grant any security interest in any of the Collateral (or any of Borrower's right, title or interest therein), to any Person other than the Lender. The Collateral is and will be valid and genuine in all respects. Borrower will warrant and defend the Lender's right to and interest in the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons whatsoever.

3.14          Location of Collateral . Except for sale, processing, use, consumption or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, Borrower will keep all farm products consisting of crops, livestock or feed, inventory and equipment only at locations specified in this Agreement or specified to the Lender in writing. Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep its records concerning the Collateral, including originals of all chattel paper (unless Lender requires Borrower to deliver originals of chattel paper to Lender), at the address set forth in this Agreement, and shall keep the Lender currently and accurately informed in writing of each location where Borrower’s records relating to its accounts and contract rights, respectively, are kept, and shall not remove such records or any of them to another location without giving the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

3.15          Third Parties . The Lender shall not be deemed to have assumed any liability or responsibility to Borrower or any third Person for the correctness, validity or genuineness of any instruments or documents that may be released or endorsed to Borrower by the Lender (which shall automatically be deemed to be without recourse to the Lender in any event) or for the existence, character, quantity, quality, condition, value or delivery of any goods purporting to be represented by any such documents; and the Lender, by accepting such security interest in the Collateral, or by releasing any Collateral to Borrower, shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or liability to any supplier or Debtor or to any other third party, and Borrower agrees to indemnify and defend the Lender and hold it harmless in respect to any claim or proceeding arising out of any matter referred to in this paragraph.

3.16          Payment of Accounts .  Each account or other item of Collateral, other than inventory and equipment, will be paid in full on or before the date shown as its due date in the schedule of Collateral, in the copy of the invoice(s) relating to the account or other Collateral or in contracts relating thereto. Upon any suspension of business, assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, dissolution, petition in receivership or under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as amended from time to time by or against any Debtor, any Debtor becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature or any other act of the same or different nature amounting to a business failure, Borrower will immediately notify the Lender thereof.
 
3.17          Water .  As of the date of this Agreement, sufficient water is available and is projected to be available, from verifiable surface and ground water sources as described in the most recent budget submitted by Borrower to Lender, if Borrower is required to submit a budget, or to conduct operations materially similar to prior years' operations as evidenced by information provided by any Borrower to the Lender.  Borrower has filed with all governmental agencies, all notices and other documents required under Federal, state and local laws and regulations in connection with the supply of water for and use of water in Borrower's operations.

3.18          Taxes . Borrower has filed all Federal, state and other tax returns required to be filed (except for such returns for which current and valid extensions have been filed), and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges due from Borrower have been fully paid. Borrower has established on its books reserves adequate for the payment of all Federal, state and other tax liabilities (if any).

3.19          Use of Proceeds .  No portion of any loan is to be used for (i) the purpose of purchasing or carrying any "margin security" or "margin stock" as such terms are used in Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. 221 and 224 or (ii) primarily personal, family or household purposes. The Collateral is not used or acquired primarily for personal, family or household purposes.
 
 
6

 
 
3.20          Environmental . As of the date hereof neither Borrower nor any of Borrower's agents, employees or independent contractors (1) have caused or are aware of a release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials (as defined herein) on any of the premises or personal property owned or controlled by Borrower ("Controlled Property") or any property abutting Controlled Property ("Abutting Property"), which could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law (as defined herein) or any other Federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; (2) have arranged for the transport of or transported any Hazardous Materials in a manner as to violate, or result in potential liabilities under, any Environmental Law; (3) have received any notice, order or demand from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other Federal, state or local agency under any Environmental Law; (4) have incurred any liability under any Environmental Law in connection with the mismanagement, improper disposal or release of Hazardous Materials; or (5) are aware of any inspection or investigation of any Controlled Property or Abutting Property by any Federal, state or local agency for possible violations of any Environmental Law.

To the best of Borrower's knowledge, neither Borrower, nor any prior owner or tenant of any Controlled Property, committed or omitted any act which caused the release of Hazardous Materials on such Controlled Property which could give rise to a lien thereon by any Federal, state or local government. No notice or statement of claim or lien affecting any Controlled Property has been recorded or filed in any public records by any Federal, state or local government for costs, penalties, fines or other charges as to such property. All notices, permits, licenses or similar authorizations, if any, required to be obtained or filed in connection with the ownership, operation, or use of the Controlled Property, including without limitation, the past or present generation, treatment, storage, disposal or release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment, have been duly obtained or filed.
 
       Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Lender harmless from all liability, loss, cost, damage and expense, including attorney fees and costs of litigation, arising from any and all of its violations of any Environmental Law (including those arising from any lien by any Federal, state or local government arising from the presence of Hazardous Materials) or from the presence of Hazardous Materials located on or emanating from any Controlled Property or Abutting Property whether existing or not existing and whether known or unknown at the time of the execution hereof and regardless of whether or not caused by, or within the control of Borrower. Borrower further agrees to reimburse Lender upon demand for any costs incurred by Lender in connection with the foregoing. Borrower agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive the repayment of all debts to Lender and shall continue so long as a valid claim may be lawfully asserted against the Lender. Borrower agrees to conduct its operations and keep and maintain all of its property in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and, upon the written request of the Lender, Borrower shall submit to the Lender, at Borrower's sole cost and expense,at reasonable intervals, a report providing the status of any environmental, health or safety compliance, hazard or liability.
 
       The term "Hazardous Materials" includes but is not limited to any and all substances (whether solid, liquid or gas) defined, listed, or otherwise classified as pollutants, hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, hazardous materials, extremely hazardous wastes, or words of similar meaning or regulatory effect under any present or future Environmental Law or that may have a negative impact on human health or the environment, including but not limited to petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, lead, radon, radioactive materials, flammables and explosives.
 
 
7

 
 
       The term "Environmental Law" means any present and future Federal, state and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like, as well as common law, relating to protection of human health or the environment, relating to Hazardous Materials, relating to liability for or costs of remediation or prevention of releases of Hazardous Materials or relating to liability for or costs of other actual or threatened danger to human health or the environment. The term "Environmental Law" includes, but is not limited to, the following statutes, as amended, any successor thereto, and any regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and any state or local statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations and the like addressing similar issues: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (including but not limited to Subtitle I relating to underground storage tanks); the Solid Waste Disposal Act; the Clean Water Act; the Clean Air Act; the Toxic Substances Control Act; the Safe Drinking Water Act; the Occupational Safety and Health Act; the Federal Water Pollution Control Act; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Endangered Species Act; the National Environmental Policy Act; and the River and Harbors Appropriation Act.
 

4.     COVENANTS

4.1            Payments and Performance . Borrower will duly and punctually pay all Obligations becoming due to the Lender and will duly and punctually perform all Obligations on its part to be done or performed under this Agreement.
 
4.2            Books and Records; Inspection . Borrower will at all times keep proper books of account in which full, true and correct entries will be made of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied and which are, in the opinion of a Certified Public Accountant acceptable to Lender, adequate to determine fairly the financial condition and the results of operations of Borrower.  Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Lender and the Lender's representatives and will permit inspection of the Collateral and all of its properties by the Lender and the Lender's representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Lender with such information and statements as the Lender may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations or the Lender's security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Lender currently and accurately informed in writing of each location where Borrower’s records relating to its accounts and contract rights are kept, and shall not remove such records to another location without giving the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

4.3            Financial Statements of H.D.D. LLC. . H.D.D. LLC will deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 120 days after the end of H.D.D. LLC's fiscal year, a copy of the annual financial report of H.D.D. LLC for such year, reviewed by a firm of certified public accountants acceptable to Lender.

 
(b)
Not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter, a copy of H.D.D. LLC's financial  statement as of the end of such period.

 
(c)
Not later than 45 days after the end of each quarter, a copy of the Borrower's collateral position report for such period, which report shall include an aging of accounts receivable and accounts payable and a schedule of inventory specifying the value, cost and quantity thereof and such other information as the Lender may reasonably request.

4.4            Financial Statements of Daniel A. Carroll .  Borrower will cause Daniel A. Carroll to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of Daniel A. Carroll's calendar year, a copy of the annual financial report of Daniel A. Carroll for such year, or if an individual, Daniel A. Carroll's personal financial statement.

 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later than October 31 st of each year, a copy of Daniel A. Carroll's federal tax returns filed for such year.
 
 
8

 
 
4.5            Financial Statements of Phillip L. Hurst . Borrower will cause Phillip L. Hurst to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of Phillip L. Hurst's calendar year, a copy of the annual  financial report of Phillip L. Hurst for such year, or if an individual, Phillip L. Hurst's personal financial statement.

 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later than October 31 st of each year, a copy of Phillip L. Hurst's federal tax returns filed for such year.

4.6            Financial Statements of Paul E. Dolan, III .  Borrower will cause Paul E. Dolan, III to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of Paul E. Dolan, III's calendar year, a copy of the annual financial report of Paul E. Dolan, III for such year, or if an individual, Paul E. Dolan, III's personal financial statement.

 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later than October 31 st of each year, a copy of Paul E. Dolan, III's federal tax returns filed for such year.

4.7            Financial Statements of Heath E. Dolan . Borrower will cause Heath E. Dolan to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of Heath E. Dolan's calendar year, a copy of the annual financial report of Heath E. Dolan for such year, or if an individual, Heath E. Dolan's personal financial statement.

 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later than October 31 st of each year, a copy of Heath E. Dolan's federal tax returns filed for such year.

4.8            Financial Statements of The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust.    Borrower will cause The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust's calendar year, a copy of the annual financial report of The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust for such year, or if an individual, The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust's personal financial statement.

 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later  than October 31 st of each year, a copy of The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust's federal tax returns filed for such year.

4.9            Financial Statements of William R. Hambrecht .  Borrower will cause William R. Hambrecht to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of William R. Hambrecht's calendar year, a copy of the annual financial report of William R. Hambrecht for such year, or if an individual, William R. Hambrecht's personal financial statement.
 
 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later than October 31 st   of each year, a copy of William R. Hambrecht's federal tax returns filed for such year.
          
 
9

 
 
4.10          Financial Statements of Hambrecht Wine Group L.P.   Borrower will cause Hambrecht Wine Group L.P. to deliver to Lender in form and detail satisfactory to Lender:

 
(a)
Not later than 90 days after the end of Hambrecht Wine Group L.P.'s calendar year, a copy of the annual financial report of Hambrecht Wine Group L.P. for such year, or if an individual, Hambrecht Wine Group L.P.'s personal financial statement.

 
(b)
Not later than 30 days after filing with the appropriate Federal agency but in any event no later than October 31st  of each year, a copy of Hambrecht Wine Group L,P.'s federal tax returns filed for such year.

4.11         Additional Financial Information . Borrower will furnish to Lender:

 
(a)
from time to time, such financial data and information about Borrower as Lender may reasonably request; and

 
(b)
any financial data and information about any guarantors of the Obligations as Lender may reasonably request.

4.12          Conduct of Business . Borrower will maintain its existence in good standing and comply with all laws and regulations of the United States and of any state or states thereof and of any political subdivision thereof, and of any governmental authority which may be applicable to it or to its business; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax, assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained.

4.13          Notice to Debtors.   Borrower agrees, at the request of the Lender, to notify all or any of the Debtors in writing of the Lender's security interest in the Collateral in whatever manner the Lender requests and, hereby authorizes the Lender to notify all or any of the Debtors of the Lender's security interest in Borrower's accounts at Borrower's expense.

4.14          Contact with Accountant .   Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to directly contact and communicate with any accountant employed by Borrower in connection with the review and/or maintenance of Borrower's books and records or preparation of any financial reports delivered by or at the request of Borrower to Lender.

4.15          Operating and Deposit Accounts.    Borrower shall maintain its primary business depository relationship with the Lender, including general, operating and administrative deposit accounts and cash management services.

4.16          Evidence of Water Availability . At such times as the Lender may request, Borrower to deliver to the Lender a certificate stating that the amount of water available and projected to be available is sufficient to conduct operations as described in the most recent budget submitted by Borrower to Lender, if Borrower is required to submit a budget materially similar to prior years' operations, as evidenced by information provided by Borrower to the Lender. Such certificate shall be signed, at the Lender's option, either (i) by Borrower or by an independent third party, such as an officer of Borrower’s water district or other supplier of water, or (ii) by a water resources engineer's determination of a dependable yield of water rights compared to crop water demand.

4.17          Lender's Right to Direct Proceeds Payments to Lender . Immediately upon request by Lender, which request may be made at any time at Lender's sole discretion, and continuing until notified otherwise by Lender, Borrower shall instruct any dairy, packing plant, or other buyer or processor in the ordinary course of business of farm products produced by Borrower to make all future payments for product purchased by, or delivered to, such processor or buyer in the ordinary course of business directly to Lender as directed by Lender. Thereafter, and until Lender notifies Borrower otherwise, Borrower shall not accept any payment made by a buyer or processor in the ordinary course of business of Borrower's farm products. Any such payment received by Borrower contrary to Lender's instructions shall be held in trust by Borrower for the benefit of Lender, and shall be immediately delivered or paid to Lender.

 
10

 
 
4.18          Taxes .   Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained. The Lender may, at its option, from time to time, discharge any taxes, liens or encumbrances of any of the Collateral, and Borrower will pay to the Lender on demand or the Lender in its sole discretion may charge to Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.

4.19          Maintenance . Borrower will keep and maintain the Collateral and its other properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition.  Borrower will immediately notify the Lender of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any Collateral. The Lender may, at its option, from time to time, take any other action that the Lender may deem proper to repair, maintain or preserve any of the Collateral, and Borrower will pay to the Lender on demand or the Lender in its sole discretion may charge to Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.

4.20          Insurance. Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on all Collateral and any other property of Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Lender, such insurance to be payable to the Lender as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Lender as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Lender's approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least 30 days written notice of cancellation to the Lender. In the event that Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Lender may, at its option, secure such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Borrower.  At the option of the Lender, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any of the Collateral shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations.  From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Lender, as a payment on account of the Obligations.
 
4.21         Notification of Default . Immediately upon becoming aware of the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default, or any condition or event which would upon notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give Lender written notice thereof specifying the nature and duration thereof and the action being or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

4.22          Material Notices. Borrower shall give the Lender prompt written notice of any and all (i) litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings to which Borrower is a party or which affects the Collateral; (ii) other matters which have resulted in, or might result in a material adverse change in the Collateral or the financial condition or business operations of Borrower, and (iii) any enforcement, cleanup, removal or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed or threatened against Borrower or any of its properties.

4.23          Pension Plans . With respect to any pension or benefit plan maintained by Borrower, or to which Borrower contributes ("Plan"), the benefits under which are guarantied, in whole or in part, by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation created by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, A.L. 93-406, as amended ("ERISA") or any governmental authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation ("Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation"), Borrower will (a) fund each Plan as required by the provisions of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended; (b) cause each Plan to pay all benefits when due; (c) furnish Lender (i) promptly with a copy of any notice of each Plan's termination sent to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (ii) no later than the date of submission to the Department of Labor or to the Internal Revenue Service, as the case may be, a copy of any request for waiver from the funding standards or extension of the amortization periods required by Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and (iii) notice of any Reportable Event as such term is defined in ERISA; and (d) subscribe to any contingent liability insurance provided by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation to protect against employer liability upon termination of a guarantied pension plan, if available to Borrower.
 
 
11

 
 
4.24          Definitions and/or Financial Covenants. The following Definitions will apply to this Agreement and Borrower will at all times or during or at the end of any fiscal period (as applicable) comply with all of the financial covenants in this section, if any.

 
(a)
Definitions.

(i)      "Current Portion of Long-Term Debt" shall mean, for any period, the current scheduled principal or capital lease payments required to be paid during the applicable period.

(ii)    "Current Assets" shall mean current assets as determined in accordance with GAAP, less all amounts due from affiliates, officers or employees.

(iii)    "Current Liabilities" shall mean current liabilities as in accordance with GAAP, including any negative cash balance on Borrower's financial statements.

(iv)    "Debt" shall mean all liabilities of Borrower, or any Borrower, as applicable, less Subordinated Liabilities, if any.

(v)    "Earnings" shall mean earnings as defined under GAAP.

(vi)    "EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, Earnings from continuing operations before payment of federal, state and local income taxes, plus Interest Expense, depreciation expense and amortization expense, in each case for such period, computed and calculated in accordance with GAAP.

(vii)     "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States.

(viii)     "Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period, ordinary, regular, recurring and continuing expenses for interest on all borrowed money.
 
(ix)        "Liabilities" shall mean (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, and all obligations under leases which are or should be, under GAAP, recorded as capital leases, in respect of which a Person is directly or contingently liable as borrower, guarantor, endorser or otherwise, or in respect of which a Person otherwise assures a creditor against loss, (b) all obligations for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services secured by (or for which the holder has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien upon property (including without limitation accounts receivable and contract rights) owned by a Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment thereof, and (c) all other liabilities and obligations which would be classified in accordance with GAAP as liabilities on a balance sheet or to which reference should be made in footnotes thereto.
 
(x)        "Permitted Liens" shall mean:   (i) liens and security interests securing Total Funded Indebtedness owed by Borrower to the Lender; (ii) liens for taxes, assessments or similar charges not yet due; (iii) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (iv) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by any Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure Senior Funded Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof or permitted to be incurred herein; (v) liens and security interests which, as of the date hereof, have been disclosed to and approved by the Lender in writing; and (vi) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower's assets.
      
 
12

 
 
(xi)       "Subordinated Liabilities" shall mean as of the date of determination thereof, all Liabilities which have been subordinated in writing to the obligations owing to the Lender on terms and conditions acceptable to the Lender.

(xii)      "Senior Funded Indebtedness" shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, all borrowed money as reflected in the most recent financial statements in the form required by this Agreement, if any, excluding all such borrowed money that has been subordinated to the satisfaction of Lender.

(xlii)      "Effective Tangible Net Worth" shall mean Borrower's stated net worth plus Subordinated Liabilities but less all intangible assets of Borrower (i.e. goodwill, trademarks, patents, copyrights, organization expense, covenants not to compete and other similar Intangibles items including, but not limited to, investments and/or advances in all amounts due from affiliates, officers or employees).

(xiv)     "Total Funded Indebtedness" shall mean, as of the date of determination thereof, all borrowed money as reflected in the most recent financial statements in the form required by this Agreement, if any.

 
(b)
Current Ratio . Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Current Assets to Current Liabilities of not less than 1.50 to 1.0, to be measured on a quarterly basis.

 
(c)
Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth .  Borrower shall maintain a ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 2.00 to 1.0, to be measured on a quarterly basis.

 
(d)
Debt Service Coverage Ratio .  Borrower shall maintain a ratio of EBITDA minus distributions plus contributions to the sum of interest Expense and the Current Portion of Long-Term Debt of not less than 1.25 to 1.0 at each fiscal year-end.
 
4.25         Limitations on Senior Funded Indebtedness .  Borrower shall not, after the date hereof, create, incur or assume, directly or indirectly, any additional Senior Funded Indebtedness other than Senior Funded indebtedness owed or to be owed to Lender.

4.26          Loans or Advances .   Borrower shall not make any loans or advances to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust, or other organization or Person, including without limitation its officers and employees; provided, however, that Borrower may make advances to its
employees, including its members, officers, with respect to expenses incurred or to be incurred by such employees in the ordinary course of business which expenses are reimbursable by Borrower; and provided further, however, that Borrower may extend credit in the ordinary course of business in accordance with customary trade practices.

4.27          Investments .   Borrower shall not make investments in,  or advances to, any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other organization or Person other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender.  Borrower will not purchase or otherwise invest in or hold securities, nonoperating real estate or other nonoperating assets or purchase all or substantially all the assets of any entity other than as previously specifically consented to in writing by the Lender.

4.28          Mergers and Consolidation . Borrower shall not liquidate or dissolve, merge or consolidate with or into, or acquire any other business organization.
 
 
13

 
 
4.29          Capital Expenditures .  Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make or commit to make capital expenditures by lease, purchase, or otherwise, except in the ordinary and usual course of business for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in Borrower's business.

4.30          Sale of Assets .  Borrower shall not sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, except in the ordinary course of business and except for the purpose of replacing machinery, equipment or other personal property which, as a consequence of wear, duplication or obsolescence, is no longer used or necessary in Borrower's business, provided that full, fair and reasonable consideration is received therefor; provided, however, in no event shall Borrower sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any equipment purchased with the proceeds of any loans made by the Lender.

4.31          Liens and Encumbrances .  Borrower shall not create, assume or permit to exist any security interest, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien (including, but not limited to, a lien of attachment, judgment or execution) affecting any of Borrower's properties, or execute or allow to be filed any financing statement or continuation thereof affecting any of such properties, except for Permitted Liens or as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

4.32          Other Business . Borrower shall not engage in any business other than the business in which it is currently engaged or a business reasonably allied thereto.

4.33          Change of Name, etc . Borrower shall not change its legal name or the State or the type of its formation, without giving the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.

4.34          Compensation of Employees . Borrower shall compensate its employees for services rendered at an hourly rate at least equal to the minimum hourly rate prescribed by any applicable federal or state law or regulation.

4.35          Payment of Obligations and Taxes . Borrower shall make timely payment of all assessments and taxes and all of its liabilities and obligations including, but not limited to, trade payables, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings with the appropriate court or regulatory agency. For purposes hereof, Borrower's issuance of a check, draft or similar instrument without delivery to the intended payee shall not constitute payment.

4.36          Location of the Harvested Crops . Any crops now or hereafter harvested or removed shall not be stored with a bailee, warehouseman or similar party, or sold to a buyer in the ordinary course of business as that term is defined in 7 U.S.C. §1631, without the Lender's prior written consent.

4.37          Care and Preservation of the Crops . Borrower shall:

 
(i)
Attend to and care for the crops and do or cause to be done any and all acts that may at any time be appropriate or necessary to grow, farm, cultivate, irrigate, fertilize, fumigate, prune, harvest, pick, clean, preserve and protect the crops.

 
(ii)
Not commit or suffer to be committed any waste of or damage to the crops.

 
(iii)
Permit the Lender and any of its agents, employees or representatives to enter upon Borrower's premises at any reasonable time and from time to time for the purpose of examining and inspecting the crops.

 
(iv)
Harvest and prepare the crops for market and promptly notify the Lender when any of the crops are ready for market.

 
(v)
Keep the crops separate and always capable of identification.
 
 
14

 
 
 
(vi)
Comply with any requirements or instructions of the Lender with respect to hauling, shipping, storing, marketing and otherwise preparing, handling and disposing of the crops.

4.38          Inventory .

 
(i)
Except as provided herein below, Borrower's inventory shall, at all times, be in Borrower's physical possession, or other location(s) acceptable to Lender, and shall not be held by others on consignment, sale on approval, or sale or return.

 
(ii)
Borrower shall keep correct and accurate records.

 
(iii)
All inventory shall be of good and merchantable quality, free from defects.

 
(iv)
The inventory shall not at any time or times hereafter be stored with a bailee, warehouseman or similar party without the Lender's prior written consent and, in such event, Borrower will concurrently therewith cause any such bailee, warehouseman or similar party to issue and deliver to the Lender, in form acceptable to the Lender, warehouse receipts in the Lender's name evidencing the storage of inventory.

 
(v)
Borrower shall, at any reasonable time and from time to time, allow Lender to have the right, upon demand, to inspect and examine inventory and to check and test the same as to quality, quantity, value and condition and Borrower agrees to reimburse the Lender for the Lender's reasonable costs and expenses in so doing.

4.39          Location and Maintenance of Equipment .

 
(i)
Borrower's equipment (the "Equipment") shall at all times be in Borrower's physical possession or other location(s) acceptable to Lender and shall not be held for sale or lease.

 
(ii)
Borrower shall not secrete, abandon or remove, or permit the removal of, the Equipment, or  any part thereof, from Borrower's physical possession or other location(s) acceptable to Lender or remove or permit to be removed any accessories now or hereafter placed upon the Equipment.

 
(iii)
Upon the Lender's demand, Borrower shall immediately provide the Lender with a complete and accurate description of the Equipment including, as applicable, the make, model, identification number and serial number of each item of Equipment.  In addition, Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender of the acquisition of any new or additional Equipment or the replacement of any existing Equipment and shall supply the Lender with a complete description of any such additional or replacement Equipment.

 
(iv)
Borrower shall, at Borrower's sole cost and expense, keep and maintain the Equipment in a good state of repair and shall not destroy, misuse, abuse, illegally use or be negligent in the care of the Equipment or any part thereof.  Borrower shall not remove, destroy, obliterate, change, cover, paint, deface or alter the name plates, serial numbers, labels or other distinguishing numbers or identification marks placed upon the Equipment or any part thereof by or on behalf of the manufacturer, any dealer or rebuilder thereof, or the Lender. Borrower shall not be released from any liability to the Lender hereunder because of any injury to or loss or destruction of the Equipment. Borrower shall allow the Lender and its representatives free access to and the right to inspect the Equipment at all times and shall comply with the terms and conditions of any leases covering the real property on which the Equipment is located and any orders, ordinances, laws, regulations or rules of any federal, state or municipal agency or authority having jurisdiction of such real property or the conduct of the business of the Persons having control or possession of the Equipment.
 
 
15

 
 
 
(v)
The Equipment is not now and shall not at any time hereafter be so affixed to the real property on which it is located as to become a fixture or a part thereof. The Equipment is now and shall at all times hereafter be and remain personal property of Borrower.


5.           DEFAULT

5.1            Default .  "Event of Default' shall mean the occurrence of one or more of any of the following events:

 
(a)
default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Lender, hereunder or otherwise, including, without limitation, failure to pay in full and when due any installment of principal or default of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations under any other Loan Document or any other agreement with the Lender continuing for 5 days with respect to the payment of interest, or continuing for 30 days with respect to any other default;
 
 
(b)
failure of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to maintain or cause to maintain aggregate collateral security value satisfactory to the Lender;
 
 
(c)
default of any material liability, obligation or undertaking of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to any other party;
 
 
(d)
if any statement, representation or warranty heretofore, now or hereafter made by Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or in any supporting financial statement of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations shall be determined by the Lender to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made;
 
 
(e)
if Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a corporation, trust, partnership or limited liability company, the liquidation, termination or dissolution of any such organization, or the merger or consolidation of such organization into another entity, or Borrower ceasing to carry on actively its present business or the appointment of a receiver for its property;
 
 
(f)
the death of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations and, if Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations is a partnership or limited liability company, the death of any partner or member;
 
 
(g)
for a corporation, there shall occur a sale, transfer, disposition or encumbrance (whether voluntary or involuntary), or an agreement shall be entered into to do so, with respect to more than 10% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Borrower;
 
 
(h)
for a general, partnership, limited partnership, or limited liability partnership, there shall occur a change in any general partner or a change affecting the control of Borrower; or for a limited liability company, there shall occur a change in any manager or member or a change affecting the control of Borrower;
 
 
(i)
Borrower or any guarantor shall: (i) become insolvent or be unable to pay its debts as they mature; (ii) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or to an agent authorized to liquidate any substantial amount of its properties and assets; (iii) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization or to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors; (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of an involuntary petition relating to bankruptcy or reorganization or join in any such petition; (v) become or be adjudicated a bankrupt; (vi) apply for or consent to the appointment of, or consent that an order be made, appointing any receiver, custodian or trustee, for itself or any of its properties, assets or businesses; or (vii) in an involuntary proceeding, any receiver, custodian or trustee shall have been appointed for all or substantial part of Borrower's or guarantor's properties, assets or businesses and shall not be discharged within 30 days after the date of such appointment;
 
16

 
 
 
(j)
the service upon the Lender of a writ in which the Lender is named as trustee of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;
 
 
(k)
a judgment or judgments for the payment of money shall be rendered against Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, and any such judgment shall remain unsatisfied and in effect for any period of 30 consecutive days without a stay of execution;
 
 
(l)
any levy, lien (including mechanics lien), seizure, attachment, execution or similar process shall be issued or levied on any of the property of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations;
 
 
(m)
any subordination agreement or any other Loan Document shall be revoked or limited or its enforceability or validity shall be contested by any signatory thereto, by operation of law, legal proceeding or otherwise;
 
 
(n)
the termination or revocation of any guaranty of the Obligations;

 
(o)
water is or is projected to be insufficient in amount or unsuitable in quality, as determined by the Lender in either case, to conduct operations as described in the most recent budget provided by Borrower to Lender if required or in projections or by information provided by Borrower to the Lender; or
 
 
(p)
the occurrence of such a change in the condition or affairs (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations, or the occurrence of any other event or circumstance, such that the Lender, in its sole discretion, deems that it is insecure or that the prospects for timely or full payment or performance of any obligation of Borrower or any guarantor of the Obligations to the Lender has been or may be impaired.
 
5.2            Acceleration . If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Lender, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.   In addition, regardless of whether the Lender has declared all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, Lender may exercise any action set forth below.
 
      The Lender is hereby authorized, at its election, after an Event of Default or after Demand, without any further demand or notice except to such extent as notice may be required by applicable law, to take possession and/or sell or otherwise dispose of all or any of the Collateral at public or private sale; and the Lender may also exercise any and all other rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code or which are otherwise accorded to it in equity or at law, all as Lender may determine, and such exercise of rights in compliance with the requirements of law will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral. If notice of a sale or other action by the Lender is required by applicable law, unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Borrower agrees that 10 days written notice to Borrower, or the shortest period of written notice permitted by such law, whichever is smaller, shall be sufficient notice; and that to the extent permitted by law, the Lender, its officers, attorneys and agents may bid and become purchasers at any such sale, if public, and may purchase at any private sale any of the Collateral that is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market or which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations. Any sale (public or private) shall be without warranty and free from any right of redemption, which Borrower shall waive and release after default upon the Lender's request therefor, and may be free of any warranties as to the Collateral if Lender shall so decide.  No purchaser at any sale (public or private) shall be responsible for the application of the purchase money.  Any balance of the net proceeds of sale remaining after paying all Obligations of Borrower to the Lender shall be returned to such other party as may be legally entitled thereto; and if there is a deficiency, Borrower shall be responsible for repayment of the same, with interest.  Upon demand by the Lender, Borrower shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender at a place designated by the Lender which is reasonably convenient to the Lender and Borrower. Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Lender has extended credit and other financial accommodations to Borrower upon reliance of Borrower's granting the Lender the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement including without limitation the right to take immediate possession of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND and Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Lender is entitled to equitable and injunctive relief to enforce any of its rights and remedies hereunder or under the Code and Borrower hereby waives any defense to such equitable or injunctive relief based upon any allegation of the absence of irreparable harm to the Lender.

 
17

 
 
The Lender shall not be required to marshal any present or future security for (including but not limited to this Agreement and the Collateral subject to the security interest created hereby), or guarantees of, the Obligations or any of them, or to resort to such security or guarantees in any particular order; and all of its rights hereunder and in respect of such securities and guaranties shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may do so, Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke and irrevocably waives the benefits of any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Lender's rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or guaranteed. Except as required by applicable law, the Lender shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the Collateral or any income thereon, nor as to the preservation of rights against prior parties, nor as to the preservation of any rights pertaining thereto beyond the safe custody thereof.

5.3            Cease Extending Credit . The Lender may cease making advances or otherwise extending credit to or for the account of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement now existing or hereafter entered into between Borrower and the Lender.

5.4            Termination . The Lender may terminate this Agreement as to any future obligation of the Lender without affecting Borrower's obligations to the Lender or the Lender's rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other document, instrument or agreement.

5.5            Close-Out and Liquidation .  Close-out and liquidate each outstanding FX Transaction so that each FX Transaction is canceled in accordance with the following:

 
(i)
Close-Out Date shall mean the Business Day on which the Lender closes out and liquidates an FX Transaction.
 
 
(ii)
Closing Value . The Lender shall calculate value of such canceled FX Transaction by converting (1) in the case of a FX Transaction whose Settlement Date is the same as or later than the Close-Out Date, the amount of Foreign Currency into US dollars at a rate of exchange at which the Lender can buy or sell US dollars with or against the Foreign Currency for delivery on the Settlement Date of the relevant FX Transaction; or (2) in the case of a FX Transaction whose Settlement Date precedes the Close-Out Date, the amount of the Foreign Currency adjusted by adding interest with respect thereto at the rate then in effect from the Settlement Date to the Close-Out Date, into US Dollars at a rate of exchange at which the Lender can buy or sell US dollars with or against the Foreign Currency for delivery on the Close-Out Date.
 
 
(iii)
Closing Gain or Loss . (1) For a FX Transaction for which the Lender agreed to purchase a Foreign Currency, the amount by which the Closing Value exceeds the Notional Value shall be a Closing Loss and the amount by which the Closing Value is less than the Notional Value shall be a Closing Gain; and (2) For a FX Transaction for which the Lender agreed to sell a Foreign Currency, the amount by which the Closing Value exceeds the Notional Value shall be a Closing Gain and the amount by which the Closing Value is less than the Notional Value shall be a Closing Loss.
 
 
18

 
 
 
 
 
(iv)
Net Present Value . The Closing Gain or Closing Loss for each Settlement Date falling after the Close-out Date will be discounted by the Lender to it net present value.

 
(v)
Payment . To the extent that the net amount of the aggregate Closing Gains exceeds the Closing Losses, such amount shall be payable by the Lender to Borrower. To the extent that the aggregate net amount of the Closing Losses exceeds the Closing Gains, such amount shall be payable by Borrower to the Lender.

5.6            Care and Possession of the Crops . Without obligation to do so, the Lender may enter upon Borrower's premises and, using any and all of Borrower's equipment, machinery, tools, farming implements and supplies, and improvements located on Borrower's premises: (i) farm, cultivate, irrigate, fertilize, fumigate, prune and perform any other act of acts appropriate or necessary to grow, care for, maintain, preserve and protect the crops (using any water located in, on or adjacent to Borrower’s premises); (ii) harvest, pick, clean and remove the crops from Borrower's premises; and (iii) appraise, store, prepare for public or private sate, exhibit, market and sell the crops and the products thereof; provided that Borrower hereby agrees that, if Borrower is the owner of the real property upon which the farming operations are located, the Lender shall not be responsible or liable for returning the such property to its condition immediately preceding its use as provided herein or for doing such acts as may be necessary to permit future crops to be grown on such property. Further, Borrower hereby agrees to pay to the Lender upon demand therefore, all expenses and expenditures (including attorney's fees) in connection with the foregoing.

5.7            Application of Proceeds . All amounts received by the Lender as proceeds from the disposition or liquidation of the Collateral shall be applied to Borrower's indebtedness to the Lender as follows: first, to the costs and expenses of collection, enforcement, protection and preservation of the Lender's lien in the Collateral, including court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees, whether or not suit is commenced by the Lender, next, to those costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in protecting, preserving, enforcing, collecting, liquidating, selling or disposing of the Collateral; next, to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Obligations; next, to the payment of the outstanding principal balance of the Obligations; and last, to the payment of any other indebtedness owed by Borrower to the Lender. Any excess Collateral or excess proceeds existing after the disposition or liquidation of the Collateral will be returned or paid by the Lender to Borrower.
 
       If any non-cash proceeds are received in connection with any sale of Collateral, the Lender shall not apply such non-cash proceeds to the Obligations unless and until such proceeds are converted to cash.

5.8            Power of Attorney .   Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Lender as Borrower's true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower but for the sole benefit of the Lender, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, to convert the Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, completing the manufacture or processing of work in process, and the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the inventory and other Collateral; to enforce collection of the Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower, including, without limitation, executing releases  or waivers, compromising or settling with any Debtors and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the Collateral; to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Borrower and to take therefrom any remittances or proceeds of Collateral in which the Lender has a security interest; to notify Post Office authorities to change the address for delivery of mail addressed to Borrower to such address as the Lender shall designate; to endorse the name of Borrower in favor of the Lender upon any and all checks, drafts, money orders, notes, acceptances or other instruments of the same or different nature; to sign and endorse the name of Borrower on and to receive as secured party any of the Collateral, any invoices, freight or express receipts, or bills of lading, storage receipts, warehouse receipts, or other documents of title of the same or different nature relating to the Collateral; to sign the name of Borrower on any notice of the Debtors or on verification of the Collateral; and to sign, if necessary, and file or record on behalf of Borrower any financing or other statement in order to perfect or protect the Lender’s security interest. The Lender shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Lender elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to Borrower except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  All powers conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable so long as any Obligation of Borrower or any guarantor or surety to the Lender shall remain unpaid or the Lender is obligated under this Agreement to extend any credit to Borrower.

 
19

 
 
5.9            Nonexclusive Remedies . All of the Lender's rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Lender at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Lender in its sole discretion may determine. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Lender on any future occasion.


6.        MISCELLANEOUS

6.1            Waivers .   Borrower waives notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations, and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

6.2            Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, Borrower hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any of its property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil
Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq..

6.3            Deposit Collateral . Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a continuing lien and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Lender to Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of Borrower in the possession of the Lender, including all accounts Borrower holds jointly with others, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Lender (regardless of the reason the Lender had received the same or whether the Lender has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of Borrower to the Lender and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of Borrower to the Lender at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Lender.
 
6.4            Assignment of Borrower's Rights in the Crops .

 
(i)
If the crops or any portion or portions thereof become infected by disease or are destroyed by order of any local, state or federal authority, and, by reason thereof, Borrower is entitled to be indemnified by such authority, Borrower hereby assigns to the Lender any and all such sums due from such authority, and the Lender is hereby authorized to receive, collect and sue for the same, and Borrower hereby orders and directs that any such sums be paid directly to the Lender.

 
(ii)
In addition, Borrower hereby assigns and transfers to the Lender all of Borrower's rights and interests in and to any monies now or hereafter placed in any funds of any marketing association, corporation, cooperative, partnership, firm or individual now, heretofore or hereafter handling or having to do with any of the crops now growing or heretofore or hereafter grown in Borrower's farming operations or connected with the growing, marketing, farming or other handling of such crops and except to the extent Borrower is prohibited from doing so under any applicable agreement, Borrower hereby assigns and transfers to the Lender all stock and all other interests, benefits and rights of Borrower in any such marketing association, corporation, cooperative, partnership, firm or individual having anything to do with such crops and all monies due or becoming due to Borrower from any one or more of them.

 
20

 
 
6.5            Disposal of Documents . All documents, schedules, invoices or other papers received by the Lender from Borrower may be destroyed or disposed of 6 months after receipt by the Lender.
 
6.6            Telephone Recording . Borrower agrees that the Lender may electronically record all telephone conversations between Borrower and the Lender with respect to any transaction and that any such recording may be submitted in evidence in any arbitration or other legal proceeding. Such recording shall be deemed to be conclusive evidence as to the terms of any transaction in the event of a dispute.

6.7            Indemnification . Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless of and from any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by Borrower, any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations, or any other Person (as well as from reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Lender's relationship with Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the Obligations (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Lender with counsel of the Lender's election, but at the expense of Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Lender in favor of Borrower.

6.8            Fees . Borrower will reimburse to the Lender the amount of all escrow, recordation and appraisal fees, title guaranty or insurance premiums, closing costs and all other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender. Any such fees, premiums, costs or out-of-pocket expenses not paid prior to or at closing shall be paid within 30 of days of receipt of invoice from Lender.

6.9            Costs and Expenses .  Borrower shall pay to the Lender on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Lender in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Lender's rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Lender in defending the Lender's security interest in, title or right to the Collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of the Obligations.

6.10          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

6.11          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
 
6.12          Headings . The headings herein set forth are solely for the purpose of identification and have no legal significance.

6.13          Conflicting Provisions . To the extent the provisions contained in this Agreement are inconsistent with those contained in any other document, instrument or agreement executed pursuant hereto, the terms and provisions contained herein shall control. Otherwise, such provisions shall be considered cumulative.

6.14          Complete Agreement .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by Borrower and Lender.

 
21

 
 
6.15          Accuracy of Financial Statements. All financial statements, information and other data which may have been or which may hereafter be submitted by Borrower to the Lender are true, accurate and correct and have been or will be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and accurately represent the financial condition or, as applicable, the other information disclosed therein. Since the most recent submission of such financial information or data to the Lender, Borrower represents and warrants that no material adverse change in Borrower's financial condition or operations has occurred which has not been fully disclosed to the Lender in writing.

6.16          Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Lender shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Lender. The Lender may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver the Collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Lender; and the Lender shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement and the Collateral. Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

6.17          Further Assurances .   Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Lender such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Lender may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Lender all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Lender the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Lender by this Agreement or to comply with applicable statute or law and to facilitate the collection of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the execution of stock transfer orders and stock powers, endorsement of promissory notes and instruments and notifications to obligors on the Collateral).  To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes the Lender to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction. Lender may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto which contain any information required by the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to Borrower. Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to Lender promptly upon request.  In addition, Borrower shall at any time and from time to time take such steps as Lender may reasonably request for Lender (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral that the bailee holds such Collateral for Lender, (ii) to obtain "control" (as defined in the Code) of any Collateral comprised of deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, letter of credit rights or investment property, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and (iii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of Lender's security interest in any of the Collateral and the preservation of its rights therein. Borrower hereby constitutes Lender its attorney-in-fact to execute, if necessary, and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are irrevocably paid in full and the Collateral is released.

6.18          Terms of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Lender shall be outstanding, or the Lender shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Lender and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Lender or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Lender be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Lender or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.

 
22

 
6.19          Notices .  Any notice under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be a signed writing or other authenticated record (within the meaning of Article 9 of the Code). Any notices or other documents sent under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Borrower at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, CA 95448 or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.

6.20          Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.

6.21          Reproductions .  This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Lender may be reproduced by the Lender by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).

6.22          Jurisdiction and Venue .  Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.   Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Borrower's address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.

6.23          Civil Code Section 2822. In the event that at any time, a surety is liable upon only a portion of Borrower's obligations under the Loan Documents and Borrower provides partial satisfaction of any such obligation(s), Borrower hereby waives any right it would otherwise have, under Section 2822 of the California Civil Code, to designate the portion of the obligations to be satisfied. The designation of the portion of the obligation to be satisfied shall, to the extent not expressly made by the terms of the Loan Documents, be made by the Lender rather than Borrower.

6.24          Waiver Of Jury Trial . THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

6.25          Judicial Reference Provision . In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a Claim), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the Court). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.

 
23

 
 
       The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
Executed as of July 16, 2012.


  Borrower:
H.D.D LLC
     
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst 
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht 
   
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
     
  By: /s/ Heath E. Dolan 
   
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
     
  By: /s/ J. Barrie Graham 
   
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll 
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 Accepted:  Bank of the West  
 
   
By:  /s/ Jeff Clark   
Name: Jeff Clark  
Title:  Vice President  
 
 
24

Exhibit 10.4
 



SECURITY AGREEMENT (TRADEMARK)
 
This SECURITY AGREEMENT (TRADEMARK) (this "Agreement") is entered into as of July 16, 2012 , between H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company , with its chief executive office located at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448 (the "Borrower") and Bank of the West, a California banking corporation, with an address of 700 Main Street, Suite 212, Napa, California 94559 (the "Lender").
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and in consideration of the granting by the Lender of financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower, including without limitation respecting the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), Borrower represents to and agrees with the Lender, as of the date hereof and as of the date of each loan, credit and/or other financial accommodation, as follows:

 
1.      GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST
 
1.1            Grant of Security Interest .  In consideration of the Lender's extending credit and other financial accommodations to or for the benefit of Borrower, Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a security interest in, and a lien on the Collateral (as hereinafter defined). The security interest granted by this Agreement is given to and shall be held by the Lender as security for the payment and performance of all Obligations (as hereinafter defined), including without limitation, all amounts due and owing to the Lender and all obligations respecting, by H.D.D. LLC in favor of the Lender (the "Note"; and collectively, along with all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered in connection therewith, collectively the "Loan Documents").  This Agreement does not create nor is it intended to create a present assignment of the Collateral.
 
1.2            Definitions . The following definitions shall apply to this Agreement:

(a)         "Code" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of California as amended from time to time.

(b)         "Collateral" shall mean all of Borrower's present and future right, title and interest in and to:
 
(i)             The trademarks described on Schedule 1;
 
(ii)            All rights to license and use such trademarks and all rights, claims and interest under licensing and other contracts pertaining to;
 
(iii)           All rights (but not the obligation) to register with respect to the Collateral claims under any state, federal or foreign trademark law or regulation;
 
(iv)           All rights, claims and interest under licensing and other contracts pertaining to the Collateral;
 
(v)            All goodwill and general intangibles associated with the Collateral;
 
(vi)           All rights (but not the obligation) to maintain claims for past, present and future infringements of the Collateral and the right to enforce same; and
 
 
 

 
 
(vii)          All products and proceeds of the forgoing.
 
(c)         "Debtors" shall mean any licensee of Collateral and any other Person who is indebted to the Borrower in respect of the Collateral.
 
(d)         "Obligation(s)" shall mean, without limitation, all loans, advances, indebtedness, notes, liabilities, rate swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, equity or equity index swaps, equity or equity index options, bond options, interest rate options, foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options and amounts, liquidated or unliquidated, owing by Borrower to the Lender at any time, of each and every kind, nature and description, whether arising under this Agreement or otherwise, and whether secured or unsecured, direct or indirect (that is, whether the same are due directly by Borrower to the Lender; or are due indirectly by Borrower to the Lender as endorser, guarantor or other surety, or as borrower of obligations due third Persons which have been endorsed or assigned to the Lender, or otherwise), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising or contracted, including, without limitation, payment when due of all amounts outstanding respecting any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to Borrower or due from Borrower to the Lender from time to time and all costs and expenses referred to in this Agreement.
 
(e)         "Person" or "party" shall mean individuals,  partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies and all other entities.
 
All words and terms used in this Agreement other than those specifically defined herein shall have the meanings accorded to them in the Code.
 
1.3            Ordinary Course of Business . The Lender hereby authorizes and permits Borrower to hold the Collateral, all in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, excluding, without limitation, sales to creditors or in bulk or sales or other dispositions occurring under circumstances which would or could create any lien or interest adverse to the Lender's security interest or other right hereunder in the proceeds resulting therefrom. The Lender also hereby authorizes and permits Borrower to receive from the Debtors all amounts due as proceeds of the Collateral at Borrower's own cost and expense, and also liability, if any, subject to the direction and control of the Lender at all times; and the Lender may at any time, without cause or notice, and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred or demand has been made, terminate all or any part of the authority and permission herein or elsewhere in this Agreement granted to Borrower with reference to the Collateral, and notify Debtors to make all payments due as proceeds of the Collateral to the Lender. Until Lender shall otherwise notify Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of Collateral shall be retained by Borrower and used solely for the ordinary and usual operation of Borrower's business.  From and after notice by Lender to Borrower, all proceeds of and collections of the Collateral shall be held in trust by Borrower for Lender and shall not be commingled with Borrower's other funds or deposited in any Lender account of Borrower, and Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender on the dates of receipt thereof by Borrower, duly endorsed to Lender or to bearer, or assigned to Lender, as may be appropriate, all proceeds of the Collateral in the identical form received by Borrower.
 
1.4            Allowances . Absent an Event of Default Borrower may grant such allowances or other adjustments to Debtors (exclusive of extending the time for payment of any item which shall not be done without first obtaining the Lender's written consent in each instance) as Borrower may reasonably deem to accord with sound business practice, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, accepting the return of all or any part of the inventory.
 
 
2

 
 
1.5            Records .  Borrower shall hold its books and records relating to the Collateral segregated from all Borrower's other books and records in a manner satisfactory to the Lender; and shall deliver to the Lender from time to time promptly at its request all invoices, original documents of title, contracts, chattel paper, instruments and any other writings relating thereto, and other evidence of performance of contracts, or evidence of shipment or delivery of the merchandise or of the rendering of services; and Borrower will deliver to the Lender promptly at the Lender's request from time to time additional copies of any or all of such papers or writings, and such other information with respect to any of the Collateral and such schedules of inventory, schedules of accounts and such other writings as the Lender may in its sole discretion deem to be necessary or effectual to evidence any loan hereunder or the Lender's security interest in the Collateral.
 
1.6            L egends . Borrower shall promptly make, stamp, or record such entries or legends on Borrower's books and records or on any of the Collateral (including, without limitation, chattel paper) as Lender shall request from time to time, to indicate and disclose that Lender has a security interest in such Collateral.
 
1.7            Inspection . The Lender, or its representatives, at any time and from time to time, shall have the right at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, and Borrower will permit the Lender and/or its representatives: (a) to examine, check, make copies of or extracts from any of Borrower's books, records and files (including, without limitation, orders and original correspondence); (b) to perform field exams or otherwise inspect and examine the Collateral and to check, test or appraise the same as to quality, quantity, value and condition; and (c) to verify the Collateral or any portion or portions thereof or Borrower's compliance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
1.8            Search Reports .  Lender shall receive prior to the date of this Agreement UCC search results under all names used by the Borrower during the prior 5   years, from each jurisdiction where any Collateral is located, from the State, if any, where the Borrower is organized and registered   (as such terms are used in the Code), and the State where the Borrower's chief executive office is located. The search results shall confirm that the security interest in the Collateral granted Lender hereunder is prior to all other security interests in favor of any other Person. In addition, at Lender's request made from time to time before or after the date of this Agreement, Lender shall receive such searches of the records of the United States Patent and Trademark Office and of any other analogous records in any other jurisdiction confirming the priority of the security interest and lien of Lender on the Collateral reflected in such records.

 
2.              REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
2.1            Accounts and Contract Rights . All accounts arise out of legally enforceable and existing contracts, and represent unconditional and undisputed bona fide indebtedness by a Debtor, and are not and will not be subject to any discount (except such cash or trade discount as may be shown on any invoice, contract or other writing delivered to the Lender). No contract right, account, general intangible or chattel paper is or will be represented by any note or other instrument, and, unless the Lender agrees otherwise, no contract right, account or general intangible is, or will be represented by any conditional or installment sales obligation or other chattel paper, except such instruments or chattel paper as have been or immediately upon receipt by Borrower will be delivered to the Lender (duly endorsed or assigned), such delivery, in the case of chattel paper, to include all executed copies except those in the possession of the installment buyer and any security for or guaranty of any of the Collateral shall be delivered to the Lender immediately upon receipt thereof by Borrower, with such assignments and endorsements thereof as the Lender may request.
 
2.2            Title to Collateral . At the date hereof Borrower is (and as to Collateral that Borrower may acquire after the date hereof, will be) the lawful owner of the Collateral, and the Collateral and each item thereof is, will be and shall continue to be free of all restrictions, liens, encumbrances or other rights, title or interests (other than the security interest therein granted to the Lender), credits, defenses, recoupments, set-offs or counterclaims whatsoever. Borrower has and will have full power and authority to grant to the Lender a security interest in the Collateral and Borrower has not transferred, assigned, sold, pledged, encumbered, subjected to lien or granted any security interest in, and will not transfer, assign, sell (except sales or other dispositions in the ordinary course of business in respect to inventory as expressly permitted in this Agreement), pledge, encumber, subject to lien or grant any security interest in any of the Collateral (or any of Borrower's right, title or interest therein), to any Person other than the Lender. The Collateral is and will be valid and genuine in all respects. Borrower will warrant and defend the Lender's right to and interest in the Collateral against all claims and demands of all Persons whatsoever.
 
 
3

 
 
2.3            Location of Collateral .  Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep Lender currently and accurately informed in writing of each location where Borrower's records relating to the Collateral are kept, and shall not remove such records or any of them to another location without giving Bank at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.
 
2.4            Third Parties . The Lender shall not be deemed to have assumed any liability or responsibility to Borrower or any third Person for the correctness, validity or genuineness of any item of Collateral that may be released or endorsed to Borrower by the Lender (which shall automatically be deemed to be without recourse to the Lender in any event) and the Lender, by accepting such security interest in the Collateral, or by releasing any Collateral to Borrower, shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation or liability to any Debtor or to any other third party, and Borrower agrees to indemnify and defend the Lender and hold it harmless in respect to any claim or proceeding arising out of any matter referred to in this paragraph.
 
2.5            Payment of Accounts . Each account or other item of Collateral will be paid on or before the date due pursuant to the contracts relating thereto.  Upon any suspension of business, assignment or trust mortgage for the benefit of creditors, dissolution, petition in receivership or under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as amended from time to time by or against any Debtor, any Debtor becoming insolvent or unable to pay its debts as they mature or any other act of the same or different nature amounting to a business failure, Borrower will immediately notify the Lender thereof.

 
3.          COVENANTS

 
3.1            Inspection .  Borrower will at all reasonable times make its books and records available in its offices for inspection, examination and duplication by the Lender and the Lender's representatives and will permit inspection of the Collateral and all of its properties by the Lender and the Lender's representatives. Borrower will from time to time furnish the Lender with such information and statements as the Lender may request in its sole discretion with respect to the Obligations or the Lender's security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall, during the term of this Agreement, keep the Lender currently and accurately informed in writing of each location where Borrower's records relating to its accounts and contract rights are kept, and shall not remove such records to another location without giving the Lender at least 30 days prior written notice thereof.
 
3.2            Notice to Debtors .  Borrower agrees, at the request of the Lender, to notify all or any of the Debtors in writing of the Lender's security interest in the Collateral in whatever manner the Lender requests and, hereby authorizes the Lender to notify all or any of the Debtors of the Lender's security interest in Borrower's accounts at Borrower's expense.
 
3.3            Taxes .   Borrower will promptly pay all real and personal property taxes, assessments and charges and all franchise, income, unemployment, retirement benefits, withholding, sales and other taxes assessed against it or payable by it before delinquent; provided that this covenant shall not apply to any tax assessment or charge which is being contested in good faith and with respect to which reserves have been established and are being maintained. The Lender may, at its option, from time to time, discharge any taxes, liens or encumbrances of any of the Collateral, and Borrower will pay to the Lender on demand or the Lender in its sole discretion may charge to Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.
 
3.4            Maintenance . Borrower will keep and maintain the Collateral and its other properties, if any, in good repair, working order and condition.  Borrower will immediately notify the Lender of any loss or damage to or any occurrence which would adversely affect the value of any Collateral. The Lender may, at its option, from time to time, take any other action that the Lender may deem proper to repair, maintain or preserve any of the Collateral, and Borrower will pay to the Lender on demand or the Lender in its sole discretion may charge to Borrower all amounts so paid or incurred by it.
 
 
4

 
 
3.5            Insurance . Borrower will maintain in force property and casualty insurance on all Collateral and any other property of Borrower, if any, against risks customarily insured against by companies engaged in businesses similar to that of Borrower containing such terms and written by such companies as may be satisfactory to the Lender, such insurance to be payable to the Lender as its interest may appear in the event of loss and to name the Lender as insured pursuant to a standard loss payee clause; no loss shall be adjusted thereunder without the Lender's approval; and all such policies shall provide that they may not be canceled without first giving at least 30 days written notice of cancellation to the Lender. In the event that Borrower fails to provide evidence of such insurance, the Lender may, at its option, secure such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Borrower.  At the option of the Lender, all insurance proceeds received from any loss or damage to any of the Collateral shall be applied either to the replacement or repair thereof or as a payment on account of the Obligations.  From and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lender is authorized to cancel any insurance maintained hereunder and apply any returned or unearned premiums, all of which are hereby assigned to the Lender, as a payment on account of the Obligations.

 
4.           DEFAULT
 
4.1            Default . “Event of Default” shall mean default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of Borrower hereunder or the occurrence of an event of default under any of the Loan Documents including without limitation under any note evidencing any of the Obligations and, with respect to any Obligation due and payable on DEMAND, the failure of any such Obligation to be paid upon DEMAND.
 
4.2            Acceleration . If an Event of Default shall occur, at the election of the Lender, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without notice or demand, except with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, which shall be due and payable on DEMAND, whether or not an Event of Default has occurred.   In addition, regardless of whether the Lender has declared all Obligations to be immediately due and payable, Lender may exercise any action set forth below.
 
The Lender is hereby authorized, at its election, after an Event of Default or after Demand, without any further demand or notice except to such extent as notice may be required by applicable law, to take possession and/or sell or otherwise dispose of all or any of the Collateral at public or private sale; and the Lender may also exercise any and all other rights and remedies of a secured party under the Code or which are otherwise accorded to it in equity or at law, all as Lender may determine, and such exercise of rights in compliance with the requirements of law will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral. If notice of a sale or other action by the Lender is required by applicable law, unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Borrower agrees that 10 days written notice to Borrower, or the shortest period of written notice permitted by such law, whichever is smaller, shall be sufficient notice; and that to the extent permitted by law, the Lender, its officers, attorneys and agents may bid and become purchasers at any such sale, if public, and may purchase at any private sale any of the Collateral that is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market or which is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations. Any sale (public or private) shall be without warranty and free from any right of redemption, which Borrower shall waive and release after default upon the Lender's request therefor, and may be free of any warranties as to the Collateral if Lender shall so decide.  No purchaser at any sale (public or private) shall be responsible for the application of the purchase money.  Any balance of the net proceeds of sale remaining after paying all Obligations of Borrower to the Lender shall be returned to such other party as may be legally entitled thereto; and if there is a deficiency, Borrower shall be responsible for repayment of the same, with interest.  Upon demand by the Lender, Borrower shall assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Lender at a place designated by the Lender which is reasonably convenient to the Lender and Borrower. Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Lender has extended credit and other financial accommodations to Borrower upon reliance of Borrower's granting the Lender the rights and remedies contained in this Agreement including without limitation the right to take immediate possession of the Collateral upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND and Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Lender is entitled to equitable and injunctive relief to enforce any of its rights and remedies hereunder or under the Code and Borrower hereby waives any defense to such equitable or injunctive relief based upon any allegation of the absence of irreparable harm to the Lender.
 
 
5

 
 
The Lender shall not be required to marshal any present or future security for (including but not limited to this Agreement and the Collateral subject to the security interest created hereby), or guarantees of, the Obligations or any of them, or to resort to such security or guarantees in any particular order; and all of its rights hereunder and in respect of such securities and guaranties shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may do so, Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke and irrevocably waives the benefits of any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of the Lender's rights under this Agreement or under any other instrument evidencing any of the Obligations or under which any of the Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Obligations is secured or guaranteed. Except as required by applicable law, the Lender shall have no duty as to the collection or protection of the Collateral or any income thereon, nor as to the preservation of rights against prior parties, nor as to the preservation of any rights pertaining thereto beyond the safe custody thereof.
 
4.3            Power of Attorney .   Borrower hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Lender as Borrower's true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower but for the sole benefit of the Lender, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or after DEMAND with respect to Obligations payable on DEMAND, to convert the Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, completing the manufacture or processing of work in process, and the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the inventory and other Collateral; to enforce collection of the Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower, including, without limitation, executing releases  or waivers,  compromising or settling with any Debtors and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the Collateral; to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Borrower and to take therefrom any remittances or proceeds of Collateral in which the Lender has a security interest; to notify Post Office authorities to change the address for delivery of mail addressed to Borrower to such address as the Lender shall designate; to endorse the name of Borrower in favor of the Lender upon any and all checks, drafts, money orders, notes, acceptances or other instruments of the same or different nature; to sign and endorse the name of Borrower on and to receive as secured party any of the Collateral, any invoices, freight or express receipts, or bills of lading, storage receipts, warehouse receipts, or other documents of title of the same or different nature relating to the Collateral; to sign the name of Borrower on any notice of the Debtors or on verification of the Collateral; and to sign, if necessary, and file or record on behalf of Borrower any financing or other statement in order to perfect or protect the Lender's security interest. The Lender shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Lender elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to Borrower except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  All powers conferred upon the Lender by this Agreement, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable so long as any Obligation of Borrower or any guarantor or surety to the Lender shall remain unpaid or the Lender is obligated under this Agreement to extend any credit to Borrower.
 
4.4            Nonexclusive Remedies . All of the Lender's rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Agreement but also under any other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Lender at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Lender in its sole discretion may determine. No course of dealing and no delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of Lender on any future occasion.

 
5.           MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1            Costs and Expenses .  Borrower shall pay to the Lender on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Lender in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Lender's rights or the Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Lender in defending the Lender's security interest in, title or right to the Collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of the Obligations.
 
 
6

 
 
5.2            Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.
 
5.3            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
 
5.4            Headings . The headings herein set forth are solely for the purpose of identification and have no legal significance.
 
5.5            Conflicting Provisions . To the extent the provisions contained in this Agreement are inconsistent with those contained in any other document, instrument or agreement executed pursuant hereto, the terms and provisions contained herein shall control. Otherwise, such provisions shall be considered cumulative.
 
5.6            Complete Agreement   This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing signed by Borrower and Lender.
 
5.7            Binding Effect of Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Lender shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Lender.  Notwithstanding any such termination, the Lender shall have a security interest in all Collateral to secure the payment and performance of Obligations arising after such termination as a result of commitments or undertakings made or entered into by the Lender prior to such termination.  The Lender may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver the Collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Lender; and the Lender shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement and the Collateral. Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement.  Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
 
5.8            Further Assurances .   Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to Lender such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as Lender may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in Lender all rights contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Lender the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Lender by this Agreement or to comply with applicable statute or law and to facilitate the collection of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the execution of stock transfer orders and stock powers, endorsement of promissory notes and instruments and notifications to obligors on the Collateral). To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes the Lender to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction.   Lender may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto which contain any information required by the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to Borrower. Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to Lender promptly upon request.  In addition, Borrower shall at any time and from time to time take such steps as Lender may reasonably request for Lender (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to  Lender, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral that the bailee holds such Collateral for Lender, (ii) to obtain "control" (as defined in the Code) of any Collateral comprised of deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, letter of credit rights or investment property, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and (iii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of Lender's security interest in any of the Collateral and the preservation of its rights therein. Borrower hereby constitutes Lender its attorney-in-fact to execute, if necessary, and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are irrevocably paid in full and the Collateral is released.
 
 
7

 
 
5.9            Terms of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations or obligation of Borrower to Lender shall be outstanding, or the Lender shall have any obligation to extend any financial accommodation hereunder, and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between Borrower and Lender and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Lender or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between Borrower and the Lender be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Lender or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.
 
5.10           Notices .  Any notice under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be a signed writing or other authenticated record (within the meaning of Article 9 of the Code). Any notices or other documents sent under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Borrower at 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, CA 95448 or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
5.11           Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
5.12           Reproductions .  This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Lender may be reproduced by the Lender by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).
 
5.13           Jurisdiction and Venue .  Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.   Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Borrower's address shown in this Agreement or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon Borrower in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.
 
5.14           Civil Code Section 2822.   In the event that at any time, a surety is liable upon only a portion of Borrower's obligations under the Loan Documents and Borrower provides partial satisfaction of any such obligation(s), Borrower hereby waives any right it would otherwise have, under Section 2822 of the California Civil Code, to designate the portion of the obligations to be satisfied. The designation of the portion of the obligation to be satisfied shall, to the extent not expressly made by the terms of the Loan Documents, be made by the Lender rather than Borrower.
 
 
8

 
 
5.15           Waiver Of Jury Trial . THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TOTRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
5.16           Judicial Reference Provision . In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a Claim), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the Court). The following matters shall not be subject to reference; (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii)appointment of a receiver,  and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies(including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law.  The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
 
9

 
 
Executed as of July 16, 2012.
 
  Borrower:
H.D.D LLC
     
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst 
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht 
   
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
     
  By: /s/ Heath E. Dolan 
   
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
     
  By: /s/ J. Barrie Graham 
   
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll 
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 Accepted:  Bank of the West  
 
   
By:  /s/ Jeff Clark   
Name: Jeff Clark  
Title:  Vice President  
 
 
 
10

 
 
Schedule 1

WORD/MARK
SERIAL NUMBER
FILING DATE
REGISTRATION DATE
REGISTRATION NUMBER
TRUETT HURST
77374759
January 17, 2008
April 21, 2009
3609857
         
         
         
         
 
 
 
 
 
11

Exhibit 10.5
 
 

 
RECORDING REQUESTED BY:
 
Bank of the West
 
AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO:
 
Bank of the West
Fresno Documentation Center
6873 N. West Avenue, Suite 102
Fresno, California 93711
 
Attention: Collateral Unit (North Coast ABC)
 
Assessor's Identification Number: 090-230-030 and 090-230-040.
 

SPACE ABOVE THE LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE
 
 
DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS, AND PROFITS,
AND FIXTURE FILING
 
This DEED OF TRUST, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF LEASES, RENTS, AND PROFITS, AND FIXTURE FILING (this "Deed of Trust") is entered into as of July 16, 2012 , among H.D.D. LLC , a California limited liability company, with an address of 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, California 95448 (the "Trustor") and First Santa Clara Corporation, with an address of  2527 Camino Ramon, San Ramon, California 94583 (the "Trustee") for the use and benefit of Bank of the  West, a California banking corporation, with an address of 700 Main Street, Suite 212, Napa, California 94559 (the "Beneficiary"), and the Beneficiary.
 
The real property which is the subject matter of this Deed of Trust has the following address(es): 5610 Dry Creek Road, Healdsburg, Sonoma County, California 95448 (the "Address(es)").
 
NOTICE: THE OBLIGATIONS SECURED HEREBY PROVIDE FOR PERIODIC INCREASES AND/OR DECREASES IN THE APPLICABLE INTEREST RATE AND ACCRUAL OF INTEREST WHICH MAY RESULT IN INCREASES IN THE PRINCIPAL BALANCE ABOVE THE FACE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE APPLICABLE NOTE(S).
 
 
 
 

 
 
1.             DEED OF TRUST, OBLIGATIONS AND FUTURE ADVANCES
 
1.1            Deed of Trust .  For valuable consideration paid and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Trustor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally mortgages, grants, bargains, transfers, sells, conveys, sets over and assigns to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary forever, WITH POWER OF SALE AND RIGHT OF ENTRY AND POSSESSION, all of Trustor's right, title and interest in and to the "Property" described below, to secure the prompt payment and performance of the Obligations (as hereinafter defined), including without limitation, all amounts due and owing to the Beneficiary and all obligations respecting the Term Note, in the original principal amount of $3,381,000.00 ; dated July 16, 2012 , by H.D.D. LLC in favor of the Beneficiary (the "Note"; and collectively, along with this Deed of Trust and all other agreements, documents, certificates and instruments delivered in connection therewith, the "Loan Documents"), and any substitutions, modifications, extensions or amendments to any of the Loan Documents.
 
The amount of principal obligations outstanding and evidenced by the Loan Documents and secured by this Deed of Trust total $3,381,000.00 as of the date of this Deed of Trust.
 
1.2           Security Interest in Property . As continuing security for the Obligations the Trustor hereby pledges, assigns and grants to the Beneficiary, and its successors and assigns, a security interest in any of the Property (as hereinafter defined) constituting personal property or fixtures. This Deed of Trust is and shall be deemed to be a security agreement and financing statement pursuant to the terms of the Uniform Commercial Code of California (the "Uniform Commercial Code") as to any and all personal property and fixtures and as to all such property the Beneficiary shall have the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code in addition to its rights hereunder. This Deed of Trust constitutes a financing statement filed as a fixture filing under Section 9-502(c) of the Uniform Commercial Code covering any Property which now is or later may become a fixture.
 
1.3             Collateral Assignment of Leases and Rents . The Trustor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally assigns to the Beneficiary, and its successors and assigns, as collateral security for the Obligations all of the Tustor's rights and benefits under any and all Leases (as hereinafter defined) and any and all rents and other amounts now or hereafter owing with respect to the Leases or the use or occupancy of the Property.  This collateral assignment shall be absolute and effective immediately, but the Trustor shall have a license, revocable by the Beneficiary, to continue to collect rents owing under the Leases until an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) occurs and the Beneficiary exercises its rights and remedies to collect such rents as set forth herein.
 
1.4            Conditions to Grant . The Trustee shall have and hold the above granted Property unto and to the use and benefit of the Beneficiary, IN TRUST, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary, and to the Beneficiary, as the case may be, and their successors and assigns, forever; provided, however, the conveyances, grants and assignments contained in this Deed of Trust are upon the express condition that, if Trustor shall irrevocably pay and perform the Obligations in full, including, without limitation, all principal, interest and premium thereon and other charges, if applicable, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) and this Deed of Trust, shall pay and perform all other Obligations as set forth in this Deed of Trust and shall abide by and comply with each and every covenant and condition set forth herein and in the Loan Documents, the conveyances, grants and assignments contained in this Deed of Trust shall be appropriately released and discharged.
 
1.5            Property . The term "Property," as used in this Deed of Trust, shall mean that certain parcel of land and the fixtures, structures and improvements and all personal property constituting fixtures, as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, now or hereafter thereon located at the Address(es), as more particularly described in Exhibit A attached hereto, together with: (i) all rights now or hereafter existing, belonging, pertaining or appurtenant thereto; (ii) all water, water rights, watercourses and ditch rights (including stock in utilities with ditch or irrigation rights); (iii) all judgments, awards of damages and settlements hereafter made as a result or in lieu of any Taking, as hereinafter defined; (iv) all of the rights and benefits of the Trustor under any present or future leases and agreements relating to the Property, including, without limitation, rents, issues and profits, or the use or occupancy thereof together with any extensions and renewals thereof, specifically excluding all duties or obligations of the Trustor of any kind arising thereunder (the "Leases"); and (v) all contracts, permits and licenses respecting the use, operation or maintenance of the Property.
 
 
2

 
 
1.6           Obligations . The term "Obligation(s)," as used in this Deed of Trust, shall mean all amounts outstanding when due pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents. Said term shall also include all interest and other charges chargeable to the Trustor or due from the Trustor to the Beneficiary from time to time and all advances, costs and expenses referred to in this Deed of Trust, including without limitation  the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) of enforcement of the Beneficiary's rights hereunder or pursuant to any document or instrument executed in connection herewith. In addition, Obligations shall also include any amounts due and owing, directly or indirectly, to Lender in connection with any rate swap transactions, basis swaps, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, equity or equity index swaps, equity or equity index options, bond options, interest  rate options, foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions or currency options, whether now existing or hereafter entered in connection with any indebtedness evidenced by any of the Loan Documents, all of which shall be deemed additional interest or a related expense (in the sole discretion of Lender) due in connection with such underlying indebtedness.
 
2.      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS
 
2.1            Representations and Warranties . The Trustor represents and warrants that:
 
(a)
This Deed of Trust has been duly executed and delivered by the Trustor and is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trustor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally;
 
(b)
The Trustor is the sole legal owner of the Property, holding good and marketable fee simple title to the Property, subject to no liens, encumbrances, leases, security interests or rights of others, other than as set forth in detail in Exhibit B hereto (the "Permitted Encumbrances");
 
(c) 
The Trustor is the sole legal owner of the entire lessor's interest in Leases, if any, with full power of attorney to  encumber the Property in the manner set forth herein, and the Trustor has not executed any other assignment of Leases or any of the rights or rents arising thereunder;
 
(d) 
As of the date hereof, there are no Hazardous Substances (as hereinafter defined) in, on or under the Property, except as disclosed in writing to and acknowledged by the Beneficiary; and
 
(e) 
Each Obligation is a commercial obligation and does not represent a loan used for personal, family or household purposes and is not a consumer transaction.
 
2.2            Recording Further Assurances . The Trustor covenants that it shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon the request of the Beneficiary, cause this Deed of Trust, and each amendment, modification or supplement hereto, to be recorded and filed in such manner and in such places, and shall at all times comply with all such statutes and regulations as may be required by law in order to establish, preserve and protect the interest of the Beneficiary in the Property and the rights of the Beneficiary under this Deed of Trust. Trustor will from time to time execute and deliver to the Beneficiary such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other or further action, as the Beneficiary may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Beneficiary all rights contemplated by this Deed of Trust (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in, or assure to the Beneficiary the security interest in, the Property or to comply with applicable statute or law. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Trustor authorizes the Beneficiary to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction.  The Beneficiary may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto that describe the Property as defined in this Deed of Trust and which contain any other information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether Trustor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to Trustor; Trustor also authorizes the Beneficiary to file financing statements describing any agricultural liens or other statutory liens held by the Beneficiary. Trustor agrees to furnish any such information to the Beneficiary promptly upon request.  In addition, Trustor shall at any time and from time to time, take such steps as the Beneficiary may reasonably request for the Beneficiary (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Beneficiary, of any bailee having possession of any of the Property that the bailee holds such Property for the Beneficiary, and (ii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Beneficiary's security interest in any of the Property and the preservation of its rights therein.   Trustor hereby constitutes the Beneficiary its attorney-in-fact to execute and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Deed of Trust terminates in accordance with its terms, all Obligations are paid in full and the Property is released.
 
 
3

 
 
2.3          Restrictions on the Trustor . The Trustor covenants that it will not, nor will it permit any other person to, directly or indirectly, without the prior written approval of the Beneficiary in each instance:
 
(a) 
Sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, lease or dispose of all or any part of any legal or beneficial interest in the Trustor or the Property or any part thereof or permit any of the foregoing, except as expressly permitted by the terms of this Deed of Trust;
 
(b) 
Permit the use, generation, treatment, storage, release or disposition of any oil or other material or substance constituting hazardous waste or hazardous materials or substances under any applicable Federal or state law, regulation or rule ("Hazardous Substances"); or
 
(c) 
Permit to be created or suffer to exist any mortgage, lien, security interest, attachment or other encumbrance or charge on the Property or any part thereof or interest therein (except for the Permitted Encumbrances), including, without limitation, (i) any lien arising under any Federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or law pertaining to the release or cleanup of Hazardous Substances and (ii) any mechanics' or materialmen's lien. The Trustor further agrees to give the Beneficiary prompt written notice of the imposition, or notice, of any lien referred to in this Section and to take any action necessary to secure the prompt discharge or release of the same.  The Trustor agrees to defend its title to the Property and the Beneficiary’s interest therein against the claims of all persons and, unless the Beneficiary requests otherwise, to appear in and diligently contest, at the Trustor's sole cost and expense, any action or proceeding that purports to affect the Trustor's title to the Property or the priority or validity of this Deed of Trust or the Beneficiary's interest hereunder.
 
2.4            Operation of Property . The Trustor covenants and agrees as follows:
 
(a) 
The Trustor will not permit the Property to be used for any unlawful or improper purpose, will at all times comply with all Federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, and the provisions of any Lease, easement or other agreement affecting all or any part of the Property, and will obtain and maintain all governmental or other approvals relating to the Trustor, the Property or the use thereof, including without limitation, any applicable zoning or building codes or regulations and any laws or regulations relating to the handling, storage, release or cleanup of Hazardous Substances, and will give prompt written notice to the Beneficiary of (i) any violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by the Trustor or relating to the Property, (ii) receipt of notice from any Federal, state or local authority alleging any such violation and (iii) the presence or release on the Property of any Hazardous Substances;
 
(b)
The Trustor will at all times keep the Property insured for such losses or damage, in such amounts and by such companies as may be required by law and which the Beneficiary may require, provided that, in any case, the Trustor shall maintain: (i) physical hazard insurance on an "all risks" basis in an amount not less than 100% of the full replacement cost of the Property; (ii) flood insurance if and as required by applicable Federal law and as otherwise required by the Beneficiary; (iii) comprehensive commercial general liability insurance; (iv) rent loss and business interruption insurance; and (v) such other insurance as the Beneficiary may require from time to time, including builder's risk insurance in the case of construction loans. All policies regarding such insurance shall be issued by companies licensed to do business in the state where the policy is issued and also in the state where the Property is located, be otherwise acceptable to the Beneficiary,  provide deductible amounts acceptable to the Beneficiary, name the Beneficiary as mortgagee, loss payee and additional insured, and provide that no cancellation or material modification of such policies shall occur without at least 30 days prior written notice to the Beneficiary. Such policies shall include (i) a mortgage endorsement determined by the Beneficiary in good faith to be equivalent to the "standard" mortgage endorsement so that the insurance, as to the interest of the Beneficiary, shall not be invalidated by any act or neglect of the Trustor or the owner of the Property, any foreclosure or other proceedings or notice of sale relating to the Property, any change in the title to or ownership of the Property, or the occupation or use of the Property for purposes more hazardous than are permitted at the date of inception of such insurance policies; (ii) a replacement cost endorsement; (iii) an agreed amount endorsement; (iv) a contingent liability from operation endorsement; and (v) such other endorsements as the Beneficiary may request.  The Trustor will furnish to the Beneficiary upon request such original policies, certificates of insurance or other evidence of the foregoing as are acceptable to the Beneficiary. The terms of all insurance policies shall be such that no coinsurance provisions apply, or if a policy does contain a coinsurance provision, the Trustor shall insure the Property in an amount sufficient to prevent the application of the coinsurance provisions;
 
 
4

 
 
(c) 
Trustor will not enter into or modify the Leases in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, execute any assignment of the Leases except in favor of the Beneficiary, or accept any rentals under any Lease for more than one month in advance and will at all times perform and fulfill every term and condition of the Leases;
 
(d) 
Trustor will at all times (i) maintain complete and accurate records and books regarding the Property in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and (ii) permit the Beneficiary and the Beneficiary's agents, employees and representatives, at such reasonable times as the Beneficiary may request, to enter and inspect the Property and such books and records; and
 
(e) 
Trustor will at all times keep the Property in good and first-rate repair and condition (damage from casualty not excepted) and will not commit or permit any strip, waste, impairment, deterioration or alteration of the Property or any part thereof.
 
2.5            Payments . The Trustor covenants to pay when due: all Federal, state, municipal, real property and other taxes, betterment and improvement assessments and other governmental levies, water rates, sewer charges, insurance premiums and other charges on the Property, this Deed of Trust or any Obligation secured hereby that could, if unpaid, result in a lien on the Property or on any interest therein. If and when requested by the Beneficiary, the Trustor shall deposit from time to time with the Beneficiary sums determined by the Beneficiary to be sufficient to pay when due the amounts referred to in this Section.  The Trustor shall have the right to contest any notice, lien, encumbrance, claim, tax, charge, betterment assessment or premium filed or asserted against or relating to the Property; provided that it contests the same diligently and in good faith and by proper proceedings and, at the Beneficiary's request, provides the Beneficiary with adequate cash security, in the Beneficiary's reasonable judgment, against the enforcement thereof. The Trustor shall furnish to the Beneficiary the receipted real estate tax bills or other evidence of payment of real estate taxes for the Property within 30 days prior to the date from which interest or penalty would accrue for nonpayment thereof. The Trustor shall also furnish to the Beneficiary evidence of all other payments referred to above within fifteen (15) days after written request therefor by the Beneficiary.  If Trustor shall fail to pay such sums, the Beneficiary may, but shall not be obligated to, advance such sums.  Any sums so advanced by the Beneficiary shall be added to the Obligations, shall bear interest at the highest rate specified in any note evidencing the Obligations, and shall be secured by the lien of this Deed of Trust.
 
2.6            Notices; Notice of Default . The Trustor will deliver to the Beneficiary, promptly upon receipt of the same, copies of all notices or other documents it receives that affect the Property or its use, or claim that the Trustor is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms hereof or that the Trustor or any tenant is in default of any terms of the Leases.  The Trustor further agrees to deliver to the Beneficiary written notice promptly upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder or event that with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder.
 
 
5

 
 
2.7            Takings . In case of any condemnation or expropriation for public use of, or any damage by reason of the action of any public or governmental entity or authority to, all or any part of the Property (a "Taking"), or the commencement of any proceedings or negotiations that might result in a Taking, the Trustor shall immediately give written notice to the Beneficiary, describing the nature and extent thereof. The Beneficiary may, at its option, appear in any proceeding for a Taking or any negotiations relating to a Taking and the Trustor shall immediately give to the Beneficiary copies of all notices, pleadings, determinations and other papers relating thereto. The Trustor shall in good faith and with due diligence and by proper proceedings file and prosecute its claims for any award or payment on account of any Taking. The Trustor shall not settle any such claim without the Beneficiary's prior written consent. The Trustor shall hold any amounts received with respect to such awards or claims, by settlement, judicial decree or otherwise, in trust for the Beneficiary and immediately pay the same to the Beneficiary.  The Trustor authorizes any award or settlement due in connection with a Taking to be paid directly to the Beneficiary in amounts not exceeding the Obligations.  The Beneficiary may apply such amounts to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine.
 
2.8            Insurance Proceeds . The proceeds of any insurance resulting from any loss with respect to the Property shall be paid to the Beneficiary and, at the option of the Beneficiary, be applied to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary may determine; provided, however, that if the Beneficiary shall require repair of the Property, the Beneficiary may release all or any portion of such proceeds to the Trustor for such purpose.  Any insurance proceeds paid to the Trustor shall be held in trust for the Beneficiary and promptly paid to it.
 
3.      CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE BENEFICIARY
 
3.1            Legal Proceedings . The Beneficiary shall have the right, but not the duty, to intervene or otherwise participate in any legal or equitable proceeding that, in the Beneficiary's reasonable judgment, might affect the Property or any of the rights created or secured by this Deed of Trust. The Beneficiary shall have such right whether or not there shall have occurred an Event of Default hereunder.
 
3.2            Appraisals/Assessments . The Beneficiary shall have the right, at the Trustor's sole cost and expense, to obtain appraisals, environmental site assessments or other inspections of the portions of the Property that are real estate at such times as the Beneficiary deems necessary or as may be required by applicable law, or its prevailing credit or underwriting policies.
 
3.3            Financial Statements . The Beneficiary shall have the right, at the Trustor's sole cost and expense, to require delivery of financial statements in form and substance acceptable to the Beneficiary from the Trustor or any guarantor of any of the Obligations and the Trustor hereby agrees to deliver such financial statements and/or cause any such guarantor to so deliver any such financial statement when required by the Beneficiary.
 
3.4            Substitution of Trustee . The Beneficiary may from time to time, without notice to the Trustor or Trustee and with or without cause and with or without the resignation of Trustee, substitute a successor or successors to the Trustee named herein or acting hereunder.  Upon such appointment, the successor trustee shall be vested with all title, powers and duties conferred upon the Trustee named herein or acting hereunder. Each such appointment and substitution shall be made by a writing executed by Beneficiary and when duly recorded in the appropriate office shall be conclusive proof of proper appointment of such successor Trustee. The procedure herein provided for substitution of the Trustee shall be conclusive of all other provisions for substitution, statutory or otherwise.
 
4.      DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
 
4.1            Events of Default . Event of Default shall mean default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Trustor or the occurrence of an event of default under this Deed of Trust or any of the other Loan Documents including without limitation under any note evidencing any of the Obligations and, with respect to any Obligation due and payable on DEMAND, the failure of any such Obligation to be paid upon DEMAND.
 
4.2            Remedies . On the occurrence of any Event of Default the Beneficiary may, at any time thereafter, at its option and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without notice, exercise any or all of the following remedies:
 
(a) 
Declare the Obligations due and payable, and the Obligations shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, without presentment, protest, demand or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Trustor except for Obligations due and payable on demand, which shall be due and payable on demand whether or not an event of default has occurred hereunder;
 
 
6

 
 
(b)
Direct the Trustee to, or enter, take possession of, manage and operate the Property (including all personal property and all records and documents pertaining thereto) and any part thereof and exclude the Trustor therefrom, take all actions it deems necessary or proper to preserve the Property and operate the Property as a mortgagee in possession with all the powers as could be exercised by a receiver or as otherwise provided herein or by applicable law; provided, however, the entry by the Beneficiary upon the Property for any reason shall not cause the Trustee or the Beneficiary to be a mortgagee in possession, except upon the express written declaration of the Beneficiary;
 
(c)
With or without taking possession, by itself or through a receiver, receive and collect all rents, income, issues and profits ("Rents") from the Property (including all real estate and personal property and whether past due or thereafter accruing), including as may arise under the Leases, and the Trustor appoints the Beneficiary as its true and lawful attorney with the power for the Beneficiary in its own name and capacity to demand and collect Rents and take any action that the Trustor is authorized to take under the Leases.  The Beneficiary shall (after payment of all costs and expenses incurred) apply any Rents received by it to the Obligations in such order as the Beneficiary determines, or in accordance with any applicable statute, and the Trustor agrees that exercise of such rights and disposition of such funds shall not be deemed to cure any default or constitute a waiver of any foreclosure once commenced nor preclude the later commencement of foreclosure for breach thereof. The Beneficiary shall be liable to account only for such Rents actually received by the Beneficiary. Lessees under the Leases are hereby authorized and directed, following notice from the Beneficiary, to pay all amounts due the Trustor under the Leases to the Beneficiary, whereupon such lessees shall be relieved of any and all duty and obligation to the Trustor with respect to such payments so made
 
(d)
In addition to any other remedies, to sell the Property or any part thereof or interest therein pursuant to exercise of its power of sale or otherwise at public auction on terms and conditions as the Beneficiary may determine, or otherwise foreclose this Deed of Trust in any manner permitted by law, and upon such sale the Trustor shall execute and deliver such instruments as the Beneficiary may request in order to convey and transfer all of the Trustor's interest in the Property, and the same shall operate to divest all rights, title and interest of the Trustor in and to the Property.  In the event this Deed of Trust shall include more than one parcel of property or subdivision (each hereinafter called a "portion"), the Beneficiary shall, in its sole and exclusive discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, be empowered to foreclose upon any such portion without impairing its right to foreclose subsequently upon any other portion or the entirety of the Property from time to time thereafter.  In addition, the Beneficiary may in its sole and exclusive discretion subordinate this Deed of Trust to one or more Leases for the sole purpose of preserving any such Lease in the event of a foreclosure;
 
(e) 
Choose to dispose of some or all of the Property in any combination consisting of both real and personal property, together in one sale, public or private, to held in accordance with law and procedures applicable to real property, as permitted by Section 9604 of the Uniform Commercial Code.  Trustor agrees that such a sale of personal property together with real property constitutes a commercially reasonable sale of the personal property. Before any sale, Beneficiary or Trustee shall give such notice of default and election to sell as may then be required by law.  When all time periods then legally mandated have expired, and after such notice of sate as may then be legally required has been given, Trustee may sell the property being sold at a public auction to be held at the time and place specified in the notice of sale. Neither Trustee nor Beneficiary shall have any obligation to make demand on Trustor before any sale, From time to time in accordance with then applicable law, Trustee may, and in any event at Beneficiary's request shall, postpone any sale by public announcement at the time and place noticed for that sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Beneficiary shall be under no obligation to consummate a sale if, in its judgment, none of the offers received by it equals the fair value of the property offered for sale.  At any sale, any person including Beneficiary may bid for and acquire the property or any part thereof to the extent permitted by then applicable law. Instead of paying cash for such property, Beneficiary may settle for the purchase price by crediting the sales price of the property against the expenses of sale, costs of any action and any other sums for which Trustor is obligated to pay or reimburse Beneficiary or Trustee under this Deed of Trust and all other Obligations in any order and proportion as Beneficiary in its sole discretion may choose.  The foregoing procedures do not constitute the only procedures that may be commercially reasonable and, Beneficiary and Trustee may choose, for example, if the Property consists of more than one parcel, to sell and dispose of such parcels in separate or combined sales in such order as Beneficia ry may elect. The proceeds of any such disposition of Property shall not cure any Event of Default or reinstate any Obligations for purposes of Section 2924c of the California Civil Code. For purposes of this power of sale, either a sale of real prope rt y alone, or a sale of both real and personal prope rt y together in accordance with Uniform Commercial Code Section 9604, will sometimes be referred to as a "Trustee's Sale";
 
 
7

 
 
(f) 
In accordance with Section 736 of the California Code of Civil Procedure, Beneficiary may bring an action for breach of contract against Trustor for breach of any "environmental provision" (as such term is defined in such Section) made by Trustor herein or in any other Loan Document for the recovery of damages and/or the enforcement of the environmental  provision.  In accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 726.5, Beneficiary may waive the security under this Deed of Trust with respect to any parcel of the Property that is "environmentally impaired" or is an "affected property" (as such terms are defined in such Section), and as to any personal property which is attached to such parcel, and thereafter exercise against Trustor, to the extent permitted by such Section, the rights and remedies of an unsecured creditor, including reduction of Beneficiary's claim against Trustor to judgment, and any other rights and remedies permitted by law.  In the event Beneficiary elects, in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 726.5, to waive all or part of the security under this Deed of Trust and proceed against Trustor on an unsecured basis, the valuation of the real property, the determination of the environmentally impaired status of such security and any cause of action for money judgment shall, at the request of Beneficiary, be referred to a referee in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 638 et seq.  Such referee shall be an M.A.I. appraiser selected by Beneficiary and approved by Trustor, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  The decision of such referee shall be binding upon both Beneficiary and Trustor and judgment upon the award rendered by such referee shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in accordance with the California Code of Civil Procedure, Sections 644 and 645.  Trustor shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by Beneficiary in connection with any proceeding under the California Code of Civil Procedure, Section 726.5;
 
(g) 
Cause one or more environmental assessments to be taken, arrange for the cleanup of any Hazardous Substances or otherwise cure the Truste's failure to comply with any statute, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances, and the Trustor shall provide the Beneficiary or its agents with access to the Property for such purposes; provided that the exercise of any of such remedies shall not be deemed to have relieved the Trustor from any responsibility therefor or given the Beneficiary "control" over the Property or cause the Beneficiary to be considered to be a mortgagee in possession, "owner" or "operator" of the Property for purposes of any applicable law, rule or regulation pertaining to Hazardous Substances; and
 
(h) 
Take such other actions or proceedings as the Beneficiary deems necessary or advisable to protect its interest in the Property and ensure payment and performance of the Obligations, including, without limitation, appointment of a receiver (and the Trustor hereby waives any right to object to such appointment) and exercise of any of the Beneficiary's remedies provided herein or in any other document evidencing, securing or relating to any of the Obligations or available to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or under other applicable law.
 
 
8

 
 
Due on Sale or Transfer . Beneficiary may, at its option, declare immediately due and payable all sums secured by this Deed of Trust upon the sale or transfer, without Beneficiary's prior written consent, of all or any part of the Property, or any interest in the Property. A "sale or transfer" means the conveyance of the Property or any right, title or interest therein; whether legal, beneficial or equitable; whether voluntary or involuntary; whether by outright sale, deed, installment sale contract, land contract, contract for deed, option contract, or by sale, assignment or transfer of any beneficial interest in or to any land trust holding title to the Property, or by any other method of conveyance of a real property interest. If Trustor is a corporation, transfer also includes any change in ownership of more than 10% of the issued and outstanding capital stock.  For a general partnership, limited partnership, or limited liability partnership, transfer shall include a change in any general partner or a change affecting the control of the Trustor. For a limited liability company, transfer includes any change in a manager or member or change affecting control of the Trustor. This option shall not be exercised by Beneficiary if such exercise is prohibited by applicable law.
 
Power of Sale .   Trustor hereby grants to the Trustee, and its successor and assigns, for the benefit and security of the Beneficiary, a power of sale under California Civil Code Section 2924, and accordingly, the Beneficiary and the Trustee shall have all of the rights and powers granted by California law to the holder of a Deed of Trust containing a power of sale, including the right, to the extent permitted by California law, to foreclose, by exercising the power of sale, without first commencing a foreclosure action or obtaining a foreclosure decree, and to give such notices and to do all other acts as are permitted or required by California Civil Code Section 2924 to foreclose a Deed of Trust without judicial action.
 
In addition, the Trustee and the Beneficiary shall have all other remedies provided by applicable law, including, without limitation, the right to pursue a judicial sale of the Property or any portion thereof by deed, assignment or otherwise.
 
The Trustor agrees and acknowledges that the acceptance by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any payments from either the Trustor or any guarantor after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the exercise by the Trustee or the Beneficiary of any remedy set forth herein or the commencement, discontinuance or abandonment of foreclosure proceedings against the Property shall not waive Trustee's or the Beneficiary's subsequent or concurrent right to foreclose or operate as a bar or estoppel to the exercise of any other rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Beneficiary. The Trustor agrees and acknowledges that the Trustee or the Beneficiary, by making payments or incurring costs described herein, shall be subrogated to any right of the Trustor to seek reimbursement from any third parties, including, without limitation, any predecessor in interest to the Trustor's title or other party who may be responsible under any law, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances.
 
4.3            Advances . If the Trustor fails to pay or perform any of its obligations respecting the Property, the Beneficiary may in its sole discretion do so without waiving or releasing Trustor from any such obligation. Any such payments may include, but are not limited to, payments for taxes, assessments and other governmental levies, water rates,  insurance  premiums,  maintenance,  repairs  or  improvements constituting part of the Property.  Any amounts paid by the Beneficiary hereunder shall be, until reimbursed by the Trustor, part of the Obligations and secured by this Deed of Trust, and shall be due and payable to the Beneficiary, on demand, together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law, at the highest rate permitted under any of the notes evidencing the Obligations.
 
4.4            Cumulative Rights and Remedies .  All of the foregoing rights, remedies and options (including without limitation the right to enter and take possession of the Property, the right to manage and operate the same, and the right to collect Rents, in each case whether by a receiver or otherwise) are cumulative and in addition to any rights the Beneficiary might otherwise have, whether at law or by agreement,. and may be exercised separately or concurrently and none of which shall be exclusive of any other.  The Trustor further agrees that the Trustee and the Beneficiary may exercise any or all of its rights or remedies set forth herein without having to pay the Trustor any sums for use or occupancy of the Property.
 
4.5           Trustor's Waiver of Certain Rights . To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustor hereby waives the benefit of all present and future laws (i) providing for any appraisal before sale of all or any portion of the Property or (ii) in any way extending the time for the enforcement of the collection of the Obligations or creating or extending a period of redemption from any sale made hereunder.
 
4.6            Transfer of Title .  Upon the completion of any sale or sales of any Property, Trustee shall execute and deliver to the accepted purchaser or purchasers a good and sufficient deed of conveyance or assignment and transfer, lawfully conveying, assigning, and transferring the Property sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied.
 
 
9

 
 
4.7            Effect of Sale . Any sale or sales made by virtue of or under this Deed of Trust, whether under any power of sale herein granted or through judicial proceedings, shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, operate to divest all right, title, estate, interest, claim, and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Trustor in and to the property so sold, or any part thereof from, through or under Trustor, its successors and assigns.  The receipt by Trustee of such purchase money shall be full and sufficient discharge to any purchaser of the Property or any part thereof sold as aforesaid for the purchase money; and no purchaser or his representatives, grantees or assigns after paying such purchase money, shall be bound to see to the application of such purchase money upon or for any trust or purpose of this Deed of Trust, or in any manner whatsoever be answerable for any loss, misapplication or non-application of any such purchase money or be bound to inquire as to the authorization, necessity, expedience or regularity of any such sale.
 
4.8           Reconveyance . Upon written request of the Beneficiary and surrender of this Deed of Trust and any Notes to Trustee for cancellation or endorsement, and upon payment of its fees and charges, Trustee shall reconvey, without warranty, all or any part of the Property then subject to this Deed of Trust. Any reconveyance, whether full or partial, shall be made to the person or persons legally entitled thereto, and the recitals in such reconveyance of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof.
 
5.      MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1            Costs and Expenses .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustor shall pay to the Trustee and the Beneficiary, on demand, all reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses and reasonable consulting, accounting, appraisal, brokerage and similar professional fees and charges) incurred by the Trustee and the Beneficiary in connection with the Trustee's and the Beneficiary's interpretation, recordation of this Deed of Trust, exercise, preservation or enforcement of any of its rights, remedies and options set forth in this Deed of Trust and in connection with any litigation, proceeding or dispute whether arising hereunder or otherwise relating to the Obligations, together with interest thereon to the extent permitted by applicable law, until paid in full by the Trustor at the highest rate set forth in any of the notes evidencing the Obligations. Any amounts owed by the Trustor hereunder shall be, until paid, part of the Obligations and secured by this Deed of Trust, and the Beneficiary shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to receive and retain such amounts in any action for a deficiency against or redemption by the Trustor, or any accounting for the proceeds of a foreclosure sale or of insurance proceeds.
 
5.2            Limit on Interest . If from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Deed of Trust, any Note or any other Loan Document, at the time performance of such provision becomes due, would exceed the limit on interest then permitted by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, the Beneficiary may, at its option (a) reduce the Obligations to be fulfilled to such limit on interest, or (b) apply the amount in excess of such limit on interest to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the Obligations, and not to the payment of interest, with the same force and effect as though Trustor had specifically designated such sums to be so applied to principal and Beneficiary had agreed to accept such extra payments(s) as a premium-free prepayment, so that in no event shall any exaction he possible under this Deed of Trust or any other Loan Document that is in excess of the applicable limit on interest. It is the intention of Trustor and Beneficiary that the total liability for payments in the nature of interest shall not exceed the limits imposed by any applicable state or federal interest rate laws. The provisions of this Section shall control every other provision of this Deed of Trust, and any provision of any other Loan Document in conflict with this Section.
 
5.3            Indemnification Regarding Leases. The Trustor hereby agrees to defend, and does hereby indemnify and hold the Beneficiary, Trustee, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless from all losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses (including attorneys' fees and expenses) resulting from the assignment of the Leases and from all demands that may be asserted against such Indemnitees arising from any undertakings on the part of the Beneficiary to perform any obligations under the Leases. It is understood that the assignment of the Leases shall not operate to place responsibility for the control or management of the Property upon the Beneficiary or any Indemnitee or make them liable for performance of any of the obligations of the Trustor under Leases, respecting any condition of the Property or any other agreement or arrangement, written or oral, or applicable law.
 
 
10

 
 
5.4            Indemnification Regarding Hazardous Substances . The Trustor hereby agrees to defend, and does hereby indemnify and hold harmless each lndemnitee from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, costs or expenses, including, without limitation, litigation costs and attorneys' fees and expenses and fees or expenses of any environmental engineering or cleanup firm incurred by such Indemnitee and arising out of or in connection with the Property or resulting from the application of any current or future law, regulation or ordinance relating to the presence or cleanup of Hazardous Substances on or affecting the Property.   The Trustor agrees its obligations hereunder shall be continuous and shall survive termination or discharge of this Deed of Trust and/or the repayment of all debts to the Beneficiary including repayment of all Obligations.
 
5.5             Indemnitee's Expenses . If any lndemnitee is made a party defendant to any litigation or any claim is threatened or brought against such Indemnitee concerning this Deed of Trust or the Property or any part thereof or therein or concerning the construction, maintenance, operation or the occupancy or use thereof by the Trustor or other person or entity, then the Trustor shall indemnify, defend and hold each Indemnitee harmless from and against all liability by reason of said litigation or claims, including attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with any such litigation or claim, whether or not any such litigation or claim is prosecuted to judgment. The within indemnification shall survive payment of the Obligations, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Beneficiary in favor of the Trustor.
 
5.6             Waivers . The Trustor waives notice of nonpayment, demand, presentment, protest or notice of protest of the Obligations and all other notices, consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof, and generally waives any and all suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.  No delay or omission of the Beneficiary in exercising or enforcing any of its rights, powers, privileges, remedies, immunities or discretion (all of which are hereinafter collectively referred to as "the Beneficiary's rights and remedies") hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof; and no waiver by the Beneficiary of any default of the Trustor hereunder or of any demand shall operate as a waiver of any other default hereunder or of any other demand.  No term or provision hereof shall be waived, altered or modified except with the prior written consent of the Beneficiary, which consent makes explicit reference to this Deed of Trust. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no other agreement or transaction, of whatsoever nature, entered into between the Beneficiary and the Trustor at any time (whether before, during or after the effective date or term of this Deed of Trust) shall be construed as a waiver, modification or limitation of any of the Beneficiary's rights and remedies under this Deed of Trust (nor shall anything in this Deed of Trust be construed as a waiver, modification or limitation of any of the Beneficiary's rights and remedies under any such other agreement or transaction) but all the Beneficiary's rights and remedies not only under the provisions of this Deed of Trust but also under any such other agreement or transaction shall be cumulative and not alternative or exclusive, and may be exercised by the Beneficiary at such time or times and in such order of preference as the Beneficiary in its sole discretion may determine.
 
5.7           Waiver of Homestead . To the maximum extent permitted under applicable law, the Trustor hereby waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting the Property under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq.
 
5.8           Joint and Several .  If there is more than one Trustor, each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for payment and/or performance of all obligations secured by this Deed of Trust and the term "Trustor" shall include each as well as all of them.
 
5.9           Severability . If any provision of this Deed of Trust or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Deed of Trust (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
 
5.10          Complete Agreement . This Deed of Trust and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.
 
 
11

 
 
5.11         Binding Effect of Agreement . This Deed of Trust shall run with the land and be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Beneficiary shall be entitled to rely thereon) until all Obligations are fully and indefeasibly paid. The Beneficiary may transfer and assign this Deed of Trust and deliver any collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Beneficiary; and the Beneficiary shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Deed of Trust and such collateral. Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Deed of Trust or the other Loan Documents.
 
5.12          Notices . Any notices under or pursuant to this Deed of Trust shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Trustor or Beneficiary, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Trustor or Beneficiary at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
5.13          Governing Law . This Deed of Trust shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Beneficiary and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
5.14          Reproductions . This Deed of Trust and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by the Trustor to the Beneficiary may be reproduced by the Beneficiary by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).
 
5.15          Jurisdiction and Venue . The Trustor irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Deed of Trust.  The Trustor irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  The Trustor hereby consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding (i) by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Trustor's address set forth herein or such other address as has been provided in writing to the Beneficiary and (ii) in any other manner permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Trustor.
 
5.16           Waiver Of Jury Trial. THE TRUSTOR AND BENEFICIARY ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
5.17           Judicial Reference Provision. In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
 
12

 
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
EXECUTED as of the date first above written.
 
 
Trustor:
 
H.D.D. LLC
     
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst 
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
   
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan 
   
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham 
   
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll 
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
     
   
 
 
 
 
13

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 14 th , 2012, before me, Morgan Merritt (Notary Public), personally appeared J. Barrie Graham who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Morgan Merritt (Seal)  
 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 16 th , 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Daniel A. Carroll who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)  
 
 
16

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 21 st , 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Philip L. Hurst who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)
 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF _________
 
On____________________, before me, _________________________, personally appeared William R, Hambrecht who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
 
   
Signature _______________________ (Seal)  
 
 
14

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF _________
 
On____________________, before me, _________________________, personally appeared Phillip L. Hurst who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
 
   
Signature _______________________ (Seal)  
 
 
STATE OF NEW YORK
COUNTY OF NEW YORK
 
On August 23, 2012, before me, Allison Corado, personally appeared William R, Hambrecht who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Allison Corado (Seal)  
 
 
14

 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 17, 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Paul E. Dolan, III who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)
 
 
STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF Sonoma
 
On August 17, 2012, before me, Rachael Manning, Notary Public, personally appeared Heath E. Dolan who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
 
 
 
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
[Notary Seal]
   
Signature /s/ Rachael Manning (Seal)
 
 
15

 
 
EXHIBIT "A"
Property Description
 
 
 
 
 
16 

 
Exhibit 10.6
 
LINE OF CREDIT NOTE
 
July 16, 2012
 
$9,000,000.00
 
For value received, the undersigned H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of Bank of the West (together with its successors and assigns, the "Lender"), the principal amount of up to Nine Million Dollars and Zero Cents ($9,000,000.00) on or before May 31, 2014 (the "Expiration Date"), as set forth below.  The aggregate principal balance outstanding shall bear interest, and interest shall be payable, in accordance with that certain Interest Rate Election Rider, attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Interest Election Rider").
 
On terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Borrower may request advances (each an "Advance") from time to time from the date hereof to the Expiration Date up to the dollar amount of this Note (the "Line of Credit'). Within the foregoing limits, the Borrower may borrow, partially or wholly prepay, and reborrow as described herein. Proceeds of the Line of Credit shall be used for working capital needs.
 
Each Advance shall be conclusively deemed to have been made at the request of and for the benefit of the Borrower (i) when credited to any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Lender or (ii) when paid in accordance with the Borrower's written instructions. Subject to the requirements herein, and provided such request is made in a timely manner as provided below, Advances shall be made by the Lender under the Line of Credit.
 
This Note is entered into in connection with one or more certain Loan and Security Agreements or Loan Agreements, dated of even date herewith (each a "Loan Agreement" and collectively, the "Loan Agreements") between the Borrower and the Lender, and any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreements.
 
Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Loan Agreement to the contrary, no Advance shall be made under this Note until the Borrower has provided to the Lender evidence satisfactory to the Lender demonstrating that the Borrower has contributed no less than $2,500,000.00 in equity to the Borrower.
 
Principal and interest shall be payable at the Lender's main office or at such other place as the Lender may designate in writing in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America without set-off, deduction or counterclaim. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year. If interest is not paid as and when it is due, it shall be added to the principal, become and be treated as a part thereof, and shall thereafter bear like interest.
 
"Business Day" shall mean a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open for business in California.
 
At the option of the Lender, this Note shall become immediately due and payable upon default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower hereunder or the occurrence at any time of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Any payments received by the Lender on account of this Note shall, at the Lender's option, be applied first, to accrued and unpaid interest; second, to the unpaid principal balance, then any fees, or charges then owed to the Lender by the Borrower; with payments being applied to installments remaining due in such order and amounts as the Lender may determine in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be applied in such manner as the Lender may determine. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to charge any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Lender for any payment required hereunder without prior notice to the Borrower.
 
 
 

 
 
If pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Borrower is at any time obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law for the loan evidenced by this Note, the applicable interest rate shall be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder. More specifically, if from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Note or any other loan document executed and delivered in connection with this Note, at the time performance of such provision becomes due, would exceed the limit on interest then permitted by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, the Lender may, at its option (a) reduce the obligations to be fulfilled to such limit on interest, or (b) apply the amount in excess of such limit on interest to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the obligations, and not to the payment of interest, with the same force and effect as though Borrower had specifically designated such sums to be so applied to principal and Lender had agreed to accept such extra payments(s) as a premium-free prepayment, so that in no event shall any exaction be possible under this Note or any other loan document that is in excess of the applicable limit on interest. It is the intention of Borrower and Lender that the total liability for payments in the nature of interest shall not exceed the limits imposed by any applicable state or federal interest rate laws. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this Note, and any provision of any other loan document in conflict with this paragraph.
 
The Borrower represents to the Lender that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.P.R. Parts 221 and 224.
 
The Borrower grants to the Lender a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Lender to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Lender, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Lender (regardless of the reason the Lender had received the same or whether the Lender has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Lender.
 
No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Lender, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The Borrower and any other party obligated on account of this Note by contract, by operation of law or otherwise (the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and each such other party, an "Obligor"), regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of dishonor, notice of protest and all other notices and demands of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note, all suretyship defenses of any kind, in each case that would otherwise be available in connection with this Note including, without limitation, any right (whether now or hereafter existing) to require the holder hereof to first proceed against the Borrower, or any other party obligated on account of this Note, for any security, and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, including any defense based on impairment of collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq.
 
 
 

 
 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Obligor waives:
 
(A) any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code;
 
(B) all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness hereunder is secured by real property; this means, among other things: (i) the Lender may collect from an Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor; and (ii) if the Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor: (1) the amount of such indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (2) the Lender may collect from an Obligor even if the Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Obligor may have to collect from the Borrower or another Obligor. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness under this Note is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 725 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;
 
(C) any right or defense it may have at law or equity, including California Code of Civil Procedure Section 580a, to a fair market value hearing or action to determine a deficiency judgment after a foreclosure.
 
The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower or by any other person (as well as from attorneys' reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Lender's relationship with the Borrower (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Lender with counsel of the Lender's selection, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.
 
The Borrower agrees to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. If any payment due under this Note is unpaid for 15 days or more, the Borrower shall pay, in addition to any other sums due under this Note (and without limiting the Lender's other remedies on account thereof), a late charge equal to 5.0% of such unpaid amount.
 
This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and upon its heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors, endorsees and assigns.
 
In the event that at any time, a surety is liable upon only a portion of the Borrower's or any Obligor's obligations under this Note and the Borrower provides partial satisfaction of any such obligation(s), each of the Borrower and each Obligor hereof, if any, hereby waives any right it would otherwise have, under Section 2822 of the California Civil Code, to designate the portion of the obligations to be satisfied. The designation of the portion of the obligation to be satisfied shall, to the extent not expressly made by the terms of this Note, be made by the Lender rather than Borrower.
 
The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any Obligor are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Lender of the Borrower or any one or more Obligors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any Obligor are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender. Each reference in this Note to the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and Obligor, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Lender of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full. The release or compromise by the Lender of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.
 
 
 

 
 
The Borrower authorizes the Lender to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Lender, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.
 
This Note shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
The Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note.  The Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower's, address shown below or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower.
 
Waiver Of Jury Trial . THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
Judicial Reference Provision . In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Note or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
 
 

 
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
 
 
Executed as of July 16, 2012 .
 
 
 
Borrower:
 
     
 
H.D.D LLC
 
           
 
 
By:
  /s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
        Phillip L. Hurst, Manager  
           
   
By:
  /s/ William R. Hambrecht  
       
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Paul E. Dolan, III  
       
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Heath E. Dolan  
       
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ J. Barrie Graham  
       
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Daniel A. Carroll  
       
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 
 
 

 

INTEREST RATE ELECTION RIDER
 
1. INTEREST RATE(S); PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS.
 
1.1            Interest Rates . The Note shall bear Interest at the following rate(s): (a) One and Three-Quarters Percent (1.75%) above the One-Month LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined) (a "One-Month LIBOR Rate Advance"); or (b) One and Three-Quarters Percent (1.75%) above the LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined) (a "LIBOR Rate Advance"); each an "Available Rate."
 
1.2            Notice of Borrowing and Rate Selection .  Upon written or telephonic notice which shall be received by the Lender at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on a Business Day, the Borrower may draw this loan by requesting an Advance. The draw may be made on the day notice is received by the Lender, provided however, that if the Lender shall not have received notice at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the day such request is made, such draw may, at the Lender's option, be made on the next Business Day.  Notice of any LIBOR Rate Advance shall be received by the Lender no later than two Business Days prior to the day (which shall be a Business Day) on which the Borrower requests such LIBOR Rate Advance to be made. The notice shall specify the effective date thereof (which shall be a Business Day), the type of interest rate and the amount to which the interest rate shall apply, provided, however, for LIBOR Rate Advances, the amount requested shall not be less than $100,000.00. Any such notice shall be irrevocable and shall be subject to other terms and conditions set forth in this Note. For any interest rate selected, the Lender shall record on the books and records of the Lender an appropriate notation evidencing such selection, each repayment on account of the principal thereof and the amount of interest paid, and the Borrower authorizes the Lender to maintain such records and make such notations and agrees that the amount shown on the books and records as outstanding from time to time shall constitute the amount owing to the Lender pursuant to this Note, absent manifest error.
 
1.3            Payments . The Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay interest in arrears on all Advances on the last calendar day of each month. If any payment required to be made by the Borrower hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest thereon shall be payable at then applicable rate during such extension. On the Expiration Date, the Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay to the Lender in full the aggregate unpaid principal amount outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and all other fees and charges owing to the Lender under this Note.
 
1.4            Interest Periods . Each Interest Period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Interest Rate Election Rider shall commence on the date selected and shall end on the last day of the time period the Borrower shall elect, in each case as set forth in the definition of Interest Period in Paragraph 2.1 hereof; provided, however, that (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next Business Day unless such extension would carry such Interest Period into the next month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a date for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end), shall (subject to clause (a) above) end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; and (c) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Expiration Date shall end on the Expiration Date.
 
1.5            Conversion of Outstanding Amounts .  Upon written or telephonic notice which shall be received by the Lender at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on a Business Day, and so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may, on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to an Advance, convert the rate on such Advance to another Available Rate. The conversion may be effective on the day notice is received by the Lender, provided however, that if the Lender shall not have received notice at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the day such request is made, such election may, at the Lender's option, become effective on the next Business Day, except that notice to select any LIBOR Rate shall be received by the Lender no later than two Business Days prior to the day (which shall be a Business Day) on which the Borrower requests such LIBOR Rate. The notice shall specify the date of such conversion and the amount to be converted.

 
 

 
 
1.6            End of Interest Period . If, at the end of the relevant Interest Period, and subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to a request that a new interest rate be selected, the Lender does not receive timely notice to continue the existing rate or request another Available Rate, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected a One-Month LIBOR Rate Advance.
 
1.7            Unavailability of Rate . In the event that the effective interest rate(s) applicable to the Borrower's loan evidenced hereby shall cease to be published or has become unlawful or infeasible by reason of the Lender's compliance with any new law, rule, regulation, guideline or order, or any new interpretation of any present law, rule regulation, guideline or order, the Lender, in its sole discretion shall designate a new base, reference or other rate for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, established from time to time, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto.
 
1.8            Funding the Note .  The Lender shall be entitled to fund all or any portion of the Note in any manner it may determine in its sole discretion, but all calculations and transactions hereunder shall be conducted as set forth herein without regard to the manner in which the Lender actually funded the Note.
 
1. 9           Indemnification for Costs . During any period of time in which interest on the Note is accruing on the basis of an Available Rate other than one that adjusts on a daily basis, the Borrower shall, upon the Lender's request, promptly pay to and reimburse the Lender for all costs incurred and payments made by the Lender by reason of any future assessment, reserve, deposit or similar requirement or any surcharge, tax or fee imposed upon the Lender or as a result of the Lender's compliance with any directive or requirement of any regulatory authority pertaining or relating to funds used by the Lender in quoting and determining such Available Rate.
 
1.10          Termination of Pricing Option . After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower's right to select pricing options, if applicable, shall cease, and, if the Borrower would, but for the application of the preceding clause, have had the right to elect among interest rate options, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 5.0% plus the current effective rate for a One-Month LIBOR Rate Advance.
 
1.11          Prepayment . Borrower may prepay amounts outstanding under this Note bearing interest at an Available Rate in whole or in part provided Borrower has given Lender not less than 5 Business Days prior written notice of Borrower's intention to make such prepayment and pays to Lender the Prepayment Fee (defined below) due as a result. The Prepayment Fee shall also be paid, if Lender, for any other reason, including acceleration or foreclosure, receives all of any portion of the LIBOR Rate Advance prior to its scheduled payment date.  "Prepayment Fee" is the positive amount, if any, equal to the present value of (i) the amount of interest that would have been paid through the end of the current Interest Period on the principal amount being repaid at the LIBOR Rate and minus (ii) the amount of interest Lender would earn if the amount of such prepayment of principal was used to purchase a(n) LIBOR Rate contract having a maturity date most closely matching with the last day of the relevant Interest Period and such contract was held by Lender until the last day of the relevant Interest Period. The rate used in the present value calculation shall be the rate of interest offered on the LIBOR Rate contract having a maturity most closely matching with the last day of the relevant Interest Period. The time period used in the present value calculation shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the period between the date of prepayment and the last date of the relevant Interest Period, and the denominator of which shall be 360 days.
 
If the maturity of this Note is accelerated by the Lender because of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the resulting acceleration shall be deemed to be an election on the part of the Borrower to prepay this Note. Accordingly, there shall be added to the amount due after an Event of Default and resulting acceleration, the fixed rate prepayment charge, calculated as above and using as the prepayment date the date on which any tender of payment is made, and the Borrower agrees to pay the same.

 
 

 
 
The Borrower, by its signature below, hereby expressly (i) waives any rights it may have under California Civil Code Section 2954.10 to prepay this Note, in whole or in part, without penalty, upon acceleration of the maturity date, and (ii) agrees that if, for any reason, a prepayment of all or any portion of the principal amount of this Note is made upon or following any acceleration of the maturity date by the Lender on account of any Event of Default by the Borrower, then the Borrower shall be obligated to pay concurrently with such prepayment the fixed rate prepayment charge specified in the foregoing paragraphs. By signing this provision in the space provided below, the Borrower hereby declares that the Lender's agreement to make the loan evidenced by this Note constitutes adequate consideration, given individual weight by the Borrower, for this waiver and agreement.
 
 
Borrower:
 
     
 
H.D.D LLC
 
           
 
 
By:
  /s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
        Phillip L. Hurst, Manager  
           
   
By:
  /s/ William R. Hambrecht  
       
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Paul E. Dolan, III  
       
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Heath E. Dolan  
       
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ J. Barrie Graham  
       
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Daniel A. Carroll  
       
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 
 
 
2. DEFINITIONS
 
2.1            Definitions . The following definitions are applicable to this Interest Rate Election Rider:
 
a)  "Interest Period" shall mean,
 
i) with respect to any LIBOR Rate Advance, one to six months.
 
b) "LIBOR Rate" shall mean the rate determined by the Lender as being the U.S. dollar London Interbank Offered Rate for such periods appearing on the Bloomberg British Bankers Association LIBOR page BBAM - Official BBA LIBOR Fixing at approximately 11:00 am, (London time) on the second Business Day prior to requesting a LIBOR Rate Advance, or the second Business Day prior to the initial draw, or the second Business Day prior to the next Interest Period.
 
 
 

 
 
c)  "One-Month LIBOR Rate" shall mean, on any day, the rate determined by the Lender as being the U. S. dollar London Interbank Offered Rate for an interest period of one month appearing on the Bloomberg British Bankers Association LIBOR page BEAM - Official BBA LIBOR Fixing at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time).
 
2.2            Other Terms . Terms set forth in this Note which are defined in the Note shall have the meanings set forth in the Note.
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.7
 

 
TERM NOTE
July 16, 2012
 
$3,381,000.00
 
     For value received, the undersigned H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of Bank of the West (together with its successors and assigns, the "Lender"), the principal amount of Three Million, Three Hundred Eighty-One Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($3,381,000.00) on or before May 31, 2022 (the "Expiration Date"), as set forth below. The aggregate principal balance outstanding shall bear interest, and interest shall be payable, in accordance with that certain Interest Rate Election Rider, attached hereto and made a part hereof (the "Interest Election Rider").
 
     Upon the terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Borrower may request a loan, in one drawing, up to the maximum amount shown above.  Proceeds of the Note shall be used to refinance existing debt with Silicon Valley Bank. The Note shall be conclusively deemed to have been made at the request of and for the benefit of the Borrower (i) when credited to any deposit account of the Borrower maintained with the Lender or (ii) when paid in accordance with the Borrower's written instructions.
 
     This Note is entered into in connection with one or more certain Loan and Security Agreements or Loan Agreements, dated of even date herewith (each a "Loan Agreement" and collectively, the "Loan Agreements") between the Borrower and the Lender, and any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreements.
   
     The Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay interest in arrears on the last calendar day of each month, commencing on August 31, 2012 .  The Borrower shall pay consecutive installments of principal as follows: $11,270.00 commencing on August 31, 2012 , and the same amount (except the last installment which shall be the unpaid balance) on the last calendar day of each month thereafter.  On the Expiration Date, the Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay to the Lender in full the aggregate unpaid principal amount outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and all other fees and charges owing to the Lender under this Note.
 
     Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Loan Agreement to the contrary, no drawing shall be made under this Note until the Borrower has provided to the Lender evidence satisfactory to the Lender demonstrating that the Borrower has contributed no less than $2,500,000.00 in equity to the Borrower.
 
     Principal and interest shall be payable at the Lender's main office or at such other place as the Lender may designate in writing in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America without set-off, deduction or counterclaim.  Interest shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year, provided however that any payment that becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day that is also on the last calendar day of the month shall be payable on the immediately preceding Business Day.  If interest is not paid as and when it is due, it shall be added to the principal, become and be treated as a part thereof, and shall thereafter bear like interest.
 
     "Business Day" shall mean a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open for business in California.
 
     At the option of the Lender, this Note shall become immediately due and payable upon default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower hereunder or the occurrence at any time of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
 
 

 
 
Any payments received by the Lender on account of this Note shall, at the Lender's option, be applied first, to accrued and unpaid interest; second, to the unpaid principal balance, then any fees, or charges then owed to the Lender by the Borrower; with payments being applied to installments remaining due in such order and amounts as the Lender may determine in its discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be applied in such manner as the Lender may determine.  The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to charge any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Lender for any payment required hereunder without prior notice to the Borrower.
 
     If pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Borrower is at any time obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law for the loan evidenced by this Note, the applicable interest rate shall be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder.  More specifically, if from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Note or any other loan document executed and delivered in connection with this Note, at the time performance of such provision becomes due, would exceed the limit on interest then permitted by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, the Lender may, at its option (a) reduce the obligations to be fulfilled to such limit on interest, or (b) apply the amount in excess of such limit on interest to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the obligations, and not to the payment of interest, with the same force and effect as though Borrower had specifically designated such sums to be so applied to principal and Lender had agreed to accept such extra payments(s) as a premium-free prepayment, so that in no event shall any exaction be possible under this Note or any other loan document that is in excess of the applicable limit on interest.  It is the intention of Borrower and Lender that the total liability for payments in the nature of interest shall not exceed the limits imposed by any applicable state or federal interest rate laws.  The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this Note, and any provision of any other loan document in conflict with this paragraph.
 
     The Borrower represents to the Lender that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.
 
     The Borrower grants to the Lender a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Lender to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Lender, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Lender (regardless of the reason the Lender had received the same or whether the Lender has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Lender.
 
     No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Lender, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion.  The Borrower and any other party obligated on account of this Note by contract, by operation of law or otherwise (the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and each such other party, an "Obligor"), regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of dishonor, notice of protest and all other notices and demands of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note, all suretyship defenses of any kind, in each case that would otherwise be available in connection with this Note including, without limitation, any right (whether now or hereafter existing) to require the holder hereof to first proceed against the Borrower, or any other party obligated on account of this Note, for any security, and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, including any defense based on impairment of collateral.  To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq.
 
 
2

 
 
     To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Obligor waives:
 
         (A) any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code;
 
         (B) all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness hereunder is secured by real property; this means, among other things: (i) the Lender may collect from an Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor; and (ii) if the Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor: (1) the amount of such indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (2) the Lender may collect from an Obligor even if the Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Obligor may have to collect from the Borrower or another Obligor. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness under this Note is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;
 
         (C) any right or defense it may have at law or equity, including California Code of Civil Procedure Section 580a, to a fair market value hearing or action to determine a deficiency judgment after a foreclosure.
 
     The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower or by any other person (as well as from attorneys' reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Lender's relationship with the Borrower (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Lender with counsel of the Lender's selection, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.
 
     The Borrower agrees to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses.  If any payment due under this Note is unpaid for 15 days or more, the Borrower shall pay, in addition to any other sums due under this Note (and without limiting the Lender's other remedies on account thereof), a late charge equal to 5.0% of such unpaid amount.
 
     This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and upon its heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors, endorsees and assigns.
 
     In the event that at any time, a surety is liable upon only a portion of the Borrower's or any Obligor's obligations under this Note and the Borrower provides partial satisfaction of any such obligation(s), each of the Borrower and each Obligor hereof, if any, hereby waives any right it would otherwise have, under Section 2822 of the California Civil Code, to designate the portion of the obligations to be satisfied.  The designation of the portion of the obligation to be satisfied shall, to the extent not expressly made by the terms of this Note, be made by the Lender rather than Borrower.
 
 
3

 
 
     The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any Obligor are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Lender of the Borrower or any one or more Obligors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any Obligor are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender.  Each reference in this Note to the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and Obligor, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Lender of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full.  The release or compromise by the Lender of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.
 
     The Borrower authorizes the Lender to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Lender, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.
 
     This Note shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
     Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
     The Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note.  The Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower's, address shown below or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower.
 
    Waiver Of Jury Trial. THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
    Judicial Reference Provision.   In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Note or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
 
4

 

The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder.  AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
     Executed as of July 16, 2012.
 
 
Borrower:
 
 
H.D.D LLC
     
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst 
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht 
   
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
     
  By: /s/ Heath E. Dolan 
   
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
     
  By: /s/ J. Barrie Graham 
   
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll 
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
     
   
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, California
95448
 
 
 
 
5

 
 
INTEREST RATE ELECTION RIDER
 
1.         INTEREST RATE(S); PAYMENTS AND PREPAYMENTS.
 
1.1            Interest Rates .  The Note shall bear interest at the following rate(s): (a) Two and One-Quarter Percent (2.25%) above the One-Month LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined) (a "One-Month LIBOR Rate Balance"); or (b) Two and One-Quarter Percent (2.25%) above the LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined) (a "LIBOR Rate Balance"); each an "Available Rate" or an "Available Rate Balance."
 
1.2            Notice of Borrowing and Rate Selection .   Upon written or telephonic notice which shall be received by the Lender at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on a Business Day, the Borrower may draw this loan by requesting an Available Rate Balance. The draw may be made on the day notice is received by the Lender, provided however, that if the Lender shall not have received notice at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the day such request is made, such draw may, at the Lender's option, be made on the next Business Day. Notice of any LIBOR Rate Balance shall be received by the Lender no later than two Business Days prior to the day (which shall be a Business Day) on which the Borrower requests such LIBOR Rate Balance to be made.  The notice shall specify the effective date thereof (which shall be a Business Day), the type of interest rate and the amount to which the interest rate shall apply. Any such notice shall be irrevocable and shall be subject to other terms and conditions set forth in this Note.  For any interest rate selected, the Lender shall record on the books and records of the Lender an appropriate notation evidencing such selection, each repayment on account of the principal thereof and the amount of interest paid, and the Borrower authorizes the Lender to maintain such records and make such notations and agrees that the amount shown on the books and records as outstanding from time to time shall constitute the amount owing to the Lender pursuant to this Note, absent manifest error.
 
1.3            Payments . The Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay interest in arrears on this Note on the last calendar day of each month, commencing on August 31, 2012 .  If any payment required to be made by the Borrower hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest thereon shall be payable at then applicable rate during such extension, provided however that any payment that becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day that is also on the last calendar day of the month shall be payable on the immediately preceding Business Day.  On the Expiration Date, the Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay to the Lender in full the aggregate unpaid principal amount outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and all other fees and charges owing to the Lender under this Note.
 
1.4            Interest Periods .  Each Interest Period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Interest Rate Election Rider shall commence on the date selected and shall end on the last day of the time period the Borrower shall elect, in each case as set forth in the definition of Interest Period in Paragraph 2.1 hereof; provided, however, that (a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next Business Day unless such extension would carry such Interest Period into the next month, in which event such Interest Period shall end on the preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a date for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end), shall (subject to clause (a) above) end on the last Business Day of such calendar month; and (c) any Interest Period that would otherwise extend beyond the Expiration Date shall end on the Expiration Date.  If the LIBOR Rate for an Interest Period is greater or less than the LIBOR Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Period, then the rate of interest paid by the Borrower will be adjusted accordingly effective on the first day of such Interest Period.
 
1.5            Conversion of Outstanding Amounts .  Upon written or telephonic notice which shall be received by the Lender at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on a Business Day, and so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower may, on the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to an Available Rate Balance, convert the rate on such balance to another Available Rate. The conversion may be effective on the day notice is received by the Lender, provided however, that if the Lender shall not have received notice at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the day such request is made, such election may, at the Lender's option, become effective on the next Business Day, except that notice to select any LIBOR Rate shall be received by the Lender no later than two Business Days prior to the day (which shall be a Business Day) on which the Borrower requests such LIBOR Rate. The notice shall specify the date of such conversion and the amount to be converted.
 
 
6

 
 
1.6            End of Interest Period . If, at the end of the relevant Interest Period, and subject to all of the terms and conditions applicable to a request that a new interest rate be selected, the Lender does not receive timely notice to continue the existing rate or request another Available Rate, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected a One-Month LIBOR Rate Balance.
 
1.7            Unavailability of Rate .  In the event that the effective interest rate(s) applicable to the Borrower's loan evidenced hereby shall cease to be published or has become unlawful or infeasible by reason of the Lender's compliance with any new law, rule, regulation, guideline or order, or any new interpretation of any present law, rule regulation, guideline or order, the Lender, it is sole discretion shall designate a new base, reference or other rate for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, established from time to time, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto.
 
1.8            Funding the Note .  The Lender shall be entitled to fund all or any portion of the Note in any manner it may determine in its sole discretion, but all calculations and transactions hereunder shall be conducted as set forth herein without regard to the manner in which the Lender actually funded the Note.
 
1.9            Indemnification for Costs .  During any period of time in which interest on the Note is accruing on the basis of an Available Rate other than one that adjusts on a daily basis, the Borrower shall, upon the Lender's request, promptly pay to and reimburse the Lender for all costs incurred and payments made by the Lender by reason of any future assessment, reserve, deposit or similar requirement or any surcharge, tax or fee imposed upon the Lender or as a result of the Lender's compliance with any directive or requirement of any regulatory authority pertaining or relating to funds used by the Lender in quoting and determining such Available Rate.
 
1.10           Termination of Pricing Option . After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower's right to select pricing options, if applicable, shall cease, and, if the Borrower would, but for the application of the preceding clause, have had the right to elect among interest rate options, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Note, interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to 5.0% plus the current effective rate for a One-Month LIBOR Rate Balance.
 
1.11           Prepayment . Borrower may prepay amounts outstanding under this Note bearing interest at an Available Rate in whole or in part provided Borrower has given Lender not less than 5 Business Days prior written notice of Borrower's intention to make such prepayment and pays to Lender the Prepayment Fee (defined below) due as a result.  The Prepayment Fee shall also be paid, if Lender, for any other reason, including acceleration or foreclosure, receives all of any portion of the LIBOR Rate Balance prior to its scheduled payment date.  "Prepayment Fee" is the positive amount, if any, equal to the present value of (i) the amount of interest that would have been paid through the end of the current Interest Period on the principal amount being repaid at the LIBOR Rate and minus (ii) the amount of interest Lender would earn if the amount of such prepayment of principal was used to purchase a(n) LIBOR Rate contract having a maturity date most closely matching with the last day of the relevant Interest Period and such contract was held by Lender until the last day of the relevant Interest Period. The rate used in the present value calculation shall be the rate of interest offered on the LIBOR Rate contract having a maturity most closely matching with the last day of the relevant Interest Period. The time period used in the present value calculation shall be a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the period between the date of prepayment and the last date of the relevant Interest Period, and the denominator of which shall be 360 days.
 
 
7

 
 
If the maturity of this Note is accelerated by the Lender because of the occurrence of an Event of Default, the resulting acceleration shall be deemed to be an election on the part of the Borrower to prepay this Note. Accordingly, there shall be added to the amount due after an Event of Default and resulting acceleration, the fixed rate prepayment charge, calculated as above and using as the prepayment date the date on which any tender of payment is made, and the Borrower agrees to pay the same.
 
The Borrower, by its signature below, hereby expressly (i) waives any rights it may have under California Civil Code Section 2954.10 to prepay this Note, in whole or in part, without penalty, upon acceleration of the maturity date, and (ii) agrees that if, for any reason, a prepayment of all or any portion of the principal amount of this Note is made upon or following any acceleration of the maturity date by the Lender on account of any Event of Default by the Borrower, then the Borrower shall be obligated to pay concurrently with such prepayment the fixed rate prepayment charge specified in the foregoing paragraphs. By signing this provision in the space provided below, the Borrower hereby declares that the Lender's agreement to make the loan evidenced by this Note constitutes adequate consideration, given individual weight by the Borrower, for this waiver and agreement.
 
 
Borrower:
 
 
H.D.D LLC
     
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst 
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht 
   
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
     
  By: /s/ Heath E. Dolan 
   
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
     
  By: /s/ J. Barrie Graham 
   
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll 
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 
2.          DEFINITIONS

2.1          Definitions . The following definitions are applicable to this Interest Rate Election Rider:

 
a) 
"Interest Period" shall mean,
 
 
i)
with respect to any LIBOR Rate Balance, one month.

 
b)
"LIBOR Rate" shall mean the rate determined by the Lender as being the U.S. dollar London Interbank Offered Rate for such periods appearing on the Bloomberg British Bankers Association LIBOR page BBAM - Official BBA LIBOR Fixing at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day prior to requesting a LIBOR Rate Balance, or on the second Business Day prior to the initial draw, or on the second Business Day prior to the next Interest Period.
 
 
8

 
 
 
c) 
"One-Month LIBOR Rate" shall mean, on any day, the rate determined by the Lender as being the U. S. dollar London Interbank Offered Rate for an interest period of one month appearing on the Bloomberg British Bankers Association LIBOR page BBAM - Official BBA LIBOR Fixing at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time).

2.2          Other Terms . Terms set forth in this Note which are defined in the Note shall have the meanings set forth in the Note.
 
 
 
 
 
 
9

Exhibit 10.8
 
EQUIPMENT PURCHASE LINE OF CREDIT NOTE
 
July 16, 2012


 
For value received, and on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the undersigned H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of Bank of the West (together with its successors and assigns, the "Lender") on or before May 31, 2013 (the "Expiration Date"), as set forth below.
 
Upon the terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Borrower may request loans and advances ("Advances") to assist the Borrower in purchasing items of equipment, upon a request therefor made by the Borrower, to the Lender prior to the Expiration Date of this Note (the "Equipment Purchase Line of Credit").  Each Advance made hereunder shall be in an amount not to exceed 100% of the Equipment Value of the item(s) of new Equipment being purchased and 100% of the Equipment Value of the item(s) of used Equipment being purchased; provided, however, that at no time shall the total aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances made hereunder exceed the sum of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ($300,000.00) ; and provided further that the amount of any Advance which is repaid, in whole or in part, may not be reborrowed. "Equipment Value" shall mean with respect to new Equipment the lesser of: (a) the invoice cost of the equipment (including seller premiums or commissions, plus sales tax, freight, installation, and other reasonable costs), (b) or the book value of the Equipment, or (c) the liquidation value of the Equipment all as determined by the Lender and with respect to used Equipment, the orderly liquidation value as determined by Lender.
 
This Note is entered into in connection with one or more certain Loan and Security Agreements or Loan Agreements, dated of even date herewith (each a "Loan Agreement" and collectively, the "Loan Agreements") between the Borrower and the Lender, and any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreements.
 
The Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay interest in arrears on all Advances on the last calendar day of each month. On the Expiration Date, the Borrower hereby promises and agrees to pay to the Lender in full the aggregate unpaid principal amount outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest and all other fees and charges owing to the Lender under this Note.
 
Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Loan Agreement to the contrary, no Advance shall be made under this Note until the Borrower has provided to the Lender evidence satisfactory to the Lender demonstrating that the Borrower has contributed no less than $2,500,000.00 in equity to the Borrower.
 
Provided that no Event of Default has occurred, the Borrower may, by giving written notice to the Lender at least 30 day(s) prior to the Expiration Date, convert the principal balance outstanding under the Equipment Purchase Line of Credit as of the Expiration Date to be payable on a term loan basis. The term loan (the "Term Loan") shall be in the amount of such outstanding principal balance and shall be evidenced by a promissory note in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender (the "Term Note"). Accrued and unpaid interest under the Equipment Purchase Line of Credit shall be paid to the Lender concurrently with the Borrower's execution of the Term Note, Interest shall accrue and principal and interest shall be paid in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Term Note.
 
The aggregate principal balance outstanding shall bear interest thereon at a per annum rate equal to Two and One-Quarter Percent (2.25%) above the One-Month LIBOR Rate (as hereinafter defined).
 
 
 

 
 
Principal and interest shall be payable at the Lenders main office or at such other place as the Lender may designate in writing in immediately available funds in lawful money of the United States of America without set-off, deduction or counterclaim. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year. If any payment required to be made by the Borrower hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension. If interest is not paid as and when it is due, it shall be added to the principal, become and be treated as a part thereof, and shall thereafter bear like interest.
 
Upon written or telephonic notice which shall be received by the Lender at or before 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on a Business Day, the Borrower may draw this loan by requesting an Advance. The draw may be made on the day notice is received by the Lender, provided however, that if the Lender shall not have received notice at or before 11.00 a.m. Pacific time on the day such request is made, such draw may, at the Lender's option, be made on the next Business Day.
 
"One Month LIBOR Rate" shall mean, on any day, the rate determined by the Lender as being the U. S. dollar London Interbank Offered Rate for an interest period of one month appearing on the Bloomberg British Bankers Association LIBOR page BBAM - Official BBA LIBOR Fixing at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time).
 
"Business Day" shall mean a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open for business in California.
 
During any period of time in which interest on the Note is accruing an the basis of the One-Month LIBOR Rate the Borrower shall, upon the Lender's request, promptly pay to and reimburse the Lender for all costs incurred and payments made by the Lender by reason of any future assessment, reserve, deposit or similar requirement or any surcharge, tax or fee imposed upon the Lender or as a result of the Lender's compliance with any directive or requirement of any regulatory authority pertaining or relating to funds used by the Lender in quoting and determining the One-Month LIBOR Rate.
 
In the event that the effective interest rate applicable to the Borrower's loan evidenced hereby shall cease to be published or has become unlawful or infeasible by reason of the Lender's compliance with any new law, rule, regulation, guideline or order, or any new interpretation of any present law, rule regulation, guideline or order, the Lender, in its sole discretion shall designate a new base, reference or other rate for general commercial loan reference purposes, it being understood that such rate is a reference rate, not necessarily the lowest, established from time to time, which serves as the basis upon which effective interest rates are calculated for loans making reference thereto. The Lender shall be entitled to fund all or any portion of the Note in any manner it may determine in its sole discretion, but all calculations and transactions hereunder shall be conducted as set forth herein without regard to the manner in which the Lender actually funded the Note.
 
At the option of the Lender, this Note shall become immediately due and payable upon default of any liability, obligation, covenant or undertaking of the Borrower hereunder or the occurrence at any time of an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Any payments received by the Lender on account of this Note shall, at the Lender's option, be applied first, to accrued and unpaid interest; second, to the unpaid principal balance, then any fees, or charges then owed to the Lender by the Borrower; with payments being applied to installments remaining due in such order and amounts as the Lender may determine in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payments received after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default shall be applied in such manner as the Lender may determine. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to charge any deposit account which the Borrower may maintain with the Lender for any payment required hereunder without prior notice to the Borrower.
 
 
2

 
 
If pursuant to the terms of this Note, the Borrower is at any time obligated to pay interest on the principal balance at a rate in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted by applicable law for the loan evidenced by this Note, the applicable interest rate shall be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not on account of the interest due hereunder.  More specifically, if from any circumstances whatsoever, fulfillment of any provision of this Note or any other loan document executed and delivered in connection with this Note, at the time performance of such provision becomes due, would exceed the limit on interest then permitted by any applicable usury statute or any other applicable law, the Lender may, at its option (a) reduce the obligations to be fulfilled to such limit on interest, or (b) apply the amount in excess of such limit on interest to the reduction of the outstanding principal balance of the obligations, and not to the payment of interest, with the same force and effect as though Borrower had specifically designated such sums to be so applied to principal and Lender had agreed to accept such extra payments(s) as a premium-free prepayment, so that in no event shall any exaction be possible under this Note or any other loan document that is in excess of the applicable limit on interest. It is the intention of Borrower and Lender that the total liability for payments in the nature of interest shall not exceed the limits imposed by any applicable state or federal interest rate laws. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this Note, and any provision of any other loan document in conflict with this paragraph.
 
The Borrower represents to the Lender that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.
 
The Borrower grants to the Lender a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Lender to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Lender, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Lender (regardless of the reason the Lender had received the same or whether the Lender has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Lender.
 
No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Lender, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The Borrower and any other party obligated on account of this Note by contract, by operation of law or otherwise (the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and each such other party, an "Obligor"), regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of dishonor, notice of protest and all other notices and demands of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note, all suretyship defenses of any kind,iIn each case that would otherwise be available in connection with this Note including, without limitation, any right (whether now or hereafter existing) to require the holder hereof to first proceed against the Borrower, or any other party obligated on account of this Note, for any security, and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, including any defense based on Impairment of collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq.
 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Obligor waives:
 
(A) any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code;
 
 
3

 
 
(B) all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness hereunder is secured by real property; this means, among other things: (i) the Lender may collect from an Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor; and (ii) if the Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor: (1) the amount of such indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (2) the Lender may collect from an Obligor even if the Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Obligor may have to collect from the Borrower or another Obligor. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness under this Note is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;
 
(C) any right or defense it may have at law or equity, including California Code of Civil Procedure Section 580a, to a fair market value hearing or action to determine a deficiency judgment after a foreclosure.
 
The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower or by any other person (as well as from attorneys' reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Lender's relationship with the Borrower (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Lender with counsel of the Lender's selection, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising put of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.
 
The Borrower agrees to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, interest shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the aggregate of 5.0% plus the rate provided for herein. If any payment due under this Note is unpaid for 15 days or more, the Borrower shall pay, in addition to any other sums due under this Note (and without limiting the Lender's other remedies on account thereof), a late charge equal to 5.0% of such unpaid amount.
 
This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and upon its heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors, endorsees and assigns.
 
In the event that at any time, a surety is liable upon only a portion of the Borrower's or any Obligor's obligations under this Note and the Borrower provides partial satisfaction of any such obligation(s), each of the Borrower and each Obligor hereof, if any, hereby waives any right it would otherwise have, under Section 2822 of the California Civil Code, to designate the portion of the obligations to be satisfied. The designation of the portion of the obligation to be satisfied shall, to the extent not expressly made by the terms of this Note, be made by the Lender rather than Borrower.
 
The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any Obligor are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Lender of the Borrower or any one or more Obligors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any Obligor are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender. Each reference in this Note to the Borrower nd each Borrower, if more than one, and Obligor, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Lender of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full. The release or compromise by the Lender of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.
 
 
4

 
 
The Borrower authorizes the Lender to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Lender, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself In any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.
 
This Note shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party,
 
The Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note. The Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower's, address shown below or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower.
 
Waiver Of Jury Trial . THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
Judicial Reference Provision .  In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Note or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
 
5

 
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication.  The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee’s decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
 
 
Executed as of July16, 2012.  
 
Borrower:
 
H.D.D LLC
 
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
   
   
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
 
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
   
   
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
 
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
   
   
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan
 
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
   
   
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham
 
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
   
   
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll
 
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
   
 
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, California
95448
 
 
6
 
Exhibit 10.9
 
MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
This MODIFICATION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into as of October 3, 2012 , between H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company , with an address of 5610 Dry Creek Road , Healdsburg , California    95448 (the "Borrower") and Bank of the West, a California banking corporation with an address of 700 Main Street, Suite 212, Napa, California  94559 (the "Lender").
 
WHEREAS, the Lender has made a loan to the Borrower (the "Loan");
 
WHEREAS, the Loan is evidenced by that certain Equipment Purchase Line of Credit Note dated July 16, 2012, (as previously amended, modified or supplemented, the "Note"), by the Borrower in favor of the Lender which matures on May 31, 2013 (the "Expiration Date");
 
WHEREAS, in connection with the Loan, H.D.D. LLC entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated July 16, 2012, (as previously amended, modified or supplemented, the "Loan Agreement");
 
WHEREAS, the Loan Agreement and the Equipment Purchase Line of Credit Note and all other documents and instruments executed in connection with or relating to the Loan are referred to herein, collectively, as the "Loan Documents"; and all collateral granted to the Lender to secure the Loan is referred to herein, collectively, as the "Collateral";
 
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested and the Lender has agreed to amend certain of the covenants applicable to the Loan;
 
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested and the Lender has agreed to increase the amount of availability under the Loan Documents;
 
WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Lender have agreed to modify the Loan and the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Lender and the Borrower mutually agree as follows:
 
1.     MODIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
1.1            Recitals and Representations Accurate . The above recitals are hereby made a part of this Agreement and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that each of the recitals is true and correct.
 
1.2            Ratification .  All of the terms, covenants, provisions, representations, warranties, and conditions of the Loan Documents, as amended or modified hereby, are ratified, acknowledged, confirmed, and continued in full force and effect as if fully restated herein.
 
1.3            Increased Availability .  Availability under the Equipment Purchase Line of Credit shall be increased from Three Hundred Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ( $300,000.00 ) to Three Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Dollars and Zero Cents ( $357,000.00 ) (the "Revised Borrowing Limit") and all references to availability in the Loan Documents shall be modified accordingly.
 
1.4            Deleting Covenants/Financial Statements of The Hambrecht 1980 Revocable Trust .  Section 4.8 of the Loan Agreement is deleted in its entirety.
 
 
 

 
 
1.5            Representations and Warranties .  The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:
 
 
(a)
The person executing this Agreement is duly authorized to do so and to bind the Borrower to the terms hereof;
 
 
(b)
Each of the Loan Documents is a valid and legal binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, and is not subject to any defenses, counterclaims, or offsets of any kind;
 
 
(c)
All financial statements delivered to the Lender were true, accurate and complete, in all material respects, as of the date of delivery to the Lender;
 
 
(d)
Since the date of the Loan Documents there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower, except as disclosed to the Lender in writing;
 
 
(e)
There exists no action, suit, proceeding or investigation, at law or in equity, before any court, board, administrative body or other entity, pending or threatened, affecting the Borrower or its property, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would materially adversely affect the business operations, property or financial condition of the Borrower; and
 
 
(f)
There exists no event of default, or other circumstance that with the passage of time or giving of notice or both will become an event of default, under any of the Loan Documents.
 
1.6            Interest, Fees, Costs and Expenses .  The Borrower shall, simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, pay to the Lender all accrued interest owing on the Loan as of the date of this Agreement together with all fees, costs and expenses due and owing to the Lender by the Borrower under the Loan Documents.
 
2.     MISCELLANEOUS
 
2.1            Release of the Lender .  The Borrower hereby confirms that as of the date hereof it has no claim, set-off, counterclaim, defense, or other cause of action against the Lender including, but not limited to, a defense of usury, any claim or cause of action at common law, in equity, statutory or otherwise, in contract or in tort, for fraud, malfeasance, misrepresentation, financial loss, usury, deceptive trade practice, or any other loss, damage or liability of any kind, including, without limitation, any claim to exemplary or punitive damages arising out of any transaction between the Borrower and the Lender.  To the extent that any such set-off, counterclaim, defense, or other cause of action may exist or might hereafter arise based on facts known or unknown that exist as of this date, such set-off, counterclaim, defense and other cause of action is hereby expressly and knowingly waived and released by the Borrower.  The Borrower acknowledges that this release is part of the consideration to the Lender for the financial and other accommodations granted by the Lender in this Agreement.
 
2.2            Costs and Expenses .  The Borrower shall pay to the Lender on demand any and all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements, court costs, litigation and other expenses) incurred or paid by the Lender in establishing, maintaining, protecting or enforcing any of the Lender's rights or any of the obligations owing by the Borrower to the Lender, including, without limitation, any and all such costs and expenses incurred or paid by the Lender in defending the Lender's security interest in, title or right to, the Collateral or in collecting or attempting to collect or enforcing or attempting to enforce payment of the Loan.
 
2.3            Indemnification .  The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower or any guarantor or endorser of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, or any other person (as well as from attorneys' fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Lender's relationship with the Borrower, or any guarantor or endorser of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Lender with counsel of the Lender's election, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.  The within indemnification shall survive payment of the obligations of the Borrower to the Lender, and/or any termination, release or discharge executed by the Lender in favor of the Borrower.
 
 
2

 
 
2.4            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement or portion of such provision or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall to any extent be held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement (or the remainder of such provision) and the application thereof to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby.
 
2.5            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute but one agreement.
 
2.6            Complete Agreement .  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement and understanding between and among the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior proposals, negotiations, agreements and understandings among the parties hereto with respect to such subject matter.
 
2.7            Binding Effect of Agreement .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto, and shall remain in full force and effect (and the Lender shall be entitled to rely thereon) until released in writing by the Lender.  The Lender may transfer and assign this Agreement and deliver the Collateral to the assignee, who shall thereupon have all of the rights of the Lender; and the Lender shall then be relieved and discharged of any responsibility or liability with respect to this Agreement and the Collateral.  Except as expressly provided herein or in the other Loan Documents, nothing, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.
 
2.8            Further Assurances .  The Borrower will from time to time execute and deliver to the Lender such documents, and take or cause to be taken, all such other further action, as the Lender may request in order to effect and confirm or vest more securely in the Lender all rights contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, to correct clerical errors) or to vest more fully in or assure to the Lender the security interest in the Collateral or to comply with applicable statute or law and to facilitate the collection of the Collateral (including, without limitation, the execution of stock transfer orders and stock powers, endorsement of promissory notes and instruments and notifications to obligors on the Collateral).  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower authorizes the Lender to file financing statements, continuation statements or amendments without the Borrower's signature appearing thereon, and any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be signed by the Lender on behalf of the Borrower, if necessary, and may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction.  The Lender may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto which contain any information required by the Uniform Commercial Code of California as amended from time to time (the "Code") for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether the Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to the Borrower.  The Borrower agrees to furnish any such information to the Lender promptly upon request.  In addition, the Borrower shall at any time and from time to time take such steps as the Lender may reasonably request for the Lender (i) to obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral that the bailee holds such Collateral for the Lender, (ii) to obtain "control" (as defined in the Code) of any Collateral comprised of deposit accounts, electronic chattel paper, letter of credit rights or investment property, with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, and (iii) otherwise to insure the continued perfection and priority of the Lender's security interest in any of the Collateral and the preservation of its rights therein.  The Borrower hereby constitutes the Lender its attorney-in-fact to execute, if necessary, and file all filings required or so requested for the foregoing purposes, all acts of such attorney being hereby ratified and confirmed; and such power, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable until this Agreement terminates in accordance with its terms, all obligations of the Borrower to the Lender are irrevocably paid in full and the Collateral is released.
 
 
3

 
 
2.9            Amendments and Waivers .  This Agreement may be amended and the Borrower may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, if the Borrower shall obtain the Lender's prior written consent to each such amendment, action or omission to act.  No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right and waiver on any one or more occasions shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any right or remedy of the  Lender on any future occasion.
 
2.10          Terms of Agreement .  This Agreement shall continue in force and effect so long as any obligation of the Borrower to Lender shall be outstanding and is supplementary to each and every other agreement between the Borrower and Lender and shall not be so construed as to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Lender or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of the Borrower under any such agreement, nor shall any contemporaneous or subsequent agreement between the Borrower and the Lender be construed to limit or otherwise derogate from any of the rights or remedies of Lender or any of the liabilities, obligations or undertakings of the Borrower hereunder, unless such other agreement specifically refers to this Agreement and expressly so provides.
 
2.11          Notices .  Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
2.12          California Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
2.13          Reproductions .  This Agreement and all documents which have been or may be hereinafter furnished by Borrower to the Lender may be reproduced by the Lender by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, xerographic or similar process, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding (whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made in the regular course of business).
 
2.14          Venue . Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  Borrower irrevocably waives to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Borrower irrevocably appoints the Secretary of State of the State of California as its authorized agent to accept and acknowledge on its behalf any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, consents to such process being served (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to Borrower’s address shown above or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon such agent, and agrees that such service shall in every respect be deemed effective service upon Borrower.
 
2.15          Waiver Of Jury Trial.   THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
 
4

 
 
2.16          Judicial Reference Provision.   In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.  With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Note or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference.  Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court.  The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder.  AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.
 
Executed as of the date written above.
 
 
5

 
 
 
 
Borrower:
 
 
     
 
     
 
H.D.D. LLC
 
 
     
 
     
 
By:  
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
 
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
 
 
     
 
     
 
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht  
 
 
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
 
 
     
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan  
 
 
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
 
 
     
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan  
 
 
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
 
 
     
 
     
 
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham  
 
 
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
 
 
     
 
     
 
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll  
 
 
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 
 
 
 
Accepted: Bank of the West
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey Clark  
Name:  
Jeffrey Clark
 
Title:
Vice President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 6

EXHIBIT 10.10
 
FOREIGN EXCHANGE NOTE
 
July 16, 2012
 
$100,000.00
 
This Note is made and entered into between the undersigned H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (the "Borrower") and Bank of the West (together with its successors and assigns, the "Lender") and is entered into in connection with one or more certain Loan and Security Agreements or Loan Agreements, dated of even date herewith (each a "Loan Agreement" and collectively, the "Loan Agreements") between the Borrower and the Lender, and any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreements.
 
The Lender, at its discretion may enter into FX Transactions with the Borrower, at the Borrower's request therefore made at any time after the effective date that this Note, until but not including May 31, 2014 (the "Expiration Date"); provided, however, that at no time shall the aggregate FX Risk Liability of the Borrower exceed the FX Limit. Each FX Transaction will be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and shall be used to hedge the Borrower's foreign exchange exposure.
 
As used in this Note, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
 
"Business Day" shall mean a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks are open for business in California.
 
"Credit Percentage" shall mean 10% .
 
"Foreign Currency" shall mean any legally traded currency other than US dollars and which may be transferred by paperless wire transfer or cash and in which the Lender regularly trades.
 
"FX Limit" shall mean $100,000.00 .
 
"FX Risk Liability" shall mean the product of (a) the Credit Percentage, times (b) the aggregate of the Notional Values of all FX Transactions outstanding, net of any Offsetting Transactions.
 
"FX Transaction" shall mean any spot or forward transaction between the Lender and the Borrower pursuant to which the Lender has agreed to sell to or to purchase from the Borrower a Foreign Currency of an agreed amount at an agreed price in US dollars or such other agreed upon Foreign Currency, deliverable and payable on an agreed date.
 
"Notional Value" shall mean the US Dollar equivalent of the price at which the Lender agreed to purchase or sell to the Borrower a Foreign Currency.
 
"Offsetting Transaction" shall mean a FX Transaction to purchase a Foreign Currency and a FX Transaction to sell the same Foreign Currency, each with the same Settlement Date and designated as an Offsetting Transaction at the time of entering into the FX Transaction.
 
"Settlement Date" shall mean the Business Day on which the Borrower has agreed to (a) deliver the required amount of Foreign Currency, or (b) pay in US dollars the agreed upon purchase price of the Foreign Currency.
 
Each request for a FX Transaction shall be made by telephone to the Lender's Treasury Department ("Request"), shall specify the Foreign Currency to be purchased or sold, the amount of such Foreign Currency and the Settlement Date. Each Request shall be communicated to the Lender no later than 11:00 a.m. Pacific time on the Business Day on which the FX Transaction is requested.

 
 

 
 
No FX Transaction shall have a Settlement Date which is more than 365 days after the date of entry into such FX Transaction, and provided further, no FX Transaction shall expire on a date which is after the Expiration Date.
 
Payment is due on the Settlement Date of the relevant FX Transaction. The Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrower to charge the full settlement price of any FX Transaction against the depository account or accounts maintained by the Borrower with the Lender on the Settlement Date. In the event that the Borrower fails to pay the settlement price of any FX Transaction on the Settlement Date or the balances in the depository account or accounts maintained with Lender are insufficient to pay the settlement price, such failure or insufficiency shall be an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.
 
Borrower shall promptly pay to and reimburse the Lender for all costs incurred and payments made by the Lender by reason of any assessment, reserve, deposit, capital maintenance or similar requirement or any surcharge, tax or fee imposed upon the Lender or as a result of the Lender's compliance with any directive or requirement of any regulatory authority pertaining or relating to any FX Transaction.
 
In the event that the Borrower or Lender cannot perform under a FX Transaction due to force majeure or an act of State or it becomes unlawful or impossible to perform, all in good faith judgment of the Borrower or Lender, then upon notice to the other party, the Borrower or Lender may require the close-out and liquidation of the affected FX transaction in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement.
 
Any sum owed to the Lender in a Foreign Currency under a FX Transaction that is not paid to the Lender by the Borrower when due may, at the option of the Lender, be converted to US Dollars at the spot rate determined by the Lender as of the date of conversion, and such amount, together with any overdraft charge or other amounts owing as a result of such FX Transaction, shall be immediately due and owing to the Lender. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to debit the Borrower's account with the Lender for payments due from the Borrower to the Lender with respect to any FX Transaction. The Borrower acknowledges that any collateral pledged to secure the Borrower's performance of its obligations under this Note secures its obligations under FX Transactions with the Lender.
 
The Borrower understands the risks of, and is financially able to bear any losses resulting from, entering into FX Transactions. The Lender shall not be liable for any loss suffered by the Borrower as a result of the Borrower's foreign exchange trading. The Borrower will enter into each FX Transaction in reliance only upon the Borrower's own judgment. The Borrower acknowledges that in entering into FX Transactions with the Borrower, the Lender is not acting as a fiduciary. The Borrower understands that neither the Lender nor the Borrower has any obligation to enter into any particular FX Transaction with the other.
 
The Borrower hereby requests the Lender to rely upon and execute the Borrower's telephonic instructions regarding foreign exchange contracts, and the Borrower agrees that the Lender shall incur no liability for its acts or omissions which result from interruption of communications, misunderstood communications or instructions from unauthorized persons, unless caused by the willful misconduct of the Lender or its officers or employees. The Borrower agrees to protect the Lender and hold it harmless from any and all loss, damage, claim, expense (including the reasonable fees of outside counsel and the allocated costs of staff counsel) or inconvenience, however arising, which the Lender suffers or incurs or, might suffer or Incur, based on or arising out of said acts or omissions.
 
 
 

 
 
The Borrower agrees to promptly review all confirmations sent to the Borrower by the Lender. The Borrower understands that these confirmations are not legal contracts but only evidence of the valid and binding oral contract which the Borrower has already entered into with the Lender. The Borrower agrees to promptly execute and return to the Lender confirmations which accurately reflect the terms of a FX Transaction, and immediately contact the Lender if the Borrower believes a confirmation is not accurate.  In the event of a conflict, inconsistency or ambiguity between the provisions of this Note and the provisions of a confirmation, the provisions of this Note will prevail.
 
The Borrower represents to the Lender that the proceeds of this Note will not be used for personal, family or household purposes or for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or margin securities within the meaning of Regulations U and X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224.
 
The Borrower grants to the Lender a continuing lien on and security interest in any and all deposits or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Lender to the Borrower and any cash, securities, instruments or other property of the Borrower in the possession of the Lender, whether for safekeeping or otherwise, or in transit to or from the Lender (regardless of the reason the Lender had received the same or whether the Lender has conditionally released the same) as security for the full and punctual payment and performance of all of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender and such deposits and other sums may be applied or set off against such liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender at any time, whether or not such are then due, whether or not demand has been made and whether or not other collateral is then available to the Lender.
 
No delay or omission on the part of the Lender in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right of the Lender, nor shall any delay, omission or waiver on any one occasion be deemed a bar to or waiver of the same or any other right on any future occasion. The Borrower and any other party obligated on account of this Note by contract, by operation of law or otherwise (the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and each such other party, an "Obligor"), regardless of the time, order or place of signing, waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, notice of dishonor, notice of protest and all other notices and demands of every kind in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance or enforcement of this Note, all suretyship defenses of any kind, in each case that would otherwise be available in connection with this Note including, without limitation, any right (whether now or hereafter existing) to require the holder hereof to first proceed against the Borrower, or any other party obligated on account of this Note, for any security, and assent to any extension or postponement of the time of payment or any other indulgence, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral, and to the addition or release of any other party or person primarily or secondarily liable and waives all recourse to suretyship and guarantor defenses generally, Including any defense based on impairment of collateral. To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Borrower waives and terminates any homestead rights and/or exemptions respecting any premises under the provisions of any applicable homestead laws, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 704-710 et seq.
 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Obligor waives:
 
(A) any rights and defenses that are or may become available to such Obligor by reason of Sections 2787 to 2855, inclusive, of the California Civil Code;
 
(B) all rights and defenses that such Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness hereunder is secured by real property; this means, among other things: (i) the Lender may collect from an Obligor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor; and (ii) if the Lender forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the Borrower or another Obligor: (1) the amount of such indebtedness may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price, and (2) the Lender may collect from an Obligor even if the Lender, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Obligor may have to collect from the Borrower or another Obligor. This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Obligor may have because any of the indebtedness under this Note is secured by real property. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure;
 
 
 

 
 
(C) any right or defense it may have at law or equity, including California Code of Civil Procedure Section 580a, to a fair market value hearing or action to determine a deficiency judgment after a foreclosure.
 
The Borrower shall indemnify, defend and hold the Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents and attorneys (each an "Indemnitee") harmless against any claim brought or threatened against any Indemnitee by the Borrower or by any other person (as well as from attorneys' reasonable fees and expenses in connection therewith) on account of the Lender's relationship with the Borrower (each of which may be defended, compromised, settled or pursued by the Lender with counsel of the Lender's selection, but at the expense of the Borrower), except for any claim arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender.
 
The Borrower agrees to pay, upon demand, costs of collection of all amounts under this Note including, without limitation, principal and interest, or in connection with the enforcement of, or realization on, any security for this Note, including, without limitation, to the extent permitted by applicable law, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses.
 
This Note shall be binding upon the Borrower and upon its heirs, successors, assigns and legal representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors, endorsees and assigns.
 
In the event that at any time, a surety is liable upon only a portion of the Borrower's or any Obligor's obligations under this Note and the Borrower provides partial satisfaction of any such obligation(s), each of the Borrower and each Obligor hereof, if any, hereby waives any right it would otherwise have, under Section 2822 of the California Civil Code, to designate the portion of the obligations to be satisfied. The designation of the portion of the obligation to be satisfied shall, to the extent not expressly made by the terms of this Note, be made by the Lender rather than Borrower.
 
The liabilities of the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and any Obligor are joint and several; provided, however, the release by the Lender of the Borrower or any one or more Obligors shall not release any other person obligated on account of this Note. Any and all present and future debts of the Borrower to any Obligor are subordinated to the full payment and performance of all present and future debts and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender.  Each reference in this Note to the Borrower and each Borrower, if more than one, and Obligor, is to such person individually and also to all such persons jointly. No person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other person also obligated, unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Lender of the person from whom contribution is sought have been irrevocably satisfied in full. The release or compromise by the Lender of any collateral shall not release any person obligated on account of this Note.
 
The Borrower authorizes the Lender to complete this Note if delivered incomplete in any respect. A photographic or other reproduction of this Note may be made by the Lender, and any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence with the same effect as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence.
 
This Note shall be governed by federal law applicable to the Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of California without giving effect to the conflicts of laws principles thereof.
 
Any notices under or pursuant to this Note shall be deemed duly received and effective if delivered in hand to any officer of agent of the Borrower or Lender, or if mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the Borrower or Lender at the address set forth in the Loan Agreement or as any party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other party.
 
 
 

 
 
The Borrower irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any Federal or state court sitting in California, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note.  The Borrower irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, any objection it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court and any claim that the same has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Borrower hereby consents to any and all process which may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding, (i) by mailing a copy thereof by registered and certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Borrower's, address shown below or as notified to the Lender and (ii) by serving the same upon the Borrower(s) in any other manner otherwise permitted by law, and agrees that such service shall In every respect be deemed effective service upon the Borrower.
 
Waiver Of Jury Trial . THE BORROWER AND LENDER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHT, AND THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION RELATED TO THIS NOTE OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR TRANSACTION BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
 
Judicial Reference Provision .  In the event the above Jury Trial Waiver is unenforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision. With the exception of the items specified below, any controversy, dispute or claim between the parties relating to this Note or any other document, instrument or transaction between the parties (each, a "Claim"), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California pursuant to Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to reference. Venue for the reference will be the Superior Court in the County where real property involved in the action, if any, is located, or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under law (the "Court"). The following matters shall not be subject to reference: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including without limitation set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver, and (iv)temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including without limitation writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of the above does not waive the right to a reference hereunder.
 
The referee shall be selected by agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree, upon request of any party a referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court. The referee shall determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and statutory law of the State of California, including without limitation the rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law. The referee is empowered to enter equitable and legal relief, and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision, and pursuant to CCP §644 the referee's decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or order in the same manner as if tried by the Court. The final judgment or order from any decision or order entered by the referee shall be fully appealable as provided by law. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of law, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial if granted, will be a reference hereunder. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT A JURY.

 
 

 

Executed as of July 16, 2012.
 
 
 
 
 
Borrower:
 
     
 
H.D.D LLC
 
           
 
 
By:
  /s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
        Phillip L. Hurst, Manager  
           
   
By:
  /s/ William R. Hambrecht  
       
William R. Hambrecht, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Paul E. Dolan, III  
       
Paul E. Dolan, III, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Heath E. Dolan  
       
Heath E. Dolan, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ J. Barrie Graham  
       
J. Barrie Graham, Manager
 
           
   
By:
  /s/ Daniel A. Carroll,  
       
Daniel A. Carroll, Manager
 
 
 
 

Exhibt 10.11
 
 
 
 
October 2, 2012
 
 
James D. Bielenberg
H.D.D. LLC
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
 
 
Dear Mr. Bielenberg:
 
The members of the Direct Equipment Finance Department are pleased that H.D.D. LLC has chosen Bank of the West to provide equipment financing and we look forward to servicing your transaction. Enclosed are the following documents for execution:
 
 
1.
Master Equipment Financing Agreement
 
2.
Schedule No. 100-0022757-001
 
3.
Schedule A - Equipment Description
 
4.
Insurance Authorization
 
5.
Automatic Transfer and Authorization Control Agreement – please complete this form if you would like to establish an automatic debit for the loan payments.
 
6.
Closing Invoice
 
 
A Certificate of Insurance naming Bank of the West, Direct Equipment Finance, 2527 Camino Ramon / NC-B07-3F-V, San Ramon, CA 94583 as sole loss payee with respect to the financed equipment, is required before funds can be disbursed. Please contact your insurance agent to have this equipment added to your policy and request a Certificate of Insurance to be faxed to my attention at 323-837-3042 or sent via email to Lynn.Mifune@bankofthewest.com as soon as possible.
 
Please overnight the executed documents and your check to:
Bank of the West / DEF 951
 
Direct Equipment Finance - Attn: Lynn Mifune
 
2527 Camino Ramon, NC-B07-3F-V
 
San Ramon, CA 94583
 
Upon receipt of all executed documents and other items noted above (as applicable), Bank of the West will execute the documents and commence your agreement.
 
We would like to thank you for doing business with us. If you have any questions regarding your financing, please feel free to contact me at 925-843-2488 or contact Frank Lee at (650) 344-5193. Thank you for choosing Bank of the West.  
 
Regards,
 
Lynn Mifune
Contract Administration
 
 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING OBTAINING AN EXTENSION OF CREDIT
To help the Federal Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal Law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies each person/entity who obtains an extension of credit from the institution.
When you obtain the extension of credit, we will ask for your name, street address, taxpayer identification number or alien identification number as applicable; date of birth (individual applicants and sole proprietors only); and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license or other identifying document.
 
 
Page 1 of 1

 
   
 
MASTER EQUIPMENT FINANCING AGREEMENT
 
THIS MASTER EQUIPMENT FINANCING AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is entered into as of October 2, 2012 between Bank of the West ("Creditor") and H.D.D. LLC ("Debtor").
 
Creditor and Debtor agree as follows:
 
1.
EQUIPMENT; SECURITY INTEREST. Under this agreement Creditor will provide Debtor financing as to each item of machinery, equipment and other property (individually with all accessions, additions and replacements an "Item" and collectively the "Equipment") described in a schedule referencing this Agreement and incorporated herein executed by Creditor and Debtor (individually a "Schedule"). Debtor shall acquire and maintain title or, in the case of software, alternatively a license, to each Item subject only to Creditor's lien described below and the lien of current property taxes not in default. Debtor hereby grants Creditor a security interest in and to all Debtor's right, title and interest in and to the Equipment under the Uniform Commercial Code, such grant with respect to an Item to be as of the later of Debtor's execution of a related proposal or Schedule or Debtor acquiring an interest in the Item. Such security interest is granted to secure performance by Debtor of Debtor's obligations hereunder and under any other agreements under which Debtor now or hereafter has obligations to Creditor.
 
2.
DEBTOR'S OBLIGATIONS. Debtor's obligations respecting an Item, except the related installment payment obligation which is governed by paragraph 3 below, commence upon the grant to Creditor of a security interest in the Item. Debtor's obligations with respect to an Item and Creditor's security interest will continue until full performance of all related obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if this Agreement is then in default, said obligations and security interest will continue during the continuance of said default. Upon termination of Creditor's security interest in an Item, Creditor will provide such release of interest with respect thereto as Debtor reasonably requests.
 
3.
INSTALLMENT AND OTHER PAYMENTS. Debtor will repay Creditor's advance as to an Item in installments of principal and interest in the amounts and at the times set forth in the applicable Schedule at the office of Creditor set forth at the foot hereof or as Creditor may from time to time otherwise designate on notice to Debtor. Other amounts required to be paid by Debtor hereunder are due upon Debtor's receipt of an invoice therefor and will be payable as directed in the invoice. Payments under this Agreement may be applied to Debtor's then accrued obligations to Creditor in such order as Creditor may choose.
 
4.
DEPOSIT. Debtor will have deposited or will deposit with Creditor any "Deposit" amount set forth in a Schedule. Creditor may, at its option, apply a Deposit amount toward any of Debtor's past due obligations to Creditor in which event Debtor will promptly restore the Deposit amount to the full amount originally deposited. Upon termination of Creditor's security interest as to all Items covered by a Schedule, Creditor will return to Debtor the remaining balance of any related Deposit amount without interest.
 
5.
NO OFFSET; SURVIVAL. Debtor will not be entitled to any abatement of installment or other payments due hereunder or any reduction thereof under any circumstances. Debtor waives any and all existing and future claims, as offsets, against any payments due hereunder and agrees to pay all amounts when due regardless of any claim which may be asserted by Debtor. Debtor has not waived any rights Debtor may have to prosecute any claim against Creditor in an action unrelated to this Agreement. This Agreement is not terminable by Debtor for any reason and will otherwise terminate only as provided herein. In no event will Creditor, if liable to Debtor with respect to this Agreement, be liable for punitive, consequential or similar damages. The obligations and liabilities of Debtor hereunder will survive the termination of Creditor's security interest in the Equipment and Debtor's covenants under any credit agreement with Creditor or an affiliate shall survive payment of all amounts due thereunder until payment of all amounts due hereunder
 
6.
FINANCING AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT IS SOLELY A FINANCING AGREEMENT. DEBTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EQUIPMENT HAS OR WILL HAVE BEEN SELECTED AND ACQUIRED SOLELY BY DEBTOR FOR DEBTOR'S PURPOSES, THAT CREDITOR IS NOT AND WILL NOT BE THE VENDOR OF ANY EQUIPMENT AND THAT CREDITOR HAS NOT MADE AND WILL NOT MAKE ANY AGREEMENT, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY, CONDITION, QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR VALUE OF THE EQUIPMENT OR ANY OTHER MATTER WITH RESPECT THERETO IN ANY RESPECT WHATSOEVER.
 
 
Page 1 of 7

 
 
7.
NO AGENCY. NO AGENT OF THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER SUPPLIER OF ANY ITEM OR OF ANY FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARY IS AN AGENT OF CREDITOR. CREDITOR IS NOT BOUND BY A REPRESENTATION OF ANY SUCH PARTY, AND, AS CONTEMPLATED IN PARAGRAPH 28 BELOW, THE PARTIES' ENTIRE AGREEMENT AS TO THE EQUIPMENT IS CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
 
8.
ACCEPTANCE. Upon receipt from Creditor of a Schedule covering the Equipment or any Items, Debtor will either (a) execute and deliver the Schedule or (b) give Creditor notice specifying any objection to the Equipment covered thereby. Debtor's execution of a Schedule will conclusively establish as between Creditor and Debtor that the Equipment covered thereby is acceptable to, and has been accepted by, Debtor for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
9.
LOCATION; INSPECTION; USE. Except as otherwise consented to in writing by Creditor, Debtor will keep, or permanently garage and not remove from the United States, as appropriate, each Item in Debtor's possession and control at the Equipment Location designated in the applicable Schedule, or at such other location to which such Item may have been moved or at which such Item is permanently garaged with the prior written consent of Creditor. Upon request by Creditor, Debtor will advise Creditor as to the exact location of an Item. Creditor may inspect an Item and observe its use during normal business hours, and Debtor will ensure Creditor's ability to enter into and upon the premises where the Item may be located for such purpose. The Equipment will at all times be used solely for commercial or business purposes and operated in a careful and proper manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, all requirements of the required insurance and all manufacturer's instructions and warranty requirements. Any modifications or additions to an Item required by any such governmental edict or insurance policy, will be promptly made by Debtor at its own expense.
 
10.
ALTERATIONS. Without the prior written consent of Creditor, Debtor will not make any alterations, additions or improvements to an Item which detract from its economic value or functional utility, except as may be required under paragraph 9 above. All additions and improvements made to an Item which cannot be removed without detracting from its economic value or functional utility will be deemed accessions thereto and thus subject to the security interest of Creditor.
 
11.
MAINTENANCE. Debtor will maintain the Equipment in good repair, condition and working order, will furnish all parts, mechanisms, devices and labor required to keep the Equipment in such condition and will pay all costs of the Equipment's operation. Debtor will cause each Item for which a service contract is generally available to be covered by such a contract which provides coverages typical as to property of the type involved and is issued by a competent servicing entity or alternatively maintain such Equipment to the same standards.
 
12.
LOSS AND DAMAGE; CASUALTY VALUE. Upon the occurrence of the loss of, theft of, requisition of, damage to or destruction of an Item from any cause ("Casualty Occurrence") Debtor will give Creditor notice thereof within 24 hours and will thereafter place the affected Item in good repair, condition and working order; provided, however, that if the Item is determined by Creditor to be lost, stolen, destroyed or damaged beyond repair or is requisitioned or suffers a constructive total loss as defined in any insurance policy carried hereunder, Debtor, at Creditor's option, will (a) replace the Item with like, new equipment in good repair, condition and working order and obtain clear title to such replacement equipment whereupon such replacement equipment will be deemed such Item for all purposes hereof, including Creditor's security interest therein, or (b) pay Creditor the "Stipulated Loss Value" of such Item which will equal the total of (A) all installment payments and other amounts, if any, due from Debtor to Creditor hereunder at the time of such payment, plus (B) the remaining balance of the advance made as to the Item calculated by applying payments received as to the Item as of receipt first to accrued interest at the rate implicit in this agreement assuming timely payments and a year of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days each and then to reduce the outstanding advance as to the Item. For these purposes each installment will be allocated to an individual Item based on the relationship that the advance as to the Item has to the total advance for the Equipment. Upon such replacement or payment, as appropriate, this Agreement will terminate with, and only with, respect to the Item so replaced or paid for, and Debtor will become entitled thereto "AS-IS, WHERE-IS."
 
13.
TITLING; REGISTRATION. Each Item subject to title registration laws will at all times be titled and/or registered by Debtor at its own expense in such manner and in such jurisdiction or jurisdictions as Creditor directs. Debtor will promptly notify Creditor of any necessary or advisable retitling and/or re-registration of an Item. Whenever a title document is issuable to Creditor, Debtor will use reasonable efforts to cause any and all documents of title to be issued by the applicable state authority to Creditor within 60 days of the date of filing the titling application.
 
 
Page 2 of 7

 
 
14.
TAXES. Debtor will make all filings as to and pay when due all personal property and other ad valorem taxes and all other taxes, fees, charges and assessments based on the ownership or use of the Equipment and will pay as directed by Creditor or reimburse Creditor for all other taxes, including, but not limited to, gross receipts taxes (exclusive of federal and state taxes based on Creditor's net income, unless such taxes are in substitution for or relieve Debtor from any taxes which Debtor would otherwise be obligated to pay under the terms of this paragraph 14), fees, charges and assessments whatsoever, however designated, whether based on the installment payments or other amounts due hereunder, levied, assessed or imposed upon the Equipment or otherwise related hereto or to the Equipment, now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed under the authority of a federal, state or local taxing jurisdiction, regardless of when and by whom payable. Filings with respect to such other assessments will, at Creditor's option, be made by Creditor or by Debtor as directed by Creditor.
 
15.
INSURANCE. Debtor will continuously maintain and pay for all risk insurance against loss of or damage to the Equipment from any cause whatsoever for not less than the full replacement value thereof naming Creditor as Loss Payee. If requested by Creditor, Debtor will similarly carry related combined public liability and property damage insurance with a single limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, or such greater or lesser amount as Creditor may from time to time require on notice to Debtor, naming Creditor as an Additional Insured. All such insurance must be in a form and with companies approved by Creditor, must designate Debtor as a Named Insured, must provide at least 30 days advance written notice to Debtor of cancellation, change or modification in any term, condition or amount of protection provided therein, must provide breach of warranty protection to Creditor, if applicable, and must provide that the coverage does not require contribution from Creditor's or any other applicable coverage. Debtor will keep Creditor provided with a current policy or certificate evidencing such insurance. Debtor will promptly notify any appropriate insurer and Creditor of any occurrence which may become the basis of a claim or cause of action against the insureds and provide Creditor with all data pertinent to such occurrence. The proceeds of such insurance, at the option of Creditor, will be applied toward (a) the repair or replacement of the appropriate Item or Items, (b) payment of the Stipulated Loss Value thereof or (c) payment of, or as a provision for, satisfaction of any other accrued obligations of Debtor hereunder. Any excess of such proceeds remaining will belong to Debtor. Debtor appoints Creditor as Debtor's attorney-in-fact to do all things, including, but not limited to, making claims, receiving payments and endorsing documents, checks or drafts, necessary or advisable to secure payments due on account of a Casualty Occurrence under any such policy.
 
16.
CREDITOR'S PAYMENT. If Debtor fails to pay an amount hereunder or to perform any of its other obligations, Creditor may, at its option, pay such amount or perform such obligation, and Debtor will reimburse Creditor the payment amount or cost of performance.
 
17.
INDEMNITY. Debtor will indemnify, defend, protect and keep harmless Creditor from any and all liabilities, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements, including court costs and legal expenses, of whatsoever nature and whenever arising or asserted, imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Creditor (whether or not also indemnified against by any other person) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the Equipment, including Creditor's lawful acts in the administration and enforcement hereof, including, without limitation, any claim alleging latent and other defects, whether or not discoverable by Creditor or Debtor, any other claim arising out of strict or vicarious liability in tort and any claim for environmental remediation or patent, trademark or copyright infringement. Each party shall give the other notice of any claim or liability hereby indemnified against promptly following learning thereof.
 
18.
DEFAULT. Any of the following will constitute an event of default hereunder: (a) Debtor's failure to pay when due any installment payment or other amount due hereunder, which failure continues for 10 days; (b) Debtor's default in performing any other obligation, term or condition of this Agreement or any other agreement between Creditor and Debtor or default under any other agreement providing security for the performance by Debtor of its obligations hereunder, provided such default will have continued for more than 20 days after notice of default, except as provided in (c) and (d) below, or default under any lease or any mortgage or other instrument contemplating the provision of financial accommodation applicable to the real estate where an Item is located; (c) a writ or order of attachment or execution or other legal process being levied on or charged against any Item and not released or satisfied within 10 days; (d) Debtor's failure to comply with its obligations under paragraph 15 above or any attempted assignment of Debtor's interest in an Item in violation of paragraph 22 below; (e) a final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 is rendered by a court against Debtor which Debtor does not discharge or make provision for discharge in accordance with the terms thereof within 90 days from the date of entry thereof; (f) death or incompetency of Debtor, if an individual; (g) the filing by Debtor of a petition under the Bankruptcy Act or under any other insolvency law or law providing for the relief of debtors, including, without limitation, a petition for reorganization, arrangement or extension, or commission by Debtor of an act of bankruptcy;(h) the filing against Debtor of any such petition not dismissed or permanently stayed within 30 days of the filing thereof; (i) the voluntary or involuntary making of an assignment of a substantial portion of its assets by Debtor for the benefit of creditors, appointment of a receiver or trustee for Debtor or for any of Debtor's assets, institution by or against Debtor of any other type of insolvency proceeding (under the Bankruptcy Act or otherwise) or of any formal or informal proceeding for dissolution, liquidation, settlement of claims against or winding up of the affairs of Debtor, Debtor's cessation of business activities, Debtor's failure to pay its debts generally as due or the making by Debtor of a transfer of all or a material portion of Debtor's assets or inventory not in the ordinary course of business; (j) the occurrence of any event described in parts (e), (f), (g), (h) or (i) hereinabove with respect to a guarantor or other party liable respecting this Agreement; or (k) any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit heretofore or hereafter furnished with respect thereto by or on behalf of Debtor or any guarantor or other party liable respecting this Agreement proving to have been false in any material respect at the time as of which the facts therein set forth were stated or certified or having omitted any substantial contingent or unliquidated liability or claim against Debtor or any such guarantor or other party, (l) a change in control of Debtor not consented to by Creditor; (m) an event of default occurs under any other agreement providing leasing services or financial accommodation to Debtor where the maximum commitment amount or aggregate rentals exceed $250,000, without regard to any waiver thereof or decision not to pursue remedies on account thereof by the lessor or creditor, or (n) Debtor's lending relationship with Creditor unrelated to this Agreement ceases.
 
 
Page 3 of 7

 
 
19.
REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Creditor will have the rights, options, duties and remedies of a secured party, and Debtor will have the rights and duties of a debtor, under the Uniform Commercial Code (regardless of whether such Code or a law similar thereto has been enacted in a jurisdiction wherein the rights or remedies are asserted) and, without limiting the foregoing, Creditor may exercise any one or more of the following remedies: (a) declare the Stipulated Loss Value or such lesser amount as may be set by law immediately due and payable with respect to any or all Items without notice or demand to Debtor; (b) sue from time to time for and recover all installment payments and other amounts then accrued and which accrue during the pendency of such action with respect to any or all Items; (c) take possession of and, if deemed appropriate, render unusable any or all Items, without demand or notice, wherever same may be located, without any court order or other process of law and without liability for any damages occasioned by such taking of possession and remove, keep and store the same or use and operate or lease the same until sold; (d) require Debtor to assemble any or all Items at the Equipment Location therefor, such location to which such Equipment may have been moved with the written consent of Creditor or such other location in reasonable proximity to either of the foregoing as Creditor designates; (e) upon 10 days notice to Debtor or such other notice as may be required by law, sell or otherwise dispose of any Item, whether or not in Creditor's possession, in a commercially reasonable manner at public or private sale at any place deemed appropriate and apply the net proceeds of such sale, after deducting all costs of such sale, including, but not limited to, costs of transportation, repossession, storage, refurbishing, advertising and broker's fees, to the obligations of Debtor to Creditor hereunder or otherwise, with Debtor remaining liable for any deficiency and with any excess being returned to Debtor; or (f) utilize any other remedy available to Creditor under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar provision of law or otherwise at law or in equity. Amounts past due under this paragraph 19 will bear interest at 18% per annum or at such lesser maximum rate as may be set by law until paid. No right or remedy conferred herein is exclusive of any other right or remedy conferred herein or by law; but all such remedies are cumulative of every other right or remedy conferred hereunder or at law or in equity, by statute or otherwise, and may be exercised concurrently or separately from time to time. Any sale contemplated by subparagraph (e) of this paragraph 19 may be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale, or for any such adjourned sale, without further published notice, and Creditor may bid and become the purchaser at any such sale. Any sale of an Item, whether under said subparagraph or by virtue of judicial proceedings, will operate to divest all right, title, interest, claim and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of Debtor in and to said Item and will be a perpetual bar to any claim against such Item, both at law and in equity, against Debtor and all persons claiming by, through or under Debtor.
 
20.
DISCONTINUANCE OF REMEDIES. If Creditor proceeds to enforce any right under this Agreement and such proceedings are discontinued or abandoned for any reason or are determined adversely, then and in every such case Debtor and Creditor will be restored to their former positions and rights thereunder.
 
21.
CREDITOR'S EXPENSES. Debtor will pay Creditor all costs and expenses, including repossession, Equipment disposition and court costs and attorney's fees (including a reasonable fee for services of salaried counsel employed by Creditor), not offset against sales proceeds under paragraph 19 above, incurred by Creditor in exercising any remedies hereunder. This obligation includes the payment or reimbursement of all such amounts, including those incurred on appeal or in a bankruptcy proceeding, whether an action is ultimately filed or concluded.
 
22.
ASSIGNMENT. Without the prior written consent of Creditor, Debtor will not sell, lease, pledge or hypothecate, except as provided in this Agreement, an Item or any interest therein or assign, transfer, pledge or hypothecate this Agreement or any interest in this Agreement or permit the Equipment to be subject to any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature except the security interest of Creditor contemplated hereby and property tax liens contemplated in paragraph 1. Debtor's interest herein is not assignable and will not be assigned or transferred by operation of law. Consent to any of the foregoing prohibited acts applies only in the given instance and is not a consent to any subsequent like act by Debtor or any other person. Debtor further acknowledges the Creditor's consent to any lease will be on the basis, among other considerations, that the lessee's rights are subordinate to the rights of Creditor under this Agreement. All rights of Creditor hereunder may be assigned, pledged, mortgaged, transferred or otherwise disposed of, either in whole or in part, without notice to Debtor but always, however, subject to the rights of Debtor under this Agreement. If Debtor is given notice of any such assignment, Debtor will acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and will thereafter pay any amounts due hereunder specified in said notice as directed therein. If Creditor assigns this Agreement or the installment payments due or to become due hereunder or any other interest herein, no breach or default by Creditor hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between Creditor and Debtor will excuse performance by Debtor of any provision hereof, it being understood that in the event of default or breach by Creditor that Debtor will pursue any rights on account thereof solely against Creditor No such assignee, unless such assignee agrees in writing, will be obligated to perform any duty, covenant or condition required to be performed by Creditor in connection with this Agreement.
 
 
Page 4 of 7

 
 
23.
MARKINGS; PERSONAL PROPERTY. If Creditor supplies Debtor with labels, plates, decals or other markings stating that the Equipment is subject to Creditor's lien, Debtor will affix and keep the same prominently displayed on the Equipment or will otherwise mark the Equipment, any Equipment Location or any other location where an Item may be located with the prior written consent of Creditor, at Creditor's request, to indicate Creditor's security interest in the applicable Equipment. As between the parties, the Equipment is, and at all times will remain, personal property notwithstanding that the Equipment or any Item may now be, or hereafter become, affixed to realty. If requested by Creditor, Debtor will obtain and deliver to Creditor waivers of interest or liens in recordable form satisfactory to Creditor from all persons claiming any interest in the real property on which an Item is or is to be installed or located.
 
24.
LATE CHARGE. If Debtor fails to pay any installment or any other payment to be paid by Debtor hereunder within 10 days after the due date thereof, Debtor will pay Creditor (a) a late charge of 5% of the amount, (b) Creditor's collection costs paid third parties relevant to the collection thereof and (c) Creditor's standard returned check charge, if relevant.
 
25.
NON-WAIVER. No covenant or condition of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of Creditor. Forbearance or indulgence by Creditor in regarding to any breach will not constitute a waiver of the related covenant or condition.
 
26.
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS. Debtor will procure and/or execute, have executed, acknowledge, have acknowledged, deliver to Creditor, record and file such requested documents and showings as Creditor may deem necessary or desirable to protect its interest in this Agreement and the Equipment. Debtor will pay as directed by Creditor or reimburse Creditor for all search, filing, attorney's services and other charges incurred by Creditor in connection with such documents and showings, any similar documents and showings Creditor may procure and any real property waivers provided under paragraph 23 above. Debtor acknowledges that Creditor will file financing statements with respect to the Equipment under the Uniform Commercial Code, authorizes Creditor to make such filings and ratifies Creditor's authority to make any such filings previously made. Debtor will furnish Creditor (a) an audited fiscal year end financial statement including balance sheet and profit and loss statement within 120 days of the close of each fiscal year prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") or if not audited, in a form acceptable to Creditor, (b) quarterly Debtor-prepared financial statements complying with GAAP, (c) any other information normally provided by Debtor to the public, (d) upon request of Creditor, a compliance certificate respecting Debtor's covenants to Creditor in form and substance satisfactory to Creditor and (e) such other data or financial information relative to this Agreement and the Equipment as Creditor may reasonably request. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is binding upon, the heirs, legatees, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
 
27.
DEBTOR'S WARRANTIES. Debtor warrants that the financial data and other information Debtor has submitted, or will submit, to Creditor in connection with this Agreement is, or will be, as appropriate, a true and complete statement of the matters therein contained. Debtor further warrants that (a) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by Debtor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation, contract and agreement of Debtor enforceable against Debtor in accordance with its terms except as enforcement may be affected by bankruptcy and similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and (b) this Agreement and each and every showing provided by or on behalf of Debtor in connection herewith may be relied upon by Creditor in accordance with the terms thereof. The person executing this Agreement on behalf of Debtor warrants that he or she has been fully authorized to do so.
 
28.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT; FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Creditor and Debtor relative to the Equipment and may be amended only by a writing signed by the party to be charged. If any provision hereof is declared invalid, such provision will be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement which will remain in full force and effect. If a signed copy of this Agreement or a Schedule is delivered to Creditor by facsimile transmission, a copy of the transmitted copy shall, notwithstanding any rule of evidence to the contrary, be deemed an original signed document.
 
 
Page 5 of 7

 
 
29.
NOTICES. Notices under this Agreement must be in writing and must be sent via courier or sent certified or registered mail with return receipt requested, duly addressed, with postage prepaid, or delivered to the party involved at its respective address set forth at the foot hereof or at such other address as such party may provide on notice to the other from time to time. Notices will be effective upon the earlier of three (3) business days after deposited or delivery. Each party will promptly notify the other of any change in the first party's address. Notices may also be emailed provided that each party will follow up with a written notice as outlined above.
 
30.
GENDER; NUMBER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. Where the context of this Agreement requires, the neuter gender includes the masculine or feminine and the singular number includes the plural; and whenever the word "Creditor" is used herein, it will include all assignees of Creditor. If there is more than one Debtor named in this Agreement, the liability of each will be joint and several.
 
31.
TITLES. The Agreement paragraph titles are for convenience only and are not an aid in the interpretation of the Agreement.
 
32.
GOVERNING LAW; VENUE. This Agreement will be governed by the law of the State of California. Venue for any action related to this Agreement will be in an appropriate court in Los Angeles County, California selected by Creditor, to which Debtor consents, or in another court selected by Creditor which has jurisdiction over the matter. If a provision hereof is declared invalid, such provision will be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement which will remain in full force and effect.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above appearing.
 
 
Bank of the West   Creditor
Creditor
 
H.D.D. LLC
Debtor
     
By:
   
By:
/s/ Philip L. Hurst
Name:
   
Name
Philip L. Hurst
Title:
   
Title:
Manager
         
Address:
   
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
Bank of the West / DEF 951
 
Name:
William R. Hambrecht
2527 Camino Ramon, NC-B07-3F-V
 
Title:
Manager
San Ramon, CA 94583      
     
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Name:
Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan
     
Name:
Heath E. Dolan
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham
     
Name:
J. Barrie Graham
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll
     
Name:
Daniel A. Carroll
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
Address:
     
5610 Dry Creek Road
   
Healdsburg, CA 95448
 
 
Page 6 of 7

 
 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING OBTAINING AN EXTENSION OF CREDIT
To help the Federal Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal Law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies each person/entity who obtains an extension of credit from the institution.
When you obtain the extension of credit, we will ask for your name, street address, taxpayer identification number or alien identification number as applicable; date of birth (individual applicants and sole proprietors only); and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license or other identifying document.
 
 

 
 
 
 
Page 7 of 7

 
 
Schedule No. 100-0022757-001  
to Master Equipment Financing Agreement  
between Bank of the West as Creditor,
and H.D.D. LLC dba Truett-Hurst Winery as Debtor,  
dated as of October 2, 2012 (the "Agreement")
 
Creditor and Debtor acknowledge that the Items of Equipment described in this Schedule are subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement and that following such description are the advance respecting said Items, the installment payments with respect thereto, any deposit provided or to be provided in connection therewith, the Equipment Location thereof, and certain other provisions applicable thereto. Debtor represents to Creditor that this Equipment has been delivered to, is now in the possession of and has been accepted by Debtor for all purposes of the Agreement and is correctly described herein. DEBTOR UNDERSTANDS THAT UPON CREDITOR'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS SCHEDULE CREDITOR WILL FUND THE ADVANCE RESPECTING THIS EQUIPMENT AND FURTHER THAT SUCH ACCEPTANCE WILL COMMENCE DEBTOR'S INSTALLMENT PAYMENT OBLIGATION UNDER THE AGREEMENT AS TO THIS EQUIPMENT. DEBTOR REAFFIRMS THAT THE AGREEMENT INVOLVES SOLELY A FINANCING UNDER WHICH CREDITOR IS A LENDER WHICH MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS AS TO THIS EQUIPMENT.
 
1.
Equipment Description :     See Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof
 
 
Together with all replacements, parts, repairs, additions, accessions and accessories incorporated therein or affixed or attached thereto and any and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance recoveries.
 
2.
Equipment Advance :           $ 143,684.40
 
3.
Installment Payments: Creditor's advance shall be repayable as follows: 36 payments in the amount of $4,226.18 each, with the first payment due November 1, 2012 and subsequent payments payable on the 1st day of each succeeding month, together with an interim interest payment of $14.97 per day from the funding date to the commencement of the initial payment period.  These payments may be adjusted based on any difference between the "Index" as of the date of this Schedule and the Index as of the date Creditor makes the Equipment Advance.  For these purposes the Index is Creditor's internally prepared "Daily Fixed Price Indication Rate" for the Agreement term and structure applicable to this Schedule.
 
4.
Deposit:   
Not Applicable
 
5.
Equipment Location:  
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA  95448
 
6.
 
Intentionally left blank.
 
7.
Equipment Advance:
Debtor acknowledges that Creditor will advance the Equipment Advance as follows:
 
$143,434.40
 
H.D.D. LLC
$250.00
 
Bank of the West – Documentation Fee
$143,684.40
 
TOTAL DISBURSEMENT
 
 
 
Page 1 of 2

 
 
8.
Other Provisions:                Intentionally left blank.
 
 
9.
Documentation Fee:            $250.00
 
ACCEPTED AND APPROVED AS OF October 2, 2012 as a Schedule to and made a part of the Agreement.
 

Bank of the West  
Creditor
 
H.D.D. LLC dba Truett-Hurst Winery
Debtor
     
By:
   
By:
/s/ Philip L. Hurst
Name:
   
Name
Philip L. Hurst
Title:
   
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
   
Name:
William R. Hambrecht
   
Title:
Manager
       
     
By:
/s/ Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Name:
Paul E. Dolan, III
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Heath E. Dolan
     
Name:
Heath E. Dolan
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ J. Barrie Graham
     
Name:
J. Barrie Graham
     
Title:
Manager
         
     
By:
/s/ Daniel A. Carroll
     
Name:
Daniel A. Carroll
     
Title:
Manager
 
NOTICE TO THE DEBTOR:   DO NOT SIGN UNLESS ALL ITEMS OF EQUIPMENT ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR ALL PURPOSES OF THE AGREEMENT. IF ANY ITEMS ARE UNACCEPTABLE, NOTIFY CREDITOR PROMPTLY. CREDITOR'S OBLIGATIONS TO ACCEPT THIS SCHEDULE, NOTWITHSTANDING ITS PRIOR DATING, ARE TERMINABLE AS OF ANY COMMITMENT EXPIRATION WHICH MAY APPLY.
 
 
IMPORTANT INFORMATION REGARDING OBTAINING AN EXTENSION OF CREDIT
To help the Federal Government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal Law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record certain information that identifies each person/entity who obtains an extension of credit from the institution.
When you obtain the extension of credit, we will ask for your name, street address, taxpayer identification number or alien identification number as applicable; date of birth (individual applicants and sole proprietors only); and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver's license or other identifying document.
 
 
Page 2 of 2

 
 
 
SCHEDULE A
 
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
INSURANCE AUTHORIZATION
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 10.12

AGREEMENT

This Agreement is dated for reference purposes the 24 th day of August, 2012, and is entered into by and among H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company ("HDD") and West Coast Paper Company, dba WCP Solutions, a Washington corporation ("WCP").

RECITALS

A.            HDD produces wines either directly or through affiliated entities. For purposes of this Agreement, HDD shall be deemed to include all of HDD's affiliated entities.

B.             WCP manufactures and sells paper, packaging and related materials either directly or through its affiliated entities. For purposes of this Agreement, WCP shall be deemed to include all of WCP's affiliated entities.

C.            HDD and WCP jointly developed and jointly invented a product now known as a "Wine Wrap", a photograph of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

D.             HDD desires to: (i) own all intellectual property related to the Wine Wrap and to apply for one or more patents and one or more trademarks and associated trade dress registrations to strengthen its rights in the Wine Wrap; and (ii) market and sell its wines packaged in the Wine Wrap as well as offer others the opportunity to sell their wines or other beverage products packaged in the Wine Wrap pursuant to a license.

E.             WCP is willing to transfer all of its intellectual property rights in the Wine Wrap to HDD provided that WCP has certain exclusive manufacturing rights with respect to the Wine Wrap as further described in this Agreement.

Now, therefore, in consideration of the mutual terms, conditions and covenants set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. RECITALS CONTRACTUAL. The above recitals shall be deemed contractual and part of this agreement.

2. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS. WCP agrees to, and hereby does, assign to HDD 100% of its right, title and interest in any and all intellectual property rights associated with the Wine Wrap invention worldwide to HDD, including but not limited to any patents, copyrights, trademarks and/or trade dress, including all associated goodwill, existing now or in the future, relating to the Wine Wrap invention, for the entire term(s) of any such intellectual property rights, including reissues or extensions that may issue from foreign applications, divisions, continuations in whole or part or substitute applications filed claiming the benefit of the intellectual property. The right, title and interest conveyed in this Assignment is to be held and enjoyed by HDD and HDD's successors as fully and exclusively as it would have been held and enjoyed by WCP had this assignment not been made.

 
AGREEMENT - 1

 

At HDD's reasonable expense, WCP further agrees to: (a) cooperate with HDD in the protection of the intellectual property rights and prosecution and protection of foreign counterparts; (b) execute, verify, acknowledge and deliver all such further papers, including patent applications and instruments of transfer; and (c) perform such other acts as HDD lawfully may request to obtain or maintain the patent, trademark, copyright and/or trade dress and any and all applications and registrations for the invention in any and all countries. This assignment includes all intellectual property that WCP possesses in and to the Wine Wrap including, without limitation, its drawings, designs, specifications, developments, prototypes, and all other information in any form of media concerning the Wine Wrap jointly developed by WCP.  HDD will exercise reasonable due diligence to file one or more patent applications and one or more trademark applications to further protect its intellectual property rights in the Wine Wrap, all at the expense of HDD.  WCP shall reasonably cooperate with HDD at HDD's expense in executing such forms of assignment, affidavits or other documents as may be reasonably helpful to HDD in filing for patent and/or trademark registrations for the Wine Wrap. If, during the term of this Agreement, the Wine Wrap is modified or substantially altered, then: (i) such modifications or alterations shall be deemed the intellectual property of HDD; (ii) HDD may in its sole discretion, and at its expense, file, if reasonably necessary, with the appropriate governmental agencies, applications to protect the intellectual property of the Wine Wrap as so modified or altered, at HDD's expense; (iii) WCP shall cooperate reasonably with HDD at HDD's expense in executing such forms of assignment, affidavits or other documents reasonably necessary to support such applications; and (iv) any such modified or altered Wine Wraps shall be deemed within the scope of this Agreement.

3. MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY RIGHTS. For a period of not less than three (3) years, HDD shall grant to WCP the exclusive right to manufacture and supply HDD with all Wine Wraps which are used by HDD, or any third parties licensed by HDD, in the packaging, marketing and/or sale of wine or other beverage products. During the term of this Agreement and extension or renewal thereof, HDD shall not contract with any person, firm or entity to manufacture the Wine Wrap, or to modify or alter the same, other than WCP, except only that HDD may subcontract out artwork to be printed or integrated into the Wine Wrap by WCP. The exclusive rights granted under this Section are worldwide.

4. TERM.   Subject to the provisions of this Section, the term of this Agreement shall be not less than three (3) years from the date the Wine Wrap goes into mass or bulk production (the "Commencement Date"), which date is noted on Exhibit B (the "Initial Term"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, at least forty-five (45) days prior to the expiration of eighteen (18) months from the Commencement Date, HDD and WCP shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to agree on the terms and conditions applicable to an extension of the Initial Term of this Agreement for a two (2) year period beyond the Initial Term amending the term of this Agreement from three (3) years to five (5) years (the "Subsequent Term").  In any event, at the end of the Initial Term or Subsequent Term, this Agreement shall continue to extend for an indefinite number of one year terms (the "Extension Terms") provided that one party has not given written notice to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Initial Term, Subsequent Term or Extension Term, of intent not to renew or extend.  Any Subsequent Term or Extension Terms shall be considered part of the term of this Agreement for all purposes (the Initial Term, Subsequent Term and Extension Terms being referred to collectively as "The Agreement Term").

 
AGREEMENT - 2

 
 
5. BUSINESS TERMS.   During The Agreement Term, WCP shall supply all of HDD's needs of the Wine Wrap.  Ordering, shipment, delivery, payment and all other similar processes and procedures which are part and parcel of a manufacturing agreement shall be conducted in accordance with commercially reasonable industry standards.

6. PRICE. As of the Commencement Date, the prices for the various Wine Wraps shall be as set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. As new Wine Wraps are designed or developed, the parties shall agree upon the initial price of the same, which shall be determined in a manner consistent with the determination of the prices on Exhibit B, and such additional Wine Wraps and relevant prices shall be added to Exhibit B as amendments to the same. WCP may increase the prices of the Wine Wraps from time to time consistent with published mill price increases.

7. INDEMNITY.

7.1.             HDD shall defend, indemnify and hold WCP, its members, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees and representatives (the "WCP Indemnified Parties") harmless from any and all damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, arbitrations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of litigation or any legal proceeding (collectively "Losses") arising out of or related to HDD's creation, development, production, sales and marketing of wine including the bottle containing the same, or arising out of any infringement claims related to the Wine Wrap. The indemnification provisions set forth in this Subsection shall not extend to any claims, actions, suits or proceedings or Losses arising out of or related to the Wine Wraps manufactured by WCP, as all obligations and liabilities associated with defending the  manufacturing with respect to the Wine Wraps and defending, indemnifying and holding the HDD Indemnified Parties harmless from any Losses arising out of or relating to manufacturing claims related to one or more Wine Wraps, shall be the sole and exclusive liability of WCP, and be the subject of indemnity under Section 7.2 herein.

7.2.            WCP shall defend, indemnify and hold HDD, its members, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, employees and representatives (the "HDD Indemnified Parties") harmless from any and all damages, claims, actions, suits, proceedings, liabilities, obligations, arbitrations, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and expenses of litigation or any legal proceeding (collectively "Losses") arising out of or related to the Wine Wraps manufactured by WCP except as provided in this Section. The indemnification provisions set forth in this Subsection shall not extend to any claims, actions, suits or proceedings or Losses arising out of or related to the assertion that one or more Wine Wraps infringe upon the rights of third parties, as all obligations and liabilities associated with defending intellectual property rights with respect to the Wine Wraps and defending, indemnifying and holding the WCP Indemnified Parties harmless from any Losses arising out of or relating to claims that one or more Wine Wraps infringe the rights of any third party, shall be the sole and exclusive liability of HDD, and be the subject of indemnity under Section 7.1 herein.

 
AGREEMENT - 3

 
 
8. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Each of the parties, in their performance under this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations which apply to their particular performance.

9. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

9.1.            A party which has disclosed Confidential Information to the other party either before or after the Commencement Date is sometimes referred to herein as the "Disclosing Party". A party which has received Confidential Information before or after the Commencement Date is sometimes referred to herein as the "Receiving Party".

9.2.            Confidential Information shall include, but not be limited to:

9.2.1.             the conceptualization, design, development, and manufacturing of the Wine Wrap;

9.2.2.            all information pertaining to the respective businesses of WCP or HDD, their finances and operations which has been or is provided orally or in writing by the Disclosing Party to the Receiving Party, all of which information the Parties regard as highly confidential provided it is not generally and publically known;

9.2.3.             information transmitted, displayed or evidenced in any form or manner, whether in writing or orally, or through electronic, digital, audio or video media, prototype, drawings,  specifications,  engineering,  software  assisted  presentations, specifications or in any other form of media.

9.3.             Non-Protected Information. The parties agree that their mutual covenant not to disclose Confidential Information shall not apply to any information or data or other materials imparted to the extent that any of the following conditions exist or come into existence:

9.3.1            Information, which at the time access is gained, is already in the recipient's possession or available to it or its employees from any other source having no obligation to the party which is the source of said information, however, this exception does not apply to information which the parties have provided or do provide to each other before or after the Commencement Date;

 
AGREEMENT - 4

 

9.3.2            Such information which is, or any time hereafter becomes, available to the public;

9.3.3             Such information which, after access is gained to the disclosure, is at any time obtained by the recipient from any other person, firm or company having no obligation to or relationship with the source of said information.

9.4.             Limitations on Use and Disclosure of Confidential Information.   The parties acknowledge that disclosure or use of Confidential Information or any portion thereof except as expressly authorized herein would cause the Disclosing Party significant and irrevocable damage. Except for such use and/or disclosure of the Confidential Information which is reasonably necessary to facilitate a party's performance of its respective obligations under this Agreement, neither party shall use or disclose Confidential Information of the other. The Parties agree to exercise the highest standard of care with respect to safeguarding the Confidential Information and preventing its unauthorized disclosure or use. The Parties agree that damages would be an inadequate remedy for any harm caused to a Party by the breach of this Agreement by the other Party and that the harmed Party shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief in addition to damages resulting from the other party's breach of this Agreement.

10. DEFAULT AND TERMINATION.

10.1.             Events of Default. Any one or more of the following shall constitute an event of default ("Event of Default") under this Agreement:

10.1.1.              If either party fails to perform its material obligations under this Agreement, including failure to pay by HDD to WCP and failure of WCP to perform for HDD in a commercially reasonable manner, and if such failure shall continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice has been given by the non-breaching party to the breaching party specifying such failure.

10.1.2.               A party becomes the subject of insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, ceases doing business, makes a general assignment of its assets for the benefit of creditors, dissolves, or has a trustee appointed for all or a substantial portion of such party's assets.

10.2.             Termination.   Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the non- breaching party may elect to terminate or may not elect to terminate this Agreement, upon written notice of breach and failure of the breaching party to perform or cure its breach within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof by the non-breaching party. If the non-breaching party is HDD, and it elects to terminate this Agreement, then WCP shall have no claim of right to, or right of use of, the Wine Wrap going forward. If the non- breaching party is WCP, and it elects to terminate this Agreement, then HDD shall be deemed to have granted to WCP a royalty free license to use the Wine Wrap and related intellectual property rights for the longer of (i) the remainder of The Agreement Term at the time WCP terminates the agreement; or (ii) that period of time until HDD has paid WCP in full all sums due and owing or a court had determined that HDD no longer owes any sums to WCP. Such royalty free license may be sublicensed by WCP provided that WCP is the exclusive manufacturer of the Wine Wrap for such sublicensee, provided, however, that in order for such license to remain valid during the remainder of The Agreement Term, the quality of the Wine Wrap produced by WCP under such license must be equal to or better than the quality of the Wine Wrap produced by WCP at the time WCP terminates the Agreement.

 
AGREEMENT - 5

 
 
10.3.             Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the non-breaching party may assert any and all rights and avail itself of any and all remedies which apply in the event of breach of contract under Washington or California law, including, without limitation, specific performance, and the non-breaching party shall not be required to elect among its remedies except as required by applicable law.

10.4.             Survival of Rights and Obligations.   Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice any rights of either party hereto against the other which may have accrued up to the date of termination.  In addition, all covenants regarding indemnification, governing laws, attorneys fees, confidentiality, termination, rights upon breach and other provisions of this Agreement relative to the enforcement hereof, shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

11. MISCELLANEOUS.

11.1.             Assignment. Except as set forth herein, during The Agreement Term neither party shall have the right to assign, sublicense, subcontract, or otherwise transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement except with the prior written consent of the other party.  The terms of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective successors, permitted assignees, sublicensees, and subcontractors.

11.2.             Modification/Waiver. No modification or waiver of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and executed with the same formality as this Agreement. No waiver by either party of any breach or default hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature.

11.3.             Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is declared void or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed to have been severed from this Agreement, which shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.  In the event any provision of this Agreement shall not be enforceable as unreasonable or for any other reason, then said provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

11.4.             Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.   This Agreement may be executed with signatures transmitted among the parties by facsimile or by signature on a PDF version transmitted by electronic mail, and no party shall deny the validity of a signature or this Agreement signed and transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail on the basis that a signed document is represented by a facsimile, copy or PDF and not an original.

 
AGREEMENT - 6

 
 
11.5.             Mutual Negotiation in Drafting. The parties acknowledge each party and its counsel have materially participated in the drafting of this Agreement. Consequently, the rule of contract interpretation, that ambiguities, if any, in a writing be construed against the drafter, shall not apply.

11.6.             Headings. Headings and subheadings in this Agreement are not intended to and do not have any substantive content whatsoever.

11.7.             Attorneys Fees. In the event the services of an attorney at law are necessary to enforce any of the terms of this Agreement or to resolve any dispute arising under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys fees from the losing party as set by the appropriate trial, appellate or bankruptcy court, or on a petition for review. The appropriate court shall have the right to determine the prevailing party based upon the totality of the results in the particular proceeding.

11.8.             Force Majeure. Neither party shall be liable for any delay or default in performing its obligations if such default or delay is caused by any event beyond the reasonable control of such party, including, but not limited to, acts of nature, terrorism, war, or insurrection, civil commotion, damage or destruction of production facilities or materials by earthquake, fire, storm or flood, labor disturbances or strikes, epidemic, materials shortages, equipment malfunction, unavailability of raw materials, or other similar event.

11.9.             Notices. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder ("Notices") shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if directed to the applicable party(ies) at his/its respective addresses set forth below, which Notice shall be effective at the time indicated if given in the following manner:

11.9.1.              When delivered, if personally delivered by hand;

11.9.2.              72 hours after mailing if mailed postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, with an additional copy mailed to the addressee by regular mail; or

11.9.3.               At 5:00 p.m. (in the applicable time zone) on the day after the Notice is mailed to the addressee by a nationally recognized overnight mail/courier service which guarantees next day delivery and provides tracking services with respect to such delivery.

The addresses for all Notice purposes under this Agreement shall be as follows:

 
AGREEMENT - 7

 
To WCP:  
6703 S. 234 th Street
 
Kent, Washington 98032
 
Attention: Teresa Russell, President
   
 
2330 SW 1 st Street
 
Redmond, Oregon 97756
 
Attention: Thomas E. Groves, CEO
   
To HDD:  
4035 Westside Road
 
Healdsburg, California 95448
 
Attention: Phil Hurst, CEO/Managing Partner

 
However, if any party shall have designated in the manner provided above a different address by Notice to the others, then Notice shall be to the most recent address so designated.


West Coast Paper Company
dba WCP Solutions
 
H.D.D. LLC
     
By:
/s/ Thomas E. Groves
 
By:
/s/ Phil Hurst
Its:
CEO
 
Its:
CEO
Date:
9/12/2012
 
Date:
9/12/12
 
 
AGREEMENT - 8

 
 
Exhibit A
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
 
 
 
 
 


Exhibit 10.13
 
LEASE
 
THIS LEASE (the " Lease "), dated as of February 8, 2011, is made by and between HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP L.P., a California limited partnership (" Landlord ") and H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (" Tenant ").
 
RECITALS
 
 
A.
Landlord is the owner of that certain real property located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California (the " Property ").
 
 
B.
Tenant desires to lease the Property from Landlord and Landlord desires to lease the Property to Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
AGREEMENT
 
1.              Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, all of the buildings, grounds, parking areas and other facilities and equipment located at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, California, including but not limited to the cottage; tasting room, lab and cellar (Building No. 2) (the " Tasting Room ") and the administrative offices, barrel storage (Building No. 3) (the " Winery "), two water tanks, chiller, and reservoir/holding ponds, including all rights and privileges appurtenant thereto, those improvements constructed thereon, and all equipment and trade fixtures contained therein (the " Premises "), excluding therefrom all of Building No. 4 currently occupied by Alysian Wines and its adjacent parking area.
 
The term Premises shall also include all personal property of Landlord located on the Premises including but not limited to forklifts, office equipment, computers, lab equipment, phones and all other equipment and fixtures relating to the Winery and Tasting Room.
 
2.              Term, Option to Extend, and Right to Purchase Property .
 
(a)            Term .  Subject to Section 2(b), the term of this Lease is for five (5) years (the " Term "), commencing on March 1, 2011 (the " Commencement Date "), and ending on February 29, 2016. Unless otherwise set forth, all references herein to the "Term" shall be deemed to include the Option Term (as defined in Section 2(b)).
 
(b)            Option to Extend . Landlord hereby grants to Tenant one (1) option (the " Option ") to extend the Term of this Lease for an additional period of five (5) years (the " Option Term "). The Option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice (the " Option Notice ") delivered by Tenant to Landlord not earlier than nine (9) months and not later than four (4) months prior to the end of the initial Term of this Lease. Further, the Option shall not be deemed to be properly exercised if, as of the date of the Option Notice or at the end of the initial Term of this Lease Tenant is in default of this Lease. Provided Tenant has properly and timely exercised the Option, the initial Term of this Lease shall be extended by the Option Term, and all terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. If Tenant fails to timely give the Option Notice, the Option shall thereupon expire. Monthly Rent (as defined in Section 4) for the Option Term shall be calculated and paid pursuant to Section 4.

 
 

 
 
(c)            Right of First Refusal . In the event Landlord desires to sell the Property, or any portion or interest in the Property (the " Sale Property "), and shall have received an acceptable bona fide offer to purchase the Property or such interest (the " Offer "), Landlord shall give written notice of its intent to sell (the " Notice of Intent to Sell ") to Tenant, together with an executed copy of the Offer setting forth all of the terms of the proposed purchase and identifying the prospective purchaser. Tenant shall then have an option to purchase the Sale Property on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Offer; provided, however, if the terms and conditions of the Offer provide for an exchange of like-kind real property as payment of all or a portion of the purchase price, Tenant may exercise its option to purchase by stating in its written notice of exercise its willingness to participate in an exchange transaction in which Landlord shall identify certain real property which Tenant, at no additional cost or expense to Tenant, shall acquire and exchange with Landlord for the Sale Property on terms and conditions otherwise consistent with the Offer. If no exchange is contemplated in the Offer, Tenant shall have the further option of paying Landlord in cash at closing the full amount of the purchase price of the Sale Property, notwithstanding any non-cash terms set forth in the Offer. If Tenant elects to exercise its option, it shall give Landlord written notice of such election within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice of Intent to Sell. If Tenant fails to exercise its option within such thirty (30)-day period, (i) Landlord shall be free to accept an offer to sell the Sale Property on the terms set forth in the Offer at any time within ninety (90) days after the expiration of such thirty (30)-day period; provided (i) the prospective purchaser executes and delivers to Tenant any documents reasonably necessary to acknowledge that Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease; and (ii) Tenant shall, upon request, deliver to Landlord an acknowledgment of Tenant's failure to exercise the option and Landlord's right to sell the Sale Property pursuant to this Section 2(c). In the event Landlord has not completed such sale of the Sale Property within such ninety (90)-day period, Landlord shall not thereafter sell the Sale Property without first complying with the provisions of this Section 2(c). In the event the Sale Property comprises less than Landlord's entire interest in the Property, the remaining portion of or interest in the Property shall remain subject to this Section 2(c).
 
3.              Condition Upon Delivery .
 
(a)            Improvements . Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge that certain alterations and improvements to the Premises will be needed in order for the Premises to meet the business goals of Tenant. The cost of such improvements is estimated to be at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). Landlord and Tenant each agree to negotiate and, no later than sixty (60) days following the Commencement Date, to enter into a side letter agreement setting forth the manner in which Landlord and Tenant will share the cost of such alterations and improvements.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)            Acceptance of Premises . Notwithstanding Section 3(a), Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in the condition existing as of the Commencement Date, "AS IS", and also accepts the Premises and this Lease subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Premises, subject to all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Property or Premises and subject to all liens, claims and encumbrances currently existing against the Premises or any part thereof, including all matters disclosed by any of the foregoing or by any exhibits attached hereto.
 
4.              Rent .
 
(a)            Rent . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent an amount equal to the sum of the Winery Rent (as defined below) and the Tasting Room Rent (as defined below). Any rent amounts described below shall be payable in twelve (12) monthly installments (" Monthly Rent "). Monthly Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each month commencing on the Commencement Date, except for the Tasting Room Rent which shall commence on April 1, 2011. All Monthly Rent shall be paid to Landlord in lawful money of the United States at the address to which notices to Landlord are given, or at such other address as Landlord may give Tenant in writing from time to time.
 
(b)            Initial Winery Rent . Commencing on March 1, 2011 and continuing through August 31, 2011, rent for the Winery (the " Winery Rent ") shall be Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) per month.
 
(c)            Annual Winery Rent . Commencing on September 1, 2011, the Winery Rent shall be calculated on a twelve (12) month basis commencing on September 1 and ending on August 31 of each year during the Term (a " Rent Year "), and shall be determined as follows:
 
(1)           Commencing on September 1, 2011, the Winery Rent for the first Rent Year shall be One Hundred Seventy-One Thousand Dollars ($171,000), which amount is equal to the Estimated Production Value (as defined below) for the first Rent Year, and which is subject to reconciliation to the Actual Production Value (as defined below) for such Rent Year pursuant to Section 4(c)(5) of this Lease.
 
(2)           Commencing on September 1, 2012 and on each September 1 of the Term thereafter (each a " Rent Adjustment Date "), the Winery Rent for the next Rent Year shall be adjusted to be an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the Estimated Production Value for such Rent Year which shall be reconciled to the Actual Production Value for such Rent Year pursuant to Section 4(c)(5) of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, eighty percent (80%) of the Estimated Production Value shall not be less than the product of fifty-seven thousand (57,000) cases multiplied by the then-applicable Per Case Value (as defined below).
 
(3)           Each year's " Estimated Production Value " shall be an amount equal to the Per Case Value multiplied by the number of cases of wine forecasted, in accordance with Section 4(c)(4), to be produced by Tenant in the Winery for such Rent Year. For the first Rent Year, the " Per Case Value " shall be Three Dollars ($3.00). On every Rent Adjustment Date the Per Case Value shall be increased by three percent (3%). As used in this Lease, the term " Actual Production Value " shall refer to the number of cases of wine actually produced by Tenant in the Winery as indicated in the Production Report (as defined below) for a given Rent Year multiplied by the then-applicable Per Case Value,
 
 
3

 
 
(4)           No later than thirty (30) days prior to each Rent Adjustment Date, Tenant shall, using commercially reasonable estimates, forecast the number of cases of wine to be produced by Tenant in the Winery for the Rent Year commencing on such Rent Adjustment Date and shall submit such written forecast to Landlord (each an " Estimated Production Report "). The Estimated Production Report shall be used to determine that Rent Year's Estimated Production Value pursuant to Section 4(c)(3) of this Lease. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that fifty-seven thousand (57,000) cases of wine are expected to be produced by Tenant in the Winery during the first Rent Year.
 
(5)           Commencing on September 30, 2012 and on each September 30 of the Term thereafter, the Winery Rent for the immediately preceding Rent Year shall be reconciled pursuant to this Section 4(c)(5) and Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a written statement showing the number of cases of wine actually produced by Tenant in the Winery during the immediately preceding Rent Year (each a " Production Report "). If the production totals set forth in such Production Report exceed the forecasts set forth in the applicable Estimated Production Report, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, no later than November 15 of that Rent Year, an amount equal to the product of the applicable Per Case Value multiplied by the greater of the number of cases of wine actually produced as stated in the Production Report or fifty-seven thousand (57,000) cases, less the Winery Rent previously paid.
 
(d)            Tasting Room Rent . The annual rent to be paid by Tenant to Landlord for the Tasting Room shall be Ninety Thousand Dollars ($90,000) (the " Tasting Room Rent "); provided, however, no Tasting Room Rent shall be due to Landlord until April 1, 2011 and on the first (l') day of each month thereafter during the Term. On every Rent Adjustment Date, the Tasting Room Rent shall be increased by three percent (3%).
 
(e)            Prorations . Monthly Rent for any partial month shall be prorated at the rate of one-thirtieth (1/30th) of the Monthly Rent per day. If this Lease terminates before the expiration date for reasons other than Tenant's default, Month Rent shall be prorated to the date of such termination and shall be reconciled pursuant to Section 4(c)(5).
 
5.              Late Charge; Interest . If any installment of Monthly Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within fifteen (15) business days of the date due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) as a late charge, plus interest at ten percent (10%) per annum. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that such charges, interest, and fees represent a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord may incur by reason of Tenant's late payment. Tenant's payment or Landlord's acceptance of any such charges, interest, or fees shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord's right to collect such charges, interest, or fees shall not be deemed an extension of the date Monthly Rent is due, or prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement or under law.
 
 
4

 
 
6.              Personal Property Taxes .
 
(a)            Tenant Property . Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees, and other charges that are levied and assessed on Tenant's personal property installed or located in or on the Premises, and that become payable during the Term. Upon written request by Landlord, Tenant shall furnish Landlord satisfactory evidence of these payments.
 
(b)            Landlord Property . Landlord shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees, and other charges that are levied and assessed on Landlord's personal property, fixtures and equipment installed or located in or on the Premises, and that become payable during the Term. Upon written request by Tenant, Landlord shall furnish Tenant satisfactory evidence of these payments.
 
7.              Real Property Taxes . Landlord shall pay all real property taxes and general and special assessments levied and assessed against the Premises.
 
8.             Use . The Premises shall be used as a winery and tasting room and for activities related to such uses. No use shall be made or permitted to be made of the Premises, nor acts done in or about the Premises, which will in any way conflict with any law, ordinance, rule or regulation affecting the occupancy or use of the Premises which has been or is subsequently enacted or promulgated by any public authority, or which will increase the existing rate of insurance upon the building, or cause a cancellation of any insurance policy covering the building or any part thereof, nor shall Tenant sell, or permit to be kept, used or sold in or about the Premises, any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire insurance policy.
 
Permits for the operation of the Premises for the production of alcoholic beverages shall be maintained in accordance with the terms of the Interim Management Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .
 
9.              Utilities . Tenant shall pay for all utilities and services relating to the Premises, including without limitation janitorial, security services, electricity, gas, propane, telephone, cable, Internet service, water, septic, garbage, and recycling services (collectively, " Utilities "). If any Utilities are not separately metered to the Premises or otherwise separately provided for (collectively, " Shared Utilities "), (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent a reasonable portion, to be determined by Landlord in a manner reflecting actual usage, of the charges for such Shared Utilities; and (ii) Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of all charges for such Shared Utilities used by all other tenants or occupants of the Property. Landlord shall use its best efforts to have all utilities separately metered to each tenant within the first year of the Term.
 
10.            Maintenance and Repairs .
 
(a)            Tenant Responsibilities .
 
(1)            General Responsibilities . Subject to Section 10(a)(2), Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, keep, repair and maintain the Premises, including all equipment, trade fixtures, plumbing fixtures, electrical components, interior wall surfaces, floor and floor coverings, any and all alterations and additions made by Tenant, and signs located in the areas which are adjacent to or included with the Premises, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition. Tenant shall, at Tenant's own expense, immediately replace all interior, exterior or other glass in or about the Premises that may be broken during the Term with glass at least equal to the specification and quality of the glass so replaced.
 
 
5

 
 
(2)            Limitations . Notwithstanding Section 10(a)(1), Tenant's maintenance and repair responsibilities shall be limited as follows:
 
(A)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance, regardless of location, if the cost of such repair or maintenance would exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000), except for repairs necessitated solely by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(B)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance on the exterior of the Premises, except that Tenant shall be responsible for any repairs necessitated solely by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(C)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance on any equipment, fixture, system, or component if such equipment, fixture, system, or component is (including any portion thereof) located on the exterior of the Premises, underground, under any floor, on any roof, above any suspended ceiling, or inside any wall or crawlspace.
 
(D)           Tenant shall not be required to perform any repair or maintenance on any structural component of the Premises (including, without limitation, any roof, roof surface, subfloor, foundation, or any structural component of any wall) regardless of location.
 
(E)           Tenant shall not be required to make any capital improvements or replace any equipment located within the Premises.
 
(b)            Landlord Responsibilities .
 
(1)            Repairs to Premises . Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, keep, repair and maintain:
 
(A)           all of the Premises' systems (including any portion thereof) located underground, under any floor, on any roof, above any suspended ceiling, or inside any wall or crawlspace including, with limitation, all electrical and gas systems, plumbing systems, and HVAC systems, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition; and
 
(B)           all of the Premises' structural components (including, without limitation, any roof, roof surface, subfloor, foundation, or any structural component of any wall or ceiling) regardless of location, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition.
 
 
6

 
 
(2)            Common Areas . Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, keep, repair and maintain all common areas of the Property, including, without limitation, all walks, driveways, parking and loading areas, lighting, fences, and lawns and landscaping, in all respects in good repair and in a clean and safe condition.
 
(3)            Major Repairs . Any required repair or maintenance to any portion of the Premises including, without limitation, all improvements, equipment, walls, floors, subfloors, floor coverings, and structural or nonstructural portion of any building where the cost of such repair or maintenance would equal or exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord, except for repairs necessitated solely by Tenant's gross negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(4)            Building Exteriors . Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, maintain and repair all roofs (including surfaces) and all exterior walls of the Premises, regardless of cost.
 
(c)           All maintenance and repair work undertaken, or caused to be undertaken, by Tenant or Landlord shall be done in a workmanlike manner.
 
11.            Alterations .
 
(a)            Consent of Landlord . Except as provided in Section 12, Tenant shall not make any alterations to any portion of the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent. Unless otherwise provided by written agreement, all alterations shall be done at Tenant's sole cost and shall be done by or under the direction of Landlord, and shall be the property of Landlord and shall remain on and be surrendered with the Premises on expiration or termination of the Term.
 
(b)            Notice . If Tenant makes any alterations to the Premises, as provided herein, the alterations shall not be commenced until two (2) days after Landlord has received notice from Tenant stating the date the installation of the alterations is to commence, so that Landlord can post and record an appropriate notice of non-responsibility.
 
12.            Trade Fixtures . Subject to the provisions of Section 11, Tenant may install and maintain its trade fixtures on the Premises, provided that such fixtures, by reason of the manner in which they are affixed, do not become an integral part of the building or Premises. Tenant, if not in default hereunder, may at any time or from time to time during the Term hereof, or upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, alter or remove any such trade fixtures so installed by Tenant. If not so removed by Tenant on or before the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant, upon the request of Landlord so to do, shall thereupon remove the same. Any damage to the Premises caused by any such installation, alteration or removal of such trade fixtures shall be promptly repaired at the expense of Tenant.
 
13.            Mechanics' Liens .
 
(a)            Cost . Except as otherwise agreed on in writing by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall pay all costs for construction done by it, or caused to be done by it, on the Premise s, permitted by this Lease. Tenant shall keep the Premises free and clear of all mechanics' liens resulting from construction done by or for Tenant.
 
 
7

 
 
(b)            Validity and Contest of Lien . Tenant shall have the right to contest the correctness or validity of any such lien if, immediately on demand by Landlord, Tenant procures and records a lien release bond issued by a corporation authorized to issue surety bonds in California in an amount equal to one and one-half (1-1/2) times the amount of the claim of the lien. The bond shall meet the requirements of Section 3143 of the California Civil Code and shall provide for the payment of any sum that the claimant may recover on the claim (together with costs of suit, if it recovers in the action).
 
14.            Indemnification .
 
(a)            Indemnification of Landlord . Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees and court costs) arising from or relating to Tenant's use of the Premises, the conduct of Tenant's business, any activity, work or things done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any of Tenant's customers, agents, contractors, or employees in or about the Premises or elsewhere, or any negligence of Tenant or any of Tenant's agents, contractors, or employees.
 
(b)            Indemnification of Tenant . Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorney fees and court costs) arising from or relating to Landlord's or any of Landlord's other tenants' use of the Property, the conduct of Landlord's or any of Landlord's other tenants' business, any activity, work or things done, permitted or suffered by Landlord or any of Landlord's other tenants agents, contractors, or employees in or about the Property or elsewhere, or any negligence of Landlord or any of Landlord's other tenants, agents, contractors, or employees.
 
15.            Insurance .
 
(a)            General Liability . Tenant at its sole cost and expense, but for the mutual benefit of Landlord and Tenant as named insureds, shall maintain commercial general liability insurance (" Liability Insurance ") on an "occurrence basis" against claims for "personal injury," including without limitation, bodily injury, death or property damage, occurring upon, in or about the Premises and on, in or about the adjoining sidewalks, streets and passageways and for all other areas appurtenant thereto, such insurance to afford immediate minimum protection, at the time of the inception of this Lease, and at all times during the Term, to a limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) with respect to personal injury or death to any one or more persons or to damage to property. Such insurance shall also include coverage against liability for bodily injury or property damage arising out of the use, by or on behalf of Tenant, or any other person or organization, of any owned, non-owned, leased or hired automotive equipment in the conduct of any and all operations called for under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. Tenant shall increase the amount of such insurance from time to time as mandated by Landlord to maintain commercially reasonable amounts of insurance.
 
 
8

 
 
(b)            Extended Coverage . During the Term, Landlord shall keep the Premises and all improvements, fixtures and personal property therein and thereupon insured against loss or damage by fire and lightning and against loss or damage by other risks embraced by coverage, of the type now known as the broad form of extended coverage, including but not limited to fire, riot and civil commotion, vandalism and malicious mischief, special extended perils (all risk) and sprinkler leakage, and against such other risks or hazards as Landlord may from time to time reasonably designate, in amounts sufficient to prevent Landlord or Tenant from becoming a coinsurer under the terms of the applicable policies, but in any event in an amount not less than the full replacement cost of all such improvements, fixtures and personal property, without deduction for physical depreciation.
 
(c)            Tenant's Personal Property . Tenant shall maintain on all of its personal property, Tenant's improvements, and alterations in, on, or about the Premises, a policy of standard fire and extended coverage insurance, with vandalism and malicious mischief endorsements, to the extent of at least ninety percent (90%) of their full replacement value. The proceeds from any such policy shall be used by Tenant for the replacement of personal property or the restoration of Tenant's improvements or alterations.
 
(d)            Payment of Premiums . Each party shall pay the premiums for the insurance they are required to maintain under this Lease.
 
(e)            Policy Provisions . Each insurance policy maintained by Tenant under this Lease shall contain a provision requiring thirty (30) days' written notice from the insurance company to Landlord before any cancellation or change in the coverage, scope, or amount of the policy. Each policy, or a certificate of the policy, together with evidence of payment of premiums, shall be deposited with the other party at the commencement of the term, and on renewal of the policy, not less than twenty (20) days before expiration of the term of the policy.
 
16.            Waiver of Subrogation .
 
(a)            Waiver . The parties release each other, and their respective authorized representatives, from any claims for damage to any person, or to the Premises and to the fixtures, personal property, Tenant's improvements, and alterations of either Landlord or Tenant in or on the Premises that are caused by or result from the risks insured against under any insurance policies carried by the parties and in force at the time of any such damage.
 
(b)            Insurance . Each party shall cause each insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either party in connection with any damage covered by any policy. Neither party shall be liable to the other for any damage caused by fire or any of the risks insured against under any insurance policy required by this Lease. If any insurance policy cannot be obtained with a waiver of subrogation, or is obtainable only by the payment of an additional premium charge above that charged by insurance companies issuing policies without waiver of subrogation, the party undertaking to obtain the insurance shall notify the other party of this fact. The other party shall have a period of ten (10) days after receiving the notice either to place the insurance with a company that is reasonably satisfactory to the other party and that will carry the insurance with a waiver of subrogation, or to agree to pay the additional premium if such policy is obtainable at additional cost. If the insurance cannot be obtained or the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium charged, the other party is relieved of the obligation to obtain a waiver of subrogation rights with respect to the particular insurance involved.
 
 
9

 
 
17.            Destruction . If the whole or any part of the Premises shall be destroyed by fire or other cause, or be so damaged thereby that they are untenantable and cannot be rendered tenantable within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such destruction or damage, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice. Within forty-five (45) days from date of such destruction or damage, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant as to whether or not the Premises will be rendered tenantable within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of such destruction or damage. In case the damage or destruction does not permit termination of the Lease as provided above, or neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate the Lease as provided above, Landlord shall within a reasonable time, render said Premises tenantable. The provisions of Sections 1932(2) and. 1933(4) of the California Civil Code shall not apply to this Lease, and Tenant waives the benefit of such provisions.
 
18.            Condemnation . Should the whole or any part of the Premises be condemned and taken by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, all awards payable on account of such condemnation and taking shall be payable to Landlord, and Tenant hereby waives all interest in or claim to such awards, or any part thereof. If the whole of the Premises shall be so condemned and taken, then this Lease shall terminate. If only a part of the Premises is condemned and taken and the remaining portion thereof is not suitable for the purposes for which Tenant has leased said Premises, this Lease shall terminate. If only a part of the Premises is condemned and taken and the remaining portion thereof is suitable for the purposes for which Tenant has leased said Premises, this Lease shall continue, but the rental shall be reduced in an amount proportionate to the value of the portion taken as it related to the total value of the Premises.
 
19.            Assignment and Subletting . Tenant shall not assign, mortgage or pledge this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or allow any other person (the agents and servants of Tenant excepted) to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof.
 
20.            Tenant's Obligations Upon Termination . In addition to any other obligation contained in this Lease, upon termination hereof, Tenant shall (i) give Landlord all copies of all keys or opening devices to the Premises; (ii) vacate the Premises and surrender it to Landlord empty of all persons and personal property; (iii) vacate all parking and storage spaces; (iv) deliver the Premises to Landlord in the same condition specified in Section 2(c), normal wear and tear excepted, and in broom-clean condition; and (v) give written notice to Landlord of Tenant's forwarding address.
 
21.            Insolvency and Receivership . Either the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all, of the assets of Tenant or a general assignment by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any action taken or suffered by Tenant under any insolvency or bankruptcy act, shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant.
 
 
10

 
 
22.            Default and Re-Entry .
 
(a)            Right of Re-Entry . In the event of any breach of the terms and provisions of this Lease by Tenant, or if Tenant's interest herein, or any part thereof, be assigned or transferred without the written consent of Landlord, either voluntarily or by operation of law, whether by judgment, execution, death, receivership, or any other means, or if Tenant vacates or abandons the Premises, which shall be conclusively presumed if Tenant leaves the Premises closed or unoccupied continuously for twenty (20) days, then in any such event, Landlord, besides other rights or remedies it may have, shall have the immediate right of re-entry and may remove all persons and property from the Premises and may store such property at the cost of and for the account and risk of Tenant.
 
(b)            Possession and Termination . Should Landlord elect to re-enter as herein provided, or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided for by law, it may either terminate this Lease or, pursuant to Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, and even though Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Premises, continue the Lease in effect for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant's right to possession, and Landlord may enforce, all its rights and remedies under the lease, including the right to recover the rent as it becomes due.
 
(c)            Continuation . If Landlord elects to continue the Lease in effect, it may re-lease the Premises, or any part thereof, for such term or terms (which may be for a term extending beyond the Term of this Lease) and at such rental or rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable and shall have the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises.
 
(d)            Received Rents . Rents received by Landlord from such re-letting shall be applied as follows: (i) first, to the payment of any costs and expenses of such re-letting, including a reasonable attorney's fee and any real estate commission actually paid, and any costs and expenses of such alterations and repairs; (ii) second, to the payment of any indebtedness, other than rent, due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; (iii) third, to the payment of rent due and unpaid hereunder; and (iv) the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent or other obligations as the same may become due and payable hereunder. If the net rent from such re-letting during any month after first applying the rent received to such fees, costs, expenses, and other indebtedness, is less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord, and such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly.
 
(e)            Election to Terminate . No such re-entry or taking possession of said Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof be decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Notwithstanding any such re-letting without termination, Landlord may, at any time thereafter, elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.
 
 
11

 
 
(f)            Termination by Landlord . Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any breach, and thereafter seek relief pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, interest shall be allowed upon unpaid rent for the purposes of Section 1951.2(b) at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. Landlord shall be entitled to recover at the time of an award of damages for default the worth of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that Tenant proves could reasonably be avoided. Unless otherwise agreed between the parties, any proof by Tenant under Sections 1951.2(a)(2), 1951.2(a)(3), or 1951.2(c)(1) of the California Civil Code, or any successor statutes, as to the amount of rental loss that could be reasonably avoided, shall be made in the following manner: Landlord and Tenant shall each select a licensed real estate broker in the business of renting property of the same type and use as the leased Premises and in the same geographic vicinity, the real estate brokers so selected shall then select a third real estate broker similarly qualified, and the three so selected shall determine the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably avoided for the balance of the Term of this Lease after the time of award. The decision of the majority of said brokers shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.
 
(g)            Remedies Cumulative . The foregoing rights and remedies shall be in addition to and cumulative with any other rights and remedies available to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or any applicable laws, statutes or regulations.
 
23.            Waiver . The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rental so accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.
 
24.            Removal of Property . Whenever Landlord shall remove any property of Tenant from the Premises and store the same elsewhere for the account, and at the expense and risk, of Tenant, as provided in Section 22, and Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale: first, to the cost and expenses of such sale, including reasonable attorney's fees actually incurred; second, to the payment of the charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof, and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.
 
25.            Waiver of Damages For Re-Entry . Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord's re-entering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing the property of Tenant as herein provided. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any loss, costs or damages occasioned thereby, and no such re-entry shall be considered or construed to be a forcible entry.
 
26.            Litigation Against Tenant . Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord's part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by or against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord the amount of any judgment rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof, and all costs and expenses, including all attorney's fees, incurred by Landlord in or in connection with such litigation.
 
 
12

 
 
27.            Subordination .
 
(a)            Effect of Subordination . This Lease, at Landlord's option, shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or any other hypothecation for security now or hereafter placed upon the Premises and to any and all advances made on the security thereof and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Notwithstanding such subordination, Tenant's right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the provisions of this Lease, unless this Lease is otherwise terminated pursuant to its terms. If any mortgagee, trustee or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease prior to the lien of its mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease, and shall give written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date or recording thereof.
 
(b)            Documentation . Tenant agrees to execute any documents required to effectuate such subordination or to make this Lease prior to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease, as the case may be, and failing to do so within ten (10) days after written demand, does hereby make, constitute and irrevocably appoint Landlord as Tenant's attorney-in-fact and in Tenant's name, place and stead, to do so. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant's failure to deliver documents referred to above may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing or sale transaction. Tenant shall be liable for all consequential damages to Landlord in the event of such failure.
 
28.            Holding Over . If Tenant holds over after the Term hereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month to month only, and not a renewal hereof or an extension for any further, term. In such case, rent shall be payable in the amount and at the time specified in Section 4, and such month to month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained in this Lease.
 
29.            Entry and Inspection . Tenant will permit Landlord and its agents to enter into and upon the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting the same, or for the purpose of protecting the interest therein of Landlord, or to post notices of non-responsibility, or to make alterations or additions to the Premises, including the erection of scaffolding, props or other mechanical devices, or to provide any service provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, without any rebate of rent to Tenant for any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, or damage, injury or inconvenience thereby occasioned. Tenant will permit Landlord to bring prospective tenants or purchasers upon the Premises, for purposes of inspection or display. Landlord shall give Tenant twenty-four (24) hours' prior notice to any entry or inspection, unless shorter notice is reasonable under the circumstances.
 
 
13

 
 
30.            Sale or Transfer of Premises . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c), if Landlord sells or transfers all or any portion of the Premises, Landlord, on consummation of the sale or transfer, shall be released from any liability thereafter accruing under this Lease. If any security deposit or prepaid rent has been paid by Tenant, Landlord can transfer the security deposit or prepaid rent to Landlord's successor and on such transfer Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference to the security deposit or prepaid rent.
 
31.            Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after written request therefore, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, in a form provided by or satisfactory to Landlord, a certificate stating that this Lease is in full force and effect, describing any amendments or modifications hereto, acknowledging that this Lease is subordinate or prior, as the case may be, to any encumbrances, and stating any other information Landlord may reasonably request, including the Term, the Monthly Rent, the date to which rent has been paid, the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent, whether either party hereto is in default under the terms of the Lease, and whether Landlord has completed its construction obligations hereunder (if any). Any person or entity purchasing, acquiring an interest in, or extending financing with respect to the Premises shall be entitled to rely upon any such estoppel certificate. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate within ten (10) days after Landlord's written request therefore, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any damages incurred by Landlord including any profits or other benefits from any financing of the Premises or any interest therein which are lost or made unavailable as a result, directly or indirectly, of Tenant's failure or refusal to timely execute or deliver such estoppel certificate,
 
32.            Signs . Tenant may not erect or have erected any signs at or upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.
 
33.            Miscellaneous Provisions .
 
(a)            Notice . Any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be given in writing and delivered as described herein. A notice shall be deemed effectively given as follows: (i) upon personal delivery; (ii) one (1) business day after transmission by electronic means, provided such transmission is electronically confirmed as having been successfully transmitted and a copy of such notice is deposited within 24 hours for either overnight delivery or for registered or certified mail, in accordance with clause (iii) or (iv) below, respectively; (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service, prepaid for overnight delivery; or (iv) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Postal Service, postage prepaid, registered or certified with return receipt requested. Addresses for notice shall be as follows, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days' advance written notice to the parties:
 
If to Tenant:
 
H.D.D. LLC
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg CA 95448
Attn:   Managers
 
 
14

 
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP
90 South E Street, Suite 200
Santa Rosa, California 95404
Attn:  Kevin J. McCullough
 
If to Landlord:
 
Hambrecht Wine Group, L.P.
c/o Hambrecht Wine Management, Inc. 4035 Westside Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attn:   William R. Hambrecht
 
With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:
 
WR Hambrecht & Co
Pier 1, Bay 3
San Francisco, CA 94111
Attn:  Helen Miazga
 
(b)            Legal Representation . The parties acknowledge that the law firm of Spaulding McCullough & Tansil LLP has prepared this Lease and represents solely the interests of Tenant. Landlord hereby represents and warrants that such party has received, or has had the opportunity and adequate time to receive, independent tax and legal advise from counsel of such party's choice with respect to the advisability of entering into and performing such party's obligations under this Lease. Each party hereto represents and warrants that such party has read and understands the terms and conditions of this Lease.
 
(c)            Entire Agreement . This Lease constitutes and embodies the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings of the parties hereto, whether written or oral.
 
(d)            Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein.
 
(e)            Construction . Any rule of construction to the affect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in interpreting this Lease. Every covenant, term, and provision of this Lease shall be construed simply according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. All words used herein will be construed to be of the gender or number the circumstances require. Terms that are not specifically defined herein shall be given their ordinary meaning.
 
(f)            Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Lease may be amended and the observance of any term of this Lease may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the party or parties to be bound thereby. No delay in the exercise of any right or remedy under this Lease shall constitute a waiver thereof and the waiver by any party of any right or remedy under this Lease on any one occasion shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or remedy on any subsequent occasion.
 
 
15

 
 
(g)            Headings . The titles and subtitles used in this Lease are used for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Lease.
 
(h)            Governing Law Venue . This Lease shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. The parties consent to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the County of Sonoma in the State of California.
 
(i)            Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Lease shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Lease shall be or become prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Lease.
 
(j)            Arbitration . Any controversy between the parties involving the construction or application of any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Lease shall, on written request of one party served on the other, be submitted to binding arbitration, and such arbitration shall comply with and be governed by the provisions of the California Arbitration Act, Section 1280-1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. This provision shall not prohibit the parties from filing a judicial action to enable the recording of a notice of pending action or order of attachment, receivership, injunction, or other provisional remedy.
 
(k)            Attorneys' Fees . If any legal action or other proceeding, including arbitration or action for declaratory relief; is brought for the enforcement of this Lease (including any action by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises) or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs, in addition to any other relief to which the party may be entitled. As used herein, "prevailing party" shall include without limitation: (i) the party who dismisses an action in exchange for sums allegedly due; (ii) the party who receives performance from the other party of an alleged breach of covenant or a desired remedy where that is substantially equal to the relief sought in an action; or (iii) the party determined to be the prevailing party by a court of law or arbitrator.
 
(1)            Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
16

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.
 
 
LANDLORD:
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
 a California limited partnership
   
  By:
HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC.,
   
a California corporation
  Its:
General Partner
     
 
   
By:
/s/ William R. Hambrecht
      William R. Hambrecht, Chairman
 

 
 
TENANT:
 
H.D.D. LLC,
 a California limited liability company
   
   
  By: /s/ Phillip L. Hurst
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
     
     
  By: /s/ Mark De Meulenaere
   
Mark De Meulenaere, Manager
     

 
Exhibit :
A – Interim Management Agreement

 
17

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
INTERIM MANAGE M ENT AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

EXHIBIT 10.14
 
TRUETT-HURST, INC.
 
2012 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
1.              Purposes of the Plan .  The purposes of this Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business.
 
2.              Definitions .  The following definitions shall apply as used herein and in the individual Award Agreements except as defined otherwise in an individual Award Agreement.  In the event a term is separately defined in an individual Award Agreement, such definition shall supersede the definition contained in this Section 2.
 
(a)           “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of the Committees appointed to administer the Plan.
 
(b)           “ Affiliate ” and “ Associate ” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act.
 
(c)           “ Applicable Laws ” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of federal securities laws, state corporate and securities laws, the Code, the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any non-U.S. jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.
 
(d)           “ Assumed ” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction either (i) the Award is expressly affirmed by the Company or (ii) the contractual obligations represented by the Award are expressly assumed (and not simply by operation of law) by the successor entity or its Parent in connection with the Corporate Transaction with appropriate adjustments to the number and type of securities of the successor entity or its Parent subject to the Award and the exercise or purchase price thereof which at least preserves the compensation element of the Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction as determined in accordance with the instruments evidencing the agreement to assume the Award.
 
(e)           “ Award ” means the grant of an Option, SAR, Dividend Equivalent Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit or other right or benefit under the Plan.
 
(f)            “ Award Agreement ” means the written agreement evidencing the grant of an Award executed by the Company and the Grantee, including any amendments thereto.
 
(g)           “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
(h)              Cause ” means, with respect to the termination by the Company or a Related Entity of the Grantee’s Continuous Service, that such termination is for “Cause” as such term (or word of like import) is expressly defined in a then-effective written agreement between the Grantee and the Company or such Related Entity, or in the absence of such then-effective written agreement and definition, is based on, in the determination of the Administrator, the Grantee’s:  (i) performance of any act or failure to perform any act in bad faith and to the detriment of the Company or a Related Entity; (ii) dishonesty, intentional misconduct or material breach of any agreement with the Company or a Related Entity; or (iii) commission of a crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, or physical or emotional harm to any person; provided, however, that with regard to any agreement that defines “Cause” on the occurrence of or in connection with a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control, such definition of “Cause” shall not apply until a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control actually occurs.
 
 
 

 
 
(i)            “ Change in Control   means a change in ownership or control of the Company after the Registration Date effected through either of the following transactions:
 
(i)            the direct or indirect acquisition by any person or related group of persons (other than an acquisition from or by the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan or by a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made directly to the Company’s stockholders which a majority of the Continuing Directors who are not Affiliates or Associates of the offeror do not recommend such stockholders accept, or
 
(ii)           a change in the composition of the Board over a period of twelve (12) months or less such that a majority of the Board members (rounded up to the next whole number) ceases, by reason of one or more contested elections for Board membership, to be comprised of individuals who are Continuing Directors.
 
(j)            “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
(k)           “ Committee ” means any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.
 
(l)            “ Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.
 
(m)           “ Company ” means Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor entity that adopts the Plan in connection with a Corporate Transaction.
 
(n)           “ Consultant ” means any person (other than an Employee or a Director, solely with respect to rendering services in such person’s capacity as a Director) who is engaged by the Company or any Related Entity to render consulting or advisory services to the Company or such Related Entity.
 
(o)           “ Continuing Directors ” means members of the Board who either (i) have been Board members continuously for a period of at least twelve (12) months or (ii) have been Board members for less than twelve (12) months and were elected or nominated for election as Board members by at least a majority of the Board members described in clause (i) who were still in office at the time such election or nomination was approved by the Board.
 
 
2

 
 
(p)           “ Continuous Service ” means that the provision of services to the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant is not interrupted or terminated.  In jurisdictions requiring notice in advance of an effective termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant, Continuous Service shall be deemed terminated upon the actual cessation of providing services to the Company or a Related Entity notwithstanding any required notice period that must be fulfilled before a termination as an Employee, Director or Consultant can be effective under Applicable Laws.  A Grantee’s Continuous Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Continuous Service or upon the entity for which the Grantee provides services ceasing to be a Related Entity.  Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any approved leave of absence, (ii) transfers among the Company, any Related Entity, or any successor, in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant, or (iii) any change in status as long as the individual remains in the service of the Company or a Related Entity in any capacity of Employee, Director or Consultant (except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, in the event of any spin-off of a Related Entity, service as an Employee, Director or Consultant for such Related Entity following such spin-off shall be deemed to be Continuous Service for purposes of the Plan and any Award under the Plan.  An approved leave of absence shall include sick leave, military leave, or any other authorized personal leave.  For purposes of each Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, if such leave exceeds three (3) months, and reemployment upon expiration of such leave is not guaranteed by statute or contract, then the Incentive Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one (1) day following the expiration of such three (3) month period.
 
(q)           “ Corporate Transaction ” means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Administrator shall determine under parts (iv) and (v) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:
 
(i)             a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the state in which the Company is incorporated;
 
(ii)            the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;
 
(iii)           the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
 
(iv)           any reverse merger or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse merger (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse merger) in which the Company is the surviving entity but (A) the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such merger are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than forty percent (40%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such merger or the initial transaction culminating in such merger,   , but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or
 
 
3

 
 
(v)           acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Administrator determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.
 
(r)           “ Covered Employee ” means an Employee who is a “covered employee” under Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.
 
(s)           “ Designated Entity ” means any Affiliate or any other entity designated by the Administrator for participation in the Plan.
 
(t)            “ Director ” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of any Related Entity.
 
(u)           “ Disability ” means as defined under the long-term disability policy of the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides services regardless of whether the Grantee is covered by such policy.  If the Company or the Related Entity to which the Grantee provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Grantee is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Grantee by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days.  A Grantee will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Administrator in its discretion.
 
(v)           “ Dividend Equivalent Right ” means a right entitling the Grantee to compensation measured by dividends paid with respect to Common Stock.
 
(w)           “ Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is in the employ of the Company or any Related Entity, subject to the control and direction of the Company or any Related Entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.  The payment of a director’s fee by the Company or a Related Entity shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
 
(x)           “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(y)           “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
 
(i)           If the Common Stock is listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation The NASDAQ Global Select Market, The NASDAQ Global Market or The NASDAQ Capital Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Common Stock is listed (as determined by the Administrator) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;
 
 
4

 
 
(ii)            If the Common Stock is regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or
 
(iii)           In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock of the type described in (i) and (ii), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Administrator in good faith.
 
(z)            “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events or conditions unless consented to by the Grantee (and the Grantee shall be deemed to have consented to any such event or condition unless the Grantee provides written notice of the Grantee’s non-acquiescence within 30 days of the effective time of such event or condition):
 
(i)             a change in the Grantee’s responsibilities or duties which represents a material and substantial diminution in the Grantee’s responsibilities or duties as in effect immediately preceding the change;
 
(ii)            a reduction in the Grantee’s base salary to a level below that in effect at any time within six (6) months preceding the reduction; provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of substantially all other individuals in positions similar to the Grantee’s by the same percentage amount shall not constitute such a salary reduction; or
 
(iii)           requiring the Grantee to be based at any place outside a 50-mile radius from the Grantee’s job location except for reasonably required travel on business.
 
(aa)           “ Grantee ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant who receives an Award under the Plan.
 
(bb)           “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
 
(cc)           “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
 
(dd)           “ Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Entity within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(ee)           “ Option ” means an option to purchase Shares pursuant to an Award Agreement granted under the Plan.
 
(ff)            “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
 
5

 
 
(gg)           “ Performance-Based Compensation ” means compensation qualifying as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
(hh)           “ Plan ” means this 2012 Stock Incentive Plan.
 
(ii)      “ Registration Date ” means the first to occur of (i) the closing of the first sale to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (A) the Common Stock or (B) the same class of securities of a successor corporation (or its Parent) issued pursuant to a Corporate Transaction in exchange for or in substitution of the Common Stock; and (ii) in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the date of the consummation of the Corporate Transaction if the same class of securities of the successor corporation (or its Parent) issuable in such Corporate Transaction shall have been sold to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on or prior to the date of consummation of such Corporate Transaction.
 
(jj)            “ Related Entity ” means any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or a Designated Entity.
 
(kk)           “ Replaced ” means that pursuant to a Corporate Transaction the Award is replaced with a comparable stock award or a cash incentive program of the Company, the successor entity (if applicable) or Parent of either of them which preserves the compensation element of such Award existing at the time of the Corporate Transaction and provides for subsequent payout in accordance with the same (or a more favorable) vesting schedule applicable to such Award.  The determination of Award comparability shall be made by the Administrator and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
 
(ll)      “ Restricted Stock ” means Shares issued under the Plan to the Grantee for such consideration, if any, and subject to such restrictions on transfer, rights of first refusal, repurchase provisions, forfeiture provisions, and other terms and conditions as established by the Administrator.
 
(mm)           “ Restricted Stock Units ” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon the passage of time or the attainment of performance criteria established by the Administrator and which may be settled for cash, Shares or other securities or a combination of cash, Shares or other securities as established by the Administrator.
 
(nn)           “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.
 
(oo)           “ SAR ” means a stock appreciation right entitling the Grantee to Shares or cash compensation, as established by the Administrator, measured by appreciation in the value of Common Stock.
 
(pp)           “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock.
 
 
6

 
 
(qq)           “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
3.              Stock Subject to the Plan .
 
(a)           Subject to the provisions of Section  10 , below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Stock Options) is 10,000 Shares, plus an annual increase to be added on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year beginning after the Registration Date equal to the least of (x) 1,000 Shares, (y) one percent (1%) of the number of Shares outstanding as of such date, or (z) a lesser number of Shares determined by the Administrator.  SARs payable in Shares shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan only by the net number of actual Shares issued to the Grantee upon exercise of the SAR.  The Shares to be issued pursuant to Awards may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.
 
(b)      To the extent not prohibited by the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (or other established stock exchange or national market system on which the Common Stock is traded) or Applicable Law, any Shares covered by an Award which are surrendered (i) in payment of the Award exercise or purchase price (including pursuant to the “net exercise” of an option pursuant to Section 7(b)(v)) or (ii) in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise of an Award shall be deemed not to have been issued for purposes of determining the maximum number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards under the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.
 
4.              Administration of the Plan .
 
(a)            Plan Administrator .
 
(i)            Administration with Respect to Directors and Officers .  With respect to grants of Awards to Directors or Employees who are also Officers or Directors of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws and to permit such grants and related transactions under the Plan to be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act in accordance with Rule 16b-3.  Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.
 
(ii)            Administration With Respect to Consultants and Other Employees .  With respect to grants of Awards to Employees or Consultants who are neither Directors nor Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee designated by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted in such a manner as to satisfy the Applicable Laws.  Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  The Board may authorize one or more Officers to grant such Awards and may limit such authority as the Board determines from time to time.
 
 
7

 
 
(iii)            Administration With Respect to Covered Employees .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as of and after the date that the exemption for the Plan under Section 162(m) of the Code expires, as set forth in Section 18 below, grants of Awards to any Covered Employee intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be made only by a Committee (or subcommittee of a Committee) which is comprised solely of two or more Directors eligible to serve on a committee making Awards qualifying as Performance-Based Compensation.  In the case of such Awards granted to Covered Employees, references to the “Administrator” or to a “Committee” shall be deemed to be references to such Committee or subcommittee.
 
(iv)            Administration Errors .  In the event an Award is granted in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this subsection (a), such Award shall be presumptively valid as of its grant date to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws.
 
(b)            Powers of the Administrator .  Subject to Applicable Laws and the provisions of the Plan (including any other powers given to the Administrator hereunder), and except as otherwise provided by the Board, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:
 
(i)             to select the Employees, Directors and Consultants to whom Awards may be granted from time to time hereunder;
 
(ii)            to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;
 
(iii)           to determine the number of Shares or the amount of other consideration to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
 
(iv)           to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;
 
(v)            to determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted hereunder;
 
(vi)             to amend the terms of any outstanding Award granted under the Plan, provided that any amendment that would adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under an outstanding Award shall not be made without the Grantee’s written consent, provided, however, that an amendment or modification that may cause an Incentive Stock Option to become a Non-Qualified Stock Option shall not be treated as adversely affecting the rights of the Grantee;
 
(vii)          to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards, including without limitation, any notice of award or Award Agreement, granted pursuant to the   Plan;
 
(viii)         to grant Awards to Employees, Directors and Consultants employed outside the United States on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan as may, in the judgment of the Administrator, be necessary or desirable to further the purpose of the Plan; and
 
(ix)           to take such other action, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator deems appropriate.
 
 
8

 
 
The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Administrator shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Administrator; provided that the Administrator may not exercise any right or power reserved to the Board.  Any decision made, or action taken, by the Administrator or in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in the Plan.
 
(c)            Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or as Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity, members of the Board and any Officers or Employees of the Company or a Related Entity to whom authority to act for the Board, the Administrator or the Company is delegated shall be defended and indemnified by the Company to the extent permitted by law on an after-tax basis against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any Award granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days after the institution of such claim, investigation, action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at the Company’s expense to defend the same.
 
5.              Eligibility .  Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees of the Company or a Parent or a Subsidiary of the Company.  An Employee, Director or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.  Awards may be granted to such Employees, Directors or Consultants who are residing in non-U.S. jurisdictions as the Administrator may determine from time to time.
 
6.              Terms and Conditions of Awards .
 
(a)            Types of Awards . The Administrator is authorized under the Plan to award any type of arrangement to an Employee, Director or Consultant that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of (i) Shares, (ii) cash, (iii) an Option, (iv) a SAR, or (v) a similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more events, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions.  Such awards include, without limitation, Options, SARs, sales or bonuses of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Dividend Equivalent Rights, and an Award may consist of one such security or benefit, or two (2) or more of them in any combination or alternative.
 
 
9

 
 
(b)            Designation of Award .  Each Award shall be designated in the Award Agreement.  In the case of an Option, the Option shall be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  However, notwithstanding such designation, an Option will qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded.  The $100,000 limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is calculated based on the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to Options designated as Incentive Stock Options which become exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company).  For purposes of this calculation, Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the grant date of the relevant Option.  In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the date the Plan becomes effective to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to Incentive Stock Options, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.
 
(c)            Conditions of Award .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms, and conditions of each Award including, but not limited to, the Award vesting schedule, repurchase provisions, rights of first refusal, forfeiture provisions, form of payment (cash, Shares, or other consideration) upon settlement of the Award, payment contingencies, and satisfaction of any performance criteria.  The performance criteria established by the Administrator may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following:  (i) increase in share price, (ii) earnings per share, (iii) total stockholder return, (iv) operating margin, (v) gross margin, (vi) return on equity, (vii) return on assets, (viii) return on investment, (ix) operating income, (x) net operating income, (xi) pre-tax profit, (xii) cash flow, (xiii) revenue, (xiv) expenses, (xv) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, (xvi) economic value added and (xvii) market share.  The performance criteria may be applicable to the Company, Related Entities and/or any individual business units of the Company or any Related Entity.  Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in a payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Award Agreement.  In addition, the performance criteria shall be calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, but excluding the effect (whether positive or negative) of any change in accounting standards and any extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring item, as determined by the Administrator, occurring after the establishment of the performance criteria applicable to the Award intended to be performance-based compensation.  Each such adjustment, if any, shall be made solely for the purpose of providing a consistent basis from period to period for the calculation of performance criteria in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the Grantee’s rights with respect to an Award intended to be performance-based compensation.
 
(d)            Acquisitions and Other Transactions .  The Administrator may issue Awards under the Plan in settlement, assumption or substitution for, outstanding awards or obligations to grant future awards in connection with the Company or a Related Entity acquiring another entity, an interest in another entity or an additional interest in a Related Entity whether by merger, stock purchase, asset purchase or other form of transaction.
 
(e)            Deferral of Award Payment .  The Administrator may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Grantees the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Grantee to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award.  The Administrator may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.
 
 
10

 
 
(f)             Separate Programs .  The Administrator may establish one or more separate programs under the Plan for the purpose of issuing particular forms of Awards to one or more classes of Grantees on such terms and conditions as determined by the Administrator from time to time.
 
(g)            Individual Limitations on Awards .
 
(i)            Individual Limit for Options and SARs .   Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section  18  (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year shall be five thousand (5,000) Shares.  In connection with a Grantee’s commencement of Continuous Service, a Grantee may be granted Options and SARs for up to an additional two thousand five hundred (2,500) Shares which shall not count against the limit set forth in the previous sentence.  The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section  10 , below.  To the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code or the regulations thereunder, in applying the foregoing limitations with respect to a Grantee, if any Option or SAR is canceled, the canceled Option or SAR shall continue to count against the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Options and SARs may be granted to the Grantee.  For this purpose, the repricing of an Option (or in the case of a SAR, the base amount on which the stock appreciation is calculated is reduced to reflect a reduction in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock) shall be treated as the cancellation of the existing Option or SAR and the grant of a new Option or SAR.
 
(ii)            Individual Limit for Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .  Following the date that the exemption from application of Section 162(m) of the Code described in Section 18 (or any exemption having similar effect) ceases to apply to Awards, for awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units that are intended to be Performance-Based Compensation, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which such Awards may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year shall be five thousand (5,000) Shares.  The foregoing limitation shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization pursuant to Section 10, below.
 
(h)            Deferral . If the vesting or receipt of Shares under an Award is deferred to a later date, any amount (whether denominated in Shares or cash) paid in addition to the original number of Shares subject to such Award will not be treated as an increase in the number of Shares subject to the Award if the additional amount is based either on a reasonable rate of interest or on one or more predetermined actual investments such that the amount payable by the Company at the later date will be based on the actual rate of return of a specific investment (including any decrease as well as any increase in the value of an investment).
 
 
11

 
 
(i)            Early Exercise .  The Award Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Grantee may elect at any time while an Employee, Director or Consultant to exercise any part or all of the Award prior to full vesting of the Award.  Any unvested Shares received pursuant to such exercise may be subject to a repurchase right in favor of the Company or a Related Entity or to any other restriction the Administrator determines to be appropriate.
 
(j)            Term of Award .  The term of each Award shall be the term stated in the Award Agreement, provided, however, that the term of an Award shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.  However, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the specified term of any Award shall not include any period for which the Grantee has elected to defer the receipt of the Shares or cash issuable pursuant to the Award.
 
(k)            Transferability of Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee.  Other Awards shall be transferable (i) by will and by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the lifetime of the Grantee, to the extent and in the manner authorized by the Administrator but only to the extent such transfers are made to family members, to family trusts, to family controlled entities, to charitable organizations, and pursuant to domestic relations orders or agreements, in all cases without payment for such transfers to the Grantee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Grantee may designate one or more beneficiaries of the Grantee’s Award in the event of the Grantee’s death on a beneficiary designation form provided by the Administrator.
 
(l)            Time of Granting Awards .  The date of grant of an Award shall for all purposes be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination to grant such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator.
 
7.              Award Exercise or Purchase Price, Consideration and Taxes .
 
(a)            Exercise or Purchase Price .  The exercise or purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:
 
(i)            In the case of an Incentive Stock Option:
 
(A)           granted to an Employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Stock Option owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or
 
 
12

 
 
(B)           granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in the preceding paragraph, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(ii)            In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(iii)           In the case of Awards intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the exercise or purchase price, if any, shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(iv)           In the case of SARs, the base appreciation amount shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.
 
(v)            In the case of other Awards, such price as is determined by the Administrator.
 
(vi)           Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), in the case of an Award issued pursuant to Section 6(d), above, the exercise or purchase price for the Award shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the relevant instrument evidencing the agreement to issue such Award.
 
(b)            Consideration .  Subject to Applicable Laws, the consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise or purchase of an Award including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator.  In addition to any other types of consideration the Administrator may determine, the Administrator is authorized to accept as consideration for Shares issued under the Plan the following, provided that the portion of the consideration equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law:
 
(i)             cash;
 
(ii)            check;
 
(iii)          surrender of Shares or delivery of a properly executed form of attestation of ownership of Shares as the Administrator may require which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender or attestation equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award shall be exercised;
 
(iv)           with respect to Options, if the exercise occurs on or after the Registration Date, payment through a broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Grantee (A) shall provide written instructions to a Company designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of some or all of the purchased Shares and remit to the Company sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased Shares and (B) shall provide written directives to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased Shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale transaction;
 
 
13

 
 
(v)           with respect to Options, payment through a “net exercise” such that, without the payment of any funds, the Grantee may exercise the Option and receive the net number of Shares equal to (i) the number of Shares as to which the Option is being exercised, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Fair Market Value per Share (on such date as is determined by the Administrator) less the exercise price per Share, and the denominator of which is such Fair Market Value per Share (the number of net Shares to be received shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares); or
 
(vi)           any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
 
The Administrator may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Award Agreement described in Section 4(b)(iv), or by other means, grant Awards which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment for the Shares or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.
 
(c)            Taxes .  No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Grantee or other person until such Grantee or other person has made arrangements acceptable to the Administrator for the satisfaction of any non-U.S., federal, state, or local income and employment tax withholding obligations, including, without limitation, obligations incident to the receipt of Shares.  Upon exercise or vesting of an Award the Company shall withhold or collect from the Grantee an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, including, but not limited to, by surrender of the whole number of Shares covered by the Award sufficient to satisfy the minimum applicable tax withholding obligations incident to the exercise or vesting of an Award (reduced to the lowest whole number of Shares if such number of Shares withheld would result in withholding a fractional Share with any remaining tax withholding settled in cash) .
 
8.              Exercise of Award .
 
(a)            Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder .
 
(i)           Any Award granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the Plan and specified in the Award Agreement.
 
(ii)           An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised has been made, including, to the extent selected, use of the broker-dealer sale and remittance procedure to pay the purchase price as provided in Section 7(b)(iv).
 
(b)            Exercise of Award Following Termination of Continuous Service .  In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service for any reason other than Disability or death (but not in the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant or from Consultant to Employee), such Grantee may, but only during the post-termination exercise period (but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the portion of the Grantee’s Award that was vested at the date of such termination or such other portion of the Grantee’s Award as may be determined by the Administrator.  The Grantee’s Award Agreement may provide that upon the termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service for Cause, the Grantee’s right to exercise the Award shall terminate concurrently with the termination of Grantee’s Continuous Service.  In the event of a Grantee’s change of status from Employee to Consultant, an Employee’s Incentive Stock Option shall convert automatically to a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such change of status.  To the extent that the Grantee’s Award was unvested at the date of termination, or if the Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Grantee’s Award within the post-termination exercise period, the Award shall terminate.
 
 
14

 
 
(c)            Disability of Grantee .  In the event of termination of a Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, such Grantee may, but only within six (6) months from the date of such termination (or such longer period as specified in the Award Agreement but in no event later than the expiration date of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement), exercise the portion of the Grantee’s Award that was vested at the date of such termination; provided, however, that if such Disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option such Incentive Stock Option shall automatically convert to a Non-Qualified Stock Option on the day three (3) months and one day following such termination.  To the extent that the Grantee’s Award was unvested at the date of termination, or if Grantee does not exercise the vested portion of the Grantee’s Award within the time specified herein, the Award shall terminate.
 
(d)            Death of Grantee .  In the event of a termination of the Grantee’s Continuous Service as a result of his or her death, or in the event of the death of the Grantee during the post-termination exercise period or during the six (6) month period following the Grantee’s termination of Continuous Service as a result of his or her Disability, the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Award by bequest or inheritance may exercise the portion of the Grantee’s Award that was vested as of the date of termination, within six (6) months from the date of death (or such longer period as specified in the Award Agreement but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement).  To the extent that, at the time of death, the Grantee’s Award was unvested, or if the Grantee’s estate or a person who acquired the right to exercise the Award by bequest or inheritance does not exercise the vested portion of the Grantee’s Award within the time specified herein, the Award shall terminate.
 
(e)            Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Award within the applicable time periods set forth in this Section 8 is prevented by the provisions of Section 9 below, the Award shall remain exercisable until one (1) month after the date the Grantee is notified by the Company that the Award is exercisable, but in any event no later than the expiration of the term of such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement and only in a manner and to the extent permitted under Code Section 409A.
 
9.              Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .
 
(a)      If at any time the Administrator determines that the delivery of Shares pursuant to the exercise, vesting or any other provision of an Award is or may be unlawful under Applicable Laws, the vesting or right to exercise an Award or to otherwise receive Shares pursuant to the terms of an Award shall be suspended until the Administrator determines that such delivery is lawful and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.  The Company shall have no obligation to effect any registration or qualification of the Shares under federal or state laws.
 
 
15

 
 
(b)      As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any Applicable Laws.
 
10.           Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization .  Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company and Section 11 hereof, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan, the exercise or purchase price of each such outstanding Award, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted to any Grantee in any calendar year, as well as any other terms that the Administrator determines require adjustment shall be proportionately adjusted for (i) any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination or reclassification of the Shares, or similar transaction affecting the Shares, (ii) any other increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company, or (iii)  any other transaction with respect to Common Stock including a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation (including a spin-off or other distribution of stock or property), reorganization, liquidation (whether partial or complete) or any similar transaction; provided, however that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  In the event of any distribution of cash or other assets to stockholders other than a normal cash dividend, the Administrator shall also make such adjustments as provided in this Section 10 or substitute, exchange or grant Awards to effect such adjustments (collectively “adjustments”).  Any such adjustments to outstanding Awards will be effected in a manner that precludes the enlargement of rights and benefits under such Awards.  In connection with the foregoing adjustments, the Administrator may, in its discretion, prohibit the exercise of Awards or other issuance of Shares, cash or other consideration pursuant to Awards during certain periods of time. Except as the Administrator determines, no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason hereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an Award.
 
11.           Corporate Transactions and Changes in Control .
 
(a)            Termination of Award to Extent Not Assumed in Corporate Transaction .  Effective upon the consummation of a Corporate Transaction, all outstanding Awards under the Plan shall terminate.  However, all such Awards shall not terminate to the extent they are Assumed in connection with the Corporate Transaction.
 
 
16

 
 
(b)            Acceleration of Award Upon Corporate Transaction or Change in Control .  The Administrator shall have the authority, exercisable either in advance of any actual or anticipated Corporate Transaction or Change in Control or at the time of an actual Corporate Transaction or Change in Control and exercisable at the time of the grant of an Award under the Plan or any time while an Award remains outstanding, to provide for the full or partial automatic vesting and exercisability of one or more outstanding unvested Awards under the Plan and the release from restrictions on transfer and repurchase or forfeiture rights of such Awards in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control, on such terms and conditions as the Administrator may specify.  The Administrator also shall have the authority to condition any such Award vesting and exercisability or release from such limitations upon the subsequent termination of the Continuous Service of the Grantee within a specified period following the effective date of the Corporate Transaction or Change in Control.  The Administrator may provide that any Awards so vested or released from such limitations in connection with a Change in Control, shall remain fully exercisable until the expiration or sooner termination of the Award.
 
(c)            Effect of Acceleration on Incentive Stock Options .  Any Incentive Stock Option accelerated under this Section 11 in connection with a Corporate Transaction or Change in Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Stock Option under the Code only to the extent the $100,000 dollar limitation of Section 422(d) of the Code is not exceeded.
 
12.           Effective Date and Term of Plan .  The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the stockholders of the Company.  It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless sooner terminated.  Subject to Section 17, below, and Applicable Laws, Awards may be granted under the Plan upon its becoming effective.
 
13.           Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan .
 
(a)      The Board may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the Plan; provided, however, that no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent such approval is required by Applicable Laws.
 
(b)      No Award may be granted during any suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.
 
(c)      No suspension or termination of the Plan (including termination of the Plan under Section 11, above) shall adversely affect any rights under Awards already granted to a Grantee.
 
14.           Reservation of Shares .
 
(a)      The Company, during the term of the Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
 
(b)      The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.
 
 
17

 
 
15.           No Effect on Terms of Employment/Consulting Relationship .  The Plan shall not confer upon any Grantee any right with respect to the Grantee’s Continuous Service, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the right of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the Grantee’s Continuous Service at any time, with or without cause, including, but not limited to, Cause, and with or without notice.  The ability of the Company or any Related Entity to terminate the employment of a Grantee who is employed at will is in no way affected by its determination that the Grantee’s Continuous Service has been terminated for Cause for the purposes of this Plan.
 
16.           No Effect on Retirement and Other Benefit Plans .  Except as specifically provided in a retirement or other benefit plan of the Company or a Related Entity, Awards shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits or contributions under any retirement plan of the Company or a Related Entity, and shall not affect any benefits under any other benefit plan of any kind or any benefit plan subsequently instituted under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to level of compensation.  The Plan is not a “Pension Plan” or “Welfare Plan” under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
17.           Stockholder Approval .  The grant of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall be subject to approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted excluding Incentive Stock Options issued in substitution for outstanding Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.  The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan prior to approval by the stockholders, but until such approval is obtained, no such Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable.  In the event that stockholder approval is not obtained within the twelve (12) month period provided above, all Incentive Stock Options previously granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as Non-Qualified Stock Options.
 
18.           Effect of Section 162(m) of the Code .  Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to the Plan prior to the Registration Date.  Following the Registration Date, the Plan, and all Awards issued thereunder, are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 162(m) of the Code, which restricts under certain circumstances the Federal income tax deduction for compensation paid by a public company to named executives in excess of $1 million per year.  The exemption is based on Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f), in the form existing on the effective date of the Plan, with the understanding that such regulation generally exempts from the application of Section 162(m) of the Code compensation paid pursuant to a plan that existed before a company becomes publicly held.  Under such Treasury Regulation, this exemption is available to the Plan for the duration of the period that lasts until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Plan, (ii) the material modification of the Plan, (iii) the exhaustion of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for Awards under the Plan, as set forth in Section 3(a), (iv) the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company first becomes subject to the reporting obligations of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (v) such other date required by Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.  To the extent that the Administrator determines as of the date of grant of an Award that (i) the Award is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation and (ii) the exemption described above is no longer available with respect to such Award, such Award shall not be effective until any stockholder approval required under Section 162(m) of the Code has been obtained.
 
 
18

 
 
19.           Unfunded Obligation .  Grantees shall have the status of general unsecured creditors of the Company.  Any amounts payable to Grantees pursuant to the Plan shall be unfunded and unsecured obligations for all purposes, including, without limitation, Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.  Neither the Company nor any Related Entity shall be required to segregate any monies from its general funds, or to create any trusts, or establish any special accounts with respect to such obligations.  The Company shall retain at all times beneficial ownership of any investments, including trust investments, which the Company may make to fulfill its payment obligations hereunder.  Any investments or the creation or maintenance of any trust or any Grantee account shall not create or constitute a trust or fiduciary relationship between the Administrator, the Company or any Related Entity and a Grantee, or otherwise create any vested or beneficial interest in any Grantee or the Grantee’s creditors in any assets of the Company or a Related Entity. The Grantees shall have no claim against the Company or any Related Entity for any changes in the value of any assets that may be invested or reinvested by the Company with respect to the Plan.
 
20.           Construction .  Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan.  Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.  Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
 
21.           Nonexclusivity of The Plan .  Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board, the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of the Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of Awards otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
 
 
19

Exhibit 10.15
 
EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
 
EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [  ], 2013, by and between Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), and the holders of LLC Units (as defined herein) from time to time party hereto.
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto are party to the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, dated as of the date hereof;
 
WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to provide for the exchange from time to time of LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 
SECTION 1.1  Definitions
 
The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.
 
A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if or upon:
 
(i)           the stockholders of the Corporation approve the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis) to any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, other than to any wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation;
 
(ii)          the stockholders of the Corporation approve a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other person, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 50.1% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation;
 
(iii)         the stockholders of the Corporation approve the adoption of a plan the consummation of which would result in the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation;
 
(iv)         the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) (other than (a) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation; or (b) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation ((a) and (b) collectively are referred to herein as “ Exempt Persons ”)) of beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50.01% of the aggregate voting power of the Voting Securities of the Corporation;
 
 
 
1

 
 
(v)         during any 12-month period, individuals who at the beginning of such period composed the Board of Directors of the Corporation (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Corporation was approved by a vote of 66 2/3% of the directors of the Corporation then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Corporation then in office; or
 
(vi)        the Corporation (or a directly or indirectly wholly owned subsidiary thereof) ceases to be the sole Managing Member of HDD.
 
Change in Control Event ” means any of the following (i) the commencement of, or the first public announcement of the intent to commence, any transaction, including, without limitation, a tender or exchange offer by any person or entity (other than any Exempt Person), the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control; (ii) the commencement of, or the first public announcement of the intent to commence, any proxy solicitation by any person or entity subject to Rule 14a-12(c) under the Exchange Act, the consummation of which would result in a Change in Control; (iii) the Corporation, HDD or any affiliate thereof entering into an agreement with any person or entity which, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control; or (iv) the adoption by the Board of Directors of the Corporation of resolutions authorizing any transaction or event which, if consummated, would result in a Change in Control.
 
Class A Common Stock ” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Corporation.
 
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Corporation ” means Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.
 
Exchange ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Exchange Rate ” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which an LLC Unit is entitled to be Exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be 1 for 1, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.
 
HDD ” means H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company, and any successor thereto.
 
 
2

 
 
HDD Operating Agreement ” means the Third Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of HDD, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.
 
IPO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Agreement.
 
LLC Unit ” means (i) each LLC Unit (as such term is defined in the HDD Operating Agreement) issued as of the date hereof and (ii) each LLC Unit or other interest in HDD that may be issued by HDD in the future that is designated by the Corporation as an “LLC Unit.”
 
LLC Unitholder ” means each holder of one or more LLC Units that may from time to time be a party to this Agreement.
 
Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 of this Agreement.
 
Takeover Law ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 3.1 of this agreement.
 
Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Corporation which are entitled to vote generally in matters submitted for a vote of the Corporation’s stockholders or generally in the election of the Corporation’s board of directors.
 
ARTICLE II
 
SECTION 2.1  Exchange of LLC Units for Class A Common Stock.
 
(a)           (i)           Subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii) and Section 2.1(f) hereof, from and after the date of the closing of the initial public offering and sale of Class A Common Stock (as contemplated by the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-[  ])) (the “IPO”), each LLC Unitholder shall be entitled at any time and from time to time, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to surrender LLC Units in exchange for the delivery by the Corporation of (x) a number of shares of Class A Common Stock that is equal to the product of the number of LLC Units surrendered multiplied by the Exchange Rate (such exchange, an “Exchange”), provided that any such Exchange is for a minimum of the lesser of 1,000 LLC Units or all of the LLC Units held by such LLC Unitholder or (y) if the Corporation so elects, an amount of cash calculated in accordance with Section 2.1(f) hereof.
 
(ii)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon the occurrence of any Change in Control Event, each LLC Unitholder shall be entitled, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, to elect to Exchange LLC Units for shares of Class A Common Stock, or cash at the election of the Corporation; provided, that any such Exchange pursuant to this sentence shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the Change in Control (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be effective if such Change of Control is not consummated); and provided further, that any such election pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(ii) may be withdrawn by the LLC Unitholder who submitted such election by providing written notice to the Corporation not less than four business days prior to the consummation of the Change in Control.
 
 
3

 
 
(b)           An LLC Unitholder shall exercise its right to Exchange LLC Units as set forth in Section 2.1(a) above by delivering to the Corporation a written election of exchange in respect of the LLC Units to be Exchanged substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, duly executed by such holder or such holder’s duly authorized attorney, in each case delivered during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of the Corporation.  Should the Exchange be satisfied in shares of Class A Common Stock, subject to Section 2.1(a)(ii), as promptly as practicable following the delivery of such a written election of exchange, and in any event within three business days, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered at the offices of the then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock or, if there is no then-acting registrar and transfer agent of the Class A Common Stock, at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable upon such Exchange, registered in the name of the relevant Exchanging LLC Unitholder; to the extent the Class A Common Stock is settled through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, the Company will, subject to Section 2.1(c) below, upon the written instruction of an Exchanging Unitholder, use its reasonable best efforts to deliver the shares of Class A Common Stock deliverable to such Exchanging Unitholder, through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, to the account of the participant of The Depository Trust Company designated by such Exchanging Holder.
 
(c)           The Corporation and each Exchanging LLC Unitholder shall bear their own expenses in connection with the consummation of any Exchange, whether or not any such Exchange is ultimately consummated, except that the Corporation shall bear any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, any Exchange; provided, however, that if any shares of Class A Common Stock are to be delivered in a name other than that of the LLC Unitholder that requested the Exchange, then such LLC Unitholder and/or the person in whose name such shares are to be delivered shall pay to the Corporation the amount of any transfer taxes, stamp taxes or duties, or other similar taxes in connection with, or arising by reason of, such Exchange or shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not payable.
 
(d)           The Corporation covenants and agrees that, prior to taking or causing to be taken any action that would cause interests in HDD to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), including, without limitation, issuing any LLC Units in a transaction required to be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, it will provide at least 15 business days’ advance written notice describing the proposed action in reasonable detail to the LLC Unitholders and provide each LLC Unitholder with the opportunity to effect an Exchange of all such LLC Unitholder’s LLC Units in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, that in no event will the Corporation take or cause to be taken any action that would cause interests in HDD to not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h) prior to the first anniversary of the closing of the IPO. Provided that the notice and opportunity to Exchange contemplated by the previous sentence has been provided to the LLC Unitholders, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if the Board of Directors of the Corporation, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and tax advisor, shall determine in good faith that interests in HDD do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation section 1.7704-1(h), the Corporation may impose such restrictions on Exchange as the Corporation may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that HDD is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
 
4

 
 
(e)           For the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, an LLC Unitholder shall not be entitled to Exchange LLC Units to the extent the Corporation reasonably determines in good faith that such Exchange (i) would be prohibited by law or regulation or (ii) would not be permitted under any other agreement with the Corporation or its subsidiaries to which such LLC Unitholder is then subject (including, without limitation, the HDD Operating Agreement) or any written policies of the Corporation relating to insider trading then applicable to such LLC Unitholder. For avoidance of doubt, no Exchange shall be deemed to be prohibited by any law or regulation pertaining to the registration of securities if such securities have been so registered or if any exemption from such registration requirements is reasonably available.
 
(f)           If the Corporation elects to satisfy an Exchange in cash, then an Exchanging LLC Unitholder may receive cash in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for LLC Units surrendered in accordance with Section 2.1(a), in an amount equal to the Market Value of the shares of Class A Common Stock that such Exchanging LLC Unitholder would have received absent such an election by the Corporation.  For the purposes of this Section 2.1(f), the “Market Value” as of a particular date shall be determined as follows: (i) if, at the time of the Exchange, the LLC Units are convertible for shares of Class A Common Stock (or the securities of any successor company to the Corporation) that trade on a national securities exchange, the Market Value shall be the average of the closing sale prices over the ten (10) trading days ending one (1) day prior to the date of the Exchange; (ii) if, at the time of the Exchange, the LLC Units are convertible for Class A Common Stock (or the securities of any successor company to the Corporation) that trade over-the-counter, the Market Value shall be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the ten (10) day period ending three (3) days prior to the date of the Exchange; and (iii) if the LLC Units are not convertible for securities of the Corporation, or any other entity the securities of which are listed or traded on an established securities market, then the Market Value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  If the the Exchanging LLC Unitholder does not receive notice of the Corporation’s cash election substantially in the form of Exhibit B within five (5) business days of the Corporation’s receipt of such Exchanging LLC Unitholder’s election of exchange, the Corporation shall forfeit the right to satisfy such Exchange in cash.
 
SECTION 2.2  Adjustment.
 
(a)           The Exchange Rate shall be adjusted accordingly if there is: (a) any subdivision (by any unit split, unit distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse unit split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the LLC Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class A Common Stock; or (b) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend or distribution, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the LLC Units.
 
 
5

 
 
If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, then upon any subsequent Exchange, an exchanging LLC Unitholder shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security, securities or other property that such exchanging LLC Unitholder would have received if such Exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction, taking into account any adjustment as a result of any subdivision (by any split, distribution or dividend, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of such security, securities or other property that occurs after the effective time of such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction.  For the avoidance of doubt, if there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 2.2 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis , with respect to such security or other property. This Agreement shall apply to the LLC Units held by the LLC Unitholders and their Permitted Transferees as of the date hereof, as well as any LLC Units hereafter acquired by an LLC Unitholder and his or her or its Permitted Transferees. This Agreement shall apply to, mutatis mutandis , and all references to “LLC Units” shall be deemed to include, any security, securities or other property of HDD which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for or in substitution of LLC Units by reason of any distribution or dividend, split, reverse split, combination, reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, exchange (other than an Exchange) or other transaction.
 
SECTION 2.3  Class A Common Stock to be Issued.
 
(a)           If the Corporation does not elect to satisfy an Exchange in cash pursuant to Section 2.1(f), the Corporation covenants and agrees to deliver shares of Class A Common Stock that have been registered under the Securities Act with respect to any Exchange to the extent that a registration statement is effective and available for such shares.  In the event that any Exchange in accordance with this Agreement is to be effected at a time when any required registration has not become effective or otherwise is unavailable, upon the request and with the reasonable cooperation of the LLC Unitholder requesting such Exchange, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly facilitate such Exchange pursuant to any reasonably available exemption from such registration requirements. The Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system upon which the outstanding Class A Common Stock may be listed or traded at the time of such delivery. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation or HDD from satisfying their obligations in respect of the exchange of the LLC Units by delivery of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation or HDD or any of their subsidiaries.
 
(b)           The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be deliverable upon any such Exchange; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Exchange by delivery of purchased shares of Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof).
 
 
6

 
 
(c)           Prior to the date of this Agreement, the Corporation has taken all such steps as may be required to cause to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3(d) or (e), as applicable, under the Exchange Act, and be exempt for purposes of Section 16(b) under the Exchange Act, any acquisitions or dispositions of equity securities of the Corporation (including derivative securities with respect thereto) and any securities which may be deemed to be equity securities or derivative securities of the Corporation for such purposes that result from the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by each director or officer of the Corporation who may reasonably be expected to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation upon the registration of any class of equity security of the Corporation pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act (with the authorizing resolutions specifying the name of each such officer or director whose acquisition or disposition of securities is to be exempted and the number of securities that may be acquired and disposed of by each such person pursuant to this Agreement).
 
(d)           If any Takeover Law or other similar law or regulation becomes or is deemed to become applicable to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, the Corporation shall use its reasonable best efforts to render such law or regulation inapplicable to all of the foregoing.
 
(e)           The Corporation covenants that all Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to any preemptive right of stockholders of the Corporation or to any right of first refusal or other right in favor of any person or entity.
 
ARTICLE III
 
SECTION 3.1  Representations and Warranties of the Corporation . The Corporation represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly incorporated and is existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) it has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to issue the Class A Common Stock in accordance with the terms hereof, (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation, the issuance of the Class A Common Stock) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Corporation, including but not limited to all actions necessary to ensure that the acquisition of shares Class A Common Stock pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, to the fullest extent of the Corporation’s Board of Directors’ power and authority and to the extent permitted by law, shall not be subject to any “moratorium,” “control share acquisition,” “business combination,” “fair price” or other form of anti-takeover laws and regulations” of any jurisdiction that may purport to be applicable to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, “Takeover Laws”), (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by
 
 
7

 
 
equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Corporation and the consummation by the Corporation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Corporation is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Corporation or by which any property or asset of the Corporation is bound or affected, except with respect to clauses (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations, that would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation or its business, financial condition or results of operations.
 
 
SECTION 3.2  Representations and Warranties of the LLC Unitholders . Each LLC Unitholder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants that (i) if it is not a natural person, that it is duly incorporated or formed and, to the extent such concept exists in its jurisdiction of organization, is in good standing under the laws of such jurisdiction, (ii) it has all requisite legal capacity and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (iii) if it is not a natural person, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other entity action on the part of such LLC Unitholder, (iv) this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such LLC Unitholder enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such LLC Unitholder and the consummation by such LLC Unitholder of the transactions contemplated hereby will not (A) if it is not a natural person, result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or other organizational documents of such LLC Unitholder or (B) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which such LLC Unitholder is a party, or (C) result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable such LLC Unitholder, except with respect to clauses (B) or (C) for any conflicts, defaults, accelerations, terminations, cancellations or violations, that would not in any material respect result in the unenforceability against such LLC Unitholder of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
SECTION 4.1  Additional LLC Unitholders . To the extent an LLC Unitholder validly transfers any or all of such holder’s LLC Units to another person in a transaction in accordance with, and not in contravention of, the HDD Operating Agreement, then such transferee (each, a “Permitted Transferee”) shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, whereupon such Permitted Transferee shall become an LLC Unitholder hereunder. To the extent HDD issues LLC Units in the future, then the holder of such LLC Units shall have the right to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, whereupon such holder shall become an LLC Unitholder hereunder.
 
 
8

 
 
SECTION 4.2  Addresses and Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.2):
 
(a)           If to the Corporation, to:
 
P.O. Box 1532
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: (707) 431-4402
Electronic Mail: james@truetthurst.com
 
With a copy to:
 
Anna T. Pinedo, Esq.
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Fax: (212) 468-7900
Electronic Mail: apinedo@mofo.com

(b)           If to any LLC Unitholder, to the address and other contact information set forth in the records of HDD from time to time.
 
SECTION 4.3  Further Action . The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.
 
SECTION 4.4  Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.
 
SECTION 4.5  Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.
 
 
9

 
 
SECTION 4.6  Amendment . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended only by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Corporation and (ii) LLC Unitholders holding at least two thirds of the then outstanding LLC Units (excluding LLC Units held by the Corporation); provided that except as otherwise provided herein (including, without limitation, in Section 2.1(d)), no amendment may materially and adversely affect the rights of an LLC Unitholder, as such, other than on a pro rata basis with other LLC Unitholders without the consent of such LLC Unitholder (or, if there is more than one such LLC Unitholder that is so affected, without the consent of a majority of such affected LLC Unitholder in accordance with their holdings of LLC Units).
 
SECTION 4.7  Waiver . No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
 
SECTION 4.8  Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .
 
(a)           Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce.  If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the parties hereto may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each party hereto (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 4.8 to any such action or proceeding and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate.
 
(c)           (i)             EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 4.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another.
 
 
10

 
 
(ii)           The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.
 
SECTION 4.9  Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 4.9.
 
SECTION 4.10  Tax Treatment . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of HDD as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
SECTION 4.11  Specific Performance . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to specific performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.
 
SECTION 4.12  Independent Nature of LLC Unitholders’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each LLC Unitholder hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other LLC Unitholder, and no LLC Unitholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other LLC Unitholder under hereunder.  The decision of each LLC Unitholder to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such LLC Unitholder independently of any other LLC Unitholder.  Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any LLC Unitholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the LLC Unitholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the LLC Unitholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the LLC Unitholders are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
SECTION 4.13  Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
 

 
[ Signature page follows ]
 
 
11

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.
 
  TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
       
       
 
By:
   
    Name:   
    Title:  
       
 
 
LLC UNITHOLDERS
 
       
 
THE HURST FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST dated August 1, 2004
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Phillip L. Hurst, Co-Trustee
 
       
       
  By:    
    Sylvia M. Hurst, Co-Trustee  
 
 
 
HAMBRECHT WINE GROUP, L.P.,
    a California limited partnership
 
       
 
 
 
 
By:       HAMBRECHT WINE MANAGEMENT INC., a
California corporation
Its:       General Partner
 
     
       
 
By:
   
   
William R. Hambrecht, Chairman
 
 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/T/D dated August 24, 2005
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Heath E. Dolan, Trustee
 
 
[Exchange Agreement]
 
 
 

 
 
 
THE DOLAN 2003 FAMILY TRUST U/T/A dated June 5, 2003
 
       
 
 
 
       
 
By:
   
   
Paul E. Dolan, III, Trustee
 
       
       
  THE CARROLL-OBREMSKEY FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST DATED APRIL 5, 1996  
       
       
  By:    
   
Daniel A. Carroll, Trustee
 
       
       
  By:      
    Stasia A. Obremskey, Trustee  
 
 
       
  Mark De Meulenaere  
 
 
       
  Forrester R. Hambrecht  
 
 
       
  Barrie Graham  
 
  
       
  Anna Schweizer  
 

       
  Virginia Marie Lambrix  
 
 
 
 
[Exchange Agreement]
 
 
 

 
EXHIBIT A
 
FORM OF
ELECTION OF EXCHANGE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A-1

 
 
EXHIBIT B
 
FORM OF
CASH ELECTION NOTICE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B-1

 
 
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF
JOINDER AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
C-1


 
Exhibit 10.16
 
TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT
 
This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as amended from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [__], 2013, is hereby entered into by and among Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), H.D.D. LLC, a California limited liability company (the “ LLC ”), and each of the Members (as defined herein).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, the Members hold member interests (“ Units ”) in the LLC, which is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes;
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation is the managing member of, and holds and will hold Units in, the LLC;
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation will be entitled to depreciation, amortization and other recovery of cost or basis for Tax purposes in respect of the Original Assets (as defined below);
 
WHEREAS, as a result of the Members agreeing to hold Units rather than transferring all of their Units in exchange for Class A Shares (as defined below), the Corporation will incur significantly lower tax liabilities on an ongoing basis with respect to the operations of the LLC;
 
WHEREAS, the Units held by the Members are exchangeable for Class A common stock (the “ Class A Shares ”) of the Corporation;
 
WHEREAS, the LLC will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), for each Taxable Year (as defined below) in which an exchange of Units for Class A Shares occurs, which election is intended to result in an adjustment to the tax basis of the assets owned by the LLC (solely with respect to the Corporation) at the time (such time, the “ Exchange Date ”) of a taxable exchange of Units for Class A Shares or any other taxable acquisition of Units for cash or otherwise (collectively, an “ Exchange ”), by reason of such Exchange and the payments under this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, the Corporation will purchase a number of Units from certain Members in connection with the IPO, which shall be treated as an Exchange for all purposes of this Agreement;
 
WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense and other Tax (as defined below) items of (i) the Corporation, as a member of the LLC, with respect to the Original Assets, may be affected by the existing Tax basis of the Original Assets and by the Basis Adjustment (defined below) with respect to the Original Assets and (ii) the Corporation may be affected by the Imputed Interest (as defined below); and
 
WHEREAS, the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the actual or deemed effect of the Tax basis of the Original Assets, the Basis Adjustment and the Imputed Interest on the liability for Taxes of the Corporation.
 
 
1

 
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I  DEFINITIONS
 
1.1            Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).
 
Advisory Firm ” means any law or accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being expert in Tax matters that is agreed to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
 
Advisory Firm Letter ” shall mean a letter from the Advisory Firm stating that the relevant schedule, notice or other information to be provided by the Corporation to the Exchanging Member and all supporting schedules and work papers were prepared in a manner consistent with the terms of this Agreement and, to the extent not expressly provided in this Agreement, on a reasonable basis in light of the facts and law in existence on the date such schedule, notice or other information is delivered to the Exchanging Member.
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.
 
Agreed Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
 
Agreement ” is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.
 
Amended Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.4(b) of this Agreement.
 
Amount Realized ” means, in respect of an Exchange by an Exchanging Member, the amount that is deemed for purposes of this Agreement to be the amount realized by the Exchanging Member on the Exchange, which shall be the sum of (i) the Market Value of the Class A Shares, the amount of cash and the amount or fair market value of other consideration received (or deemed received) by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange and (ii) the share of liabilities attributable to the Units Exchanged.  The amount realized by an Exchanging Member, as so determined, may differ from the amount realized by the Exchanging Member for purposes of Section 1001 of the Code.
 
Available Cash ” means all cash and cash equivalents of the Corporation on hand, less the amount of cash reserves reasonably established in good faith by the Corporation to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation, or (ii) comply with applicable law or any Senior Obligations; provided, however, that on any Payment Date the Corporation shall be deemed to have Available Cash in amount no less than the remainder of (x) the aggregate amount of tax distributions received by the Corporation from the LLC since the first Exchange Date minus (y) the sum of (A) the aggregate amount of all payments made by the Corporation in respect of taxes or under this Agreement since the first Exchange Date plus (B) the aggregate amount due on such Payment Date under this Agreement.
 
 
2

 
 
Basis Adjustment ” means the deemed adjustment to the Tax basis of an Original Asset, in each case, arising in respect of an Exchange, as calculated under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, under the principles of Section 732 of the Code (in a situation where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, the LLC becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes) or Sections 743(b) and 754 of the Code (including in situations where, following an Exchange, the LLC remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes) and, in each case, comparable sections of state, local and foreign Tax laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.
 
A “ Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.
 
Board ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
 
Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of California shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
 
Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
 
(i)         any Person or any group of Persons acting together which would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provisions thereto (excluding a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporation) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities; or
 
(ii)         the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporation then serving: individuals who, on the date of the consummation of the initial public offering of Class A Shares, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to an election of directors of the Corporation) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporation’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date of the consummation of the initial public offering of Class A Shares or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (ii); or
 
 
3

 
 
(iii)         there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (x) the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation does not constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (y) all of the Persons who were the respective Beneficial Owners of the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not Beneficially Own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation; or
 
(iv)         the shareholders of the Corporation approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporation of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation immediately prior to such sale.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (ii) and clause (iii)(x) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
 
Class A Shares ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Code ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Control ” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
Corporation ” is defined in the Preamble of this Agreement.
 
Corporation Return ” means the United States federal, state, local and/or foreign Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporation filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.
 
 
4

 
 
Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit ” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.
 
Default Rate ” means LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
 
Determination ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of an IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.
 
Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.8(a).
 
Early Termination Date ” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.
 
Early Termination Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.
 
Early Termination Payment ” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.
 
Early Termination Rate ” means LIBOR plus 100 basis points.
 
Early Termination Schedule ” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.
 
Exchange ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement, and “Exchanged” and “Exchanging” shall have correlative meanings.
 
Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
Exchange Basis Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement.
 
Exchange Date ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Exchange Payment ” is defined in Section 5.1.
 
Exchanging Member ” means a Member that Exchanges some or all of its Units.
 
Expert ” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.
 
Hypothetical Tax Liability ” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation) using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the relevant Corporation Return, but using the Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis instead of the Tax basis reflecting the Basis Adjustments of the Original Assets and excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest.
 
 
5

 
 
Imputed Interest ” shall mean any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code and any similar provision of state, local and foreign Tax law with respect to the Corporation’s payment obligations under this Agreement.
 
IPO ” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporation.
 
IPO Date ” means the date on which the Corporation contributes to the LLC the net proceeds received by the Corporation in connection with the IPO.
 
IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
 
LIBOR ” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two days prior to the first day of such month, on the Telerate Page 3750 (or if such screen shall cease to be publicly available, as reported on Reuters Screen page “LIBO” or by any other publicly available source of such market rate) for London interbank offered rates for United States dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof).
 
LLC Agreement ” means, with respect to the LLC, the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time
 
Market Value ” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Bloomberg Professional service; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Bloomberg Professional service for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Bloomberg Professional service; provided further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a National Securities Exchange or Interdealer Quotation System, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in good faith.
 
Material Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.
 
Members ” means the parties hereto, other than the Corporation and the LLC, and each other Person who from time to time executes a Joinder Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.
 
Non-Stepped Up Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any asset at any time, the Tax basis that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustment had been made.
 
Objection Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
 
 
6

 
 
Original Asset ” means each asset, including an asset described in Section 197(d) of the Code, that is held by the LLC (and any asset whose tax basis is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the adjusted basis of any such asset) at the time of an Exchange.
 
Original Members ” means the members of the LLC on the date of, but immediately preceding, the initial public offering of Class A Shares, excluding the Corporation.
 
Payment Date ” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement.
 
Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.
 
Pre-Exchange Transfer ” means any transfer (including upon the death of a Member) of one or more Units (i) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.
 
Realized Tax Benefit ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the “actual” liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such “actual” liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.
 
Realized Tax Detriment ” means, for a Taxable Year and for all Taxes collectively, the net excess, if any, of the “actual” liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year), such “actual” liability to be computed with the adjustments described in this Agreement, over the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year. If all or a portion of the actual liability for Taxes of the Corporation (or the LLC, but only with respect to Taxes imposed on the LLC and allocable to the Corporation for such Taxable Year) for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.
 
Reconciliation Dispute ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.9.
 
Reconciliation Procedures ” shall mean those procedures set forth in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.
 
Schedule ” means any Exchange Basis Schedule or Tax Benefit Schedule and the Early Termination Schedule.
 
Senior Obligations ” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.
 
 
7

 
 
Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting shares or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.
 
Tax Benefit Payment ” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.
 
Tax Benefit Schedule ” is defined in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.
 
Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.
 
Taxable Year ” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of state, local or foreign Tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than 12 months for which a Tax Return is prepared), ending on or after the IPO Date.
 
Taxes ” means any and all United States federal, state, local and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits, whether as an exclusive or on an alternative basis, and any interest related to such Tax.
 
Taxing Authority ” shall mean any domestic, foreign, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.
 
Treasury Regulations ” means the final, temporary and proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.
 
Units ” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.
 
Valuation Assumptions ” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (1) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully use the deductions arising from any Basis Adjustment or Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year, (2) the federal income tax rates and state, local and foreign income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, (3) any loss carryovers generated by any Basis Adjustment, Original Asset or Imputed Interest and available as of the date of the Early Termination Schedule will be used by the Corporation on a pro rata basis from the date of the Early Termination Schedule through the scheduled expiration date of such loss carryovers, (4) any non-amortizable assets will be disposed of on the fifteenth anniversary of the earlier of the Basis Adjustment and the Early Termination Date, provided, that in the event of a Change of Control, non-amortizable assets shall be deemed disposed of at the earlier of (i) the time of sale of the relevant asset or (ii) as generally provided in this Valuation Assumption (4) and (5) if, at the Early Termination Date, there are Units that have not been Exchanged, then each such Unit shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value of the Class A Shares and the amount of cash that would be transferred if the Exchange occurred on the Early Termination Date.
 
 
8

 
 
ARTICLE II  DETERMINATION OF CUMULATIVE REALIZED TAX BENEFIT
 
2.1           Basis Adjustment .
 
(a)            Original Assets . For purposes of this Agreement, as a result of an Exchange, the LLC shall be deemed to be entitled to a Basis Adjustment for each Original Asset with respect to the Corporation, the amount of which Basis Adjustment shall be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (x) the Amount Realized by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Original Asset, plus (y) the amount of payments made pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, to the extent attributable to such Original Asset, over (ii) the Corporation’s share of the LLC’s Tax basis for such Original Asset immediately after the Exchange, attributable to the Units Exchanged, determined as if (x) the LLC remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes, and (y) the LLC had not made the election provided by Section 754 of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation’s share of the LLC’s Tax basis for such Original Asset that is attributable to the Units Exchanged shall be considered to be an amount of the Tax basis of the Original Asset, without regard to any Basis Adjustment, proportionate to the ratio that the number of Units Exchanged bears to the number of outstanding Units immediately prior to such Exchange.
 
(b)            Change in Law . To the extent that the adjustment to the LLC’s basis with respect to the Corporation, in any of the LLC's assets, that is expected to result from an Exchange is limited because of a change in law, the Basis Adjustment shall be correspondingly limited.
 
(c)            Imputed Interest . For the avoidance of doubt, payments made under this Agreement shall not be treated as resulting in a Basis Adjustment to the extent such payments are treated as Imputed Interest.
 
2.2           Exchange Basis Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for each Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to each Exchanging Member a schedule (an “ Exchange Basis Schedule ”) that shows, in reasonable detail, for purposes of Taxes, (i) the actual unadjusted Tax basis of the Original Assets as of each applicable Exchange Date, (ii) the Basis Adjustment with respect to the Original Assets as a result of the Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, calculated in the aggregate, (iii) the period or periods, if any, over which the Original Assets are amortizable and/or depreciable, and (iv) the period or periods, if any, over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable and/or depreciable (which, for non-amortizable assets shall be based on the Valuation Assumptions).
 
 
9

 
 
2.3           Tax Benefit Schedule . Within 45 calendar days after the filing of the United States federal income tax return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to each Exchanging Member a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “ Tax Benefit Schedule ”). The Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.4(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b)).
 
2.4           Procedures, Amendments .
 
(a)            Procedure . Every time the Corporation delivers to an Exchanging Member an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall also (x) deliver to the Exchanging Member schedules and work papers providing reasonable detail regarding the preparation of the Schedule and an Advisory Firm Letter supporting such Schedule and (y) allow the Exchanging Member reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporation and the Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule. The applicable Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Exchanging Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving an Exchange Basis Schedule or amendment thereto or a Tax Benefit Schedule or amendment thereto, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule (“ Objection Notice ”) made in good faith. If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days of receipt by the Corporation of an Objection Notice, if with respect to an Exchange Basis Schedule or a Tax Benefit Schedule, the Corporation and the Exchanging Member shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “ Reconciliation Procedures ”).
 
(b)            Amended Schedule . The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct material inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the Exchanging Member, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, (v) to reflect a material change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year, or (vi) to adjust the Exchange Basis Schedule to take into account payments made pursuant to this Agreement (such Schedule, an “ Amended Schedule ”). The Corporation shall provide any Amended Schedule to the Exchanging Member within 30 calendar days of the occurrence of an event referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) of the preceding sentence, and any such Amended Schedule shall be subject to approval procedures similar to those described in Section 2.4(a).
 
ARTICLE III  TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS
 
3.1           Payments .
 
(a)            Payments . Within five (5) calendar days of a Tax Benefit Schedule that was delivered to an Exchanging Member becoming final in accordance with Section 2.4(a), the Corporation shall pay to such Exchanging Member for such Taxable Year the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b). Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account of the Exchanging Member previously designated by such Member to the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, federal income tax payments.
 
 
10

 
 
(b)           A “ Tax Benefit Payment ” means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount. The “ Net Tax Benefit ” for each Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) 90% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over (ii) the total amount of payments previously made under this Section 3.1, excluding payments attributable to Interest Amount; provided, however, that for the avoidance of doubt, no Member shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “ Interest Amount ” for a given Taxable Year shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit for such Taxable Year calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the Corporation Return with respect to Taxes for the most recently ended Taxable Year until the Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for each Taxable Year ending on or after the date of a Change of Control, all Tax Benefit Payments, whether paid with respect to Units that were Exchanged (i) prior to the date of such Change of Control or (ii) on or after the date of such Change of Control, shall be calculated by using Valuation Assumptions (1), (3), and (4), substituting in each case the terms “the date on which a Change of Control becomes effective” for an “Early Termination Date.” The Net Tax Benefit and the Interest Amount shall be determined separately with respect to each separate Exchange, on a Unit-by-Unit basis by reference to the Amount Realized by the Exchanging Member on the Exchange of a Unit and the resulting Basis Adjustment to the Corporation.
 
(c)           The Corporation shall use good faith efforts to ensure that it has sufficient Available Cash to make all payments due under this Agreement.
 
3.2            No Duplicative Payments . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. It is also intended that the provisions of this Agreement will result in 90% of the Corporation’s Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit, and the Interest Amount thereon, being paid to the Members pursuant to this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner so that these fundamental results are achieved.
 
3.3            Pro Rata Payments . For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that (i) the Corporation’s deductions with respect to any Basis Adjustment is limited in a particular Taxable Year or (ii) the Corporation lacks sufficient funds to satisfy its obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due in a particular taxable year, the limitation on the deduction, or the Tax Benefit Payments that may be made, as the case may be, shall be taken into account or made for the Exchanging Member in the same proportion as Tax Benefit Payments would have been made absent the limitations in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph, as applicable.
 
 
11

 
 
ARTICLE IV  TERMINATION
 
4.1            Early Termination and Breach of Agreement .
 
(a)           The Corporation may terminate this Agreement with respect to all of the Units held (or previously held and Exchanged) by all Members at any time by paying to the Members the Early Termination Payment; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the receipt of the Early Termination Payment by all Members, and provided, further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon payment of the Early Termination Payments by the Corporation, neither the Members nor the Corporation shall have any further payment obligations under this Agreement, other than for any (a) Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and the Member as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice and (b) Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (b) is included in the Early Termination Payment). For the avoidance of doubt, if an Exchange occurs after the Corporation makes the Early Termination Payments with respect to all Members, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange, and its only obligations under this Agreement in such case shall be its obligations to all Members under Section 4.3(a).
 
(b)           In the event that the Corporation breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach and shall include, but shall not be limited to, (1) the Early Termination Payment calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of a breach, (2) any Tax Benefit Payment agreed to by the Corporation and any Members as due and payable but unpaid as of the date of a breach, and (3) any Tax Benefit Payment due for the Taxable Year ending with or including the date of a breach. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement, the Members shall be entitled to elect to receive the amounts set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above or to seek specific performance of the terms hereof. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three months of the date such payment is due.
 
(c)           The Corporation, the LLC and each of the Members hereby acknowledge that, as of the date of this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot reasonably be ascertained for United States federal income tax or other applicable Tax purposes.
 
 
12

 
 
4.2            Early Termination Notice . If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1 above, the Corporation shall deliver to each present or former Member notice of such intention to exercise such right (“ Early Termination Notice ”) and a schedule (the “ Early Termination Schedule ”) specifying the Corporation’s intention to exercise such right and showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment for that Member. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties unless the Member, within 30 calendar days after receiving the Early Termination Schedule, provides the Corporation with notice of a material objection to such Schedule made in good faith (“ Material Objection Notice ”). If the parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in such notice within 30 calendar days after receipt by the Corporation of the Material Objection Notice, the Corporation and the Member shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.
 
4.3           Payment upon Early Termination . (a) Within three calendar days after agreement between the Member and the Corporation of the Early Termination Schedule, the Corporation shall pay to the Member an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Member.
 
(b)           The “ Early Termination Payment ” as of the date of the delivery of an Early Termination Schedule shall equal with respect to any Member the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of such date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid by the Corporation to the Member beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions are applied.
 
ARTICLE V  SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS
 
5.1            Subordination . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporation to the Members under this Agreement (an “ Exchange Payment ”) shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“ Senior Obligations ”) and shall rank pari passu with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations.
 
5.2            Late Payments by the Corporation . The amount of all or any portion of any Exchange Payment not made to any Member when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the date on which such Exchange Payment was due and payable.
 
ARTICLE VI  NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION
 
6.1            Original Member Participation in the Corporation’s and the LLC’s Tax Matters . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporation and the LLC, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall notify the applicable Original Member of, and keep the applicable Original Member reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporation and the LLC by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to affect the applicable Original Member’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, and shall provide to the applicable Original Member reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporation, the LLC and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit; provided, however, that the Corporation and the LLC shall not be required to take any action that is inconsistent with any provision of the LLC Agreement.
 
 
13

 
 
6.2        Consistency . Except upon the written advice of an Advisory Firm, and except for items that are explicitly described as “deemed” or in similar manner by the terms of this Agreement, the Corporation and the Exchanging Member agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including without limitation the Basis Adjustment and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that specified by the Corporation in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporation under this Agreement. Any dispute concerning such advice shall be subject to the terms of Section 7.9; provided, however, that only an Original Member shall have the right to object to such advice pursuant to this Section 6.2. In the event that an Advisory Firm is replaced with another firm acceptable to the Corporation and the Exchanging Member, such replacement Advisory Firm shall be required to perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm, unless otherwise required by law or the Corporation and the Exchanging Member agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.
 
6.3        Cooperation . The Exchanging Member shall (a) furnish to the Corporation in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the Corporation may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement (including whether an exchange of units is taxable or tax-free, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself available to the Corporation and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as the Corporation or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporation shall reimburse the Exchanging Member for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred pursuant to this Section.
 
ARTICLE VII  MISCELLANEOUS
 
7.1        Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by facsimile upon confirmation of transmission by the sender’s fax machine if sent on a Business Day (or otherwise on the next Business Day) or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:
 
 
14

 
 
if to the Corporation, to:
 
Truett-Hurst, Inc.
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile: (707) 431-4402
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:
 
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Attn: Remmelt A. Reigersman, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 468-7900
 
if to The LLC, to:
 
H.D.D. LLC
5610 Dry Creek Road
Healdsburg, CA 95448
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Facsimile: (707) 431-4402
 
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:
 
Morrison & Foerster LLP
1290 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10104
Attn: Remmelt A. Reigersman, Esq.
Facsimile: (212) 468-7900
 
If to the Exchanging Member, to:
 
The address and facsimile number set forth in the records of the LLC.
 
Any party may change its address or fax number by giving the other party written notice of its new address or fax number in the manner set forth above.
 
7.2           Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.
 
 
15

 
 
7.3         Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
7.4        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.
 
7.5        Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
 
7.6        Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers . No Member may assign this Agreement to any person without the prior written consent of the Corporation; provided, however, that (i) to the extent Units are effectively transferred in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, the transferring Member shall have the option to assign to the transferee of such Units the transferring Member’s rights under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to become a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder, and (ii) once an Exchange has occurred, any and all payments that may become payable to a Member pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Exchanged Units may be assigned to any Person or Persons, including a liquidating trust, as long as any such Person has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such assignment, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, agreeing to be bound by Section 7.12 and acknowledging specifically the terms of the next paragraph. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Person transfers Units (regardless of whether the transferee is a “Permitted Transferee” under the terms of the LLC Agreement) but does not assign to the transferee of such Units such Person’s rights, if any, under this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such Person shall be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments, if any, due hereunder with respect to, including any Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of, such Units.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.6, no transferee described in clause (i) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have the right to enforce the provisions of Section 2.4, 4.2, 6.1 or 6.2 of this Agreement, and no assignee described in clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall have any rights under this Agreement except for the right to enforce its right to receive payments under this Agreement.
 
 
16

 
 
No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporation and the LLC and by Original Members who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the Early Termination Payments payable to all Original Members hereunder if the Corporation had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any Original Member pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided, that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments certain Members will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such Members disproportionately affected consent in writing to such amendment. No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.
 
All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event an Original Member transfers his Units to a Permitted Transferee (as defined in the LLC Agreement), excluding any other Original Member, such Original Member shall have the right, on behalf of such transferee, to enforce the provisions of Sections 2.4, 4.2 or 6.1 with respect to such transferred Units.
 
7.7          Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.
 
7.8            Resolution of Disputes .
 
(a)         Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9, including but not limited to any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings. In addition to monetary damages, the arbitrator shall be empowered to award equitable relief, including, but not limited to an injunction and specific performance of any obligation under this Agreement. The arbitrator is not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages, and each party hereby irrevocably waives any right to recover punitive, exemplary or similar damages with respect to any Dispute. The award shall be final and binding upon the parties as from the date rendered, and shall be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any claims, counterclaims, issues, or accounting presented to the arbitral tribunal. Judgment upon any award may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction over a party or any of its assets.
 
 
17

 
 
(b)         Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), the Corporation may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each Member (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporation as such Member’s agent for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise such Member of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Member in any such action or proceeding.
 
(c)           (i)         EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another; and
 
(ii)        The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in paragraph (c)(i) of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.
 
7.9            Reconciliation . In the event that the Corporation and the Exchanging Member are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to the matters governed by Sections 2.4, 4.2 and 6.2 within the relevant period designated in this Agreement (“ Reconciliation Dispute ”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “ Expert ”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner in a nationally recognized accounting firm or a law firm (other than the Advisory Firm), and the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with either the Corporation or the Exchanging Member or other actual or potential conflict of interest. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to the Exchange Basis Schedule or an amendment thereto or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within 30 calendar days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within 15 calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on such date and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporation except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporation and each Exchanging Member shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless an Exchanging Member has a prevailing position that is more than 10% of the payment at issue, in which case the Corporation shall reimburse such Exchanging Member for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. Any dispute as to whether a dispute is a Reconciliation Dispute within the meaning of this Section 7.9 shall be decided by the Expert. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporation and the Exchanging Member and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.
 
 
18

 
 
7.10          Withholding . The Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Exchanging Member.
 
7.11         Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets .
 
(a)           If the Corporation becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state, local or foreign law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.
 
(b)           If any entity that is obligated to make an Exchange Payment hereunder transfers one or more assets to a corporation with which such entity does not file a consolidated tax return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Exchange Payment (e.g., calculating the gross income of the entity and determining the Realized Tax Benefit of such entity) due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such contribution. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the contributed asset, plus (i) the amount of debt to which such asset is subject, in the case of a contribution of an encumbered asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to such asset, in the case of a contribution of a partnership interest.
 
 
19

 
 
7.12       Confidentiality . Each Member and assignee acknowledges and agrees that the information of the Corporation is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporation and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporation and its Affiliates and successors, concerning the LLC and its Affiliates and successors or the other Members, learned by the Member heretofore or hereafter. This clause 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of such Member in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for a Member to prepare and file his or her Tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each Member and assignee (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Member or assignee, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporation, the LLC, the Members and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Members relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.
 
If a Member or assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or the other Members and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporation and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.
 
7.13       LLC Agreement . This Agreement shall be treated as part of the partnership agreement of the LLC as described in Section 761(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.
 
7.14       Partnerships . The Corporation hereby agrees that, to the extent it acquires a general partnership interest, managing member interest or similar interest in any Person after the date hereof, it shall cause such Person to execute and deliver a joinder to this Agreement and such Person shall be treated as a “partnership” for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
7.15      Independent Nature of Members’ Rights and Obligations . The obligations of each Member hereunder are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Member, and no Member shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Member under hereunder. The decision of each Member to enter into to this Agreement has been made by such Member independently of any other Member. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Member pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Members as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Members are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby and the Corporation acknowledges that the Members are not acting in concert or as a group, and the Corporation will not assert any such claim, with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
 
20

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation, the LLC and each Member have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
  TRUETT-HURST, INC.  
     
  By:    
    Name:  
   
Title:
 
       
       
  H.D.D. LLC  
     
  By its Managing Member, Truett-Hurst, Inc.  
     
  By:    
   
Name:
Title:
 
       
  MEMBERS  
     
  Each Member set forth on Annex A hereto  
     
  By:    
   
Name:
Title:  Attorney-in-fact
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21

 
 
EXHIBIT A
 
JOINDER
 
 
 
 
 
A-1  

EXHIBIT 10.18
 
DATED
26 February 2013
 
 
 
 
GREENBOTTLE LIMITED (1)
 
 
H.D.D., LLC (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUPPLY OF GOODS AGREEMENT
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Birketts LLP
24-26 Museum Street
Ipswich
Suffolk IP1 1HZ
 
T: +44 (0)1473 232300
F: +44 (0) 1473 230524
DX: 3206 Ipswich
E:mail@birketts.co.uk
 
 
 
 
www.birketts.co.uk
 
 
 
 
 
 
Offices also in : Cambridge, Chelmsford and Norwich
 
Birketts LLP is registered in England under no. OC317545 and authorised and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority.
Registered office at: 24-26 Museum Street, Ipswich, Suffolk, IP1 1HZ.
A list of members may be inspected at any of our offices. The term ‘Partner’ is used to refer to a Member of Birketts LLP.

 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
1.
INTERPRETATION
1
     
2.
SUPPLY OF THE PRODUCTS
4
     
3.
FORECASTS
5
     
4.
ORDERS
5
     
5.
MANUFACTURE, QUALITY AND PACKING
6
     
6.
DELIVERY
7
     
7.
ACCEPTANCE AND DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS
8
     
8.
TITLE AND RISK
10
     
9.
PRODUCT PRICES
10
     
10.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
11
     
11.
ONGOING SUPPORT AND CO-OPERATION
11
     
12.
INDEMNITY
13
     
13.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
14
     
14.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING
15
     
15.
CONFIDENTIALITY
16
     
16.
COMMENCEMENT AND TERM
17
     
17.
TERMINATION
17
     
18.
OBLIGATIONS ON TERMINATION
18
     
19.
SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS
19
     
20.
FORCE MAJEURE
19
     
21.
COSTS
20
     
22.
SEVERANCE
20
     
23.
FURTHER ASSURANCE
20
     
24.
VARIATION AND WAIVER
20
     
25.
NOTICES
21
     
26.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
22
     
27.
RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES
23
     
28.
COUNTERPARTS
23
     
29.
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
23
 
 
 

 
 
SCHEDULE 1 THE PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT PRICES
24
   
SCHEDULE 2 LOGO AND SPECIFICATION
25
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
THIS AGREEMENT is made on the   26th day of February 2013
 
 
Parties:
 
(1)
GREENBOTTLE LIMITED , a company incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 5756226 whose registered office is at 3B Delph Court, Sherdley Business Park, Sullivan’s Way, St Helens, Merseyside, WA9 5GL, UK (the “Supplier” ); and
 
(2)
H.D.D., LLC , a California limited liability company, with company number 200729610091 and its principal office at 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, CA 95448, USA (the “Customer” ).
 
BACKGROUND
 
(A)
The Supplier carries on the business of manufacturing and selling the Products.
 
(B)
The Customer wishes to buy and the Supplier wishes to supply the Products on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.
 
AGREED TERMS:
 
1.
INTERPRETATION
 
1.1
The definitions and rules of interpretation in this clause apply in this Agreement.
 
                    
“Business Day”
a day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) when banks in London are open for business;
 
 
“Commencement Date”
March, 1, 2013
 
 
“Confidential Information”
has the meaning given in clause 15.1;
 
 
“Delivery”
completion of delivery of an Order in accordance with clause 6.2 or clause 6.5.1;
 
 
“Delivery Date”
the date specified for delivery of an Order in accordance with clause 4.4;
 
 
“Delivery Location”
the location specified for collection of an Order in accordance with clause 6.1;
 
 
“Force Majeure Event”
has the meaning given in clause 20;
 
 
“Group”
in relation to a company, that company, its subsidiaries, its holding companies and their subsidiaries;
 
 
1

 
 
                    
“holding company” and “subsidiary:”  
mean a “holding company” and “subsidiary” as defined in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.  In the case of a limited liability partnership which is a subsidiary of a company or another limited liability partnership, section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 shall be amended so that: (a) references in sub sections 1159(1)(a) and (c) to voting rights are to the members’ rights to vote on all or substantially all matters which are decided by a vote of the members of the limited liability partnership; and (b) the reference in section 1159(1)(b) to the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors is to the right to appoint or remove members holding a majority of the voting rights;
 
 
“Intellectual Property
Rights”
all patents, rights to inventions, utility models, copyright and related rights, trade marks, service marks, trade, business and domain names, rights in trade dress or get-up, rights in goodwill or to sue for passing off, unfair competition rights, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database right, topography rights, moral rights, rights in confidential information (including know-how and trade secrets) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all applications for and renewals or extensions of such rights, and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection in any part of the world and “Intellectual Property Right” means any one of the Intellectual Property Rights;
 
 
"Logo"
the Supplier's logo set out in Schedule 2 or such other logo as may replace it from time to time;
 
 
“Minimum Purchase
Amount”
 
has the meaning given in clauses 2.2 and 11.4;
 
 
“month”
a calendar month;
 
 
“Order”
an order for Products submitted by the Customer in accordance with clause 4; 
 
 
2

 
 
                    
“Order Number”
the reference number to be applied to an Order by the Supplier in accordance with clause 4.5;
 
 
“Product Prices”
the prices of the Products as determined in accordance with clause 9.1 and “Product Price” means the price of an individual Product as determined in accordance with that clause;
 
 
"Production Start Date"
May 1, 2013;
 
 
“Products”
the products set out in Schedule 1 and, where the context requires, the Products ordered by and supplied to the Customer;
 
 
 "Representatives"
has the meaning given in clause 15.3;
 
 
"Sector"
bottling and selling of wine and still alcoholic beverages;
 
 
"Specification"
the specification of the Products set out in Schedule 2;
 
 
"Term"
the term of the agreement, as determined in accordance with clause 16;
 
 
"Territory"
the United States of America and Canada;
 
 
"VAT"
value added tax chargeable under the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any similar replacement or additional tax;
 
 
"year"
a calendar year.
 
1.2
Clause, schedule and paragraph headings shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
1.3
A person includes a natural person, corporate or unincorporated body (whether or not having separate legal personality).
 
1.4
The schedules form part of this Agreement and shall have effect as if set out in full in the body of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement includes the schedules.
 
1.5
A reference to a company shall include any company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established.
 
1.6
Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.
 
 
3

 
 
1.7
Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders.
 
1.8
A reference to a statute, statutory provision or any subordinate legislation made under a statute is to such statute, provision or subordinate legislation as amended or re-enacted whether before or after the date of this Agreement and, in the case of a statute, includes any subordinate legislation made under that statute from time to time.
 
1.9
A reference to writing or written includes faxes and e-mail.
 
1.10
Any obligation in this Agreement on a person not to do something includes an obligation not to agree or allow that thing to be done.
 
1.11
A reference to a document is a reference to that document as varied or novated (in each case, other than in breach of the provisions of this Agreement) at any time.
 
1.12
References to clauses and schedules are to the clauses and schedules of this Agreement; references to paragraphs are to paragraphs of the relevant schedule.
 
1.13
Any phrase introduced by the terms including , include , in particular or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.
 
2.
SUPPLY OF THE PRODUCTS
 
2.1
During the Term, the Supplier shall supply and the Customer shall purchase such quantities of Products as the Customer may order under clause 4 in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
2.2
The Customer shall during the first two years following the Production Start Date purchase no fewer than three million units of the Products ( "Minimum Purchase Amount" ) from the Supplier.   For the purposes of this section 2.2, a purchase occurs when the Customer submits a purchase order to the Supplier.  Future Minimum Purchase Amounts shall be agreed by the parties pursuant to clause 11.4.
 
2.3
It is intended that the date upon which the Customer shall commence selling wine contained in the Products shall be June 2013.
 
2.4
The Customer shall purchase the Products only from the Supplier, and shall not for the Term or for the Period of five years from the Commencement Date (whatever shall be the shorter) distribute or manufacture any goods which compete with the Products.  In the event the Supplier elects to declare the relationship as non-exclusive as provided in clause 11 below, the Customer's obligation under this clause 2.4 is terminated.
 
 
4

 
 
3.
FORECASTS
 
3.1
During the Term, the Customer shall give the Supplier:
 
 
 3.1.1
not less than three month's advance notice of the Products it expects to purchase during the three months following the end of that notice period; and
 
 
 3.1.2
not less than one month before the end of each year, a forecast of the Products it expects to purchase during the following year.
 
3.2
Forecasts shall be given in writing or, if given orally, shall be confirmed in writing within two Business Days. The Customer shall act in good faith when forecasting its requirements for Products.
 
3.3
Forecasts provided under this clause 3 shall not constitute Orders.
 
3.4
If the Supplier anticipates that it will be unable to meet the Customer's forecasted requirements provided in accordance with this clause 3:
 
 
 3.4.1
the Supplier shall inform the Customer as soon as practicable;
 
 
 3.4.2
the Customer may at its option agree alternative delivery dates for the relevant Products, or obtain from any other person substitute products for the Products which the Supplier anticipates it will be unable to supply; and
 
 
 3.4.3
substitute products purchased from a third party supplier as a result of the Supplier anticipating being unable to meet the Customer's forecasted requirements for Products shall for the purposes of clause 2.2 be deemed to have been purchased from the Supplier.
 
4.
ORDERS
 
4.1
Subject to clause 4.2, not less than three months before the beginning of each quarter during the Term (the first such quarter commencing on 1 April 2013), the Customer shall give the Supplier its Order for that quarter.
 
4.2
The First Order (for the period 1 April 2013 to 30 June 2013) is agreed as being for 240,000 units of Products (where one bottle is a unit) which the Supplier shall make available for collection by the Customer pursuant to this agreement not later than 90 days after payment of the advance payment in 10.1.
 
 
5

 
 
4.3
Each Order shall be deemed to be a separate offer by the Customer to purchase Products on the terms of this Agreement.
 
4.4
Each Order shall:
 
 
 4.4.1
be given in writing or, if given orally, shall be confirmed in writing within two Business Days; and
 
 
 4.4.2
specify the type and quantity of Products ordered.
 
4.5
The Supplier shall assign an Order Number to each Order it accepts and notify such Order Numbers to the Customer together with the date by which the Order will be ready for collection ( "Delivery Date" ). Each party shall use the relevant Order Number in all subsequent correspondence relating to the Order.
 
5.
MANUFACTURE, QUALITY AND PACKING
 
5.1
The Supplier agrees that during the Term it will develop and maintain sufficient manufacturing capacity to supply to the Customer approximately 600,000 units of Product per quarter. The Supplier shall manufacture, pack and supply the Products in accordance with all generally accepted industry standards and practices that are applicable.
 
5.2
The Products supplied to the Customer by the Supplier under this Agreement shall:
 
 
 5.2.1
conform to the Specification;
 
 
 5.2.2
be of satisfactory quality (within the meaning of the Sale of Goods Act 1979, as amended) and fit for any purpose held out by the Supplier; and
 
 
 5.2.3
comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.
 
5.3
The terms implied by sections 13 to 15 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979 are, to the fullest extent permitted by law, excluded from the Contract.
 
5.4
The Supplier shall ensure that the Products are properly packed and secured so as to enable them to reach their destination in good and merchantable  condition in a manner agreed between the Supplier and the Customer.
 
5.5
The Supplier shall obtain and maintain in force for the Term all licences, permissions, authorisations, consents and permits needed to manufacture and supply the Products in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
5.6
The Supplier shall comply with all applicable laws, enactments, orders, regulations and other instruments relating to the manufacture, packing, packaging, marking, storage and handling of the Products.
 
 
6

 
 
5.7
On the request of the Customer, the Supplier must document to the Customer, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Customer, that all relevant North American authority approvals related to the supply of packaging in the USA and Canada, as  required by law, have been met.
 
5.8
The Supplier warrants to the Customer the following:
 
 
 5.8.1
The Products are merchantable, fit for the intended purpose, and of good commercial quality, material and workmanship  including, without limitation, a clean, sanitary, air tight, leak-free container for wine and still alcoholic beverages that does not alter or affect the nature or quality of the wine or alcoholic beverage.
 
 
 5.8.2
All approvals, as  required by law, have been issued in each jurisdiction in the Territory to manufacture, package, market, distribute, sell and use the Products in the Territory.
 
 
 5.8.3
The Products are free of defects that would render the Products or other materials unsafe in normal usage or in foreseeable misuse, and the Products are fit for use in connection with wine and alcoholic beverages.
 
6.
DELIVERY
 
6.1
The Customer shall collect each Order from the Supplier's premises 3B Delph Court, Sullivan’s Way., Sherdley Business Park, St Helens WA9 5GL, UK ( "Delivery Location" ) within three Business Days of the Supplier notifying the Customer that the Order is ready for collection.
 
6.2
Orders are supplied on an ex works basis and delivery shall be completed when the Supplier places the Order on the Customer's carrier's vehicle at the Delivery Location.
 
6.3
The Supplier may deliver Orders by instalments, which may be invoiced and paid for separately; provided, however, that each instalment must be delivered in multiples of a full shipping container. References in this Agreement to Orders shall, where applicable, be read as references to instalments.
 
6.4
The Supplier shall have no liability for any failure or delay in delivering an Order to the extent that such failure or delay is caused by the Customer's failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement.
 
6.5
If the Customer fails to take delivery of an Order within seven Business Days of the Supplier notifying the Customer that the Order is ready for collection, then, except where such failure or delay is caused by the Supplier's failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or a Force Majeure Event:
 
 
7

 
 
 
 6.5.1
delivery of the Order shall be deemed to have been completed on the eighth Business Day following the day on which the Supplier notified the Customer that the Order was ready for collection and the Supplier will have the right to issue an invoice as provided in clause 10.2 below; and
 
 
 6.5.2
the Supplier shall store the Order until delivery takes place, and charge the Customer for all related costs and expenses (including insurance).
 
6.6
If the Customer fails to take delivery of an Order within 3 months of the Supplier notifying the Customer that the Order is ready for collection then, except where such failure or delay is caused by the Supplier's failure to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or a Force Majeure Event, notwithstanding clause 6.5, the Supplier shall be entitled to dispose of or resell to third parties such Products without incurring any further liabilities to the Customer.
 
6.7
Each Order shall be accompanied by a delivery note from the Supplier showing the Order Number, the date of the Order, the type and quantity of Products included in the Order and, in the case of an Order being delivered by instalments, the outstanding balance of Products remaining to be delivered.
 
6.8
The parties agree that if, in respect of an Order, the Supplier delivers up to and including 2% more or less than the quantity of Products ordered, the Customer shall not be entitled to reject the Order, but a pro rata adjustment shall be made to the Order invoice.
 
6.9
The Supplier shall provide such reasonable support to the Customer (at the Customer's cost) as is required to enable the customer to ship the Products to Customer's destination (e.g. California) quickly and economically.
 
7.
ACCEPTANCE AND DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS
 
7.1
The Customer may reject any Products delivered to it that do not comply with clause 5, provided that:
 
 
 7.1.1
notice of rejection is given to the Supplier:
 
 
   7.1.1.1
in the case of a defect that is apparent on normal visual inspection, within five Business Days of receipt of the Products at the Customer's facility in California; and
 
 
   7.1.1.2
in the case of a latent defect, within a reasonable time of the latent defect having become apparent; and
 
 
 7.1.2
none of the events listed in clause 7.3 apply.
 
 
8

 
 
7.2
If the Customer fails to give notice of rejection in accordance with clause 7.1, it shall be deemed to have accepted such Products.
 
7.3
The Supplier shall not be liable for Products' failure to comply with the warranty set out in clause 5 in any of the following events:
 
 
 7.3.1
The defect is caused by the Customer's failure to follow the Supplier's commercially reasonable written instructions as to the storage, commissioning, installation, use and maintenance of the Products or (if there are none) good trade practice regarding the same; or
 
 
 7.3.2
The defect is caused by the fair wear and tear arising from use and foreseeable misuse by the consumer, wilful damage or Customer's gross negligence; or
 
 
 7.3.3
The defect is caused by the acts or omissions of the Customer's carrier.
 
7.4
If the Customer rejects Products under clause 7.1 then the Customer shall be entitled to:
 
 
 7.4.1
require the Supplier to repair or replace the rejected Products at the sole expense of the Supplier; or
 
 
 7.4.2
require the Supplier to repay the price of the rejected Products in full including, without limitation, purchase price and delivery costs.
 
Once the Supplier has complied with the Customer's request, it shall have no further liability to the Customer in respect of the rejected Products' failure to comply with clause 5.2.
 
7.5
The terms of this Agreement shall apply to any repaired or replacement Products supplied by the Supplier.
 
7.6
In the event the Customer (a) has been ordered or encouraged to conduct a recall of any of the filled Products by any relevant government authority, (b) reasonably determines that a recall of any of the filled Products is necessary or appropriate due to (i) reasons relating to the safety of the filled Products, (ii) any material non-conformance of the filled Products with the Specifications, or (iii) any material non-conformance or non-compliance of the filled Products with any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation, or (c) reasonably decides voluntarily to withdraw any of the filled Products from distribution or otherwise cease distribution of any of the filled Products due to a material failure of the filled Products to comply with the warranties contained in clause 5, the Customer has the right to conduct and implement such recall or voluntary withdrawal procedures developed by the Customer in connection with any such recall or withdrawal of the filled Products.  The Supplier agrees to bear all costs and expenses incurred by the Customer in connection with or arising out of any such recall or voluntary withdrawal provided it can be proven that the issue giving rise to the recall or voluntary withdrawal was inherent in the Products as originally supplied to the Customer, and not as a result of the beverages being put into the Products by the Customer, its agents or subcontractors.
 
 
9

 
 
8.
TITLE AND RISK
 
8.1
Risk in and title to the Products shall pass to the Customer when the Products are delivered to the Customer pursuant to Section 6.2.
 
9.
PRODUCT PRICES
 
9.1
The Product Prices for the period from the Production Start Date to the first anniversary of the Production Start Date shall be the prices set out in Schedule 1. The Product Prices for subsequent years shall be determined in accordance with clause 9.3.
 
9.2
The Product Prices are inclusive of the costs of packaging, but exclusive of the costs of insurance and carriage of the Products, which shall be paid by the Customer.
 
9.3
If increases in the input and principal manufacturing costs of raw materials, labour and energy for the Products in any year of this agreement exceed 3%, the Supplier shall have the right to adjust the Product Prices to reflect such increase ( "Product Price Adjustment" ). The Supplier shall give the Customer not less than six month's prior notice in writing of proposed changes ( "Product Price Adjustment Notice" ).  In the event that the total of these input and principal manufacturing costs  adjusts downward, the Supplier must adjust or eliminate any prior Product Price Adjustment.
 
9.4
The Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce the Product Prices due to efficiencies and cost savings which arise during the Term such as, but not limited to, increased volume, additional equipment and improved access to raw materials.
 
9.5
The Supplier shall provide all such evidence as the Customer may reasonably request in order to verify:
 
 
 9.5.1
invoices submitted by the Supplier; and
 
 
 9.5.2
increases in the costs of raw materials or the Consumer Prices Index.
 
 
10

 
 
10.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
 
10.1
The Customer shall make an advance payment of US$750,000 for the Products to be supplied to the Customer pursuant to this agreement, such sum to be set off against the sums payable by the Customer to the Supplier pursuant to this Agreement.  The advance payment shall be paid in three equal instalments of US$250,000 payable on or before April 1, 2013, May 15, 2013 and June 1, 2013 respectively.
 
10.2
The Supplier shall be entitled to invoice the Customer for each Order at any time after Delivery. Each invoice shall quote the relevant Order Numbers.
 
10.3
Save in respect of supplies which have been paid for in advance pursuant to clause 10.1, the Customer shall pay invoices in full and in cleared funds no later than 14 days from the date of the invoice.  Payment shall be made to the bank account nominated in writing by the Supplier.
 
10.4
If a party fails to make any payment due to the other under this Agreement by the due date for payment ( "due date" ), then, without limiting the other party's remedies under clause 17.2, the defaulting party shall pay interest on the overdue amount at the rate of 4% per annum above the base rate of Barclays Bank Plc from time to time. Such interest shall accrue on a daily basis from the due date until the date of actual payment of the overdue amount, whether before or after judgment. The defaulting party shall pay the interest together with the overdue amount. This clause shall not apply to payments that the party failing to make the payment disputes in good faith.
 
10.5
If the Customer disputes any invoice or other statement of monies due, the Customer shall promptly notify the Supplier in writing. The parties shall negotiate in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute promptly. The Supplier shall provide all such evidence as may be reasonably necessary to verify the disputed invoice or request for payment.
 
10.6
Each party may, without limiting any other rights or remedies it may have, set off any amounts owed to it by the other party under this Agreement against any amounts payable by it to the other party under this Agreement.
 
10.7
All payments payable to the Supplier or the Customer under this Agreement shall become due immediately on its termination.
 
11.
ONGOING SUPPORT AND CO-OPERATION
 
11.1
The Supplier shall provide such on-going technical support to any of the Customer's filling programmes in California as the Customer shall reasonably require at the Customer's cost and at such rates as the parties shall give with each other from time to time.
 
 
11

 
 
11.2
Beginning with the Production Start Date, the Customer agrees to an annual marketing spend relating to wine and alcoholic beverages supplied in the Products of approximately 5% of the Customer's total net sales of wine and alcoholic beverages supplied in the Products, or $1 million, whichever is less.
 
11.3
Subject to clause 11.4, the Supplier appoints the Customer during the Term as its exclusive customer of the Products in the Sector for sale within the Territory.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Supplier shall be entitled to supply Products within the Territory for use outside the Sector. In the event the Customer does not meet the Minimum Purchase Amount, the Supplier's sole remedy is the right to declare the relationship with the Customer as non-exclusive by providing written notice to the Customer.  In the event the Supplier elects to declare the relationship as non-exclusive, the Customer obligation to meet the Minimum Purchase Amount is terminated.
 
11.4
Beginning on June 1, 2014, the parties shall endeavour to agree on annual Minimum Purchase Amounts for each year during the continuance of this Agreement (save for the first two years of this Agreement whose Minimum Purchase Amount shall be as described in clause 2.2).  The Minimum Purchase Amounts will be commercially reasonable amounts based on prior sales of the Product in the Sector and commercially reasonable expectations of sales of the Product during the applicable period including the full consideration of the total market size within the Territory and what is a fair and reasonable projection of the Product’s full market potential.  If the parties are unable to agree Minimum Purchase Amounts for any year by the date falling six months prior to the relevant year, then the parties will submit the dispute to binding arbitration.  If the parties do not mutually agree on the arbitration process, the dispute will be submitted to JAMS in San Francisco, CA under its then current Streamlined Arbitration Rules & Procedures.  The Supplier and the Customer agree to equally divide all costs and fees charged by JAMS; provided, however, the arbitrator may include such costs and fees in the arbitration award.  Any award rendered in any such arbitration proceeding will be final and binding on each of the parties, and judgment may be entered thereon in a court of competent jurisdiction.
 
11.5
The Supplier gives the Customer, for the duration of this Agreement, a non-exclusive, royalty free licence to use the GREENBOTTLE word mark and the Logo solely for labels it produces for the Products and the marketing, production and sale of wine and alcoholic beverages supplied in the Products.   The use  of the Logo is mandatory on each of the Products and the manner and style of use is to be according to guidelines issued by the Supplier and is subject to final agreement with the Supplier.
 
 
12

 
 
11.6
The Supplier agrees that the presentation of the Logo will be approximately ¾" in diameter and either embossed or incorporated into the back label artwork of each Product in a manner mutually agreed between the parties.
 
12.
INDEMNITY
 
12.1
The Supplier shall indemnify the Customer against all liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and losses (including any direct or indirect consequential losses, loss of profit, loss of reputation and all interest, penalties and legal and other reasonable professional costs and expenses) suffered or incurred by the Customer arising out of or in connection with any claim made against the Customer for actual or alleged infringement of a third party's Intellectual Property Rights arising out of or in connection with the supply or use of the Products (including the obligations set forth in clause 5).
 
12.2
The Customer shall inform the Supplier in writing of any claim by any third party ( Third Party Claim ) which comes to the notice of the Customer or any other Member of the Customer's Group or any other member of the Buyer's Group, whereby it appears that the Supplier is or is likely to become liable under the indemnity contained in this clause 12 within 15 days from the day on which such Third Party Claim comes to the notice of the Customer or other member of the Customer's Group.
 
12.3
Subject to the Customer being indemnified and secured to its reasonable satisfaction in accordance with clause 12.4:
 
 
 12.3.1
the Customer shall take such action and give such information and assistance as the Supplier may reasonably request in writing to avoid, dispute, resist, mitigate, compromise or defend any Third Party Claim and to appeal against any judgment given in respect thereof; and
 
 
 12.3.2
on the written request of the Supplier, the sole conduct of any legal proceedings of whatsoever nature arising out of any Third Party Claim ( Proceedings ) shall be delegated to the Supplier.  For this purpose, the Customer shall give or procure to be given to the Supplier all such assistance as the Supplier may reasonably require and shall appoint such lawyers and other professional advisers as the Supplier may nominate to act on behalf of the Customer in accordance with the Supplier's instructions.
 
12.4
Where Proceedings are delegated to the Supplier in accordance with clause 12.3:
 
 
13

 
 
 
 12.4.1
the Supplier shall keep the Customer fully and promptly informed of the Proceedings, shall consult the Customer on any matter which is or is likely to be material in relation to any Proceedings and shall take account of all reasonable requirements of the Customer in relation to such Proceedings; and
 
 
 12.4.2
the Supplier shall not make any settlement or compromise of the Third Party Claim, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any Proceedings which may affect the amount of the liability in connection with such Third Party Claim, or create an obligation for the Customer to act or forego any action, without the prior approval of the Customer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and provided always that, in the event of the Customer refusing approval of such settlement or compromise, the Supplier shall have no liability in respect of any Claim arising therefrom in excess of the figure at which they could have settled or compromised the relevant Third Party Claim and the Customer shall be liable for any costs incurred since the proposed date of settlement or compromise.
 
12.5
Nothing in this clause shall restrict or limit the Customer's general obligation at law to mitigate a loss which it may suffer or incur as a result of a matter that may give rise to a claim under this indemnity.
 
13.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
 
13.1
This clause sets out the entire financial liability of the parties (including any liability for the acts or omissions of their respective employees, agents and subcontractors) to each other in respect of:
 
 
 13.1.1
any breach of this Agreement however arising;
 
 
 13.1.2
any use made or resale of the Products by the Customer, or of any product incorporating any of the Products; and
 
 
 13.1.3
any representation, statement or tortious act or omission (including negligence) arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
 
13.2
Nothing in this Agreement shall limit or exclude the liability of either party for:
 
 
 13.2.1
death or personal injury resulting from negligence; or
 
 
 13.2.2
fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation; or
 
 
 13.2.3
breach of the terms implied by section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979; or
 
 
14

 
 
 
 13.2.4
breach of section 2 of the Consumer Protection Act 1987; or
 
 
 13.2.5
product recall contained in clause 7.
 
13.3
Without limiting the right to damages for liability under clause 13.2, neither party shall be liable to the other, whether in contract, tort (including negligence) or restitution, or for breach of statutory duty or misrepresentation, or otherwise, for any:
 
 
 13.3.1
loss of profit; or
 
 
 13.3.2
loss of goodwill; or
 
 
 13.3.3
loss of business; or
 
 
 13.3.4
loss of business opportunity; or
 
 
 13.3.5
loss of anticipated saving; or
 
 
 13.3.6
loss or corruption of data or information; or
 
 
 13.3.7
special, indirect or consequential damage
 
suffered by the other party that arises under or in connection with this Agreement.
 
13.4
Without limiting the right to damages for liability under clause 13.2 and subject to the limitation of liability under clause 13.3, the Supplier's total annual liability arising under this Agreement, whether arising in contract, tort (including negligence) or restitution, or for breach of statutory duty or misrepresentation, or otherwise, shall in all circumstances be limited to US$2.5 million (the " Limitation Amount ").
 
13.5
Beginning on the second anniversary of the Production Start Date, and for each anniversary of the Production Start Date thereafter, the Limitation Amount shall be indexed based on the volume of the Product purchased by the Customer during that year divided by a base nominal figure of 2 million units and multiplied by $2.5 million.  For example, if the Customer purchases X million units in the third year, the Limitation Amount in the fourth year will be (X million / 2 million) * $2.5 million).  In no event will the Limitation Amount be reduced below US$2.5 million, or exceed US$5million.
 
14.
ASSIGNMENT AND SUB-CONTRACTING
 
14.1
Neither party may assign or transfer or sub-contract any of its rights, benefits or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, provided that either party may assign, transfer or sub-contract its rights and obligations under this Agreement to another member of its Group and the Customer has the right to assign or transfer this Agreement to a successor entity in connection with the merger or  sale of all or substantially all of the Customer's assets in the Sector .   If the merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Customer's assets is to a competitor of the Supplier in the packaging industry, the Supplier has the right to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the Customer on or before 30 days after the Supplier receives notice that the transfer has been completed.
 
 
15

 
 
15.
CONFIDENTIALITY
 
15.1
Each party undertakes that it shall not at any time during this Agreement disclose to any person any confidential information disclosed to it by the other party concerning the business or affairs of the other party or of any member of its Group, including but not limited to information relating to a party's operations, processes, plans, product information, know-how, designs, trade secrets, software, market opportunities and customers ( "Confidential Information" ), except as permitted by clause 15.3.  This obligation survives the expiration or termination of this Agreement until such Confidential Information enters the public domain.
 
15.2
Confidential Information does not include information which (a) at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party was in, or after disclosure by disclosing party became part of, the public domain, through no improper act on the part of the recipient or on the part of any of recipient's employees or consultants; (b) was in the recipient's possession at the time of disclosure by the disclosing party and was not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the disclosing party; (c) the recipient received it from a third party, provided that such Confidential Information was not obtained by such third party, directly or indirectly, from the disclosing party; or (d) the recipient independently developed it without the benefit of any Confidential Information disclosed by the disclosing party hereunder.  The recipient has the burden of proof to establish by competent evidence that one or more of these exceptions applies to the applicable information.
 
15.3
Each party may disclose the other party’s Confidential Information:
 
 
 15.3.1
to its employees, officers, agents, consultants or sub-contractors ( "Representatives" ) who need to know such information for the purposes of carrying out the party’s obligations under this Agreement, provided that the disclosing party takes all reasonable steps to ensure that its Representatives comply with the confidentiality obligations contained in this clause 15 as though they were a party to this Agreement. The disclosing party shall be responsible for its Representatives’ compliance with the confidentiality obligations set out in this clause; and
 
 
16

 
 
 
 15.3.2
as may be required by law, court order or any governmental or regulatory authority.
 
15.4
Each party reserves all rights in its Confidential Information. No rights or obligations in respect of a party’s Confidential Information other than those expressly stated in this Agreement are granted to the other party or to be implied from this Agreement. In particular, no licence is hereby granted directly or indirectly under any patent, invention, discovery, copyright or other intellectual property right held, made, obtained or licensable by either party now or in the future.
 
16.
COMMENCEMENT AND TERM
 
16.1
This Agreement shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall remain in effect until terminated in accordance with clause 17 ( "Term" )
 
17.
TERMINATION
 
17.1
Beginning on the seventh anniversary of the Commencement Date, either party may at any time terminate this Agreement by giving to the other party not less than six months' notice in writing (such termination to take effect no sooner than the seventh anniversary of the Commencement Date).
 
17.2
Notwithstanding clause 17.1, a party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to the other party if:
 
 
 17.2.1
the other party fails to pay any undisputed amount due under this Agreement on the due date for payment and remains in default not less than 14 days after being notified in writing to make such payment; or
 
 
 17.2.2
the other party commits a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and (if such breach is remediable) fails to remedy that breach within a period of 30 days after receipt of notice in writing requiring it to do so; or
 
 
 17.2.3
the other party commits a series of persistent minor breaches which when taken together amount to a material breach; or
 
 
 17.2.4
the other party suspends, or threatens to suspend, payment of its debts or is unable to pay its debts as they fall due or admits inability to pay its debts or is deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986; or
 
 
 17.2.5
the other party commences negotiations with all or any class of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its debts, or makes a proposal for or enters into any compromise or arrangement with its creditors; or
 
 
17

 
 
 
 17.2.6
a petition is filed, a notice is given, a resolution is passed, or an order is made, for or on connection with the winding up of that other party; or
 
 
 17.2.7
a creditor or encumbrancer of the other party attaches or takes possession of, or a distress, execution, sequestration or other such process is levied or enforced on or sued against, the whole or any part of its assets and such attachment or process is not discharged within 14 days; or
 
 
 17.2.8
an application is made to court, or an order is made, for the appointment of an administrator or if a notice of intention to appoint an administrator is given or if an administrator is appointed over the other party; or
 
 
 17.2.9
a floating charge holder over the assets of that other party has become entitled to appoint or has appointed an administrative receiver; or
 
 
 17.2.10
a person becomes entitled to appoint a receiver over the assets of the other party or a receiver is appointed over the assets of the other party; or
 
 
 17.2.11
any event occurs, or proceeding is taken, with respect to the other party in any jurisdiction to which it is subject that has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events mentioned in clause 17.2.4 to clause 17.2.10 (inclusive); or
 
 
 17.2.12
the other party ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on all or substantially the whole of its business; or
 
 
 17.2.13
any Force Majeure Event prevents the other party from performing its obligations under this Agreement for any continuous period of three months.
 
17.3
Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice any of the parties' rights and remedies which have accrued as at termination.
 
18.
OBLIGATIONS ON TERMINATION
 
18.1
On termination of this Agreement each party shall promptly:
 
 
 18.1.1
return to the other party all equipment, materials and property belonging to the other party that the other party had supplied to it or a member of its Group in connection with the supply and purchase of the Products under this Agreement;
 
 
18

 
 
 
 18.1.2
return to the other party all documents and materials (and any copies) containing the other party’s Confidential Information;
 
 
 18.1.3
erase all the other party’s Confidential Information from its computer systems (to the extent possible); and
 
 
 18.1.4
on request, certify in writing to the other party that it has complied with the requirements of this clause.
 
18.2
Save where the Supplier terminates this agreement pursuant to clause 17.2, the Customer has the right to require the Supplier to deliver the Products for any Order placed by the Customer prior to the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
 
19.
SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS
 
19.1
On termination of this Agreement the following clauses shall survive and continue in full force and effect:
 
 
 19.1.1
Indemnity in Clause 5;
 
 
 19.1.2
Product recall in Clause 7;
 
 
 19.1.3
Clause 12 (Indemnity);
 
 
 19.1.4
Clause 13 (Limitation of liability);
 
 
 19.1.5
Clause 15 (Confidentiality);
 
 
 19.1.6
Clause 18 (Obligations on termination); and
 
 
 19.1.7
Clause 29 (Governing law and jurisdiction).
 
20.
FORCE MAJEURE
 
20.1
Neither party (or any person acting on its behalf) shall have any liability or responsibility for failure to fulfil any obligation under this Agreement so long as and to the extent to which the fulfilment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of a Force Majeure Event.
 
20.2
A party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of a Force Majeure Event:
 
 
 20.2.1
notify the other party of the nature and extent of such Force Majeure Event; and
 
 
19

 
 
 
 20.2.2
use all reasonable endeavours to remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement as soon as feasible.
 
20.3
For the purposes of this clause 20, a "Force Majeure Event" means an event beyond the control of a party (or any person acting on its behalf), which by its nature could not have been foreseen by such party (or such person), or, if it could have been foreseen, was unavoidable, and includes, without limitation, acts of God, storms, floods, riots, fires, sabotage, civil commotion or civil unrest, interference by civil or military authorities, acts of war (declared or undeclared) or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity or one or more acts of terrorism or failure of energy sources.
 
21.
COSTS
 
21.1
Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall pay its own costs in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and performance of this Agreement, and all ancillary documents to it.
 
22.
SEVERANCE
 
22.1
If any provision of this Agreement (or part of a provision) is found by any court or administrative body of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the other provisions shall remain in force.
 
22.2
If any invalid, unenforceable or illegal provision would be valid, enforceable or legal if some part of it were deleted, the provision shall apply with the minimum modification necessary to make it legal, valid and enforceable.
 
23.
FURTHER ASSURANCE
 
23.1
Each party shall (at its own expense) promptly execute and deliver all such documents, and do all such things, or procure the execution and delivery of all documents and doing of all such things as are required to give full effect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it.
 
24.
VARIATION AND WAIVER
 
24.1
Any variation of this Agreement must be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the parties.
 
24.2
Any waiver of any right under this Agreement is only effective if it is in writing and it applies only to the party to whom the waiver is addressed and to the circumstances for which it is given.
 
 
20

 
 
24.3
No failure to exercise or delay in exercising any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law constitutes a waiver of such right or remedy nor shall it prevent any future exercise or enforcement of such right or remedy.
 
24.4
No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy.
 
25.
NOTICES
 
25.1
A notice served under this Agreement:
 
 
 25.1.1
shall be signed by or on behalf of the party giving it;
 
 
 25.1.2
shall be sent for the attention of the person, and to the address or fax number, given in this clause 25 (or such other address, fax number or person as the relevant party may notify to the other parties in accordance with the provisions of this clause 25); and
 
 
 25.1.3
shall be:
 
 
   25.1.3.1
delivered personally; or
 
 
   25.1.3.2
sent by fax; or
 
 
   25.1.3.3
sent by email; or
 
 
   25.1.3.4
sent by commercial courier; or
 
 
   25.1.3.5
sent by pre-paid first-class post or recorded delivery; or
 
 
   25.1.3.6
(if the notice is to be served by post outside the country from which it is sent) sent by airmail requiring signature on delivery.
 
25.2
The addresses for service of notice are:
 
 
 25.2.1
Greenbottle Limited
 
 
 
Address: 3B Delph Court, Sullivan's Way, St Helens, Merseyside, WA9 5GL, UK.
 
 
 
For the attention of: Mark Eaves
 
 
 
Email address: mark.eaves@greenbottle.com
 
 
21

 
 
 
 25.2.2
H.D.D., LLC
 
 
 
Address: 4035 Westside Road, Healdsburg, CA  95448, USA.
 
 
 
For the attention of: Phil Hurst
 
 
 
Email address: phil@truetthurst.com
 
25.3
A notice or any other communication given in connection with this Agreement is deemed to have been received:
 
 
 25.3.1
if delivered personally, at the time of delivery; or
 
 
 25.3.2
in the case of fax or email, at the time of transmission; or
 
 
 25.3.3
if sent by commercial courier, at the time of signature of the courier's delivery receipt; or
 
 
 25.3.4
in the case of pre-paid first class post or recorded delivery, 9.00 am on the second Business Day after posting; or
 
 
 25.3.5
in the case of airmail, 9.00 am on the fifth Business Day after posting.
 
25.4
For the purposes of this clause:
 
 
 25.4.1
all times are to be read as local time in the place of deemed receipt; and
 
 
 25.4.2
if deemed receipt under this clause is not within business hours (meaning 9.00 am to 5.30 pm Monday to Friday on any Business Day), the notice shall be deemed to have been received at the opening of business on the next Business Day in the place of receipt.
 
25.5
To prove delivery, it is sufficient to prove that the notice was transmitted by fax to the fax number of the party, sent by email to the email address of the party, or in the case of post, that the envelope containing the notice was properly addressed and posted.
 
26.
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
 
26.1
This Agreement constitutes the whole agreement and understanding of the parties and supersedes any previous arrangement, understanding or agreement between them relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.
 
26.2
Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it has not relied on any statement, representation, assurance or warranty (whether made negligently or innocently) other than those expressly set out in this Agreement.
 
 
22

 
 
26.3
Each party agrees that all liability for and remedies in respect of any representations are excluded except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
 
26.4
Nothing in this clause shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud.
 
27.
RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES
 
27.1
No term of this Agreement shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by a person who is not a party to this Agreement, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from under that Act.
 
28.
COUNTERPARTS
 
28.1
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute an original of this Agreement but all the counterparts shall together constitute the same agreement.
 
29.
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
29.1
This Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.
 
29.2
The parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).
 
This Agreement has been executed and delivered by the parties hereto on the date stated at the beginning of it.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23

 
 
SCHEDULE 1
 
 
 
THE PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT PRICES
 
 
 
PRODUCT NAME
 
PRODUCT PRICE
 
Greenbottles in any format suitable for use with wine or still alcoholic beverages, and where any price differences that may occur for alternative GreenBottle formats to be clearly justified on a cost-related basis.
US$0.50 per unit
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
24

 
 
SCHEDULE 2
 
 
 
LOGO AND SPECIFICATION
 
 
 

 
 
Title :  
750ml GB BORDEAUX SPECIFICATION
Version:  
G-09JAN13
Created:  
12 APRIL 12
Authorized  
by:  
Martin Lowe
 
 
Approved  by:  
 
 
Written  
 by:  
John-Paul Grogan
 
BOTTLE  SPECIFICATION
MATERIALS
 
Colour
Natural (Cardboard)
Insert
DOW HDPE KT 10000 UE (RESINEX)
Insert Colourant
HCM26417P Beige
Bag
NYLON/EVOH/PE Film  (Code: (VAC HB 85 Bemis)
Shell
Recycled Pre consumer KLS
(Kraft Liner Shavings)
Glue
Hot Melt Adhesive
WEIGHTS
Insert Weight
7.6g
Bag Weight
3.5g
Fibre weight (target)
50-51g
Assembled
Bottle Weight (target)
64.4g
 
 
25

 
 
PERFORMANCE
Insert Top Load
(supported)
240kg MAX (FEA calculated)
(529 ib)
Bottle Top Load
(static)
Minimum 16kg (tested)
(35.3lb)
Torque Resistance
Minimum 2.0 Nm (tested)
(18 lbf-in)
DIMENSIONS
Height (target)
300.4mm
 
(11.8”)
Diameter (target)
74.2mm
 
(2.92”)
Gauge (target)
1.2mm
 
(0.05”)
ADDITIONAL DETAILS
Front Label
Max front label height = 150mm (within label recess)
Rear Label
Max rear label dimensions 135mm high x 60mm wide
Thread Finish
GF330  MCA3
Cap Type (typical)
28 x 15 (mm)
 
 
 
 
 
 
26

 
 
SIGNED  for and on behalf of          
     
)
 
GREENBOTTLE LIMITED
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
) ……………………………………………
 
   
Director
 
       
   
  ……………………………………………
 
   
Print Name
 
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
       
SIGNED for and on behalf of
 
)
 
H.D.D., LLC
 
)
 
in the presence of:
 
) ……………………………………………
 
   
Manager
 
       
   
  ……………………………………………
 
   
Print Name
 
 
 
 
 
 
27  

Exhibit 10.19
 
THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.
 
H.D.D. LLC

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$150,000 
March 1, 2013
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, H.D.D.,  LLC, a California limited liability company (the " Company "), hereby promises to pay to the order of DANIEL A. CARROLL AND STASIA OBREMSKEY, AS TRUSTEES OF THE CARROLL-OBREMSKEY FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST DATED APRIL 5, 1996 (the " Lender "), the principal sum of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), together with simple interest thereon from the date of this Note on the unpaid principal balance.  Interest shall accrue at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.
 
This Note is one of a series of Notes of even date herewith (the " Notes ") issued by the Company to the Lender, Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst, as Trustees of The Hurst Family Revocable Trust dated August 1, 2004; Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as Trustees of The Dolan 2005 Family Trust u/t/d dated August 24, 2005; and Paul E. Dolan, III, as Trustee of The Dolan 2003 Family Trust u/t/a June 5, 2003 (collectively, the " Lenders ").  All rights under this Note rank equally with all rights under all other Notes, and no holder of this Note shall have rights senior to the rights of the holders of all or any other Notes.
 
1.              Repayments and Prepayments .
 
(a)           All principal and accrued interest under this Note is due and payable on March 1, 2014, or the effective date of the initial public offering of Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " IPO "), whichever date is earlier.
 
(b)           All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company.  Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.  Prepayment of principal, together with accrued interest, may be made at any time without penalty upon five (5) days written notice to the Lender.  Any prepayment of this Note must be made pro rata among all other holders of the Notes.
 
(c)           Upon payment in full of all principal and interest payable hereunder, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation.
 
 
 

 
 
2.              Conversion .  In the event that the IPO does not take place before March 1, 2014, the outstanding principal and interest on this Note shall be converted into equity securities of the Company as follows:
 
(a)            Terms and Conditions .  The outstanding aggregate principal amount of this Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of conversion (the " Note Balance ") shall be converted into that percentage of Class A Membership Interest, as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company dated January 1, 2010, as amended February 8, 2011, April 21, 2011, May 26, 2011, and May 3, 2012 (the " Operating Agreement "), of the Company that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Note Balance by $16,666,667.
 
(b)            Mechanics of Conversion .  In connection with such conversion of this Note, the Lender shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed for cancellation, at the principal office of the Company.
 
(c)            Purchase Agreement .  As a condition of the issuance of this Note, the Lender agrees to execute all necessary documents in connection with the conversion of this Note, including, but not limited to, a membership interest purchase agreement, and agreement that all membership interests are to be held subject to the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement and the Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement of the Company dated June 4, 2008, as amended January 1, 2010.
 
3.              Events of Default; Acceleration .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined below), and the written election of the record holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued thereon shall be immediately due and payable and the Lender shall have all legal and equitable rights of holders of unsecured debt instruments.  For purposes of this Note, the following events shall each constitute an " Event of Default ":  (i) failure to pay any amount owing by the Company hereunder when due and payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the holder of this Note, or (ii) the initiation of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or reorganization by or against the Company, or a general assignment of assets by the Company for the benefit of creditors.
 
4.              Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Waiver; Supplemental Agreement .  With the written consent of the record holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders under the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Note; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall (i) reduce the above percentage of principal amount, the holders of which are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of the record or beneficial holders of all of the Notes, nor (ii) increase the obligations of any holder of a Note without such holder's written consent.
 
 

 
 
(b)            Successors and Assigns .  This Note shall be binding upon the Company's successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender's successors and assigns.
 
(c)            Usury .  In no event shall the interest rate and other charges under this Note exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto.  In the event that a court determines that Lender has received interest and other charges under this Note in excess of the highest permissible rate applicable hereto, such excess shall be deemed received on account of, and shall automatically be applied to reduce, the outstanding principal amount hereunder and the provisions thereof shall be amended to provide for the highest permissible rate.  If there is no outstanding principal amount under this Note, Lender shall refund such excess to the Company.
 
(d)            Governing Law .  This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.
 
(e)            Attorneys' Fees and Expenses .  The Company hereby agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by declaration or otherwise.
 
(f)            Waiver of Formalities .  The parties hereby expressly waive presentment, demand for payment, dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and any other formality.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
3

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
H.D.D.  LLC,
 
     a California limited liability company  
       
       
 
By:
 /s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.20
 
THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.
 
H.D.D. LLC

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$150,000 
March 1, 2013
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, H.D.D.,  LLC, a California limited liability company (the " Company "), hereby promises to pay to the order of PHILLIP L. HURST AND SYLVIA M. HURST, AS TRUSTEES OF THE HURST FAMILY REVOCABLE TRUST DATED AUGUST 1, 2004 (the " Lender "), the principal sum of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), together with simple interest thereon from the date of this Note on the unpaid principal balance.  Interest shall accrue at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.
 
This Note is one of a series of Notes of even date herewith (the " Notes ") issued by the Company to the Lender, Daniel A. Carroll and Stasia Obremskey, as Trustees of The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust dated April 5,1996, Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as Trustees of The Dolan 2005 Family Trust u/t/d dated August 24, 2005, and Paul E. Dolan, III, as Trustee of The Dolan 2003 Family Trust u/t/a June 5, 2003 (collectively, the " Lenders ").  All rights under this Note rank equally with all rights under all other Notes, and no holder of this Note shall have rights senior to the rights of the holders of all or any other Notes.
 
1.              Repayments and Prepayments .
 
(a)           All principal and accrued interest under this Note is due and payable on March 1, 2014, or the effective date of the initial public offering of Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " IPO "), whichever date is earlier.
 
(b)           All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company.  Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.  Prepayment of principal, together with accrued interest, may be made at any time without penalty upon five (5) days written notice to the Lender.  Any prepayment of this Note must be made pro rata among all other holders of the Notes.
 
(c)           Upon payment in full of all principal and interest payable hereunder, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation.
 
 
 

 
 
2.              Conversion .  In the event that the IPO does not take place before March 1, 2014, the outstanding principal and interest on this Note shall be converted into equity securities of the Company as follows:
 
(a)            Terms and Conditions .  The outstanding aggregate principal amount of this Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of conversion (the " Note Balance ") shall be converted into that percentage of Class A Membership Interest, as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company dated January 1, 2010, as amended February 8, 2011, April 21, 2011, May 26, 2011, and May 3, 2012 (the " Operating Agreement "), of the Company that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Note Balance by $16,666,667.
 
(b)            Mechanics of Conversion .  In connection with such conversion of this Note, the Lender shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed for cancellation, at the principal office of the Company.
 
(c)            Purchase Agreement .  As a condition of the issuance of this Note, the Lender agrees to execute all necessary documents in connection with the conversion of this Note, including, but not limited to, a membership interest purchase agreement, and agreement that all membership interests are to be held subject to the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement and the Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement of the Company dated June 4, 2008, as amended January 1, 2010.
 
3.              Events of Default; Acceleration .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined below), and the written election of the record holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued thereon shall be immediately due and payable and the Lender shall have all legal and equitable rights of holders of unsecured debt instruments.  For purposes of this Note, the following events shall each constitute an " Event of Default ":  (i) failure to pay any amount owing by the Company hereunder when due and payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the holder of this Note, or (ii) the initiation of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or reorganization by or against the Company, or a general assignment of assets by the Company for the benefit of creditors.
 
4.              Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Waiver; Supplemental Agreement .  With the written consent of the record holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders under the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Note; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall (i) reduce the above percentage of principal amount, the holders of which are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of the record or beneficial holders of all of the Notes, nor (ii) increase the obligations of any holder of a Note without such holder's written consent.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)            Successors and Assigns .  This Note shall be binding upon the Company's successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender's successors and assigns.
 
(c)            Usury .  In no event shall the interest rate and other charges under this Note exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto.  In the event that a court determines that Lender has received interest and other charges under this Note in excess of the highest permissible rate applicable hereto, such excess shall be deemed received on account of, and shall automatically be applied to reduce, the outstanding principal amount hereunder and the provisions thereof shall be amended to provide for the highest permissible rate.  If there is no outstanding principal amount under this Note, Lender shall refund such excess to the Company.
 
(d)            Governing Law .  This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.
 
(e)            Attorneys' Fees and Expenses .  The Company hereby agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by declaration or otherwise.
 
(f)            Waiver of Formalities .  The parties hereby expressly waive presentment, demand for payment, dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and any other formality.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
3

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
H.D.D.  LLC,
 
     a California limited liability company  
     
     
  By: /s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
 
       
       
 
  
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.21
 
THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.
 
H.D.D. LLC

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$25,000
March 1, 2013
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, H.D.D., LLC, a California limited liability company (the " Company "), hereby promises to pay to the order of PAUL E. DOLAN, III, AS TRUSTEE OF THE DOLAN 2003 FAMILY TRUST U/T/A DATED JUNE 5, 2003 (the " Lender "), the principal sum of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), together with simple interest thereon from the date of this Note on the unpaid principal balance. Interest shall accrue at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.
 
This Note is one of a series of Notes of even date herewith (the " Notes ") issued by the Company to the Lender, Daniel A. Carroll and Stasia Obremskey, as Trustees of The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust dated April 5,1996, Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst, as Trustees of The Hurst Family Revocable Trust dated August 1, 2004, and Heath E. Dolan and Robin A. Dolan, as Trustees of The Dolan 2005 Family Trust u/t/d dated August 24, 2005 (collectively, the " Lenders "). All rights under this Note rank equally with all rights under all other Notes, and no holder of this Note shall have rights senior to the rights of the holders of all or any other Notes.
 
1.              Repayments and Prepayments .
 
(a)           All principal and accrued interest under this Note is due and payable on March 1, 2014, or the effective date of the initial public offering of Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " IPO "), whichever date is earlier.
 
(b)           All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company.  Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.  Prepayment of principal, together with accrued interest, may be made at any time without penalty upon five (5) days written notice to the Lender.  Any prepayment of this Note must be made pro rata among all other holders of the Notes.
 
(c)           Upon payment in full of all principal and interest payable hereunder, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation.
 
 
 

 
 
2.              Conversion .  In the event that the IPO does not take place before March 1, 2014, the outstanding principal and interest on this Note shall be converted into equity securities of the Company as follows:
 
(a)            Terms and Conditions .  The outstanding aggregate principal amount of this Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of conversion (the " Note Balance ") shall be converted into that percentage of Class A Membership Interest, as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company dated January 1, 2010, as amended February 8, 2011, April 21, 2011, May 26, 2011, and May 3, 2012 (the " Operating Agreement "), of the Company that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Note Balance by $16,666,667.
 
(b)            Mechanics of Conversion .  In connection with such conversion of this Note, the Lender shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed for cancellation, at the principal office of the Company.
 
(c)            Purchase Agreement .  As a condition of the issuance of this Note, the Lender agrees to execute all necessary documents in connection with the conversion of this Note, including, but not limited to, a membership interest purchase agreement, and agreement that all membership interests are to be held subject to the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement and the Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement of the Company dated June 4, 2008, as amended January 1, 2010.
 
3.              Events of Default; Acceleration .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined below), and the written election of the record holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued thereon shall be immediately due and payable and the Lender shall have all legal and equitable rights of holders of unsecured debt instruments.  For purposes of this Note, the following events shall each constitute an " Event of Default ":  (i) failure to pay any amount owing by the Company hereunder when due and payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the holder of this Note, or (ii) the initiation of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or reorganization by or against the Company, or a general assignment of assets by the Company for the benefit of creditors.
 
4.              Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Waiver; Supplemental Agreement .  With the written consent of the record holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders under the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Note; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall (i) reduce the above percentage of principal amount, the holders of which are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of the record or beneficial holders of all of the Notes, nor (ii) increase the obligations of any holder of a Note without such holder's written consent.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)            Successors and Assigns .  This Note shall be binding upon the Company's successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender's successors and assigns.
 
(c)            Usury .  In no event shall the interest rate and other charges under this Note exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto.  In the event that a court determines that Lender has received interest and other charges under this Note in excess of the highest permissible rate applicable hereto, such excess shall be deemed received on account of, and shall automatically be applied to reduce, the outstanding principal amount hereunder and the provisions thereof shall be amended to provide for the highest permissible rate.  If there is no outstanding principal amount under this Note, Lender shall refund such excess to the Company.
 
(d)            Governing Law .  This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.
 
(e)            Attorneys' Fees and Expenses .  The Company hereby agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by declaration or otherwise.
 
(f)            Waiver of Formalities .  The parties hereby expressly waive presentment, demand for payment, dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and any other formality.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
3

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
H.D.D.  LLC,
 
 
  a California limited liability company
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 10.22
 
THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.
 
H.D.D. LLC

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
 
$25,000
March 1, 2013
 
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, H.D.D.,  LLC, a California limited liability company (the " Company "), hereby promises to pay to the order of HEATH E. DOLAN AND ROBIN A. DOLAN, AS TRUSTEES OF THE DOLAN 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/T/D DATED AUGUST 24, 2005 (the " Lender "), the principal sum of Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000), together with simple interest thereon from the date of this Note on the unpaid principal balance.  Interest shall accrue at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum.
 
This Note is one of a series of Notes of even date herewith (the " Notes ") issued by the Company to the Lender, Daniel A. Carroll and Stasia Obremskey, as Trustees of The Carroll-Obremskey Family Revocable Trust dated April 5,1996, Phillip L. Hurst and Sylvia M. Hurst, as Trustees of The Hurst Family Revocable Trust dated August 1, 2004, and Paul E. Dolan, III, as Trustee of The Dolan 2003 Family Trust u/t/a dated June 5, 2003 (collectively, the " Lenders ").  All rights under this Note rank equally with all rights under all other Notes, and no holder of this Note shall have rights senior to the rights of the holders of all or any other Notes.
 
1.              Repayments and Prepayments .
 
(a)           All principal and accrued interest under this Note is due and payable on March 1, 2014, or the effective date of the initial public offering of Truett-Hurst, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the " IPO "), whichever date is earlier.
 
(b)           All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the holder hereof may from time to time designate in writing to the Company.  Payment shall be credited first to the accrued interest then due and payable and the remainder applied to principal.  Prepayment of principal, together with accrued interest, may be made at any time without penalty upon five (5) days written notice to the Lender.  Any prepayment of this Note must be made pro rata among all other holders of the Notes.
 
(c)           Upon payment in full of all principal and interest payable hereunder, this Note shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation.
 
 
 

 
 
2.              Conversion .  In the event that the IPO does not take place before March 1, 2014, the outstanding principal and interest on this Note shall be converted into equity securities of the Company as follows:
 
(a)            Terms and Conditions .  The outstanding aggregate principal amount of this Note plus all accrued but unpaid interest to the date of conversion (the " Note Balance ") shall be converted into that percentage of Class A Membership Interest, as defined in the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company dated January 1, 2010, as amended February 8, 2011, April 21, 2011, May 26, 2011, and May 3, 2012 (the " Operating Agreement "), of the Company that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Note Balance by $16,666,667.
 
(b)            Mechanics of Conversion .  In connection with such conversion of this Note, the Lender shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed for cancellation, at the principal office of the Company.
 
(c)            Purchase Agreement .  As a condition of the issuance of this Note, the Lender agrees to execute all necessary documents in connection with the conversion of this Note, including, but not limited to, a membership interest purchase agreement, and agreement that all membership interests are to be held subject to the terms and provisions of the Operating Agreement and the Right of First Refusal, Co-Sale and Buy-Sell Agreement of the Company dated June 4, 2008, as amended January 1, 2010.
 
3.              Events of Default; Acceleration .  Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined below), and the written election of the record holders of more than 50% of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all of the unpaid interest accrued thereon shall be immediately due and payable and the Lender shall have all legal and equitable rights of holders of unsecured debt instruments.  For purposes of this Note, the following events shall each constitute an " Event of Default ":  (i) failure to pay any amount owing by the Company hereunder when due and payable within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the holder of this Note, or (ii) the initiation of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, receivership or reorganization by or against the Company, or a general assignment of assets by the Company for the benefit of creditors.
 
4.              Miscellaneous .
 
(a)            Waiver; Supplemental Agreement .  With the written consent of the record holders of more than 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the holders under the Notes may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Note; provided, however, that no such waiver or supplemental agreement shall (i) reduce the above percentage of principal amount, the holders of which are required to consent to any waiver or supplemental agreement, without the consent of the record or beneficial holders of all of the Notes, nor (ii) increase the obligations of any holder of a Note without such holder's written consent.
 
 
2

 
 
(b)            Successors and Assigns .  This Note shall be binding upon the Company's successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender's successors and assigns.
 
(c)            Usury .  In no event shall the interest rate and other charges under this Note exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto.  In the event that a court determines that Lender has received interest and other charges under this Note in excess of the highest permissible rate applicable hereto, such excess shall be deemed received on account of, and shall automatically be applied to reduce, the outstanding principal amount hereunder and the provisions thereof shall be amended to provide for the highest permissible rate.  If there is no outstanding principal amount under this Note, Lender shall refund such excess to the Company.
 
(d)            Governing Law .  This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.
 
(e)            Attorneys' Fees and Expenses .  The Company hereby agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and legal expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in endeavoring to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by declaration or otherwise.
 
(f)            Waiver of Formalities .  The parties hereby expressly waive presentment, demand for payment, dishonor, notice of dishonor, protest, notice of protest, and any other formality.
 
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
 
 
3

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Convertible Promissory Note as of the date first set forth above.
 
 
H.D.D.  LLC,
 
 
  a California limited liability company
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Phillip L. Hurst  
 
Phillip L. Hurst, Manager
 

 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit 23.1
 

 
C ONSENT OF  I NDEPENDENT  R EGISTERED  P UBLIC  A CCOUNTING  F IRM
 
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 8, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of H.D.D. LLC appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference of our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
 
/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.
 
Santa Rosa, California
March 11, 2013